QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K


ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007

Commission File Number 1-14667

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Washington
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  91-1653725
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

1301 Second Avenue, Seattle, Washington
(Address of principal executive offices)

 

98101
(Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (206) 461-2000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
  Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock   New York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares each representing a 1/40,000 th  interest in a share of Series K Perpetual Preferred Non-Cumulative    
Floating Rate Stock   New York Stock Exchange
7.75% Series R Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible    
Preferred Stock   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
  Name of each exchange on which registered
Litigation Tracking Warrants™   NASDAQ

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ý     No  o .

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes  o     No  ý .

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ý     No  o .

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.     ý .

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  ý   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  o     No  ý .

         The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2007, based on the closing sale price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange:

Common Stock – $36,953,361,076 (1)
(1) Does not include any value attributable to 6,000,000 shares held in escrow.

         The number of shares outstanding of the issuer's classes of common stock as of January 31, 2008:

Common Stock – 882,557,330 (2)
(2) Includes 6,000,000 shares held in escrow.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

         Portions of the definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held April 15, 2008, are incorporated by reference into Part III.





WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
2007 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
  Page
PART I   1
Item 1.   Business   1
        General   1
        Available Information   1
        Employees   1
        Environmental Regulation   2
        Regulation and Supervision   2
        Executive Officers of the Registrant   7
Item 1A.   Risk Factors   13
Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments (1)  
Item 2   Properties   9
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings   10
Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders   13
PART II   14
Item 5.   Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   14
Item 6.   Selected Financial Data   24
Item 7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   16
        Controls and Procedures   16
        Overview   16
        Critical Accounting Estimates   19
        Recently Issued Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted   23
        Five-Year Summary of Selected Financial Data   24
        Ratios and Other Supplemental Data   25
        Earnings Performance from Continuing Operations   26
        Review of Financial Condition   35
        Operating Segments   40
        Off-Balance Sheet Activities and Contractual Obligations   47
        Risk Management   50
        Credit Risk Management   51
        Liquidity Risk and Capital Management   68
        Market Risk Management   73
        Operational Risk Management   79
        Tax Uncertainties   79
        Goodwill Litigation   80
        Factors That May Affect Future Results   84
Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk   73
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   93
Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   93
Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures   16
Item 9B.   Other Information   93
PART III   94
Item 10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant   94
Item 11.   Executive Compensation   94
Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters   94
Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions   94
Item 14.   Principal Accountant Fees and Services   94
PART IV   95
Item 15.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules   95

(1)
None.

i



PART I

BUSINESS

General

        With a history dating back to 1889, Washington Mutual, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, "Washington Mutual," the "Company," "we," "us," or "our") is a consumer and small business banking company with operations in major U.S. markets. Based on its consolidated assets at December 31, 2007 the Company was the seventh largest among all U.S.-based bank and thrift holding companies.

        Since the early 1990s, the Company has expanded its retail banking and lending operations organically and through a series of acquisitions of retail banking institutions and mortgage companies. On October 1, 2005, the Company acquired Providian Financial Corporation, a credit card lender, thereby entering the credit card lending business.

        The Company's earnings are primarily driven by lending to consumers and small businesses and by deposit taking activities which generate net interest income, and by activities that generate noninterest income, including the sale and servicing of loans and the provision of fee-based services to its customers.

        The Company currently has four operating segments for management reporting purposes: the Retail Banking Group, which operates a retail bank network of 2,257 stores in California, Florida, Texas, New York, Washington, Illinois, Oregon, New Jersey, Georgia, Arizona, Colorado, Nevada, Utah, Idaho and Connecticut; the Card Services Group, which operates a nationwide credit card lending business; the Commercial Group, which conducts a multi-family and commercial real estate lending business in selected markets; and the Home Loans Group, which engages in nationwide single-family residential real estate lending, servicing and capital markets activities. Financial information and descriptions of these operating segments are provided in the Management's Discussion and Analysis section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Available Information

        Washington Mutual makes its annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to such reports filed pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, available free of charge on or through its website located at www.wamu.com/ir as soon as reasonably practicable after their filing with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC").

        The Company has implemented a Code of Ethics applicable to senior financial officers of the Company and a Code of Conduct applicable to all Company officers, employees and directors. The Code of Ethics provides fundamental ethical principles to which Company senior financial officers are expected to adhere. The Code of Conduct operates as a tool to help Washington Mutual officers, employees and directors understand and adhere to the high ethical standards required for employment by, or association with, the Company. Both the Code of Ethics and the Code of Conduct are available on the Company's website at www.wamu.com/ir . Shareholders may also obtain written copies at no cost by writing the Company at 1301 Second Avenue, Seattle, Washington 98101, Attention: Investor Relations Department, WMC 2203, or by calling (206) 500-5200.

Employees

        At December 31, 2007, Washington Mutual had 49,403 employees compared with 49,824 employees at December 31, 2006, and 60,798 employees at December 31, 2005. During 2006, the number of employees decreased due to the implementation of various productivity, efficiency and outsourcing

1



initiatives. The Company believes that it has been successful in attracting quality employees and that employee relations are good.

        On December 10, 2007, the Company announced in a current report on Form 8-K that it was eliminating approximately 3,200 positions, largely due to the announced restructuring of the Company's Home Loans Group. The majority of these employees will be terminated during the first quarter of 2008.

Environmental Regulation

        The Company's business and properties are subject to federal and state laws and regulations governing environmental matters, including the regulation of hazardous substances and waste. For example, under the Federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act and similar state laws, owners and operators of contaminated properties may be liable for the costs of cleaning up hazardous substances without regard to whether such persons actually caused the contamination. Such laws may affect the Company both as an owner or former owner of properties used in or held for its business, and as a secured lender on property that is found to contain hazardous substances or waste. The Company's general policy is to obtain an environmental assessment prior to foreclosing on commercial property. The Company may elect not to foreclose on properties that contain such hazardous substances or waste, thereby limiting, and in some instances precluding, the disposition of such properties.

Regulation and Supervision

        The following discussion describes elements of the extensive regulatory framework applicable to savings and loan holding companies as well as federal savings associations. This regulatory framework is primarily intended for the protection of depositors, the federal deposit insurance fund and the banking system as a whole rather than for the protection of shareholders and creditors.

        To the extent that this section describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by reference to those provisions. Those statutes and regulations, as well as related policies, are subject to change by U.S. Congress, state legislatures and federal and state regulators. Changes in statutes, regulations or regulatory policies, including interpretation or implementation thereof, could have a material effect on the Company's business.

    General

        Washington Mutual, Inc. is incorporated in the state of Washington and is a savings and loan holding company. It owns two banking subsidiaries, Washington Mutual Bank ("WMB") and Washington Mutual Bank fsb ("WMBfsb"), as well as numerous nonbank subsidiaries. As a savings and loan holding company, Washington Mutual, Inc. is subject to regulation by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the "OTS").

        WMB and WMBfsb are subject to regulation and examination by the OTS (their primary federal regulator) as well as the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"). The Company's nonbank financial subsidiaries are also subject to various federal and state laws and regulations.

        Both WMB and WMBfsb are under the common control of Washington Mutual, Inc. and are insured by the FDIC. If an insured institution fails, claims for administrative expenses of the receiver and for deposits in U.S. branches (including claims of the FDIC as subrogee of the failed institution) have priority over the claims of general unsecured creditors. In addition, the FDIC has authority to require either of WMB or WMBfsb to reimburse the FDIC for losses it incurs in connection with the failure of the other banking subsidiary or with an FDIC provision of assistance granted to a Washington Mutual banking subsidiary that is in danger of failure.

2


    Payment of Dividends

        Washington Mutual, Inc. is a legal entity separate and distinct from its banking and nonbanking subsidiaries. Its principal sources of funds are cash dividends paid by those subsidiaries, investment income and borrowings. Each of WMB and WMBfsb has a policy to remain "well-capitalized" (as described in "Regulation and Supervision – Capital Adequacy" below) and, accordingly, would not pay dividends to the extent payment of the dividend would result in it not being well-capitalized. Federal laws limit the amount of dividends or other capital distributions that a banking institution, such as the Company's two banking subsidiaries, may pay. In addition, federal savings associations must file an application for approval or notice with the OTS at least 30 days before they may pay dividends to their parent companies. At the present time, WMB and WMBfsb must file an application for approval with the OTS under this requirement. Refer to Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Dividend Restrictions" for a more detailed description of the limits on subsidiary bank dividends.

    Capital Adequacy

        Washington Mutual, Inc. is not currently subject to any explicit regulatory capital requirements, but each of its banking subsidiaries is subject to OTS capital requirements. Federal law and OTS regulations have established four ratios for measuring an institution's capital adequacy: A "leverage" ratio – that is the ratio of an institution's Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets; a "Tier 1 risk-based capital" ratio – that is an institution's adjusted Tier 1 capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets; a "total risk-based capital" ratio expressed as a percentage of total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets; and a "tangible equity" ratio, being the ratio of tangible equity to total tangible assets, of more than 2.00%.

        Federal law and OTS regulations have also established five capital categories: well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. Both WMB and WMBfsb have a policy of remaining well-capitalized. An institution is treated as well-capitalized when its total risk-based capital ratio is 10.00% or greater, its Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio is 6.00% or greater, its leverage ratio is 5.00% or greater, and it is not subject to any federal supervisory order or directive to meet a specific capital level.

        As of December 31, 2007, both WMB and WMBfsb met all capital requirements to which they were subject and satisfied the requirements to be treated as well-capitalized institutions. See Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Dividend Restrictions" for an analysis of the regulatory capital of the Company.

    New Capital Standard

        In November 2007, the OTS and the other federal banking agencies approved final rules (which were published in the Federal Register on December 7, 2007) that will subject the Company and its banking subsidiaries to new risk-based regulatory capital requirements. The requirements are promulgated within a new, advanced capital adequacy framework, known as Basel II. Basel II is intended to more closely align regulatory capital requirements with the various risks undertaken by large, internationally-active financial institutions, which the standard defines as institutions with at least $250 billion in total assets or at least $10 billion in foreign exposure. Unlike the current capital guidelines that were implemented in accordance with the Basel Capital Accord of 1988 ("Basel I"), risk-based capital requirements under Basel II will vary based on a banking organization's risk profile and experience. The Basel II implementation rules require the Company and its banking subsidiaries to satisfactorily pass certain transitional thresholds before the capital requirements become effective. The transitional period begins with parallel calculations under Basel I and Basel II standards for four consecutive quarters, commencing no earlier than 2008. An implementation transition period will begin

3


no earlier than 2009 and no later than April 1, 2011, consisting of three separate, consecutive four-quarter periods. During that time potential declines in risk-based capital requirements will be limited by capital floors. Additionally, the banking agencies reserve the right to change the Basel II rules following a review at the end of the second four quarters of the transition period. Existing leverage ratio and prompt corrective action requirements will be retained. The Company is assessing the potential impacts the new capital standard may have on its business practices as well as broader competitive effects within the industry.

    Holding Company Status and Acquisitions

        Washington Mutual, Inc. is a "multiple savings and loan holding company," as defined by federal law, because it owns more than one savings association. However, Washington Mutual, Inc. is not regulated as a multiple savings and loan holding company because the OTS deems its federal savings associations to have been acquired in supervisory transactions. Therefore, it is exempt from certain restrictions that would otherwise apply under federal law to the activities and investments of a multiple savings and loan holding company. These restrictions would become applicable to Washington Mutual, Inc. if either of its banking institutions fails to meet a qualified thrift lender test established by federal law. As of December 31, 2007, both WMB and WMBfsb were in compliance with qualified thrift lender standards.

        Washington Mutual, Inc. may not acquire control of another savings association unless the OTS approves it doing so. Control of Washington Mutual, Inc. may not be acquired by a non-bank holding company, without the approval of the OTS, or by an individual unless the OTS does not object after receiving notice. Control of Washington Mutual, Inc. may not be acquired by a bank holding company without the approval of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve. In any acquisition of control of Washington Mutual, Inc., the public must have an opportunity to comment on the proposed acquisition, and the OTS or Federal Reserve must complete an application review. Without prior approval from the OTS, Washington Mutual, Inc. may not acquire more than 5% of the voting stock of any savings institution.

        The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act generally restricts any non-financial entity from acquiring control of Washington Mutual, Inc. unless such non-financial entity was, or had submitted an application to become, a savings and loan holding company as of May 4, 1999. Since Washington Mutual, Inc. is exempt from the restrictions applicable to a multiple savings and loan holding company and was a savings and loan holding company prior to May 4, 1999, Washington Mutual, Inc. may engage in non-financial activities and acquire non-financial subsidiaries.

    Federal Home Loan Bank System

        The primary purpose of the Federal Home Loan Banks ("FHLBs") is to provide funding to their members for making housing loans as well as for affordable housing and community development lending. The FHLB System consists of twelve regional FHLBs; each is federally chartered but privately owned by its member institutions. The Federal Housing Finance Board ("Finance Board"), a government agency, is generally responsible for regulating the FHLB System.

        WMB currently is a member of the San Francisco FHLB. WMBfsb currently is a member of the Seattle FHLB.

        As a condition of membership and as a condition of obtaining advances, members of FHLBs are required to purchase and hold certain amounts of equity securities of that FHLB.

        Congress is considering proposals which would establish a new regulator for the FHLB System, as well as for other housing government-sponsored enterprises. Washington Mutual cannot predict at this

4



time which, if any, of these proposals may be adopted or what effect they would have on the business of the Company.

    Deposit Insurance

        The Deposit Insurance Fund ("DIF") of the FDIC insures the deposits of WMB and WMBfsb to the applicable maximum in each institution, and such insurance is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States government.

        The FDIC has established a risk-based system for setting deposit insurance assessments. Under the risk-based assessment system, an institution's insurance assessments vary according to the level of capital the institution holds and the degree to which it is the subject of supervisory concern. During 2006, WMB and WMBfsb paid no deposit insurance assessments.

        Effective January 1, 2007, the FDIC modified its system for setting deposit insurance assessments. In addition to the capital and supervisory factors of the former system, assessment rates under the new system are determined by an institution's examination rating, and either their long-term debt ratings or certain financial ratios. Assessments are expected to vary over time and initially will range from 0.05% to 0.43%. In recognition of past contributions that WMB and WMBfsb made to the deposit insurance funds, the FDIC applied a credit toward their assessments. The credit offset WMB and WMBfsb's 2007 deposit assessments and will offset a significant portion of their 2008 deposit assessments.

        The federal deposit insurance reform legislation enacted in February 2006 increases the amount of deposit insurance coverage for retirement accounts, allows for deposit insurance coverage on individual accounts to be indexed for inflation starting in 2010, and provides the FDIC more flexibility in setting and imposing deposit insurance assessments.

    Affiliate Transaction Restrictions

        WMB and WMBfsb are subject to, and comply with, the affiliate and insider transaction rules applicable to member banks of the Federal Reserve System as well as additional limitations imposed by the OTS. These provisions prohibit or limit a banking institution from extending credit to, or entering into certain transactions with, affiliates (such as Washington Mutual, Inc.), principal stockholders, directors and executive officers of the banking institutions and its affiliates.

    Federal Reserve, Consumer and Other Regulation

        Numerous regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board affect the business operations of the Company's banking subsidiaries. These include regulations relating to equal credit opportunity, electronic fund transfers, collection of checks, truth in lending, truth in savings and availability of funds.

        Under Federal Reserve Board regulations, both of the Company's banking subsidiaries are required to maintain a reserve against their transaction accounts (primarily interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing checking accounts). Because reserves must generally be maintained in cash or in noninterest-bearing accounts, the effect of the reserve requirements is to increase an institution's cost of funds.

        The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act included provisions that give consumers new protections regarding the transfer and use of their nonpublic personal information by financial institutions. In addition, states are permitted under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act to have their own privacy laws, which may offer greater protection to consumers than the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. Numerous states in which the Company does business have enacted such laws.

        The Bank Secrecy Act and the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 ("USA PATRIOT Act"), which were enacted

5



following the events of September 11, 2001, included numerous provisions designed to fight international money laundering and to block terrorist access to the U.S. financial system. Effective October 17, 2007, WMB consented to the issuance of an order by the OTS requiring WMB to comply with the Bank Secrecy Act and to strengthen and improve its programs and controls for compliance with the Bank Secrecy Act and related laws and regulations. The order does not impose any fines or restrictions on WMB's business activities or growth initiatives. As required by the order, the Company has submitted a plan of compliance with the order to the OTS that has been approved by the OTS Regional Director. The Company is currently taking the action steps required by the plan.

    Community Reinvestment Act

        The Community Reinvestment Act ("CRA") requires that the Company's banking subsidiaries ascertain and help meet the credit needs of the communities it serves, including low-to moderate-income neighborhoods, while maintaining safe and sound banking practices. The primary federal regulatory agency assigns one of four possible ratings to an institution's CRA performance and is required to make public an institution's rating and written evaluation. The four possible ratings of meeting community credit needs are outstanding, satisfactory, needs to improve and substantial noncompliance. In the most recent examination results, WMB and WMBfsb each received an "outstanding" CRA rating from the OTS. The Company maintains a CRA public file that is available for viewing. The file includes copies of its most recent CRA Public Evaluations, descriptions of its products and services, delivery outlet information and public comments.

        In September 2001, Washington Mutual announced a ten-year $375 billion community commitment, effective January 2002. This commitment replaced prior ones made by the Company and the companies it acquired. During 2007, the Company surpassed its ten-year target for lending and investments to traditionally underserved communities.

    Regulatory Enforcement

        The OTS and the FDIC may take regulatory enforcement actions against any of their regulated institutions that do not operate in accordance with applicable regulations, policies and directives. Proceedings may be instituted against any banking institution, or any institution-affiliated party, such as a director, officer, employee, agent, or controlling person, who engages in unsafe and unsound practices, including violations of applicable laws and regulations. Each of the OTS and the FDIC has authority under various circumstances to appoint a receiver or conservator for an insured institution that it regulates, to issue cease and desist orders, to obtain injunctions restraining or prohibiting unsafe or unsound practices, to revalue assets and to require the establishment of reserves. The FDIC has additional authority to terminate insurance of accounts, after notice and hearing, upon a finding that the insured institution is or has engaged in any unsafe or unsound practice that has not been corrected, is operating in an unsafe or unsound condition, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, or order of, or condition imposed by the FDIC. Effective October 17, 2007, WMB consented to the issuance of an order by the OTS. Refer to "Regulation and Supervision – Federal Reserve, Consumer and Other Regulation" for additional information.

    Regulation of Nonbanking Affiliates

        As broker-dealers registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and as members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA"), the Company's broker-dealer subsidiaries are subject to various regulations and restrictions imposed by those entities, as well as by various state authorities. The Company's insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulation by various state insurance regulators. Some of the Company's subsidiaries are subject to various state licensing and examination requirements.

6


Executive Officers of the Registrant

        The following table sets forth certain information regarding the executive officers of Washington Mutual:

Executive Officers

  Age
  Capacity in Which Served
  Employee of Company Since
Kerry K. Killinger   58   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer   1983
Todd H. Baker   52   Executive Vice President, Corporate Strategy and Development   2001
Melissa J. Ballenger   37   Senior Vice President and Controller   2006
Alfred R. Brooks   50   Executive Vice President and President, Commercial Group   1998
Thomas W. Casey   45   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   2002
Ronald J. Cathcart   55   Executive Vice President and Chief Enterprise Risk Officer   2005
James B. Corcoran   53   Executive Vice President and President, Retail Banking   2006
Daryl D. David   53   Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer   2000
Debora D. Horvath   53   Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer   2004
Stewart M. Landefeld   53   Executive Vice President and Interim Chief Legal Officer   2007
Stephen J. Rotella   54   President and Chief Operating Officer   2005
David C. Schneider   42   Executive Vice President and President, Home Loans   2005
Anthony F. Vuoto   56   Executive Vice President and President, Card Services   2005

        Mr. Killinger established the Executive Committee in 1990 to facilitate and coordinate decision making and communication among the most senior executive officers of the Company who, as a committee, determine the Company's strategic direction. The information set forth below indicates which of the executive officers serve on the Executive Committee.

        Mr. Killinger is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Washington Mutual. He was named President and a Director in 1988, Chief Executive Officer in 1990 and Chairman in 1991. He served as President through 2004. He has been a member of the Executive Committee since its formation in 1990.

        Mr. Baker is Executive Vice President of Corporate Strategy and Development. He is responsible for managing corporate strategy and strategic planning, corporate development, equity investments and competitive research for the Company. Mr. Baker became a member of the Executive Committee in 2007. Prior to joining Washington Mutual in December 2001, Mr. Baker was a partner with Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher, LLP in San Francisco.

        Ms. Ballenger joined the Company in 2006 as Senior Vice President and became its Controller in 2007. She serves as the Company's principal accounting officer. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Ballenger served in various positions at Freddie Mac including Vice President roles in accounting policy and fair value accounting. Prior to joining Freddie Mac in 2003, she served as Director of Accounting Policy and Research at PG&E National Energy Group from 2000 to 2003.

        Mr. Brooks is Executive Vice President and President, Commercial Group. He oversees all of the commercial lending activities of the Company, including multi-family lending, commercial mortgage lending, commercial real estate lending, wholesale commercial lending and commercial deposit services. Mr. Brooks joined Washington Mutual in 1998 and became a member of the Executive Committee in 2006.

        Mr. Casey is Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and a member of the Executive Committee of Washington Mutual. He oversees all aspects of Washington Mutual's corporate finance, strategic planning and investor relations functions. Prior to joining Washington Mutual, Mr. Casey was with GE Capital Corp. from 1992 through 2002 where he held advising, controllership and analyst

7



positions prior to becoming a Vice President of GE and Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of GE Financial Assurance in 1999.

        Mr. Cathcart joined the Company in 2005 as Executive Vice President and Chief Enterprise Risk Officer and became a member of the Executive Committee at that time. He is responsible for overseeing the credit, market, operational and compliance risk functions for the Company. Prior to joining Washington Mutual, he served as Executive Vice President of Retail Risk Management at the Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce ("CIBC") from 2002 to 2005. Prior to joining CIBC, Mr. Cathcart served in a variety of risk management positions at Bank One from 1999 to 2002, including Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer of Retail.

        Mr. Corcoran is Executive Vice President and President, Retail Banking. He joined the Company in 2006 and became a member of the Executive Committee at that time. He is responsible for overseeing all facets of the retail banking franchise, including its store network, small business banking, consumer lending, WaMu Investments, Inc., and all retail products and banking operations. Prior to joining Washington Mutual, Mr. Corcoran had served at Halifax Bank of Scotland since 2000 where he was responsible for its branch retail system and all non-branch distribution channels.

        Mr. David is Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer. He is responsible for talent acquisition, organizational capabilities, leadership development, rewards and benefits, as well as the Company's community and external affairs activities. Mr. David joined Washington Mutual in 2000 and became a member of the Executive Committee in 2001. Previously he served as Vice President of Strategic Growth and Human Resources at Amazon.com from 1999 to 2000.

        Ms. Horvath joined Washington Mutual in 2004 as Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer and became a member of the Executive Committee at that time. She is responsible for overseeing the Company's enterprise-wide technology efforts. Prior to joining Washington Mutual, she served as Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer with GE Capital – Great Northern Annuity, GE Financial Assurance and GE Insurance from 1993 to 2004.

        Mr. Landefeld became Executive Vice President and Interim Chief Legal Officer in 2007 and became a member of the Executive Committee at that time. He was a partner in the Seattle office of Perkins Coie, LLP from 1987 to 2007 and served as Firmwide Chair of its National Business Practice Group from 2005 to 2007. He has more than 25 years' experience in the areas of corporate governance and advice to boards of directors, mergers and acquisitions and securities law matters.

        Mr. Rotella became President and Chief Operating Officer of Washington Mutual in 2005 and became a member of the Executive Committee at that time. He is responsible for overseeing the Company's retail, home loans, credit card and commercial lines of business, the technology group and marketing. Prior to joining Washington Mutual, he was an Executive Vice President with JPMorgan Chase and served on its executive committee from 2001 to 2004. In addition, he was the Chief Executive Officer of Chase Home Finance from 2001 to 2004 and its Chief Operating Officer from 1998 to 2001.

        Mr. Schneider joined the Company in 2005 as Executive Vice President and President, Home Loans and became a member of the Executive Committee at that time. He oversees all aspects of the Company's home lending operations. Prior to joining Washington Mutual, Mr. Schneider served as President and Chief Operating Officer of CitiMortgage, Inc. from 2001 to 2005.

        Mr. Vuoto is Executive Vice President and President, Card Services. He joined the Company through its acquisition of Providian Financial in 2005 and became a member of the Company's Executive Committee in 2007. He oversees all aspects of the Company's credit card business, including strategy, marketing, credit policy, customer service and collections operations. Mr. Vuoto was Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer for Providian Financial Corp. from April 2002 until 2005. From

8



April 2001 to April 2002, he was an independent consultant, and from February 2000 to April 2001, he was President and Chief Operating Officer, First USA Bank.

Operational Excellence and Business Process Outsourcing

        Washington Mutual has long been known for its commitment to quality customer service and innovation in products and services. In 2003, when it introduced "Operational Excellence," the Company began moving toward a focus and philosophy of continuous and systematic improvement in efficiency, productivity and processes. Operational Excellence is an approach to continuous process improvement adapted from industry-recognized methodologies and tools like six sigma, lean and total quality management. Since introducing Operational Excellence, Washington Mutual has devoted resources to educating and engaging the Company's employees on the methods and tools of Operational Excellence and how the approach supports the long-term success of the Company. As a consequence, opportunities for improvement in efficiency, productivity and processes are being continuously identified through the enterprise-wide approach and governance framework of Operational Excellence. Business Process Outsourcing is a complementary strategy that further supports Washington Mutual's focus on continuous improvement in productivity, efficiency and processes through utilization of the services of global vendors.

        From time to time, the implementation of an Operational Excellence or Business Process Outsourcing initiative may lead to changes in the Company's operations, resulting in staff reductions, the closure or relocation of administrative support facilities, the closure or relocation of one or more home loan centers, or the renegotiation or termination of lease agreements or other forms of contracts. Within the governance framework of Operational Excellence and Business Process Outsourcing, expenses and charges necessary to implement an individual initiative that involve changes to the Company's operations are forecasted and related cost savings are estimated. As these expenses and charges are incurred, accrued or accumulated during a financial period, the Company quantitatively and qualitatively assesses their significance to its consolidated financial statements and management's discussion and analysis, as part of its disclosure controls process.

Properties

        The Company's primary executive and business segment headquarters are located at 1301 Second Avenue, Seattle, Washington 98101. In March 2006, Second and Union LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Washington Mutual, Inc., in a joint venture with the Seattle Art Museum, completed construction of the Company's headquarters building and was granted an initial certificate of occupancy. At that time, Second and Union LLC took ownership of a condominium interest in the 944,000 square foot office tower and the attached 700 stall parking garage and the Company's employees began to relocate to the new space. Concurrently, the Seattle Art Museum completed and took ownership of 243,000 square feet of future expansion space that Second and Union LLC leased, and the Company's employees will occupy, for a period of up to 25 years. The Seattle Art Museum has the right to cancel the lease, in whole or in part, at any time after the tenth year of the lease. Certain leases covering downtown Seattle locations were not renewed when their terms expired. The Company leases an additional 697,000 square feet in other downtown Seattle locations for administrative functions.

        As of December 31, 2007, the Company's owned and leased property in 36 states was comprised of 2,257 retail banking stores, 233 lending stores and centers and 290 administrative and other offices. During 2007, the Company sold three administrative locations in California and Florida totaling 275,000 square feet and leased back 145,000 square feet. Administrative facilities involve the ownership or leasing of approximately 2.6 million square feet in California, 1.1 million square feet in Texas, 825,000 square feet in Florida and 463,000 square feet in Illinois.

9


Legal Proceedings

        In the ordinary course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are routinely defendants in or parties to a number of pending and threatened legal actions and proceedings, including actions brought on behalf of various classes of claimants. In certain of these actions and proceedings, claims for substantial monetary damages are asserted against the Company and its subsidiaries. Certain of these actions and proceedings are based on alleged violations of consumer protection, wage and hour, fair lending, banking and other laws.

    Securities and Related Litigation

        In July 2004, the Company and a number of its officers were named as defendants in a series of cases alleging violations of Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"), Rule 10b-5 thereunder and Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act. By stipulation, those cases were consolidated into a single case currently pending in the U.S. District Court for the Western Division of Washington. South Ferry L.P. #2 v. Killinger et al. , No. CV04-1599C (W.D. Wa., Filed Jul. 19, 2004) (the "South Ferry Action"). In brief, the plaintiffs in the South Ferry Action allege, on behalf of a putative class of purchasers of Washington Mutual, Inc., securities from April 15, 2003, through June 28, 2004, that in various public statements the defendants purportedly made misrepresentations and failed to disclose material facts concerning, among other things, alleged internal systems problems and hedging issues.

        The defendants moved to dismiss the South Ferry Action on May 17, 2005. After briefing, but without oral argument, the Court on November 17, 2005, denied the motion in principal part; however, the Court dismissed the claims against certain of the individual defendants, dismissed claims pleaded on behalf of sellers of put options on Washington Mutual stock, and concluded that the plaintiffs could not rely on supposed violations of accounting standards to support their claims. The remaining defendants subsequently moved for reconsideration or, in the alternative, certification of the opinion for interlocutory appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit. The District Court denied the motion for reconsideration, but on March 6, 2006, granted the motion for certification.

        The defendants thereafter moved the Ninth Circuit to have the Appellate Court accept the case for interlocutory review of the District Court's original order denying the motion to dismiss. On June 9, 2006, the Ninth Circuit granted the defendants' motion indicating that the Court would hear the merits of the defendants' appeal. The defendants filed their initial brief on September 25, 2006. Pursuant to an updated, stipulated briefing schedule, the plaintiffs filed their responsive brief on January 10, 2007, and the defendants filed their reply on March 12, 2007. Oral argument has been scheduled for April 8, 2008.

        On November 29, 2005, 12 days after the District Court denied the motion to dismiss the South Ferry Action, a shareholder derivative was filed nominally on behalf of the Company against certain of its officers and directors. The case was removed to federal court where it is now pending. Lee Family Investments, by and through its Trustee W.B. Lee v. Killinger et al. , No. CV05-2121C (W.D. Wa., Filed Nov. 29, 2005) (the "Lee Family Action"). The defendants in the Lee Family Action include those individuals remaining as defendants in the South Ferry Action as well as those of the Company's current independent directors who were directors at any time from April 15, 2003, through June 2004. The allegations in the Lee Family Action mirror those in the South Ferry Action, but seek relief based on claims that the independent director defendants, among other things, failed properly to respond to the misrepresentations alleged in the South Ferry Action and that the filing of that action has caused the Company to expend sums to defend itself and the individual defendants and to conduct internal investigations related to the underlying claims. At the end of February 2006, the parties submitted a stipulation to the District Court that the matter be stayed pending the outcome of the South Ferry

10



Action. On March 2, 2006, the District Court entered an Order pursuant to that stipulation, staying the Lee Family Action in its entirety.

        On November 1, 2007, the Attorney General of the State of New York filed a lawsuit against First American Corporation and First American eAppraiseIT. The People of the State of New York by Andrew Cuomo v. First American Corporation and First American eAppraiseIT , No. 07-406796 (N.Y. Sup. Ct. Filed Nov. 1, 2007). According to the Attorney General's Complaint, eAppraiseIT is a First American subsidiary that provides residential real estate appraisal services to various lenders, including the Company's subsidiary, Washington Mutual Bank. The Attorney General asserts that, contrary to various state and federal requirements and the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice, Washington Mutual Bank conspired with eAppraiseIT in various ways to falsely increase the valuations done by appraisers eAppraiseIT retained to perform appraisals on Washington Mutual Bank loans. First American Corporation and First American eAppraiseIT are not affiliates of the Company, and neither the Company nor Washington Mutual Bank is a defendant in the case.

        On November 5, 2007, two securities class actions were filed against the Company and certain of its officers. Koesterer v. Washington Mutual, Inc., et al. , No. 07-CIV-9801 (S.D.N.Y. Filed Nov. 5, 2007); Abrams v. Washington Mutual, Inc., et al. , No. 07-CIV-9806 (S.D.N.Y. Filed Nov. 5, 2007). A third was filed in Seattle on November 7, 2007. Nelson v. Washington Mutual, Inc. et al., No. C07-1809 (W.D. Wa. Filed Nov. 7, 2007). Koesterer seeks relief on behalf of all persons who purchased the Company's publicly traded securities between July 19, 2006, and October 31, 2007; Abrams seeks relief on behalf of all persons who purchased or otherwise acquired the Company's common stock between October 18, 2006, and November 1, 2007; Nelson seeks relief on behalf of all persons who purchased or otherwise acquired the Company's common stock between April 18, 2006, and November 1, 2007. The plaintiffs in these cases assert that the defendants violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 by allegedly making false and misleading statements and omissions concerning, among other things, the conspiracy with eAppraiseIT as alleged by the Attorney General as well as various aspects of the Company's performance and accounting in light of that alleged conspiracy and of changing conditions in the home lending and credit markets. A fourth lawsuit, Garber v.Washington Mutual, Inc., et al. , No. (S.D. N.Y. Filed Dec. 20, 2007), makes nearly identical allegations on behalf of persons who purchased the securities of Washington Mutual, Inc., from April 18, 2006, through December 10, 2007. Koesterer, Nelson , Abrams , and Garber will be referred to as the "Securities Actions."

        On November 13, 2007, two shareholder derivative actions were filed nominally on behalf of the Company against certain of its officers and directors. Sneva v. Killinger, et al., No. C07-1826 (W.D. Wa. Filed Nov. 13, 2007); Harrison v. Killinger, et al., No. C07-1827 (W.D. Wa. Filed Nov. 13, 2007). A third was filed in Washington State Superior Court on November 16, 2007. Catholic Medical Mission v. Killinger et al. , No. 07-2-36548-6SEA (Wa. Super. Ct. Filed Nov. 16, 2007). Since then, three additional shareholder derivative actions have been filed in federal court, Slater v. Killinger et al. , No. C08-0005 (W.D. Wa. Filed Jan. 3, 2008); Procida v. Killinger et al. , No. 08-Civ-0565 (S.D.N.Y. Filed Jan. 18, 2008); Ryan v. Killinger et al. , C08-0095 (W.D. Wa. Filed Jan. 18, 2008), and two additional shareholder derivative actions were filed in state court, Breene v. Killinger, et al. , No. 07-2-41042-2SEA (Wa. Super. Ct. Filed Dec. 28, 2007); Gibb v. Killinger, et al. , No. 07-2-41044-9SEA (Wa. Super. Ct. Filed Dec. 28, 2007). Sneva, Harrison, Slater, Procida, Ryan, Catholic Medical Mission, Breene, and Gibb will be referred to as the "Derivative Actions." The allegations in the Derivative Actions mirror those in the Securities Actions, but seek relief based on claims that the defendants, among other things, (1) breached their fiduciary duties to the Company and its shareholders by materially misleading the investing public and/or failing to disclose material adverse information about the Company; (2) participated in a conspiracy to defraud the Company and its shareholders; (3) abused their ability to control the Company; (4) caused an illegal waste of Company assets; (5) have been unjustly enriched; and (6) improperly profited from the sale of Company stock based on misappropriated, inside information.

11


        Beginning on November 20, 2007, eight ERISA class actions (the "ERISA Actions") were filed against the Company, certain of its officers and directors, and, in some cases, the Washington Mutual, Inc., Human Resources Committee, and the Plan Administration and Plan Investment Committees of the WaMu Savings Plan. Bushansky v. Washington Mutual, Inc., et al. , No. C07-1874 (W.D. Wa. Filed Nov. 20, 2007); Bussey v. Washington Mutual, Inc., et al. , No. C07-1879 (W.D. Wa. Filed Nov. 21, 2007); Alexander v. Washington Mutual, Inc., et al. , No. C07-1906 (W.D. Wa. Filed Nov. 29, 2007); Mitchell v. Washington Mutual, Inc., et al. , No. C07-1938 (W.D. Wa. Filed Dec. 5, 2007); Ware v. Washington Mutual, Inc., et al. , No. C07-1997 (W.D. Wa. Filed Dec. 13, 2007); Rosenblatt v. Washington Mutual, Inc., et al. , No. C07-2025 (W.D. Wa. Filed Dec. 18, 2007); McDonald v. Washington Mutual, Inc., et al. , No. C07-2055 (W.D. Wa. Filed Dec. 21, 2007); Marra v. Washington Mutual, Inc., et al. , No. C07-2076 (W.D. Wa. Filed Dec. 27, 2007). The plaintiffs in the ERISA Actions assert that the defendants were fiduciaries of the WaMu Savings Plan and breached their duties to Plan participants by, among other things, (1) failing to manage the Plan for the exclusive benefit of its participants or to use the care, skill, diligence, and prudence necessary to manage the Plan; (2) continuing to offer Company stock as an investment option in the plan despite that they knew or should have known that the stock no longer was a suitable and appropriate investment for the Plan; (3) failing to conduct an appropriate investigation of the merits of continued investment in Company stock; and (5) failing to provide complete and accurate information regarding the Plan to the Plan's participants.

        On November 28, 2007, the Company moved before the Federal Judicial Panel on Multi-District Litigation (the "JPML") for an order that those of the Securities, Derivative and ERISA Actions then filed in federal court be transferred to the United States District Court for the Western District of Washington. The JPML granted the Company's motion on February 21, 2008. Pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 1407 and JPML Rules 7.2 and 7.5, the Company previously had filed with the JPML a Notice of Tag-Along Action with respect to each of the Securities, Derivative and ERISA Actions filed in federal courts after November 28, 2007 (the Garber Securities Action, the Procida and Ryan Derivative Actions, and the Alexander, Mitchell, Ware, Rosenblatt, McDonald, and Marra ERISA Actions). Should they wish to do so, the plaintiffs in the Garber and the Procida Actions, which were not originally filed in the United States District Court for the Western District of Washington, will have 15 days to object to the transfer once the JPML issues a conditional Transfer Order.

        In the meantime, stipulations have been negotiated in the federally filed Actions pursuant to which the defendants are not required to answer or otherwise respond to the complaints until the later of 60 days from the dates on which the various stipulations were approved by the applicable courts, 30 days after the JPML's February 21, 2008, decision, or 30 days after the plaintiffs file superseding or amended complaints. The parties in the state court-filed Derivative Actions have negotiated a similar stipulation.

        On February 8, 2008, a class action was filed against the Company and other defendants on behalf of a putative class of persons in the United States who obtained home loans from the Company and "received an appraisal performed by" appraisal management companies eAppraiseIT and Lender's Service, Inc. Spears v. Washington Mutual, Inc., et al., No. C08-00868-HRL (N.D. Cal. Filed Feb. 8, 2008). On behalf of this putative class, plaintiffs assert that an alleged conspiracy to inflate appraisals by the Company, eAppraiseIT and Lender's Service, Inc., violated RESPA, Section 17200 of California's Business and Professions Code, and California's Consumer's Legal Remedies Act. Plaintiffs also bring various common law claims. Plaintiffs seek, among other things, the recovery of actual and treble damages, restitution, an injunction, and costs and attorneys' fees. The Company has not yet responded to the complaint, but has filed with the JPML a Notice of Tag-Along Action with respect to the Spears lawsuit. The plaintiffs in the Spears lawsuit will have 15 days to object to the transfer once the JPML issues a conditional Transfer Order.

12


    Credit Card Industry Litigation

        Over the past several years, MasterCard International and Visa U.S.A., Inc., as well as several of their member banks and bank affiliates (including in certain instances the Bank and the Company), have been involved in several different lawsuits challenging various practices of the MasterCard and Visa associations (the "Associations").

        In and around February 2001, a number of cardholder class actions were filed against the Associations and several member banks alleging, among other things, that they had conspired, in violation of antitrust laws, to fix the price of currency conversion services for credit card purchases made in a foreign currency by U.S. cardholders. Providian Financial Corporation and Providian National Bank were named as defendants; after the Providian merger, the Company and the Bank were added as defendants. Pursuant to orders of the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation, the cases were consolidated or coordinated for pretrial purposes. In re Currency Conversion Fee Antitrust Litigation, MDL 1409 (S.D.N.Y.). In July 2006, the parties agreed to settle the case for $336 million. The Company's share of the settlement, which has been paid into an escrow account, was covered by existing reserves. The Court has set the hearing on entry of Final Judgment and Order of Dismissal for March 31, 2008.

        On November 15, 2004, American Express filed an antitrust lawsuit against the Associations and several member banks, alleging, among other things, that the defendants jointly and severally implemented and enforced illegal exclusionary agreements that prevented member banks from issuing American Express cards. American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. v. Visa U.S.A. Inc., et al, No. 04-Civ-08967 (S.D.N.Y. Filed Nov. 15, 2004). Providian Financial Corporation and Providian National Bank were named as defendants; after the Providian merger, the Company and the Bank were added as defendants. On November 7, 2007, American Express issued a press release announcing that it had reached an agreement with Visa Inc., Visa USA and Visa International to drop Visa and five of its member banks, including the Company, as defendants in the American Express Litigation. The settlement amounts totaling $2.25 billion due to American Express under the agreement will be paid directly by Visa. In November 2007, the Company announced that it would recognize a charge of $38 million for its share of the settlement.

        On June 22, 2005, a group of retail merchants filed a purported class action against the Associations and several member banks alleging, among other things, that the defendants conspired in violation of the antitrust laws to fix the level of interchange fees. Providian Financial Corporation and Providian National Bank were named as defendants; after the Providian merger, the Company and the Bank were added as defendants. Photos Etc. Corporation, et al. v. Visa U.S.A. Inc., et al., No. 305-CV-1007 (D. Conn. Filed June 22, 2005). Since then, approximately 48 similar complaints have been filed on behalf of merchants against the card Associations and, in some cases, against member banks including the Bank. On October 19, 2005, the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation issued an order coordinating the cases for pretrial proceedings. In re Payment Card Interchange Fee Litigation, MDL 1720 (E.D.N.Y.). On April 24, 2006, the group of purported class plaintiffs filed a First Amended Class Action Complaint.

Risk Factors

        Refer to Management's Discussion and Analysis – "Factors That May Affect Future Results" on page 84.

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

        None.

13



PART II

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

        Washington Mutual's common stock trades on The New York Stock Exchange under the symbol WM. As of January 31, 2008, there were 882,557,330 shares issued and outstanding (including 6 million shares held in escrow) held by 56,738 shareholders of record. The information regarding high and low quarterly sales prices of the Company's common stock, and the quarterly cash dividends declared thereon, is set forth in this Form 10-K in the "Quarterly Results of Operations" table included under Supplementary Data on page 194 and is expressly incorporated herein by reference. Discussion concerning dividend restrictions on the Company's common stock is provided in Management's Discussion and Analysis—"Liquidity Risk and Capital Management."

14


        The table below displays share repurchases made by the Company for the quarter ended December 31, 2007. Management may engage in future share repurchases as liquidity conditions permit and market conditions warrant.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

  Total Number of Shares (or Units) Purchased (1)
  Average Price Paid Per Share (or Unit)
  Total Number of Shares (or Units) Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs (2)
  Maximum Number of Shares (or Units) that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs
October 1, 2007 to October 31, 2007   117,336   $ 35.86     47,454,022
November 1, 2007 to November 30, 2007   719     20.43     47,454,022
December 3, 2007 to December 31, 2007   12,188     15.15     47,454,022
   
       
   
Total   130,243     33.84     47,454,022

(1)
This column includes shares acquired under equity compensation arrangements with the Company's employees and directors. The Company has not engaged in share repurchase activities since the third quarter of 2007.
(2)
Effective July 18, 2006, the Company adopted a share repurchase program approved by the Board of Directors (the "2006 Program"). Under the 2006 Program, the Company was authorized to repurchase up to 150 million shares of its common stock as conditions warrant and had repurchased 102,545,978 shares under this program as of December 31, 2007.

15


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Controls and Procedures

    Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        The Company's management, with the participation of the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on such evaluation, the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the end of such period, the Company's disclosure controls and procedures are effective in recording, processing, summarizing and reporting, on a timely basis, information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or furnishes under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

        Management reviews and evaluates the design and effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures on an ongoing basis, which may result in the discovery of deficiencies, and improves its controls and procedures over time, correcting any deficiencies, as needed, that may have been discovered.

    Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

        Management reviews and evaluates the design and effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting on an ongoing basis, which may result in the discovery of deficiencies, some of which may be significant. Management changes its internal control over financial reporting as needed to maintain its effectiveness, correcting any deficiencies, as needed, in order to ensure the continued effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. There have not been any changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2007 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting. For management's assessment of the Company's internal control over financial reporting, refer to Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting on page 98.

Overview

        Washington Mutual, through its subsidiaries, is one of the nation's leading consumer and small business banks. At December 31, 2007, Washington Mutual and its subsidiaries had assets of $328 billion. The Company has a history dating back to 1889 and its subsidiary banks currently operate nearly 2,500 consumer and small business banking stores throughout the nation. When we refer to "the Company," "we," "our" and "us" in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we mean Washington Mutual, Inc. and subsidiaries. When we refer to "the Parent," we mean Washington Mutual, Inc.

        The Company's sources of revenue are net interest income and noninterest income. Net interest income is generated by interest received from loans, investment securities and other interest-earning assets, less rates paid on deposits and borrowings. The primary sources of noninterest income are revenue from loan sales and servicing and fees from financial services provided to customers. A summary of the Company's key financial results are presented below:

        The Company recorded a net loss for 2007 of $67 million, or $0.12 per diluted share, compared with net income of $3.56 billion, or $3.64 per diluted share, in 2006. The decline was primarily the result of significant credit deterioration in the Company's single-family residential mortgage loan portfolio and significant disruptions in the capital markets, including a sudden and severe contraction in secondary mortgage market liquidity for nonconforming residential loan products. These conditions also contributed to the impairment of all goodwill associated with the Company's Home Loans business near the end of 2007.

16


        Reflecting the significant credit deterioration, the Company recorded a provision for loan losses of $3.11 billion in 2007, an increase of $2.29 billion from 2006 and about twice the level of 2007 net charge-offs, which totaled $1.62 billion. Adverse trends in key housing market indicators, including growing inventories of unsold homes, rising foreclosure rates and a significant contraction in the availability of credit for nonconforming mortgage products continued to deteriorate throughout 2007 and exerted significant downward pressure on home prices, particularly in areas of the country in which the Company's lending activities have been concentrated. Nationwide sales volume of existing homes in December 2007 was 22% lower than in December 2006, leading to a supply of unsold homes of approximately 9.7 months, a 47% increase from December 2006, while the national median sales price for existing homes declined by 7% between those same periods. Housing market weakness was also evident from the change in the national volume of foreclosure filings, which increased by 75% in 2007 compared with 2006. With the downturn in the housing market, single-family residential mortgage delinquency levels have increased substantially and loss severity rates have grown significantly. These conditions are reflected in the Company's nonperforming assets to total assets ratio, which increased from 0.80% at December 31, 2006 to 2.17% at December 31, 2007. Net mortgage loan charge-offs as a percentage of the average balance of the real estate loan portfolio increased from 0.09% in 2006 to 0.55% in 2007, and on an annualized basis, from 0.14% in the fourth quarter of 2006 to 1.08% in the fourth quarter of 2007, reflecting the accelerating pace of deterioration in the credit quality of the mortgage loan portfolio. The increase in loss severity rates was particularly evident in the subprime mortgage channel and home equity loans and lines of credit portfolios. With early indicators in 2008 suggesting that the housing market is continuing to deteriorate, the Company expects that it will experience significantly higher credit costs throughout its single-family residential mortgage portfolios.

        Net credit card charge-offs as a percentage of the average balance of the credit card portfolio were 3.08% in 2006 and 3.69% in 2007, reflecting a gradual downturn in credit quality as the U.S. economy softened. The national unemployment rate, which held steady in a range of 4.4% to 4.7% for most of 2007, increased to 4.9% in January 2008, while average net job growth for the three months ending January 31, 2008 was 42,000, compared with 121,000 for the three months ending January 31, 2007. The Company expects net credit card charge-off rates will continue to rise if the economy is pressured further by higher unemployment levels and sluggish job growth.

        Noninterest income was $6.04 billion in 2007, compared with $6.38 billion in 2006. Deteriorating credit conditions also caused significant disruptions in the secondary mortgage market, which adversely affected the Company's noninterest income results. Gain from home mortgage loans and originated mortgage-backed securities, net of hedging and risk management instruments, totaled $59 million in 2007, compared with $735 million in 2006. Credit quality concerns created uncertainty in the market for subprime mortgage products during the first half of 2007. Those concerns intensified during the second half of the year and spread into the broader secondary market, resulting in a severe contraction of secondary market liquidity as investors avoided purchasing all mortgage products backed by nonconforming loan collateral. Because of this disruption, the Company transferred approximately $17 billion of real estate loans to its loan portfolio in the third quarter of 2007, representing substantially all of the Company's nonconforming loans that had been designated as held for sale. Illiquid secondary market conditions also affected the valuations of the Company's trading assets, which are primarily comprised of interests retained from mortgage loan and credit card securitizations. Widening credit spreads on these retained interests were primarily responsible for the loss on trading assets of $673 million in 2007, compared with a loss of $154 million in 2006. The Company also recognized other-than-temporary impairment losses of $375 million in the available-for-sale securities portfolio during the second half of 2007 on certain mortgage-backed securities.

        Partially offsetting the losses in noninterest income were gains from mortgage servicing rights ("MSR") valuation and risk management of $205 million in 2007, compared with a loss of $393 million in 2006, as gains from the Company's MSR risk management instruments outpaced the decline in MSR

17



fair value. While lower mortgage interest rates during the latter part of 2007 increased expected loan prepayment speeds, their effect on the MSR value was softened by the weakening housing market and the severe contraction in home mortgage credit availability, both of which significantly reduced home loan refinancing volume.

        Noninterest expense totaled $10.60 billion in 2007, compared with $8.81 billion in 2006. The unprecedented challenges in the mortgage and credit markets during 2007 also had a significant effect on the Company's noninterest expense results. Noninterest expense in 2007 includes the fourth quarter effects from a $1.78 billion pre-tax impairment loss related to all goodwill associated with the Home Loans business. This non-cash charge did not affect the Company's tangible equity or regulatory capital ratios, or its liquidity position. With the fundamental shift in the mortgage market from credit disruptions and the expectation of a prolonged period of secondary mortgage market illiquidity, the Company took actions in the fourth quarter of 2007 to resize its home loans business in anticipation of continued declines in loan volume within the home mortgage industry, and to accelerate the direction of the home loans business to mortgage lending conducted through the Company's retail banking stores and other retail distribution channels. Among the actions taken by the Company were:

    Discontinuing all remaining lending through the subprime mortgage channel;

    Initiating the closure of WaMu Capital Corp., the Company's institutional broker-dealer business;

    Winding-down the Company's mortgage banker finance warehouse lending operations;

    Eliminating approximately 2,600 positions in the Home Loans business and approximately 550 corporate and other support positions; and

    Closing various home loan centers, sales offices, and home loan processing and call centers.

        The Company recorded $143 million of additional noninterest expense in the fourth quarter of 2007 as a result of these actions, which are expected to generate approximately $500 million of expense savings during 2008.

        Net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis was $8.19 billion in 2007, compared with $8.13 billion in 2006. The increase was due to the expansion of the net interest margin, which increased, on a taxable-equivalent basis, from 2.60% in 2006 to 2.86% in 2007. The increase in the margin was primarily due to increases in the yields of mortgage loan products tied to short-term interest rate indices and the sales of lower-yielding mortgage loans. With the increasing deterioration in the housing market and the general softening of the economy, the Federal Reserve reduced the target Federal Funds rate by 100 basis points during the second half of 2007, and lowered this benchmark rate by another 125 basis points in January 2008, bringing the target rate down to 3.00%. As the Company's wholesale borrowing rates are usually correlated with interest rate policy changes made by the Federal Reserve and reprice to current market levels faster than most of the Company's interest-earning assets, the actions taken by the Fed are expected to further expand the margin in 2008.

        To bolster its capital levels and liquidity position, the Company issued a total of $3.9 billion of Tier 1 capital in the fourth quarter of 2007, comprised of $2.9 billion, net, of noncumulative, perpetual convertible preferred stock issued by the Parent and $1 billion of noncumulative, perpetual preferred shares issued by Washington Mutual Preferred Funding LLC, an indirect subsidiary of Washington Mutual Bank. Additionally, commencing in the first quarter of 2008, the Company reduced its quarterly cash dividend rate on the Company's common stock to 15 cents per share. At December 31, 2007, the Company's estimated total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets ratio was 12.34% and its estimated Tier 1 capital to average total assets ratio was 6.84%, exceeding the minimum regulatory guidelines of 8% and 4%, respectively, while the Company's tangible equity to total tangible assets ratio was 6.67%, well above its established target of 5.50%.

18


Critical Accounting Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in accordance with the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") requires management to make a number of judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, income and expenses in the financial statements. Various elements of the Company's accounting policies, by their nature, involve the application of highly sensitive and judgmental estimates and assumptions. Some of these policies and estimates relate to matters that are highly complex and contain inherent uncertainties. It is possible that, in some instances, different estimates and assumptions could reasonably have been made and used by management, instead of those the Company applied, which might have produced different results that could have had a material effect on the financial statements.

        The Company has identified four accounting estimates that, due to the judgments and assumptions inherent in those estimates, and the potential sensitivity of its financial statements to those judgments and assumptions, are critical to an understanding of its financial statements. These estimates are: the fair value of certain financial instruments and other assets; the allowance for loan losses and contingent credit risk liabilities; other-than-temporary impairment losses on available-for-sale securities; and the determination of whether a derivative qualifies for hedge accounting.

        Management has discussed the development and selection of these critical accounting estimates with the Audit Committee of the Company's Board of Directors. The Company believes that the judgments, estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of its financial statements are appropriate given the facts and circumstances as of December 31, 2007. The nature of these judgments, estimates and assumptions are described in greater detail in subsequent sections of Management's Discussion and Analysis and in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies."

        The discussion below presents information about the nature of the Company's critical accounting estimates:

    Fair Value of Certain Financial Instruments and Other Assets

        A portion of the Company's assets are carried at fair value, including: mortgage servicing rights, trading assets including certain retained interests from securitization activities, available-for-sale securities and derivatives. In addition, loans held for sale are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value. Changes in fair value of those instruments that qualify as hedged items under fair value hedge accounting are recognized in earnings and offset the changes in fair value of derivatives used as hedge accounting instruments.

        Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Generally, for assets that are reported at fair value, the Company uses quoted market prices or internal valuation models to estimate their fair value. These models incorporate inputs such as forward yield curves, loan prepayment assumptions, market volatilities and pricing spreads utilizing market-based inputs where readily available. The degree of management judgment involved in estimating the fair value of a financial instrument or other asset is dependent upon the availability of quoted market prices or observable market value inputs. For financial instruments that are actively traded in the marketplace or whose values are based on readily available market value data, little judgment is necessary when estimating the instrument's fair value. When observable market prices and data are not readily available, significant management judgment often is necessary to estimate fair value. In those cases, different assumptions could result in significant changes in valuation.

        During the latter half of 2007, deteriorating credit conditions caused significant disruptions in the secondary mortgage market. Credit quality concerns prompted market participants to avoid purchasing

19



mortgage investment products backed by nonconforming loan collateral. As market activity slowed, the availability of observable market prices was reduced. Accordingly, there was less market data available for use by management in the judgments applied to key valuation inputs.

        The following financial instruments and other assets require the Company's most complex judgments and assumptions when estimating fair value:

    Mortgage Servicing Rights and Certain Other Retained Interests in Securitizations

        In June 2007, the Company implemented a model that is based on an option-adjusted spread ("OAS") valuation methodology to estimate the fair value of substantially all of its MSR asset. The model projects cash flows over multiple interest rate scenarios and discounts these cash flows using risk-adjusted discount rates. Additionally, an independent broker estimate of the fair values of the mortgage servicing rights is obtained quarterly along with other market-based evidence. Management uses this information together with its OAS valuation methodology to estimate the fair value of the MSR. Models used to value MSR assets, including those employing an OAS valuation methodology, are highly sensitive to changes in certain assumptions. Different expected prepayment speeds, in particular, can result in substantial changes in the estimated fair value of MSR. If actual prepayment experience differs materially from the expected prepayment speeds used in the Company's model, this difference may result in a material change in MSR fair value.

        Changes in MSR value are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income under the noninterest income caption "Revenue from sales and servicing of home mortgage loans." Additional discussion regarding the estimation of MSR fair value, including limitations to the MSR fair value measurement process, are described in the subsequent section of Management's Discussion and Analysis – "Earnings Performance from Continuing Operations." Key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of MSR fair value to immediate changes in those assumptions are described in Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Mortgage Banking Activities."

        For other retained interests in securitization activities (such as interest-only strips and residual interests in mortgage and credit card securitizations), the discounted cash flow model used in estimating fair value utilizes projections of expected cash flows that are greatly influenced by expected prepayment speeds and, in some cases, expected net credit losses or finance charges related to the securitized assets. Key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of retained interests fair value to immediate changes in those assumptions are described in Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Securitizations." Changes in those and other assumptions used could have a significant effect on the valuation of these retained interests. Changes in the value of other retained interests in securitization activities are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income under the noninterest income caption "Loss on trading assets" and in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as "Trading assets."

    Loans held for sale

        The fair value of loans designated as held-for-sale is generally based on observable market prices of securities that have loan collateral or interests in loans that are similar to the held-for-sale loans or whole loan sale prices if formally committed. If market prices are not readily available, fair value is based on a discounted cash flow model, which considers expected prepayment factors and the degree of credit risk associated with the loans and the estimated effects of changes in market interest rates relative to the loans' interest rates. When the estimated fair value of loans held for sale is lower than their cost, including adjustments to cost if the loans were in a fair value hedge relationship under Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Statement No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , as amended ("Statement No. 133"), a valuation adjustment that accounts for this difference is reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income as a component

20


within the noninterest income caption "Revenue from sales and servicing of home mortgage loans" for home loans. Valuation adjustments for consumer loans held for sale are recorded under the noninterest income caption "Revenue from sales and servicing of consumer loans." Valuation adjustments for multi-family and commercial real estate loans held for sale are recorded under the noninterest income caption "Other income."

    Fair Value of Reporting Units and Goodwill Impairment

        Under FASB Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , goodwill must be allocated to reporting units and tested for impairment. The Company tests goodwill for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or circumstances, such as adverse changes in the business, indicate that there may be justification for conducting an interim test. Impairment testing is performed at the reporting unit level (which is the same level as the Company's four major operating segments identified in Note 26 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Operating Segments"). The first part of the test is a comparison, at the reporting unit level, of the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the fair value is less than the carrying value, then the second part of the test is needed to measure the amount of potential goodwill impairment. The implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill is calculated and compared with the actual carrying value of goodwill recorded within the reporting unit. If the carrying value of reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, then the Company would recognize an impairment loss for the amount of the difference, which would be recorded as a charge against net income.

        The fair value of the reporting units are determined primarily using discounted cash flow models based on each reporting unit's internal forecasts. In addition, analysis using market-based trading and transaction multiples, where available, is used to assess the reasonableness of the valuations derived from the discounted cash flow models.

        For additional information regarding the carrying values of goodwill by operating segment, see Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets."

    Allowance for Loan Losses and Contingent Credit Risk Liabilities

    Allowance for Loan Losses

        The allowance for loan losses represents management's estimate of incurred credit losses inherent in the Company's loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. Determining the appropriateness of the allowance is complex and requires judgment by management about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Subsequent evaluations of the loan portfolio, in light of the factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the allowance for loan losses in future periods.

        The estimate of the allowance is based on a variety of factors, including past loan loss experience, the current credit profile of borrowers, adverse situations that have occurred that may affect a borrower's ability to meet his financial obligations, the estimated value of underlying collateral, general economic conditions, and the impact that changes in interest rates and unemployment levels have on a borrower's ability to repay adjustable-rate loans.

        The Company allocates a portion of the allowance to the homogeneous loan portfolios and estimates this allocated portion using statistical estimation techniques. Loss estimation techniques used in statistical models are supplemented by qualitative information to assist in estimating the allocated allowance. When housing prices are volatile, lags in data collection and reporting increase the likelihood of adjustments being made to the allowance.

21


        The Company also estimates an unallocated portion of the allowance that reflects management's assessment of various risk factors that are not fully captured by the statistical estimation techniques used to determine the allocated component of the allowance. The following factors are routinely and regularly reviewed in estimating the appropriateness of the unallocated allowance: national and local economic trends and conditions (such as gross domestic product and unemployment trends); market conditions (such as changes in housing prices); industry and borrower concentrations within portfolio segments (including concentrations by metropolitan statistical area); recent loan portfolio performance (such as changes in the levels and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans); trends in loan growth (including the velocity of change in loan growth); changes in underwriting criteria; and the regulatory and public policy environment.

        The allowance for loan losses is reported in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition and the provision for loan losses is reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

        The estimates and judgments are described in further detail in the subsequent section of Management's Discussion and Analysis—"Credit Risk Management" and in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements—"Summary of Significant Accounting Policies."

    Contingent Credit Risk Liabilities

        In the ordinary course of business, the Company sells loans to third parties and in certain circumstances, such as in the event of early or first payment default, retains credit risk exposure on those loans. The Company may also be required to repurchase sold loans when representations and warranties made by the Company in connection with those sales are breached. Under certain circumstances, such as when a loan sold to an investor and serviced by the Company fails to perform according to its contractual terms within the six months after its origination or upon written request of the investor, the Company will review the loan file to determine whether or not errors may have been made in the process of originating the loan. If errors are discovered and it is determined that such errors constitute a violation of a representation or warranty made to the investor in connection with the Company's sale of the loan, then the Company will be required to either repurchase the loan or indemnify the investor for losses sustained if the violation had a material adverse effect on the value of the loan.

        Reserves are established for the Company's exposure to the potential repurchase or indemnification liabilities described above as such liabilities are initially recorded at fair value. Throughout the life of these repurchase or indemnification liabilities, the Company may learn of additional information that can affect the assessment of loss probability or the estimation of the amounts involved. Changes in these assessments can lead to significant changes in the recorded reserves. Repurchase and indemnification liabilities are recorded within other liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, and losses are recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income under the noninterest income caption "Revenue from sales and servicing of home mortgage loans."

    Impairment of Securities

        The Company monitors securities in its available-for-sale investment portfolio for impairment. Impairment may result from credit deterioration of the issuer, from changes in market rates relative to the interest rate of the instrument, or from changes in prepayment speeds. The Company considers many factors in determining whether the impairment is other than temporary, including but not limited to adverse changes in expected cash flows, the length of time the security has had a fair value less than the cost basis, the severity of the unrealized loss, the Company's intent and ability to hold the security for a period of time sufficient for a recovery in value and issuer-specific factors such as the issuer's financial condition, external credit ratings and general market conditions. The determination of

22


other-than-temporary impairment is a subjective process, requiring the use of judgments and assumptions in interpreting relevant market data. Other-than-temporary valuation losses on available-for-sale securities are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income under the noninterest income caption "Loss on other available-for-sale securities." For additional information regarding the amortized cost, unrealized gains, unrealized losses, and fair value of securities, see Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Available-for-Sale Securities."

    Derivatives and Hedging Activities

        The Company enters into derivative contracts to manage the various risks associated with certain assets, liabilities, or probable forecasted transactions. When the Company enters into derivative contracts, the derivative instrument is designated as: (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (a "fair value" hedge); (2) a hedge of the variability in expected future cash flows associated with an existing recognized asset or liability or a probable forecasted transaction (a "cash flow" hedge); or (3) held for other risk management purposes ("risk management derivatives").

        All derivatives, whether designated in hedging relationships or not, are recorded at fair value as either assets or liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. Changes in fair value of derivatives that are not in hedge accounting relationships (as in (3) above) are recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income in the period in which the change in value occurs. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated as cash flow hedges (as in (2) above), to the extent such hedges are deemed highly effective, are recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings when the earnings effect of the hedged cash flows is recognized. Changes in the fair value of derivatives in qualifying fair value hedge accounting relationships (as in (1) above) are recorded each period in earnings along with the change in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged.

        The determination of whether a derivative qualifies for hedge accounting requires complex judgments about the application of Statement No. 133. Additionally, this Statement requires contemporaneous documentation of the Company's hedge relationships. Such documentation includes the nature of the risk being hedged, the identification of the hedged item, or the group of hedged items that share the risk exposure that is designated as being hedged, the selection of the instrument that will be used to hedge the identified risk, and the method used to assess the effectiveness of the hedge relationship. The assessment of hedge effectiveness requires calculations that utilize standard statistical methods of correlation that must support the determination that the hedging relationship is expected to be highly effective, during the period that the hedge is designated, in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows attributable to the hedged risk. If the Company's assessment of effectiveness is not considered to be adequate to achieve hedge accounting treatment, the derivative is treated as a free-standing risk management instrument.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted

        Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies."

    Discontinued Operations

        In December 2006, the Company exited the retail mutual fund management business and completed the sale of WM Advisors, Inc. WM Advisors provided investment management, distribution and shareholder services to the WM Group of Funds. This former subsidiary has been accounted for as a discontinued operation and, accordingly, its results of operations have been removed from the Company's results of continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 in the

23


Consolidated Statements of Income and in Note 26 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Operating Segments."

Five-Year Summary of Selected Financial Data

 
  December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
  2004
  2003
 
  (in millions, except per share amounts)

Income Statement Data (for the year ended)                              
  Net interest income   $ 8,177   $ 8,121   $ 8,218   $ 7,411   $ 7,865
  Provision for loan losses     3,107     816     316     209     42
  Noninterest income     6,042     6,377     5,097     4,061     5,437
  Noninterest expense     10,600     8,807     7,620     7,332     7,267
  Net income (loss)     (67 )   3,558     3,432     2,878     3,880
  Basic earnings per common share:                              
    Income (loss) from continuing operations     (0.11 )   3.27     3.80     2.84     4.17
    Income from discontinued operations         0.47     0.04     0.50     0.12
   
 
 
 
 
      Net income (loss)     (0.11 )   3.74     3.84     3.34     4.29
  Diluted earnings per common share:                              
    Income (loss) from continuing operations     (0.12 )   3.18     3.69     2.77     4.09
    Income from discontinued operations         0.46     0.04     0.49     0.12
   
 
 
 
 
      Net income (loss)     (0.12 )   3.64     3.73     3.26     4.21
  Dividends declared per common share     2.21     2.06     1.90     1.74     1.40
Balance Sheet Data (at year end)                              
  Available-for-sale securities   $ 27,540   $ 24,978   $ 24,659   $ 19,219   $ 36,707
  Loans held for sale     5,403     44,970     33,582     42,743     20,837
  Loans held in portfolio     244,386     224,960     229,632     207,071     175,150
  Mortgage servicing rights     6,278     6,193     8,041     5,906     6,354
  Goodwill     7,287     9,050     8,298     6,196     6,196
  Total assets     327,913     346,288     343,573     307,581     275,178
  Total deposits     181,926     213,956     193,167     173,658     153,181
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     4,148     11,953     15,532     15,944     28,333
  Advances from Federal Home Loan Banks     63,852     44,297     68,771     70,074     48,330
  Other borrowings     38,958     32,852     23,777     18,498     15,483
  Minority interests     3,919     2,448     15     13    
  Stockholders' equity     24,584     26,969     27,279     20,889     19,405
Supplemental Data                              
  Loan volume:                              
    Home loans:                              
      Adjustable-rate   $ 70,324   $ 110,914   $ 125,758   $ 128,263   $ 113,677
      Fixed-rate     30,554     47,469     81,964     84,099     270,504
   
 
 
 
 
    Total home loan volume     100,878     158,383     207,722     212,362     384,181
    Total loan volume     151,502     205,085     260,770     266,397     431,906

24


Ratios and Other Supplemental Data

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (dollars in millions,
except per share amounts)

 
Profitability                    
  Return on average assets     (0.02 )%   1.02 %   1.05 %
  Return on average common equity     (0.42 )   13.52     14.91  
  Net interest margin     2.85     2.60     2.79  
  Efficiency ratio (1)(2)     74.55     60.75     57.23  
Asset Quality (at year end)                    
  Nonaccrual loans   $ 6,123   $ 2,295   $ 1,686  
  Foreclosed assets     979     480     276  
   
 
 
 
    Total nonperforming assets (3)     7,102     2,775     1,962  
  Nonperforming assets (3) to total assets     2.17 %   0.80 %   0.57 %
  Allowance for loan losses   $ 2,571   $ 1,630   $ 1,695  
  Allowance as a percentage of total loans held in portfolio     1.05 %   0.72 %   0.74 %
Credit Performance                    
  Net charge-offs   $ 1,623   $ 510   $ 244  
Capital Adequacy (at year end)                    
  Stockholders' equity to total assets     7.50 %   7.79 %   7.94 %
  Tangible equity to total tangible assets (4)     6.67     6.04     5.62  
  Tier 1 capital to average total assets (leverage) (5)     6.84     6.35     5.83  
  Total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets (5)     12.34     11.77     10.80  
Per Common Share Data                    
  Common shares outstanding at the end of period (in thousands) (6)     869,036     944,479     993,914  
  Common stock dividend payout ratio     N/M     55.08 %   49.48 %
  Book value per common share (at year end) (7)   $ 24.55   $ 28.21   $ 27.61  
  Market prices:                    
    High     45.56     46.48     44.54  
    Low     13.07     41.47     36.92  
    Year end     13.61     45.49     43.50  

N/M = Not meaningful

(1)
Based on continuing operations.
(2)
The efficiency ratio is defined as noninterest expense divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
(3)
Excludes nonaccrual loans held for sale.
(4)
Excludes unrealized net gain/loss on available-for-sale securities and cash flow hedging instruments, goodwill and intangible assets (except MSR) and the impact from the adoption and application of FASB Statement No. 158, Employers' Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans . Minority interests of $3.92 billion for December 31, 2007 and $2.45 billion for December 31, 2006 are included in the numerator.
(5)
The capital ratios are estimated as if Washington Mutual, Inc. were a bank holding company subject to Federal Reserve Board capital requirements.
(6)
Includes six million shares held in escrow.
(7)
Excludes six million shares held in escrow.

25


Earnings Performance from Continuing Operations

        Average balances, together with the total dollar amounts of interest income and expense related to such balances and the weighted average rates, were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
  Average Balance
  Rate
  Interest Income/ Expense
  Average Balance
  Rate
  Interest Income/ Expense
  Average Balance
  Rate
  Interest Income/ Expense
 
  (dollars in millions)

Assets (1)                                                
Interest-earning assets (2) :                                                
  Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell   $ 3,475   5.31 % $ 184   $ 4,718   5.20 % $ 245   $ 2,154   3.42 % $ 74
  Trading assets     4,546   9.45     430     7,829   7.74     606     7,217   6.50     469
  Available-for-sale securities (3) :                                                
    Mortgage-backed securities     19,647   5.49     1,078     21,534   5.41     1,165     16,359   4.81     786
    Investment securities     7,334   5.13     377     5,992   4.92     295     4,494   4.71     212
  Loans held for sale     20,421   6.81     1,391     27,791   6.50     1,807     44,847   5.34     2,394
  Loans held in portfolio (4) :                                                
    Loans secured by real estate:                                                
      Home loans (5)(6)     98,547   6.49     6,396     120,320   5.83     7,011     110,326   4.97     5,485
      Home equity loans and lines of credit (6)     56,285   7.46     4,197     52,265   7.33     3,833     47,909   6.01     2,878
      Subprime mortgage channel (7)     20,125   6.62     1,333     20,202   6.31     1,275     20,561   5.90     1,214
      Home construction (8)     2,074   6.79     141     2,061   6.46     133     2,074   6.22     129
      Multi-family     30,162   6.59     1,988     27,386   6.28     1,721     24,070   5.41     1,303
      Other real estate     7,504   6.98     524     5,797   6.93     402     5,091   7.11     362
   
     
 
     
 
     
        Total loans secured by real estate     214,697   6.79     14,579     228,031   6.30     14,375     210,031   5.41     11,371
    Consumer:                                                
      Credit card     10,113   10.55     1,067     8,733   11.19     977     2,082   11.96     249
      Other     242   13.90     34     444   11.12     50     707   10.67     75
    Commercial     1,916   8.10     155     1,886   6.94     131     2,614   5.04     132
   
     
 
     
 
     
        Total loans held in portfolio     226,968   6.98     15,835     239,094   6.50     15,533     215,434   5.49     11,827
  Other     4,275   4.53     194     5,220   4.90     256     4,324   3.65     158
   
     
 
     
 
     
        Total interest-earning assets     286,666   6.80     19,489     312,178   6.38     19,907     294,829   5.40     15,920
Noninterest-earning assets:                                                
  Mortgage servicing rights     6,616               7,667               6,597          
  Goodwill     9,018               8,489               6,712          
  Other assets     21,089               20,424               18,095          
   
           
           
         
        Total assets   $ 323,389             $ 348,758             $ 326,233          
   
           
           
         
Liabilities (1)                                                
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                                
  Deposits:                                                
    Interest-bearing checking deposits   $ 29,261   2.42     709   $ 36,477   2.63     960   $ 46,524   1.95     906
    Savings and money market deposits     56,459   3.27     1,846     48,866   2.96     1,446     42,555   1.76     750
    Time deposits     82,551   4.91     4,055     84,106   4.59     3,857     62,175   3.33     2,072
   
     
 
     
 
     
        Total interest-bearing deposits     168,271   3.93     6,610     169,449   3.70     6,263     151,254   2.46     3,728
  Federal funds purchased and commercial paper     3,096   5.30     164     7,347   5.06     371     5,314   3.56     190
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     8,330   5.32     443     15,257   5.12     781     15,365   3.40     523
  Advances from Federal Home Loan Banks     37,144   5.28     1,963     56,619   4.99     2,828     68,713   3.46     2,377
  Other     38,157   5.59     2,132     28,796   5.36     1,543     21,603   4.09     884
   
     
 
     
 
     
        Total interest-bearing liabilities     254,998   4.44     11,312     277,468   4.25     11,786     262,249   2.94     7,702
             
           
           
Noninterest-bearing sources:                                                
  Noninterest-bearing deposits     32,109               34,380               34,769          
  Other liabilities     9,155               8,865               6,177          
  Minority interests     2,933               1,639               14          
  Stockholders' equity     24,194               26,406               23,024          
   
           
           
         
        Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $ 323,389             $ 348,758             $ 326,233          
   
           
           
         
Net interest spread and net interest income         2.36   $ 8,177         2.13   $ 8,121         2.46   $ 8,218
             
           
           
Impact of noninterest-bearing sources         0.49               0.47               0.33      
Net interest margin         2.85               2.60               2.79      
Taxable-Equivalent Basis                                                
Net interest margin and net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis (9)         2.86   $ 8,191         2.60   $ 8,129         2.79   $ 8,225

26



(1)
Average balances of assets and liabilities of acquired companies are calculated by dividing the stub period of the Company's ownership of those assets or liabilities by one year.
(2)
Nonaccrual assets and related income, if any, are included in their respective categories.
(3)
The average balance and yield are based on average amortized cost balances.
(4)
Interest income for loans held in portfolio includes amortization of net deferred loan origination costs of $391 million, $463 million, and $402 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
(5)
Capitalized interest recognized in earnings that resulted from negative amortization within the Option ARM portfolio totaled $1.42 billion, $1.07 billion, and $292 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
(6)
Excludes home loans and home equity loans and lines of credit in the subprime mortgage channel.
(7)
Represents mortgage loans purchased from recognized subprime lenders and mortgage loans originated under the Long Beach Mortgage name and held in the investment portfolio.
(8)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale and construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.
(9)
Includes taxable-equivalent adjustments primarily related to tax-exempt income on U.S. states and political subdivisions securities and loans related to the Company's community lending and investment activities. The federal statutory tax rate was 35% for the periods presented.

      The dollar amounts of interest income and interest expense fluctuate depending upon changes in interest rates and upon changes in the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Changes attributable to (i) changes in volume (changes in average outstanding balances multiplied by the prior period's rate), (ii) changes in rate (changes in average interest rates multiplied by the prior period's volume), and (iii) changes in rate/volume (changes in rate multiplied by the change in volume)

27


which were allocated in proportion to the percentage changes in average volume and average rate and included in the relevant column below were as follows:

 
  2007 vs. 2006
  2006 vs. 2005
 
 
  Increase/(Decrease)
Due to

   
  Increase/(Decrease)
Due to

   
 
 
  Total Change
  Total Change
 
 
  Volume
  Rate
  Volume
  Rate
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Interest Income                                      
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell   $ (66 ) $ 5   $ (61 ) $ 119   $ 52   $ 171  
Trading assets     (291 )   115     (176 )   42     95     137  
Available-for-sale securities:                                      
  Mortgage-backed securities     (104 )   17     (87 )   271     108     379  
  Investment securities     69     13     82     73     10     83  
Loans held for sale     (499 )   83     (416 )   (1,036 )   449     (587 )
Loans held in portfolio:                                      
  Loans secured by real estate:                                      
    Home loans (1)     (1,357 )   742     (615 )   526     1,000     1,526  
    Home equity loans and lines of credit (1)     299     65     364     279     676     955  
    Subprime mortgage channel (2)     (5 )   63     58     (22 )   83     61  
    Home construction (3)     1     7     8     (1 )   5     4  
    Multi-family     180     87     267     193     225     418  
    Other real estate     119     3     122     49     (9 )   40  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Total loans secured by real estate     (763 )   967     204     1,024     1,980     3,004  
  Consumer:                                      
    Credit card     148     (58 )   90     745     (17 )   728  
    Other     (26 )   10     (16 )   (29 )   4     (25 )
  Commercial     2     22     24     (42 )   41     (1 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Total loans held in portfolio     (639 )   941     302     1,698     2,008     3,706  
Other     (44 )   (18 )   (62 )   37     61     98  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Total interest income     (1,574 )   1,156     (418 )   1,204     2,783     3,987  
Interest Expense                                      
Deposits:                                      
  Interest-bearing checking deposits     (179 )   (72 )   (251 )   (222 )   276     54  
  Savings and money markets deposits     239     161     400     125     571     696  
  Time deposits     (73 )   271     198     864     921     1,785  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total deposits     (13 )   360     347     767     1,768     2,535  
Federal funds purchased and commercial paper     (224 )   17     (207 )   87     94     181  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     (368 )   30     (338 )   (4 )   262     258  
Advances from Federal Home Loan Banks     (1,021 )   156     (865 )   (471 )   922     451  
Other     520     69     589     342     317     659  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Total interest expense     (1,106 )   632     (474 )   721     3,363     4,084  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income   $ (468 ) $ 524   $ 56   $ 483   $ (580 ) $ (97 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Excludes home loans and home equity loans and lines of credit in the subprime mortgage channel.
(2)
Represents mortgage loans purchased from recognized subprime lenders and mortgage loans originated under the Long Beach Mortgage name and held in the investment portfolio.
(3)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale and construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

28


    Net Interest Income

        Net interest income and the net interest margin, both expressed on a taxable-equivalent basis, totaled $8.19 billion and 2.86% in 2007, compared with $8.13 billion and 2.60% in 2006. The increase in the net interest margin was primarily due to increases in the yields of mortgage loan products tied to short-term interest rate indices and the sales of lower-yielding mortgage loans, and a favorable change in the mix between deposits and comparatively higher cost borrowed funds. Deposits funded 70% of the interest-earning asset base during 2007, compared with 65% in 2006. A decline in average interest earning assets in 2007 partially offset the expansion of the margin, as the Company sought to deemphasize balance sheet growth during a time in which the yield curve was relatively flat or slightly inverted.

    Noninterest Income

        Noninterest income from continuing operations consisted of the following:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Percentage Change
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
  2007/2006
  2006/2005
 
 
  (in millions)

   
   
 
Revenue from sales and servicing of home mortgage loans   $ 944   $ 768   $ 2,017   23 % (62 )%
Revenue from sales and servicing of consumer loans     1,639     1,527     413   7   270  
Depositor and other retail banking fees     2,893     2,567     2,193   13   17  
Credit card fees     778     637     139   22   358  
Securities fees and commissions     260     215     189   21   13  
Insurance income     116     127     172   (8 ) (26 )
Loss on trading assets     (673 )   (154 )   (257 ) 336   (40 )
Loss on other available-for-sale securities     (319 )   (9 )   (84 )   (90 )
Other income     404     699     315   (42 ) 122  
   
 
 
         
  Total noninterest income   $ 6,042   $ 6,377   $ 5,097   (5 ) 25  
   
 
 
         

29


    Revenue from sales and servicing of home mortgage loans

        Revenue from sales and servicing of home mortgage loans, including the effects of derivative risk management instruments, consisted of the following:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Percentage Change
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
  2007/2006
  2006/2005
 
 
  (in millions)

   
   
 
Revenue from sales and servicing of home mortgage loans:                            
  Sales activity:                            
    Gain from home mortgage loans and originated mortgage-backed securities (1)   $ 52   $ 626   $ 873   (92 )% (28 )%
    Revaluation gain from derivatives economically hedging loans held for sale     7     109     76   (93 ) 42  
   
 
 
         
      Gain from home mortgage loans and originated mortgage-backed securities, net of hedging and risk management instruments     59     735     949   (92 ) (23 )
  Servicing activity:                            
    Home mortgage loan servicing revenue (2)     2,047     2,181     2,110   (6 ) 3  
    Change in MSR fair value due to payments on loans and other (3)     (1,363 )   (1,654 )     (18 )  
    Change in MSR fair value due to valuation inputs or assumptions (3)     (157 )   299          
    MSR valuation adjustments (4)             965      
    Amortization of MSR             (2,170 )    
    Revaluation gain (loss) from derivatives economically hedging MSR     358     (636 )   163      
    Adjustment to MSR fair value for MSR sale         (157 )        
   
 
 
         
    Home mortgage loan servicing revenue, net of MSR valuation changes and derivative risk management instruments     885     33     1,068     (97 )
   
 
 
         
      Total revenue from sales and servicing of home mortgage loans   $ 944   $ 768   $ 2,017   23   (62 )
   
 
 
         

(1)
Originated mortgage-backed securities represent available-for-sale securities retained on the balance sheet subsequent to the securitization of mortgage loans that were originated by the Company.
(2)
Includes contractually specified servicing fees (net of guarantee fees paid to housing government-sponsored enterprises, where applicable), late charges and loan pool expenses (the shortfall of the scheduled interest required to be remitted to investors and that which is collected from borrowers upon payoff).
(3)
Line item descriptions reflect the impact of the adoption of Statement No. 156 on January 1, 2006. The retrospective application of this statement to prior periods is not permitted.
(4)
Net of fair value hedge ineffectiveness as well as any impairment/reversal recognized on MSR that resulted from the application of the lower of cost or fair value accounting methodology in 2005.

30


        The following table presents MSR valuation and the corresponding risk management derivative instruments and securities during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
 
 
  (in millions)

 
MSR Valuation and Risk Management:              
  Change in MSR fair value due to valuation inputs or assumptions   $ (157 ) $ 299  
Gain (loss) on MSR risk management instruments:              
  Revaluation gain (loss) from derivatives     358     (636 )
  Revaluation gain (loss) from certain trading securities     4     (55 )
  Loss from certain available-for-sale securities         (1 )
   
 
 
    Total gain (loss) on MSR risk management instruments     362     (692 )
   
 
 
      Total changes in MSR valuation and risk management   $ 205   $ (393 )
   
 
 

        The following tables reconcile the gains (losses) on investment securities that are designated as MSR risk management instruments to loss on trading assets and loss on other available-for-sale securities that are reported within noninterest income during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Gain (loss) on trading assets resulting from:              
  MSR risk management instruments   $ 4   $ (55 )
  Other     (677 )   (99 )
   
 
 
    Total loss on trading assets   $ (673 ) $ (154 )
   
 
 
 
 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Loss on other available-for-sale securities resulting from:              
  MSR risk management instruments   $   $ (1 )
  Other     (319 )   (8 )
   
 
 
    Total loss on other available-for-sale securities   $ (319 ) $ (9 )
   
 
 

        Gain from home mortgage loans and originated mortgage-backed securities, net of hedging and risk management instruments was $59 million in 2007, compared with $735 million in the prior year. Secondary market conditions for subprime mortgage loans rapidly deteriorated during the first half of 2007 in response to the weakening housing market. As credit risk concerns from rising subprime mortgage borrower defaults increased, credit spreads widened to reflect secondary market demands for higher risk premiums on subprime mortgage loans, which lowered the value of the loans to be sold. Credit concerns spread across the secondary market in the second half of 2007 as mortgage delinquencies and loss severities across all single-family residential borrower classes accelerated. This led to a severe contraction in risk tolerances among secondary market participants and resulted in an illiquid market for nonconforming home loans. With the absence of liquidity for such loans, home loan sales volume totaled only $17.38 billion in the last half of 2007, a 69% decline from $56.58 billion for the same period in 2006. The Company transferred into its held for investment portfolio approximately

31



$15 billion of single-family residential loans in the third quarter of 2007, which were substantially comprised of nonconforming products that had initially been designated as held for sale prior to the rapid contraction in secondary market liquidity. A $139 million downward adjustment on the transferred loans was recorded based on the lower of cost or fair value, reflecting the wider secondary market credit spreads that accompanied the market disruption.

        The fair value changes in home mortgage loans held for sale and the offsetting changes in the derivative instruments used as fair value hedges are recorded within gain from home mortgage loans when hedge accounting treatment is achieved. Home mortgage loans held for sale where hedge accounting treatment is not achieved are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value. This accounting method requires declines in the fair value of these loans, to the extent such value is below their cost basis, to be immediately recognized within gain from home mortgage loans, but any increases in the value of these loans that exceed their original cost basis may not be recorded until the loans are sold. However, all changes in the value of derivative instruments that are used to manage the interest rate risk of these loans must be recognized in earnings as those changes occur.

        In March 2006, the FASB issued Statement No. 156, Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets , which amends Statement No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities , permitting for the first time an entity to report classes of servicing assets at fair value at each reporting date and to record changes in fair value of such reported classes of servicing assets in earnings in the period in which the changes occur. The Company applied Statement No. 156 to its financial statements on January 1, 2006 and elected to measure its mortgage servicing assets at fair value. Upon electing the fair value method of accounting for its mortgage servicing assets, the Company discontinued the application of fair value hedge accounting. Accordingly, beginning in 2006, all derivatives held for MSR risk management are treated as economic hedges, with valuation changes recorded as revaluation gain (loss) from derivatives economically hedging MSR. Additionally, upon the change from the lower of cost or fair value accounting method to fair value accounting under Statement No. 156, the calculation of amortization and the assessment of impairment were discontinued and the MSR valuation allowance was written off against the recorded value of the MSR. Those measurements have been replaced by fair value adjustments that encompass market-driven valuation changes and the runoff in value that occurs as scheduled loan payments are made over time, which are each separately reported.

        Home mortgage loan servicing revenue decreased by $134 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared with 2006. The decrease was largely the result of the sale of $2.53 billion of mortgage servicing rights in July 2006. The decline was more than offset by a decrease in the rate of MSR fair value changes from loan payments of $291 million between the same years, as actual payment rates on the servicing portfolio decreased in 2007 due to significantly lower levels of refinancing activity.

        MSR valuation and risk management results were a gain of $205 million in 2007, compared with a loss of $393 million in 2006. Although mortgage interest rates at the end of 2007 were at similar levels to those that existed at the beginning of the year, more significant fluctuations occurred over the course of 2007, which led to a modest decrease in MSR value of $157 million for the year. The decrease in value occurred primarily during the second half of 2007, as mortgage rates generally declined during that period, resulting in higher expected prepayment speeds. However, the impact of lower interest rates on projected MSR prepayment speeds was mitigated by a smaller increase in expected prepayment rates, reflecting diminished opportunities for borrowers to refinance during a period when the housing market is weakening, underwriting standards across the mortgage banking industry have tightened and rates for nonconforming loan products are higher. The performance of the MSR risk management instruments was adversely affected by the flat-to-inverted slope of the yield curve in 2006, which had the effect of increasing hedging costs.

32


        The value of the MSR asset is subject to prepayment risk. Future expected net cash flows from servicing a loan in the servicing portfolio will not be realized if the loan pays off earlier than expected. Moreover, since most loans within the servicing portfolio do not impose prepayment fees for early payoff, a corresponding economic benefit will not be received if the loan pays off earlier than expected. The fair value of the MSR is estimated from the present value of the future net cash flows the Company expects to receive from the servicing portfolio. Accordingly, prepayment risk subjects the MSR to potential declines in fair value. During the second quarter of 2007, the Company adopted an option-adjusted spread ("OAS") valuation methodology for estimating the fair value of substantially all of its MSR asset. This methodology projects MSR cash flows over multiple interest rate scenarios, and discounts those cash flows using risk-adjusted discount rates to arrive at an estimate of the fair value of the MSR asset. As the Company's OAS model was calibrated to the prior model's valuation results, the conversion to the new methodology did not result in a fair value adjustment to the Company's MSR asset upon its implementation.

    All Other Noninterest Income Analysis

        Revenue from sales and servicing of consumer loans increased $112 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared with 2006. While revenue from sales increased between the two periods as a result of a 50% increase in credit card securitization volume, revenue from servicing declined in 2007, when compared with 2006. This decline in servicing revenue was a result of realization of higher than originally estimated interest and fees charged on securitized loans and lower than originally estimated credit losses.

        Depositor and other retail banking fees increased $326 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared with 2006, predominantly due to higher transaction fees and an increase in the number of noninterest-bearing checking accounts. The number of noninterest-bearing checking accounts at December 31, 2007 totaled approximately 11.0 million compared with approximately 9.6 million at December 31, 2006.

        Credit card fees increased $141 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared with 2006, reflecting growth in the average balance of the credit card portfolio.

        Securities fees and commissions increased $45 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared with 2006, due to an increase in the volume of mutual fund and annuity sales.

        Loss on trading assets increased $519 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared with 2006. Similar to the way in which capital market disruptions affected the Company's mortgage banking results, the severe downturn in the housing market and rising levels of credit card delinquencies contributed to less favorable economic assumptions used to measure the value of trading assets retained from mortgage loan and credit card securitizations.

        The Company recognizes impairment losses on available-for-sale securities through the income statement when it has concluded that a decrease in the fair value of a security is other than temporary. During the second half of 2007, the Company recognized charges totaling $375 million related to mortgage-backed securities where it determined that a decline in fair value below amortized cost represented an other-than-temporary condition.

        The decrease in other income of $295 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared with 2006, primarily resulted from losses related to equity method investments and revaluation losses on derivatives held for risk management purposes. In addition, included in 2006 was a $149 million litigation award from the partial settlement of the Company's claim against the U.S. Government with regard to the Home Savings supervisory goodwill lawsuit.

33


    Noninterest Expense

        Noninterest expense from continuing operations consisted of the following:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Percentage Change
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
  2007/2006
  2006/2005
 
 
  (in millions)

   
   
 
Compensation and benefits   $ 3,766   $ 3,937   $ 3,701   (4 )% 6 %
Occupancy and equipment     1,589     1,711     1,520   (7 ) 13  
Telecommunications and outsourced information services     530     554     449   (4 ) 23  
Depositor and other retail banking losses     262     229     226   14   2  
Advertising and promotion     445     443     315     41  
Professional fees     233     227     181   3   26  
Postage     417     471     293   (12 ) 61  
Foreclosed asset expense     309     117     75   164   56  
Goodwill impairment charge     1,775              
Other expense     1,274     1,118     860   14   30  
   
 
 
         
  Total noninterest expense   $ 10,600   $ 8,807   $ 7,620   20   16  
   
 
 
         

        Noninterest expense in 2007 includes the fourth quarter effects from a $1.78 billion pre-tax impairment loss related to all goodwill associated with the Home Loans business. With the fundamental shift in the mortgage market from credit disruptions and the expectation of a prolonged period of secondary mortgage market illiquidity, the Company also recorded charges of $143 million in the fourth quarter to resize its Home Loans business and corporate support functions in anticipation of continued declines in home mortgage industry loan originations, and to accelerate the direction of its mortgage banking operations to home lending conducted through retail banking stores and other retail distribution channels. The charges consist of $58 million in employee termination benefits, $42 million in lease termination and other decommissioning costs, and $43 million of fixed asset write-downs.

        The Company determined that the actions associated with the resizing of the Home Loans business represent restructuring activities. Accordingly, the resizing expenses described above included $98 million of restructuring charges that resulted from the discontinuation of subprime mortgage lending, the announced closure of WaMu Capital Corp., the wind-down of the Company's mortgage banker finance operations, and the closure of certain home loans production centers and back-office support functions. The restructuring charges are described further in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Restructuring Activities."

        Compensation and benefits expense decreased $171 million, or 4%, from 2006, primarily due to lower home loan mortgage banking incentive compensation that resulted from the significant decline in home loan volume. The number of employees decreased from 49,824 employees at December 31, 2006 to 49,403 employees at December 31, 2007. Employee headcount was further reduced to 48,433 at January 31, 2008, reflecting the fourth quarter 2007 actions to resize the Company's Home Loans business and corporate support functions.

        The decrease in occupancy and equipment expense during 2007 was primarily due to charges in 2006 of approximately $185 million related to the Company's productivity and efficiency initiatives, partially offset by charges in 2007 to resize the Company's Home Loans business and corporate support functions.

        Depositor and other retail banking losses increased during 2007 predominantly due to an increase in the number of transaction accounts, resulting in an increase in loss levels for returned deposited items and overdrawn account losses.

34


        Postage expense decreased during 2007 due to a decline in courier expense related to improved efficiency in the cash distribution process in the Company's retail banking operations.

        The increase in foreclosed asset expense during 2007 was due to higher foreclosures reflecting the deterioration in the credit environment and further weakening in the housing market. The total number of foreclosed properties has increased while the values of those properties have generally declined.

        The increase in other expense from 2006 was partly due to charges of $88 million for Visa related litigation liabilities recognized during 2007. The Company recognized charges of $38 million in the third quarter of 2007 related to its share of the American Express settlement of a covered litigation matter and $50 million in the fourth quarter of 2007 to accrue for a contingent obligation for certain unresolved disputes involving Visa and its members.

    Income Taxes

        For 2007, a tax provision of $376 million was recorded, compared with a tax provision of $1.66 billion for 2006. The tax provision recorded for 2007 was significantly impacted by the pre-tax goodwill impairment charge of $1.78 billion, of which approximately $1.3 billion is not deductible for income tax purposes. The effective tax rate for the tax benefit recorded on the goodwill impairment charge was 9.83%. Excluding the goodwill impairment charge, the effective tax rate for 2007 would have been 26.41%, compared with 34.73% in 2006. The reduction in the effective tax rate for 2007 (excluding the goodwill impairment charge) is mostly due to reduced income from continuing operations before income taxes.

Review of Financial Condition

    Trading Assets

        Trading assets consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
 
  (in millions)

Credit card retained interests   $ 1,838   $ 1,464
Mortgage-backed securities     854     2,880
U.S. Government and other debt securities     76     90
   
 
  Total trading assets   $ 2,768   $ 4,434
   
 

        The Company's trading assets are primarily comprised of financial instruments that are retained from securitization transactions. Credit card retained interests are mostly comprised of subordinated interests that consist of noninterest bearing beneficial interests. These retained interests are repaid after the related senior classes of securities, which are usually held by third party investors.

        Trading assets at December 31, 2007 decreased $1.67 billion from December 31, 2006 predominantly due to a $1.85 billion decline in securities held by WaMu Capital Corp. ("WCC"), an indirect subsidiary of the Company. During December 2007, the Company announced its intention to close WCC, its institutional broker-dealer business, as part of restructuring its Home Loans business.

35


        The following table presents trading assets, including mortgage-backed securities by asset type, by investment grade at December 31, 2007:

 
  AAA (1)
  AA
  A
  BBB
  Below Investment Grade
  Total
 
  (in millions)

Credit card retained interests   $   $ 34   $ 108   $ 284   $ 1,412   $ 1,838
Mortgage-backed securities:                                    
  Agency     53                     53
  Prime     310     5     32     39     23     409
  Alt-A     116     89     37     34     45     321
  Subprime                 2     20 (2)   22
  Commercial                     49     49
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total mortgage-backed securities     479     94     69     75     137     854
U.S. Government and other debt securities     76                     76
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Total trading assets   $ 555   $ 128   $ 177   $ 359   $ 1,549   $ 2,768
   
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Includes securities guaranteed by the U.S. Government or U.S. Government sponsored agencies, which are not rated.
(2)
Represents retained interest in subprime mortgage loan securitizations, including $5 million in residual interests.

    Available-for-Sale Securities

        Available-for-sale securities consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
 
  (in millions)

Available-for-sale securities, total amortized cost of $27,789 and $25,073:            
  Mortgage-backed securities   $ 19,249   $ 18,601
  Investment securities     8,291     6,377
   
 
    Total available-for-sale securities   $ 27,540   $ 24,978
   
 

        The Company holds available-for-sale securities primarily for interest rate risk management and liquidity enhancement purposes. Accordingly, the portfolio is comprised primarily of highly-rated debt securities.

36


        The fair value of available-for-sale mortgage-backed securities by asset type and investment grade at December 31, 2007 is presented in the following table:

 
  AAA (1)
  AA
  A
  BBB
  Below Investment Grade
  Total
 
  (in millions)

Mortgage-backed securities:                                    
  Agency   $ 7,192   $   $   $   $   $ 7,192
  Prime     3,801     540     161     73         4,575
  Alt-A     600     175     68     74     23     940
  Subprime     236     88     121     37     9     491
  Commercial     6,015     17         10     9     6,051
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total mortgage-backed securities   $ 17,844   $ 820   $ 350   $ 194   $ 41   $ 19,249
   
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Includes securities guaranteed by the U.S. Government or U.S. Government sponsored agencies, which are not rated.

        At December 31, 2007, available-for-sale investment securities were comprised primarily of U.S. Government-sponsored agency securities and securities issued by U.S. states and political subdivisions. Substantially all investment securities are investment grade.

        Refer to Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Available-for-Sale Securities" for additional information on securities, classified by security type.

Loans

        Total loans consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
  2004
  2003
 
  (in millions)

Loans held for sale   $ 5,403   $ 44,970   $ 33,582   $ 42,743   $ 20,837
   
 
 
 
 
Loans held in portfolio:                              
  Loans secured by real estate:                              
    Home loans (1)   $ 110,387   $ 99,479   $ 114,144   $ 109,950   $ 100,043
    Home equity loans and lines of credit (1)     60,963     52,882     50,840     43,648     27,644
    Subprime mortgage channel (2) :                              
      Home loans     16,092     18,725     21,146     19,184     12,973
      Home equity loans and lines of credit     2,525     2,042     11     2     3
    Home construction (3)     2,226     2,082     2,037     2,344     2,220
    Multi-family (4)     31,754     30,161     25,601     22,282     20,324
    Other real estate (5)     9,524     6,745     5,035     5,664     6,649
   
 
 
 
 
        Total loans secured by real estate     233,471     212,116     218,814     203,074     169,856
  Consumer:                              
    Credit card     8,831     10,861     8,043        
    Other     205     276     638     792     1,028
  Commercial     1,879     1,707     2,137     3,205     4,266
   
 
 
 
 
        Total loans held in portfolio (6)   $ 244,386   $ 224,960   $ 229,632   $ 207,071   $ 175,150
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
Excludes home loans and home equity loans and lines of credit in the subprime mortgage channel.
(2)
Represents mortgage loans purchased from recognized subprime lenders and mortgage loans originated under the Long Beach Mortgage name and held in the investment portfolio.

37


(3)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale and construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.
(4)
Includes multi-family construction balances of $967 million, $740 million, $632 million, $333 million and $325 million at December 31, 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003.
(5)
Includes other commercial real estate construction balances of $812 million, $414 million, $208 million, $277 million and $382 million at December 31, 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003.
(6)
Includes net unamortized deferred loan costs of $1.45 billion, $1.88 billion, $1.96 billion, $1.87 billion and $1.55 billion at December 31, 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003.

        Due to the illiquid market, residential mortgage loans designated as held for sale at December 31, 2007 were largely limited to conforming loans eligible for purchase by the housing government-sponsored enterprises. The December 31, 2006 balance of loans held for sale included approximately $17.5 billion of medium-term adjustable-rate home loans which were transferred during the fourth quarter of 2006 from loans held in portfolio to loans held for sale. These loans were subsequently sold during the first quarter of 2007. In addition, as a result of the severe contraction in secondary market liquidity, the Company transferred approximately $17 billion of real estate loans to its loan portfolio during the third quarter of 2007, which represented substantially all of the Company's nonconforming loans that had been designated as held for sale prior to the market disruption.

        Total home loans held in portfolio consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
 
  (in millions)

Home loans:            
  Short-term adjustable-rate loans (1) :            
    Option ARMs (2)   $ 58,870   $ 63,557
    Other ARMs     9,551     6,791
   
 
      Total short-term adjustable-rate loans     68,421     70,348
  Medium-term adjustable-rate loans (3)     36,507     26,232
  Fixed-rate loans     5,459     2,899
   
 
      Home loans held in portfolio (4)     110,387     99,479
  Subprime mortgage channel     16,092     18,725
   
 
      Total home loans held in portfolio   $ 126,479   $ 118,204
   
 

(1)
Short-term adjustable-rate loans reprice within one year.
(2)
The total amount by which the unpaid principal balance of Option ARM loans exceeded their original principal amount was $1.73 billion and $888 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006.
(3)
Medium-term adjustable-rate loans reprice after one year.
(4)
Excludes home loans in the subprime mortgage channel.

        The home loans held in portfolio balance at December 31, 2007 increased $8.28 billion from December 31, 2006. The increase was due primarily to the transfer of approximately $15 billion of nonconforming home loans previously designated as loans held for sale prior to the market disruption experienced during the third quarter of 2007. Partially offsetting this increase was a decrease in Option ARM loans, reflecting the slowdown in the housing market and an interest rate environment in which loan products with longer repricing frequencies are priced more favorably than short-term adjustable-rate loans.

        The balance of home equity loans and lines of credit at December 31, 2007, excluding home equity loans and lines of credit in the subprime mortgage channel, increased 15% from December 31, 2006 primarily due to growth in lines of credit.

38


        Home, multi-family and other commercial real estate construction loans and commercial business loans by maturity date were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2007
 
  Due Within One Year
  After One But Within Five Years
  After
Five Years

  Total
 
  (in millions)

Home construction (1) :                        
  Adjustable-rate   $ 1,021   $ 154   $ 217   $ 1,392
  Fixed-rate     108     3     723     834
Multi-family construction:                        
  Adjustable-rate     248     413     11     672
  Fixed-rate     148     31     116     295
Other commercial real estate construction:                        
  Adjustable-rate     313     476     1     790
  Fixed-rate             22     22
Commercial business:                        
  Adjustable-rate     1,320     101     148     1,569
  Fixed-rate     92     151     67     310
   
 
 
 
    Total   $ 3,250   $ 1,329   $ 1,305   $ 5,884
   
 
 
 

(1)
Includes $37 million of loans to builders and $2.19 billion of loans to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

    Deposits

        Deposits consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
 
  (in millions)

Retail deposits:            
  Checking deposits:            
    Noninterest bearing   $ 23,476   $ 22,838
    Interest bearing     25,713     32,723
   
 
      Total checking deposits     49,189     55,561
  Savings and money market deposits     44,987     41,943
  Time deposits     49,410     46,821
   
 
      Total retail deposits     143,586     144,325
Commercial business and other deposits     11,267     15,175
Brokered deposits:            
  Consumer     18,089     22,299
  Institutional     2,515     22,339
Custodial and escrow deposits     6,469     9,818
   
 
      Total deposits   $ 181,926   $ 213,956
   
 

        Interest-bearing retail checking deposits decreased as customers shifted from Platinum checking accounts to time deposits and savings and money market deposits as a result of higher interest rates offered for these products.

        Institutional brokered deposits decreased $19.82 billion or 89% from December 31, 2006, largely due to reduced funding needs as the Company reduced total assets approximately 10% during the first

39



half of 2007. During the second half of 2007, as a result of the illiquid capital markets, the Company retained nonconforming mortgage loan products in its portfolio. The increase in assets was funded with more readily available and lower cost funding sources such as advances from FHLBs. Advances from FHLBs increased from $44.30 billion at December 31, 2006 to $63.85 billion at December 31, 2007.

        Transaction accounts (checking, savings and money market deposits) comprised 66% of retail deposits at December 31, 2007 and 68% at December 31, 2006. These products generally have the benefit of lower interest costs, compared with time deposits, and represent the core customer relationship that is maintained within the retail banking franchise. Average total deposits funded 70% of average total interest-earning assets for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared with 65% for the year ended December 31, 2006.

Operating Segments

        The Company has four operating segments for the purpose of management reporting: the Retail Banking Group, the Card Services Group, the Commercial Group and the Home Loans Group. The Company's operating segments are defined by the products and services they offer. The Retail Banking Group, the Card Services Group and the Home Loans Group are consumer-oriented while the Commercial Group serves commercial customers. In addition, the category of Corporate Support/Treasury and Other includes the community lending and investment operations; the Treasury function, which manages the Company's interest rate risk, liquidity position and capital; the Corporate Support function, which provides facilities, legal, accounting and finance, human resources and technology services; and the Enterprise Risk Management function, which oversees the identification, measurement, monitoring, control and reporting of credit, market and operational risk.

        The Company serves the needs of 19.8 million consumer households through its 2,257 retail banking stores, 233 lending stores and centers, 4,713 owned and branded ATMs, telephone call centers and online banking.

        The principal activities of the Retail Banking Group include: (1) offering a comprehensive line of deposit and other retail banking products and services to consumers and small businesses; (2) holding the substantial majority of the Company's held for investment portfolios of home loans, home equity loans and home equity lines of credit (but not the Company's held for investment portfolios of home loans, home equity loans and home equity lines of credit made to higher risk borrowers through the subprime mortgage channel); (3) originating home equity loans and lines of credit; and (4) providing investment advisory and brokerage services, sales of annuities and other financial services.

        Deposit products offered to consumers and small businesses include the Company's signature free checking and interest-bearing Platinum checking accounts, as well as other personal checking, savings, money market deposit and time deposit accounts. Many products are offered in retail banking stores and online. Financial consultants provide investment advisory and securities brokerage services to the public.

        On December 31, 2006, the Company sold its retail mutual fund management business, WM Advisors, Inc. The results of operations of WM Advisors for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 are reported within the Retail Banking Group's results as discontinued operations and the gain on disposition of these discontinued operations, net of certain transaction expenses, is reported in the Corporate Support/Treasury and Other category.

        The Card Services Group manages the Company's credit card operations. The segment's principal activities include: (1) issuing credit cards; (2) either holding outstanding balances on credit cards in portfolio or securitizing and selling them; (3) servicing credit card accounts; and (4) providing other cardholder services. Credit card balances that are held in the Company's loan portfolio generate interest income from finance charges on outstanding card balances, and noninterest income from the

40



collection of fees associated with the credit card portfolio, such as performance fees (late, overlimit and returned check charges) and cash advance and balance transfer fees.

        The Card Services Group acquires new customers primarily by leveraging the Company's retail banking distribution network and through direct mail solicitations, augmented by online and telemarketing activities and other marketing programs including affinity programs. In addition to credit cards, this segment markets a variety of other products to its customer base.

        The Company evaluates the performance of the Card Services Group on a managed asset basis. Managed financial information is derived by adjusting the GAAP financial information to add back securitized loan balances and the related interest, fee income and provision for credit losses.

        The principal activities of the Commercial Group include: (1) providing financing to developers and investors, or acquiring loans for the purchase or refinancing of multi-family dwellings and other commercial properties; (2) either holding multi-family and other commercial real estate loans in portfolio or selling these loans while retaining the servicing rights; and (3) providing deposit services to commercial customers.

        The principal activities of the Home Loans Group include: (1) the origination, fulfillment and servicing of home loans; (2) the origination, fulfillment and servicing of home equity loans and lines of credit; (3) managing the Company's capital markets operations, which includes the buying and selling of all types of real estate secured loans in the secondary market; and (4) holding the Company's held for investment portfolios of home loans, home equity loans and home equity lines of credit made to higher risk borrowers through the subprime mortgage channel.

        During the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company announced that, in response to a fundamental shift in the home mortgage market due to credit dislocation and a prolonged period of reduced capital markets liquidity, it significantly changed the strategic focus of its Home Loans business to accelerate its alignment with the Company's retail banking operations. As part of these restructuring activities, the Company discontinued all remaining lending through its subprime mortgage channel, closed approximately 200 home loan locations, including 190 home loan centers and sales offices and nine home loans processing and call centers, eliminated approximately 2,600 positions in the Home Loans business, initiated the closure of WaMu Capital Corp., its institutional broker-dealer business, and began winding-down its mortgage banker finance warehouse lending operation.

        The segment offers a wide variety of real estate secured residential loan products and services. Such loans are held in portfolio by the Home Loans Group, sold to secondary market participants or transferred through inter-segment sales to the Retail Banking Group. During the second half of 2007, loans that historically had been transferred to the held for investment portfolio within the Retail Banking Group were retained within the held for investment portfolio within the Home Loans Group. The decision to retain or sell loans, and the related decision to retain or not retain servicing when loans are sold, involves the analysis and comparison of expected interest income and the interest rate and credit risks inherent with holding loans in portfolio, with the expected servicing fees, the size of the gain or loss that would be realized if the loans were sold and the expected expense of managing the risk related to any retained mortgage servicing rights.

        The principal activities of, and charges reported in, the Corporate Support/Treasury and Other category include:

    management of the Company's interest rate risk, liquidity position and capital. These responsibilities involve managing a majority of the Company's portfolio of investment securities and providing oversight and direction across the enterprise over matters that impact the profile of the Company's balance sheet. Such matters include determining the optimal product composition of loans that the Company holds in portfolio, the appropriate mix of wholesale and

41


      capital markets borrowings at any given point in time and the allocation of capital resources to the business segments;

    enterprise-wide management of the identification, measurement, monitoring, control and reporting of credit, market and operational risk;

    community lending and investment activities, which help fund the development of affordable housing units in traditionally underserved communities;

    general corporate overhead costs associated with the Company's facilities, legal, accounting and finance functions, human resources and technology services;

    costs that the Company's chief operating decision maker did not consider when evaluating the performance of the Company's four operating segments, including: (1) costs associated with the Company's productivity and efficiency initiatives; (2) costs related to the partial MSR sale in 2006; and (3) gain on the disposition of discontinued operations;

    the impact of changes in the unallocated allowance for loan losses;

    the net impact of funds transfer pricing for loan and deposit balances; and

    items associated with transfers of loans from the Retail Banking Group to the Home Loans Group when home loans previously designated as held for investment are transferred to held for sale, such as lower of cost or fair value adjustments and the write-off of the inter-segment profit factor.

        The Company uses various management accounting methodologies , which are enhanced from time to time, to assign certain balance sheet and income statement items to the responsible operating segment. Unlike financial accounting, there is no comprehensive, authoritative guidance for management accounting. The management accounting process measures performance based on the management structure of the Company and is not necessarily comparable with similar information for any other financial institution. Methodologies that are applied to the measurement of segment profitability include:

    a funds transfer pricing system, which allocates interest income funding credits and funding charges between the operating segments and the Treasury Division. A segment will receive a funding credit from the Treasury Division for its liabilities and its share of risk-adjusted economic capital. Conversely, a segment is assigned a charge by the Treasury Division to fund its assets. The system takes into account the interest rate risk profile of the Company's assets and liabilities and concentrates their sensitivities within the Treasury Division, where the risk profile is centrally managed. Certain basis and other residual risks are managed and reported in the operating segments;

    the allocation of charges for services rendered to certain segments by functions centralized within another segment, as well as the allocation of certain operating expenses that are not directly charged to the segments (i.e., corporate overhead), which generally are based on each segment's consumption patterns;

    the allocation of goodwill and other intangible assets to the operating segments based on benefits received from each acquisition;

    the accounting for inter-segment transactions, which include the transfer from the Home Loans Group to the Retail Banking Group of certain originated home and home equity loans that are to be held in portfolio and a revenue arrangement between Home Loans and Retail Banking. When originated home and home equity loans are transferred to the Retail Banking Group, the Home Loans Group records a gain on the sale of the loans based on an assumed inter-segment profit factor. This profit factor is included in the book value of the transferred loans and is

42


      amortized as an adjustment to the net interest income recorded by the Retail Banking Group while the loan is held for investment. With the severe contraction in secondary mortgage market liquidity during the second half of 2007, the Company's chief operating decision maker determined that it was more relevant to measure the performance of the Home Loans Group without considering the assumed profit factor. Accordingly, home loans originated by the Home Loans Group during the second half of 2007 were retained within its portfolio, thereby not subjecting those loans to the inter-segment transfer profit factor. When a loan that was designated as held for investment within the Retail Banking Group is subsequently transferred to held for sale, the remaining inter-segment profit factor is written off through Corporate Support/Treasury and Other. When home loans initiated through retail banking stores are transferred to held for sale, the Retail Banking Group records a gain on sale of those loans based on an assumed inter-segment profit factor. The results of all inter-segment activities are eliminated as reconciling adjustments that are necessary to conform the presentation of management accounting policies to the accounting principles used in the Company's consolidated financial statements; and

    a provisioning methodology that is consistent with that used in financial accounting.

        Financial highlights by operating segments were as follows:

    Retail Banking Group

 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Percentage Change
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
  2007/2006
  2006/2005
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

   
   
 
Condensed income statement:                            
  Net interest income   $ 5,142   $ 5,201   $ 4,893   (1 )% 6 %
  Provision for loan losses     1,134     167     119   577   41  
  Noninterest income     3,254     2,914     2,575   12   13  
  Inter-segment revenue     48     58     42   (18 ) 39  
  Noninterest expense     4,567     4,364     4,177   5   4  
   
 
 
         
  Income from continuing operations before income taxes     2,743     3,642     3,214   (25 ) 13  
  Income taxes     869     1,392     1,216   (38 ) 14  
   
 
 
         
  Income from continuing operations     1,874     2,250     1,998   (17 ) 13  
  Income from discontinued operations         38     38      
   
 
 
         
    Net income   $ 1,874   $ 2,288   $ 2,036   (18 ) 12  
   
 
 
         
Performance and other data:                            
  Efficiency ratio     54.09 %   53.39 %   55.63 % 1   (4 )
  Average loans   $ 149,409   $ 177,401   $ 163,405   (16 ) 9  
  Average assets     159,184     187,735     173,631   (15 ) 8  
  Average deposits     144,233     140,344     136,893   3   3  
  Loan volume     18,926     20,354     32,953   (7 ) (38 )
  Employees at end of period     28,784     27,629     32,751   4   (16 )

        The decrease in net interest income in 2007 was primarily due to a decline in the average balances of home mortgage loans. This decline reflects the transfer of approximately $17.5 billion medium-term adjustable-rate portfolio home loans in the fourth quarter of 2006 to held for sale in the Home Loans Group. The decline in average loans was also driven by the decision to retain home loans originated in the second half of 2007 by the Home Loans Group within that segment's portfolio. The decrease in net interest income was partially offset by a $3.89 billion growth in average deposits.

43


        The substantial increase in the provision for loan losses in 2007 was the result of increased delinquencies from the deteriorating housing market and the subsequent impact on losses in the portfolio.

        The increase in noninterest income in 2007 was substantially due to a 13% increase in depositor and other retail banking fees, reflecting the strong growth in the number of noninterest-bearing checking accounts and higher transaction fees. The number of noninterest-bearing retail checking accounts at December 31, 2007 totaled approximately 11.0 million, compared with approximately 9.6 million at December 31, 2006. Noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2006 included a $21 million incentive payment received as part of the Company's migration of its debit card business to MasterCard.

        Noninterest expense increased primarily due to higher compensation and benefits expense and occupancy and equipment expense within the retail banking franchise. Compensation and benefits expense increased due to higher performance-based incentive compensation and a 4% increase in headcount related to the opening of 32 net new retail banking stores in 2007. Included in noninterest expense for 2007 was foreclosed asset expense of $60 million.

    Card Services Group (Managed basis)

 
  Year Ended December 31,
   
  Percentage Change
 
 
  October 1, 2005 (Acquisition Date) through
December 31, 2005

 
 
  2007
  2006
  2007/2006
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

   
 
Condensed income statement:                        
  Net interest income   $ 2,659   $ 2,496   $ 642   7 %
  Provision for loan losses     2,113     1,647     454   28  
  Noninterest income     1,581     1,528     352   4  
  Noninterest expense     1,337     1,205     275   11  
   
 
 
     
  Income before income taxes     790     1,172     265   (33 )
  Income taxes     250     448     100   (44 )
   
 
 
     
    Net income   $ 540   $ 724   $ 165   (25 )
   
 
 
     

Performance and other data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Efficiency ratio     31.53 %   29.96 %   27.63 % 5  
  Average loans   $ 25,066   $ 21,294   $ 4,908   18  
  Average assets     27,502     23,888     5,595   15  
  Employees at end of period     2,860     2,611     3,124   10  

        The Company evaluates the performance of the Card Services Group on a managed basis. Managed financial information is derived by adjusting the GAAP financial information to add back securitized loan balances and the related interest, fee income and provision for credit losses.

        The increase in net interest income in 2007 was substantially due to higher average balances of managed credit card loans, which increased $3.77 billion from 2006. The increase was partially offset by lower yields, reflecting the decrease in the prime interest rate and a shift to retail accounts which have a narrower spread.

44


        The increase in the provision for loan losses reflects the increase in balances of managed credit card loans and the softening of the economy resulting in increases in delinquencies and lower levels of anticipated recoveries.

        The increase in noninterest income during 2007 was substantially due to increased gain on securitizations due to a higher volume of securitizations and higher fee income. The increase was substantially offset by market valuation losses resulting from changes in performance assumptions and the disruption in the capital markets.

        Noninterest expense increased largely from charges of $88 million for Visa related litigation liabilities.

    Commercial Group

 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Percentage Change
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
  2007/2006
  2006/2005
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

   
   
 
Condensed income statement:                            
  Net interest income   $ 820   $ 719   $ 758   14 % (5 )%
  Provision for loan losses     24     (82 )   (26 )   218  
  Noninterest income     35     99     200   (65 ) (50 )
  Noninterest expense     282     259     243   9   7  
   
 
 
         
  Income before income taxes     549     641     741   (14 ) (14 )
  Income taxes     174     245     279   (29 ) (12 )
   
 
 
         
    Net income   $ 375   $ 396   $ 462   (5 ) (14 )
   
 
 
         

Performance and other data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Efficiency ratio     32.93 %   31.68 %   25.32 % 4   25  
  Average loans   $ 38,975   $ 33,230   $ 30,308   17   10  
  Average assets     41,296     35,565     33,351   16   7  
  Average deposits     12,722     10,364     7,796   23   33  
  Loan volume     16,873     12,854     11,231   31   14  
  Employees at end of period     1,406     1,416     1,325   (1 ) 7  

        The increase in net interest income in 2007 was primarily due to increased interest income on higher average balances of multi-family and non-residential real estate loans. Average loan balances reflect the acquisition of Commercial Capital Bancorp on October 1, 2006.

        The increase in the provision for loan losses during 2007 was primarily due to growth in loan balances. The provision in 2006 included a $60 million reduction in the allowance related to refinements in the Company's estimate of the allowance attributable to multi-family loans.

        A significant portion of the decrease in noninterest income in 2007 was due to losses on trading securities and lower gains on sale of multi-family and commercial loans, net of hedging and risk management instruments.

        Noninterest expense in 2007 increased primarily due to the addition of Commercial Capital Bancorp and a 31% increase in loan volume.

45


    Home Loans Group

 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Percentage Change
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
  2007/2006
  2006/2005
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

   
   
 
Condensed income statement:                            
  Net interest income   $ 878   $ 1,165   $ 1,966   (25 )% (41 )%
  Provision for loan losses     985     189     110   421   71  
  Noninterest income     1,061     1,296     2,425   (18 ) (47 )
  Inter-segment expense     48     58     42   (18 ) 39  
  Noninterest expense     3,939     2,295     2,590   72   (11 )
   
 
 
         
  Income (loss) before income taxes     (3,033 )   (81 )   1,649      
  Income taxes     (573 )   (31 )   622      
   
 
 
         
    Net income (loss)   $ (2,460 ) $ (50 ) $ 1,027      
   
 
 
         

Performance and other data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Efficiency ratio     208.33 %   95.48 %   59.56 % 118   60  
  Average loans   $ 48,131   $ 47,586   $ 65,077   1   (27 )
  Average assets     64,695     72,772     87,422   (11 ) (17 )
  Average deposits     7,836     11,535     14,114   (32 ) (18 )
  Loan volume     115,241     171,569     216,308   (33 ) (21 )
  Employees at end of period     11,323     12,934     17,651   (12 ) (27 )

        The decrease in net interest income in 2007 was primarily due to the effect of transfer pricing on lower average balances of custodial deposits resulting from the $2.53 billion sale of mortgage servicing rights in 2006. Also contributing to the decrease was higher transfer pricing charges on subprime loans and higher balances of loans held for investment, which have a lower spread than loans held for sale. Average balances of loans held for investment increased during the second half of 2007, when deteriorating credit conditions caused significant contraction in secondary market liquidity for nonconforming loans, resulting in the Company's decision to transfer approximately $15 billion of such loans from held for sale and retain home loans originated by the Home Loans Group within the segment.

        The increase in the provision for loan losses reflects the downturn in the housing market resulting in increased delinquencies and higher credit costs and the impact of the retention of home loans originated by the Home Loans Group within the segment during the second half of 2007.

        The decrease in noninterest income in 2007 was primarily due to reduced gain on sale from an illiquid secondary market and decreased sales volume, including a reduced volume of loans sold to the Retail Banking Group, and an increase in trading losses on securities. Partially offsetting this decrease was increased income from MSR valuation and risk management activities and higher loan servicing income.

        The increase in noninterest expense in 2007 was predominately due to a $1.78 billion impairment loss recognized in the fourth quarter related to all of this segment's goodwill as a result of the fundamental shift in the mortgage market and the actions the Company is taking to resize its Home Loans business. The increase was partially offset by lower compensation and benefits expense resulting from a reduction in employee headcount. Included in noninterest expense for 2007 was foreclosed asset expense of $245 million.

46


    Corporate Support/Treasury and Other

 
  Year Ended December 31,
  Percentage Change
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
  2007/2006
  2006/2005
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

   
   
 
Condensed income statement:                            
  Net interest income (expense)   $ (86 ) $ (304 ) $ (105 ) (72 )% 190 %
  Provision for loan losses     51     (162 )   (82 )   98  
  Noninterest income (expense)     (137 )   303     (171 )    
  Noninterest expense     475     684     335   (31 ) 104  
  Minority interest expense     203     105       93    
   
 
 
         
  Loss from continuing operations before income taxes     (952 )   (628 )   (529 ) 52   19  
  Income taxes     (308 )   (296 )   (241 ) 4   23  
   
 
 
         
  Loss from continuing operations     (644 )   (332 )   (288 ) 94   15  
  Income from discontinued operations         406          
   
 
 
         
    Net income (loss)   $ (644 ) $ 74   $ (288 )    
   
 
 
         

Performance and other data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Average loans   $ 1,403   $ 1,126   $ 931   25   21  
  Average assets     44,651     40,722     30,143   10   35  
  Average deposits     35,589     41,586     27,220   (14 ) 53  
  Loan volume     462     308     278   50   11  
  Employees at end of period     5,030     5,234     5,947   (4 ) (12 )

        The improvement in net interest income in 2007 was primarily due to lower interest expense on lower average balances of FHLB borrowings and wholesale deposits.

        The decrease in noninterest income was primarily due to $375 million of losses recognized in the second half of 2007 representing impairment on certain mortgage-backed securities where the reduction in fair value was deemed to be other than temporary. Noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2006 included a litigation award of $149 million from the partial settlement of the Home Savings supervisory goodwill lawsuit.

        The decrease in noninterest expense in 2007 is primarily due to lower occupancy and equipment expense as a result of back office location consolidations in 2006 as well as lower compensation and benefits expense resulting from the Company's productivity and efficiency initiatives.

        Minority interest expense represents dividends on preferred securities that were issued during 2006 and 2007 by Washington Mutual Preferred Funding LLC ("WMPF LLC"), an indirect subsidiary of Washington Mutual Bank. For further detail, refer to Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Preferred Stock and Minority Interest."

        On December 31, 2006, the Company completed the sale of WM Advisors, Inc., its retail mutual fund management business. The activities of WM Advisors, Inc. were reported within the Retail Banking Group as discontinued operations. The gain from the sale is included in income from discontinued operations in the Corporate Support/Treasury and Other category.

Off-Balance Sheet Activities and Contractual Obligations

    Asset Securitization

        The Company transforms loans into securities through a process known as securitization. When the Company securitizes loans, the loans are usually sold to a qualifying special-purpose entity ("QSPE"),

47


typically a trust. The QSPE, in turn, issues securities, commonly referred to as asset-backed securities, which are secured by future cash flows on the sold loans. The QSPE sells the securities to investors, which entitle the investors to receive specified cash flows during the term of the security. The QSPE uses the proceeds from the sale of these securities to pay the Company for the loans sold to the QSPE. These QSPEs are not consolidated within the financial statements since they satisfy the criteria established by Statement No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities. In general, these criteria require the QSPE to be legally isolated from the transferor (the Company), be limited to permitted activities, and have defined limits on the types of assets it can hold and the permitted sales, exchanges or distributions of its assets.

        When the Company sells or securitizes loans that it originated, it generally retains the right to service the loans and may retain senior, subordinated, residual, and other interests, all of which are considered retained interests in the sold or securitized assets. Retained interests in mortgage loan securitizations, excluding the rights to service such loans, were $1.71 billion at December 31, 2007, of which $1.56 billion are of investment grade quality. Retained interests in credit card securitizations were $1.84 billion at December 31, 2007, of which $426 million are of investment grade quality. Additional information concerning securitization transactions is included in Notes 7 and 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Securitizations" and "Mortgage Banking Activities."

    American Securitization Forum Framework

        On December 6, 2007, the American Securitization Forum ("ASF"), working with various constituency groups as well as representatives of U.S. federal government agencies, issued the Streamlined Foreclosure and Loss Avoidance Framework for Securitized Subprime Adjustable Rate Mortgage Loans (the "ASF Framework") to enable residential mortgage loan servicers to streamline their loss avoidance and loan modification practices. In adopting the ASF Framework, the ASF commented that current subprime residential mortgage market conditions reflect a number of concerns that impact securitization transactions, subprime mortgage lending and the overall housing market: an increase in delinquency, default and foreclosure rates; an increase in real estate owned inventories; a decline in home prices; and a prevalence of loans with relatively low initial fixed interest rates that are entering their adjustable rate periods at significantly higher interest rate levels. The ASF Framework provides guidance for residential mortgage loan servicers to streamline subprime residential mortgage borrower evaluation procedures and to facilitate the use of foreclosure avoidance and loss prevention efforts to reduce the number of such borrowers who might default during 2008 because they cannot afford to make higher monthly loan payments after their loans reset to a higher, adjustable interest rate.

        The parameters of the ASF Framework were designed by the ASF to improve administrative efficiency while still maximizing cash flows to the QSPEs in which residential mortgage loans were transferred upon securitization by stratifying subprime borrowers into the following segments: borrowers that can refinance into readily available mortgage industry products ("Segment 1"); borrowers that have demonstrated the ability to pay their introductory rates, are unable to refinance, and are unable to afford their reset rates ("Segment 2"); and borrowers that require in-depth, case-by-case analysis due to loan histories that demonstrate difficulties in making timely, introductory rate payments ("Segment 3"). Consistent with its objectives, the ASF Framework was designed to fast-track loan modifications for Segment 2 borrowers, in which default is considered to be reasonably foreseeable. Under the ASF Framework, fast-track loan modifications would be available to Segment 2 borrowers with first-lien residential mortgage loans that: (1) have an initial fixed interest rate period of 36 months or less; (2) are included in securitized pools; (3) were originated between January 1, 2005 and July 31, 2007; and (4) have an initial interest rate reset date between January 1, 2008 and July 31, 2010. To be eligible for a fast-track loan modification under the ASF Framework, Segment 2 borrowers would also have to occupy the property as their primary residence and meet a specific FICO test, which is based on their current

48



FICO score, and the servicer must ascertain that the upcoming loan rate reset will result in an increase in the loan payment amount by more than 10%. If all of these criteria are satisfied, the servicer would be permitted to modify the Segment 2 borrower's loan interest rate by keeping it at the existing fixed interest rate, generally for five years following the upcoming reset period.

        On January 8, 2008, the Securities and Exchange Commission's (the "SEC") Office of the Chief Accountant (the "OCA") issued a letter (the "OCA Letter") addressing accounting issues that may be raised by the ASF Framework. Specifically, the OCA Letter expressed the view that if a subprime loan made to a Segment 2 borrower is modified in accordance with the ASF Framework and that loan could be legally modified, the OCA would not object to continued status of the transferee as a QSPE under Statement No. 140.

        As acknowledged in the OCA Letter, a uniform definition of a subprime mortgage loan does not exist within the mortgage banking industry. The Company has defined subprime residential mortgage loans by reference to the channel in which such loans were originated or purchased. Accordingly, the Company considers loans that were either originated under the Company's Long Beach Mortgage name or that were purchased from entities that are recognized as subprime lenders to comprise its population of subprime mortgage loans.

        As of December 31, 2007, the Company had not yet applied the loss mitigation approaches as outlined in the ASF Framework. The Company chose to adopt this framework during the first quarter of 2008 and does not expect that its application will impact the off-balance sheet status of the QSPEs that hold these subprime ARM loans.

    Contractual Obligations

        The following table presents, as of December 31, 2007, the Company's significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations, within the categories described below, by payment date or contractual maturity. These contractual obligations, except for the operating lease obligations and purchase obligations, are included in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The most significant purchase obligations are contracts related to services. The payment amounts represent those amounts contractually due to the recipient.

 
  Payments Due by Period (in millions)
 
  Total
  Due within One Year
  After One but within Three Years
  After Three but within Five Years
  More than Five Years
Contractual Obligations                              
Debt obligations   $ 106,944   $ 47,431   $ 25,645   $ 18,342   $ 15,526
Capital lease obligations     47     9     18     8     12
Operating lease obligations     2,074     415     664     410     585
Purchase obligations (1)     1,047     279     437     256     75
   
 
 
 
 
Total contractual obligations   $ 110,112   $ 48,134   $ 26,764   $ 19,016   $ 16,198
   
 
 
 
 


NOTE: At December 31, 2007, the liability recorded for uncertain tax positions, excluding associated interest and penalties, was approximately $500 million pursuant to FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes ("FIN 48"). This liability represents an estimate of tax positions that the Company has taken in its tax returns which may ultimately not be sustained upon examination by the tax authorities. Since the ultimate amount and timing of any future cash settlements cannot be predicted with reasonable certainty, the estimated FIN 48 liability has been excluded from the contractual obligations table.
(1)
Purchase obligations are defined as an agreement to purchase goods or services that is enforceable and legally binding whereby the Company commits to a fixed or minimum purchase amount over a specified period of time. Estimated payments for contracts that may be terminated early without penalty are shown through the first termination date; all others are shown through the date of contract termination. Excluded from the table are purchase obligations expected to be settled in cash within 90 days of the end of the reporting period.

49


        The Company enters into derivative contracts under which the Company is required to either receive cash or pay cash to counterparties depending on changes in interest or foreign exchange rates. Derivative contracts are carried at fair value in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition with the fair value representing the net present value of expected future cash receipts or payments based on market interest rates as of the balance sheet date. The fair value of the contracts changes as a result of fluctuations in market interest rates. Further discussion of derivative instruments is included in Notes 1 and 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and "Derivative Financial Instruments."

    Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies

        The Company may incur liabilities under certain contractual agreements contingent upon the occurrence of certain events. A discussion of these contractual arrangements under which the Company may be held liable is included in Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies." In addition, the Company has commitments and obligations under pension and other postretirement benefit plans as described in Note 22 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Employee Benefits Programs and Other Expense."

Risk Management

        The Company is exposed to four major categories of risk: credit, liquidity, market and operational.

        The Company's Chief Enterprise Risk Officer is responsible for enterprise-wide risk management. The Company's Enterprise Risk Management function oversees the identification, measurement, monitoring, control and reporting of credit, market and operational risk. The Company's Treasury function is responsible for the measurement, management and control of liquidity risk. The Internal Audit function, which reports to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, independently assesses the Company's compliance with risk management controls, policies and procedures.

        The Board of Directors, assisted by the Audit and Finance Committees on certain delegated matters, oversees the monitoring and controlling of significant risk exposures, including the policies governing risk management. The Corporate Relations Committee of the Board of Directors oversees the Company's reputation and those elements of operational risk that impact the Company's reputation. Governance and oversight of credit, liquidity and market risks are provided by the Finance Committee of the Board of Directors. Governance and oversight of operational risk is provided by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

        Management's governing risk committee is the Enterprise Risk Management Committee. This committee and its subcommittees include representation from the Company's lines of business and the Enterprise Risk Management function. Subcommittees of the Enterprise Risk Management Committee provide specialized risk governance and include the Credit Risk Management Committee, the Market Risk Committee and the Operational Risk Committee.

        Members of the Enterprise Risk Management function work with the lines of business to establish appropriate policies, standards and limits designed to maintain risk exposures within the Company's risk tolerance. Significant risk management policies approved by the relevant management committees are also reviewed and approved by the Audit and Finance Committees. Enterprise Risk Management also provides objective oversight of risk elements inherent in the Company's business activities and practices, oversees compliance with laws and regulations, and reports periodically to the Board of Directors.

        Management is responsible for balancing risk and reward in determining and executing business strategies. Business lines, Enterprise Risk Management and Treasury divide the responsibilities of conducting measurement and monitoring of the Company's risk exposures. Risk exceptions, depending

50



on their type and significance, are elevated to management or Board committees responsible for oversight.

Credit Risk Management

        Credit risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in a borrower's or counterparty's actual or perceived ability to meet its financial obligations under agreed-upon terms and exists primarily in lending, securities and derivative portfolios. The degree of credit risk will vary based on many factors including the size of the asset or transaction, the contractual terms of the related documents, the credit characteristics of the borrower, the channel through which assets are acquired, the features of loan products or derivatives, the existence and strength of guarantor support and the availability, quality and adequacy of any underlying collateral. The degree of credit risk and level of credit losses is highly dependent on the economic environment that unfolds subsequent to originating or acquiring assets. The extent of asset diversification and concentrations also affect total credit risk. Credit risk is assessed through analyzing these and other factors.

        The Company's credit risk management process provides for management and accountability to be decentralized through our lines of business. The Chief Credit Officer's primary responsibilities include directing the activities of the Credit Risk Management Committee, overseeing portfolio performance and ensuring compliance with established credit policies, standards and limits, determining the reasonableness of the Company's allowance for loan losses, reviewing and approving large credit exposures, and delegating credit approval authorities. Each business segment has a chief risk officer who is primarily responsible for managing credit, market and operational risk within their business segment. Segment chief risk officers have both transaction approval authority and governance authority for the approval of products, programs and guidelines within established policies, standards and limits. The Chief Credit Officer reports directly to the Chief Enterprise Risk Officer. Segment chief risk officers have dual reporting responsibilities to the Chief Enterprise Risk Officer and to their respective segment President.

        The Credit Risk Management Committee is comprised of the Chief Credit Officer, business segment chief risk officers, and senior finance, treasury and portfolio management professionals. This Committee addresses a variety of matters including credit strategy and governance and is primarily responsible for approving new or amended credit standards and recommending new or amendments to significant credit policies to the Enterprise Risk Management Committee for approval by the Finance Committee of the Board of Directors.

    U.S. Housing Market Conditions and their Impact on the Company's Loan Portfolio

        Following a prolonged period of growth, deteriorating conditions in the U.S. housing market that became evident in the first half of 2007 accelerated throughout the remainder of the year. The decline in home price appreciation rates in the first half of 2007 and absolute declines in home prices in the second half of 2007 has been particularly abrupt in California and Florida, where approximately 48% and 10% of the Company's single-family residential mortgage loans at December 31, 2007 are located. The significant and abrupt decline in secondary market liquidity for home loans which are not eligible for sale to housing government-sponsored enterprises ("nonconforming" loans) contributed to the decrease in the availability of housing credit. As many lenders have been forced out of business or have severely curtailed their operations and most remaining lenders have increased nonconforming mortgage interest rates and tightened underwriting standards, many borrowers, particularly subprime borrowers, borrowers in markets with declining housing prices and borrowers wanting nonconforming loans, have been unable either to refinance existing loans or sell their homes. Similarly, certain prospective home buyers have found it both harder to obtain credit and have found credit more expensive. These forces have combined to result in a supply of unsold homes in December 2007 of approximately 9.7 months, a 47% increase from December 2006, which in turn has contributed to a 7% decline in the national

51


median sales price for existing homes between those same periods. Housing market weakness was also evident in the change in the national volume of foreclosure filings which increased by 75% in 2007 from 2006.

        Faced with these unfavorable conditions, an increasing number of borrowers, including those with adjustable-rate mortgages that repriced upward at the expiration of their fixed rate periods, have defaulted on their loans thereby contributing to an increase in delinquency rates. Furthermore, the rate at which delinquent loans moved through delinquency stages towards foreclosure increased in the fourth quarter of 2007. This increase in late stage delinquencies is evident in the ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets which increased from 0.57% at the end of 2005 to 0.80% at the end of 2006 to 2.17% at December 31, 2007. Loss severities on foreclosed assets have also increased more than expected as lower collateral values on foreclosed properties have been insufficient to cover the recorded investment in the loan. Reflecting higher incurred losses inherent in the portfolio resulting primarily from these economic factors, the Company increased its allowance for loan losses, both in absolute terms and as a percentage of loans held in portfolio from $1.70 billion or 0.74% of loans held in portfolio at the end of 2005 to $2.57 billion or 1.05% of total loans held in portfolio at December 31, 2007.

    Key Factors Affecting Credit Costs: Lien Position, Loan-to-Value Ratios and Loan Vintages

        In a stressed housing market with increasing delinquencies and declining housing prices, such as currently exists, the adequacy of collateral securing a loan becomes an important factor in determining future loan performance as borrowers with more equity in their properties generally have a greater vested interest in keeping their loans current than borrowers with little to no equity in their properties. Generally speaking, homes purchased prior to the end of 2004 have benefited from more home price appreciation than homes purchased more recently. Unless a borrower has withdrawn substantial amounts of equity from the collateralized property, the credit performance of earlier vintage loans in the Company's residential loan portfolio is generally more favorable than loans originated or purchased more recently.

        In the event that the Company forecloses on a property, the extent to which the outstanding balance on a loan exceeds its collateral value (less cost to sell) will determine the severity of loss. Generally speaking, properties with higher current loan-to-value ratios would be expected to result in higher severity of loss on foreclosure than properties with lower current loan-to-value ratios. Both loan-to-value ratios at origination and estimated current loan-to-value ratios are key inputs in estimating the allowance for loan losses.

        Statistical estimation techniques used to estimate the allowance for loan losses in single family residential portfolios incorporate estimates of changes in housing prices using Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight ("OFHEO") cumulative growth rates available at the time the assessments are conducted. The estimate of the allowance at December 31, 2007 incorporated OFHEO data as of September 30, 2007 as well as more current data evidencing conditions in the housing market, such as provided by the National Associations of Realtors, and internal estimates of future loss severity. On February 26, 2008, OFHEO published its estimate of changes in the housing price index as of December 31, 2007. Estimates of changes in the housing price index made by the Company in the fourth quarter of 2007 were determined to be in-line with those published by OFHEO. As indicated in the footnotes to the loan-to-value/vintage tables that follow, estimated current loan-to-value ratios reflected in the tables are estimated using OFHEO home price index data as of September 30, 2007.

52


        In foreclosure proceedings, lien position is also a critical determinant of severity of loss because when the Company holds a lien on a property that is subordinate to a first lien mortgage held by another lender, both the probability of loss and severity of loss risk are generally higher than when the Company holds both the first lien home loan and second lien home equity loan or line of credit. In the event of foreclosure, the probability of loss is generally higher because the first lien holder does not have to take into consideration any losses the second lien holder may sustain when deciding whether to foreclose on a property. The severity of loss risk is higher principally because a second lien holder who exercises its right to foreclose on a property must ensure the first lien holder's investment is repaid in full.

        The table below analyzes the composition of the unpaid principal balance ("UPB") of home loans held in portfolio at December 31, 2007:

 
  Year of Origination
 
Loan-to-Value Ratio at Origination

  Pre-2005
  2005
  2006
  2007
  Total UPB
  % of
Total

 
 
  (UPB in millions)
 
Home loans:                                    
  £ 50%   $ 3,827   $ 1,278   $ 845   $ 2,960   $ 8,910   8 %
  >50-60%     4,168     1,826     1,461     4,039     11,494   11  
  >60-70%     9,445     5,271     3,866     7,867     26,449   24  
  >70-80%     16,319     11,240     10,277     17,840     55,676   51  
  >80-90%     1,843     687     608     1,596     4,734   4  
  >90%     837     184     202     418     1,641   2  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Home loans held in portfolio (1)(2)(3)(4)   $ 36,439   $ 20,486   $ 17,259   $ 34,720   $ 108,904   100 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As a percentage of total UPB

 

 

33

%

 

19

%

 

16

%

 

32

%

 

100

%

 

 

Average loan-to-value ratio at origination

 

 

69

 

 

71

 

 

72

 

 

70

 

 

70

 

 

 
Average estimated current loan-to-value ratio (5)     46     66     75     71     62      

(1)
Excludes home loans in the subprime mortgage channel.
(2)
Excluded from the balances of home loans held in portfolio are $553 million of home loans that are insured by the Federal Housing Administration ("FHA") or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs ("VA"), of which $38 million have loan-to-value ratios of £ 80% and $515 million have loan-to-value ratios of >80%.
(3)
Included in the balance of home loans held in portfolio are the following interest-only home loans and their related loan-to-value ratios at origination: $28.64 billion ( £ 80%), $997 million (>80-90%) and $253 million (>90%). The volume of interest-only loans amounted to $18.11 billion in 2007.
(4)
The volume of home loans with loan-to-value ratios at origination of >80% amounted to $8.40 billion in 2007.
(5)
The average estimated current loan-to-value ratio reflects the UPB outstanding at the balance sheet date, divided by the estimated current property value. Current property values are estimated using data from the September 30, 2007 Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight ("OFHEO") home price index.

53


        The table below analyzes the composition of the unpaid principal balance ("UPB") of prime home equity loans and lines of credit held in portfolio at December 31, 2007:

 
  Year of Origination
 
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio at Origination (1)

  Pre-2005
  2005
  2006
  2007
  Total UPB
  % of
Total

 
 
  (UPB in millions)
 
Prime home equity loans and lines of credit:                                    
  £ 50%   $ 2,896   $ 1,340   $ 1,515   $ 1,504   $ 7,255   12 %
  >50-60%     1,831     931     991     1,038     4,791   8  
  >60-70%     2,678     1,522     1,550     1,706     7,456   13  
  >70-80%     6,029     4,233     3,997     4,857     19,116   32  
  >80-90%     2,730     4,057     5,693     6,624     19,104   32  
  >90%     618     232     271     567     1,688   3  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Prime home equity loans and lines of credit held in portfolio (2)(3)(4)(5)   $ 16,782   $ 12,315   $ 14,017   $ 16,296   $ 59,410   100 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As a percentage of total UPB

 

 

28

%

 

21

%

 

24

%

 

27

%

 

100

%

 

 

Average combined loan-to-value ratio at origination (1)

 

 

68

 

 

74

 

 

75

 

 

76

 

 

73

 

 

 
Average estimated current combined loan-to-value ratio (1)(6)     49     65     73     76     65      

(1)
The combined loan-to-value ratio at origination measures the ratio of the original loan amount of the first lien product (typically a first lien mortgage loan) and the original loan amount of the second lien product (typically a second lien home equity loan or line of credit) to the appraised value of the underlying collateral at origination. Where the second lien product is a line of credit, the total commitment amount is used in calculating the combined loan-to-value ratio.
(2)
Excludes home equity loans in the subprime mortgage channel.
(3)
27% of prime home equity loans and lines of credit were in first lien position at December 31, 2007.
(4)
The Company has pool mortgage insurance that generally insulates it from the risk of default on certain prime home equity loans and lines of credit originated after March 2004 where the combined loan-to-value ratio at origination is greater than 90 percent. Contractual stop loss provisions limit the insurer's exposure to 10% of the outstanding loan balance for loans originated prior to December 31, 2006, and 8% for loans originated thereafter.
(5)
The volume of prime home equity loans and lines of credit with combined loan-to-value ratios at origination of >80% amounted to $10.10 billion in 2007.
(6)
The average estimated current combined loan-to-value ratio reflects the UPB outstanding or commitment amount (in the case of lines of credit) at the balance sheet date, divided by the estimated current property value. Current property values are estimated using data from the September 30, 2007 OFHEO home price index.

54


        The unpaid principal balance ("UPB") of prime home equity loans and lines of credit held in portfolio at December 31, 2007, as shown in the immediately preceding table, included the following home equity loans and lines of credit in junior lien position:

 
  Year of Origination
 
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio at Origination (1)

  Pre-2005
  2005
  2006
  2007
  Total UPB
  % of
Total

 
 
  (UPB in millions)
 
Prime junior lien home equity loans and lines of credit:                                    
  £ 50%   $ 1,015   $ 654   $ 922   $ 729   $ 3,320   8 %
  >50-60%     905     642     832     685     3,064   7  
  >60-70%     1,533     1,158     1,365     1,148     5,204   12  
  >70-80%     3,798     3,381     3,573     3,349     14,101   32  
  >80-90%     2,303     3,694     5,461     5,181     16,639   38  
  >90%     338     100     212     496     1,146   3  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Total prime junior lien home equity loans and lines of credit held in portfolio (2)(3)   $ 9,892   $ 9,629   $ 12,365   $ 11,588   $ 43,474   100 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As a percentage of total UPB

 

 

23

%

 

22

%

 

28

%

 

27

%

 

100

%

 

 

Average combined loan-to-value ratio at origination (1)

 

 

73

 

 

76

 

 

77

 

 

78

 

 

76

 

 

 
Average estimated current combined loan-to-value ratio (1) (4)     54     68     75     78     69      

(1)
The combined loan-to-value ratio measures the ratio of the original loan amount of the first lien product (typically a first lien mortgage loan) and the original loan amount of the second lien product (typically a second lien home equity loan or line of credit) to the appraised value of the underlying collateral. Where the second lien product is a line of credit, the total commitment amount is used in calculating the combined loan-to-value ratio.
(2)
Excludes home equity loans in the subprime mortgage channel.
(3)
The Company has pool mortgage insurance that generally insulates it from the risk of default on certain prime home equity loans and lines of credit originated after March 2004 where the combined loan-to-value ratio at origination is greater than 90 percent. Contractual stop loss provisions limit the insurer's exposure to 10% of the outstanding loan balance for loans originated prior to December 31, 2006, and 8% for loans originated thereafter.
(4)
The average estimated current combined loan-to-value ratio reflects the UPB outstanding or commitment amount (in the case of lines of credit) at the balance sheet date, divided by the estimated current property value. Current property values are estimated using data from the September 30, 2007 OFHEO home price index.

    Option ARM Home Loans

        The Option ARM home loan product is an adjustable-rate mortgage loan that provides the borrower with the option each month to make a fully-amortizing, interest-only, or minimum payment. As described in greater detail below, the minimum payment is typically insufficient to cover interest accrued in the prior month and any unpaid interest is deferred and added to the principal balance of the loan. In the current housing market, the popularity of Option ARM loans has decreased and loan volumes have declined from $65.16 billion in 2005 to $42.59 billion in 2006 to $25.78 billion in 2007.

    Loan Features

        The minimum payment on an Option ARM loan is based on the interest rate charged during the introductory period. This introductory rate has usually been significantly below the fully-indexed rate. The fully-indexed rate is calculated using an index rate plus a margin. Once the introductory period ends, the contractual interest rate charged on the loan increases to the fully-indexed rate and adjusts monthly to reflect movements in the index.

55


        If the borrower continues to make the minimum monthly payment after the introductory period ends, the payment may not be sufficient to cover interest accrued in the previous month. In this case, the loan will "negatively amortize" as unpaid interest is deferred and added to the principal balance of the loan. The minimum payment on an Option ARM loan is adjusted on each anniversary date of the loan but each increase or decrease is limited to a maximum of 7.5% of the minimum payment amount on such date until a "recasting event" occurs.

        A recasting event occurs every 60 months or sooner upon reaching a negative amortization cap. When a recasting event occurs, a new minimum monthly payment is calculated without regard to any limits on the increase or decrease in amount that would otherwise apply under the annual 7.5% payment cap. This new minimum monthly payment is calculated to be sufficient to fully repay the principal balance of the loan, including any theretofore deferred interest, over the remainder of the loan term using the fully-indexed rate then in effect. A recasting event occurs immediately whenever the unpaid principal balance reaches the negative amortization cap, which is expressed as a percent of the original loan balance. Prior to 2006, the negative amortization cap was 125% of the original loan balance (or 110% of the original loan balance for loans secured by property located in New York and loans purchased through the correspondent channel). For all Option ARM loans originated in 2006, the negative amortization cap was 110% of the original loan balance. For Option ARM loans originated in 2007, the negative amortization cap was raised to 115%, with the exception of loans secured by property located in New York and loans purchased through the correspondent channel where the negative amortization cap remains at 110%. Declines in mortgage rates to which Option ARM loans are indexed will generally delay the timeframe within which negatively amortizing Option ARM loans reach their negative amortization caps. Conversely, increases in mortgage rates to which Option ARM loans are indexed will generally accelerate the timeframe within which negatively amortizing Option ARM loans reach their negative amortization caps.

        In the first month that follows a recasting event, the minimum payment will equal the fully-amortizing payment. If in subsequent months the index rate decreases, the minimum payment may exceed the fully-amortizing payment. Conversely, if the index rate increases in subsequent months, negative amortization may resume. In this situation, the 7.5% annual payment cap will once again operate to limit the change in the minimum payment until another recasting event occurs.

        Assuming all Option ARM loans recast no earlier than five years after origination, as of December 31, 2007, 8% of the Company's Option ARM portfolio is scheduled to recast in 2008 and 13% is scheduled to recast in 2009.

56



    Loan Performance

        The table below analyzes the composition of the unpaid principal balance ("UPB") of Option ARM home loans held in portfolio at December 31, 2007:

 
  Year of Origination
 
Loan-to-Value Ratio at Origination

  Pre-2005
  2005
  2006
  2007
  Total UPB
  % of
Total

 
 
  (UPB in millions)
 
Home loan Option ARMs                                    
  £ 50%   $ 1,202   $ 719   $ 458   $ 753   $ 3,132   5 %
  >50-60%     1,439     1,076     883     1,344     4,742   8  
  >60-70%     4,327     3,525     2,835     3,333     14,020   24  
  >70-80%     8,521     7,429     8,421     8,519     32,890   57  
  >80-90%     1,017     495     504     939     2,955   5  
  >90%     288     92     152     125     657   1  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Total home loan Option ARMs held in portfolio   $ 16,794   $ 13,336   $ 13,253   $ 15,013   $ 58,396   100 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As a percentage of total UPB

 

 

29

%

 

23

%

 

23

%

 

25

%

 

100

%

 

 

Average loan-to-value ratio at origination

 

 

71

 

 

71

 

 

73

 

 

73

 

 

72

 

 

 
Average estimated current loan-to-value ratio (1)     48     69     77     74     66      

(1)
The average estimated current loan-to-value ratio reflects the UPB outstanding at the balance sheet date, divided by the estimated current property value. Current property values are estimated using data from the September 30, 2007 OFHEO home price index.

        Key statistics for Option ARM loans held in the Company's home loan portfolio are set forth in the following table:

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Loan balance   $ 58,870   $ 63,557   $ 71,201  
Capitalized interest recognized in earnings that resulted from negative amortization     1,418     1,068     292  
Total amount by which the unpaid principal balance exceeded the original principal amount     1,731     888     160  
Balance of loans that experienced a net increase in negative amortization during the year     48,162     48,832     44,796  
Percentage of borrowers whose final loan payment of the year resulted in negative amortization:                    
  By number of loans     50 %   51 %   42 %
  By value of loans     69     68     56  

57


        The table below provides geographic distribution of the Company's home loan Option ARM portfolio at December 31, 2007:

 
  Portfolio
  Weighted Average
Estimated Current
Loan-to-Value Ratio

 
 
  (dollars in millions)
   
 
California   $ 28,956   49 % 66 %
Florida     7,605   13   66  
New York/New Jersey     5,333   9   62  
Washington/Oregon     2,186   3   62  
Illinois     1,506   3   67  
Texas     528   1   65  
Other     12,756   22   69  
   
 
     
  Total home loan Option ARMs held in portfolio   $ 58,870   100 % 66 %
   
 
     

    Subprime Mortgage Channel

        In the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company discontinued all lending in its subprime mortgage channel. This channel is comprised of loans originated under the Company's Long Beach Mortgage name or were purchased from lenders who were generally recognized as lending to subprime borrowers ("Subprime Lenders"). The Company did not originate or purchase loan products with negative amortization features through its subprime mortgage channel. The Company separately reports the performance of loans in its subprime mortgage channel as such loans generally experience higher delinquencies and net charge-offs than prime mortgage loans that possess comparable loan-to-value ratios and credit scores. To compensate for the increased credit risk of such loans, the Company generally charged such borrowers a higher rate of interest than borrowers in the prime channel. As of December 31, 2007, subprime mortgage channel loans held for investment totaled $18.62 billion, including $2.53 billion of home equity loans.

        Subprime mortgage channel loans are managed by a dedicated collections department with collectors experienced in subprime mortgage loan collections. Servicing activities for these loans emphasize direct contact with customers at early stages of delinquency based on a customer's risk profile, and the Company uses automated telephone dialing and call distribution systems to increase the effectiveness of collection calls. Customized payment plans and work-out plans may be used to return delinquent loans to current status. When delinquent loans become 120 days contractually past due, the loan foreclosure process typically begins. Loans are restructured on a selective basis, so as to minimize loss during the collections and foreclosure process.

58


        The unpaid principal balances ("UPB") of subprime mortgage channel loans held in portfolio at December 31, 2007 was as follows:

 
  Year of Origination
 
Loan-to-Value Ratio at Origination

  Pre-2005
  2005
  2006
  2007
  Total UPB
  % of
Total

 
 
  (UPB in millions)
 
Subprime mortgage channel:                                    
  £ 50%   $ 213   $ 111   $ 252   $ 61   $ 637   3 %
  >50-60%     259     150     229     87     725   4  
  >60-70%     533     341     504     209     1,587   9  
  >70-80%     1,704     2,527     2,382     838     7,451   40  
  >80-90%     1,827     1,246     2,054     660     5,787   31  
  >90%     34     134     1,912     247     2,327   13  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Total subprime mortgage channel loans held in portfolio   $ 4,570   $ 4,509   $ 7,333   $ 2,102   $ 18,514   100 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As a percentage of total UPB

 

 

25

%

 

24

%

 

40

%

 

11

%

 

100

%

 

 

Average loan-to-value ratio at origination (1)

 

 

77

 

 

79

 

 

83

 

 

80

 

 

80

 

 

 
Average estimated current loan-to-value ratio (2)     57     71     82     81     73      

(1)
Origination loan-to-value used for first liens and combined loan-to-value used for second liens.
(2)
The estimated current loan-to-value ratio reflects the UPB outstanding at the balance sheet date, divided by the estimated current property value. Current property values are estimated using data from the September 30, 2007 OFHEO home price index.

    Nonaccrual Loans, Foreclosed Assets and Restructured Loans

        Loans, excluding credit card loans, are generally placed on nonaccrual status upon reaching 90 days past due. Additionally, individual loans in non-homogeneous portfolios are placed on nonaccrual status prior to becoming 90 days past due when payment in full of principal or interest by the borrower is not expected. Restructured loans are reported as nonaccrual loans and interest received on such loans is accounted for using the cash method until such time as the Company determines that collectibility of principal and interest is reasonably assured, at which point the loan is returned to accrual status and reported as an accruing restructured loan. At December 31, 2007, restructured loans of $633 million were reported as nonaccrual loans in accordance with the Company's policy, accounting for 19 basis points of the 217 basis points of the nonperforming assets to total assets ratio.

59


        Nonaccrual loans and foreclosed assets ("nonperforming assets") consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
  2004
  2003
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Nonperforming assets:                                
  Nonaccrual loans (1)(2)(3) :                                
    Loans secured by real estate:                                
      Home loans (4)   $ 2,302   $ 640   $ 565   $ 534   $ 736  
      Home equity loans and lines of credit (4)     835     231     87     66     47  
      Subprime mortgage channel (5)     2,721     1,283     873     682     597  
      Home construction (6)     56     27     10     28     35  
      Multi-family     131     46     25     12     19  
      Other real estate     53     51     70     162     153  
   
 
 
 
 
 
        Total nonaccrual loans secured by real estate     6,098     2,278     1,630     1,484     1,587  
    Consumer     1     1     8     9     8  
    Commercial     24     16     48     41     31  
   
 
 
 
 
 
        Total nonaccrual loans held in portfolio     6,123     2,295     1,686     1,534     1,626  
  Foreclosed assets (7)     979     480     276     261     311  
   
 
 
 
 
 
        Total nonperforming assets (8)   $ 7,102   $ 2,775   $ 1,962   $ 1,795   $ 1,937  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Total nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets     2.17 %   0.80 %   0.57 %   0.58 %   0.70 %

(1)
If interest on nonaccrual loans under the original terms had been recognized, such income is estimated to have been $246 million in 2007, $118 million in 2006, $79 million in 2005, $64 million in 2004 and $86 million in 2003.
(2)
Nonaccrual loans held for sale, which are excluded from the nonaccrual balances presented above, were $4 million, $185 million, $245 million, $76 million and $66 million at December 31, 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003. Loans held for sale are accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value, with valuation changes included as adjustments to noninterest income.
(3)
Credit card loans are exempt under regulatory rules from being classified as nonaccrual because they are charged off when they are determined to be uncollectible, or by the end of the month in which the account becomes 180 days past due.
(4)
Excludes home loans and home equity loans and lines of credit in the subprime mortgage channel.
(5)
Represents mortgage loans purchased from recognized subprime lenders and mortgage loans originated under the Long Beach Mortgage name and held in the investment portfolio.
(6)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale and construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.
(7)
Foreclosed real estate securing Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA") loans of $37 million, $99 million, $79 million, $79 million and $82 million at December 31, 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003 have been excluded. These assets are fully collectible as the corresponding GNMA loans are insured by the Federal Housing Administration ("FHA") or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs ("VA").
(8)
Excludes accruing restructured loans of $251 million, $314 million, $296 million, $293 million and $249 million at December 31, 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003.

60


        Loans held in portfolio (excluding the allowance for loan losses) and the nonaccrual component thereof, in each instance excluding credit card loans, by geographic concentration at December 31, 2007 were as follows:

 
  California
  New York/New Jersey
  Florida
 
 
  Portfolio
  Nonaccrual
  Portfolio
  Nonaccrual
  Portfolio
  Nonaccrual
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Loans secured by real estate:                                      
  Home loans (1)   $ 53,299   $ 762   $ 11,528   $ 253   $ 11,027   $ 464  
  Home equity loans and lines of credit (1)     32,499     489     4,957     53     5,469     115  
  Subprime mortgage channel (2)     4,742     807     2,053     285     1,815     302  
  Home construction (3)     1,251     34     79     4     121     7  
  Multi-family     20,335     14     5,405     57     747     21  
  Other real estate     5,056     16     1,769     4     171     1  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total loans secured by real estate     117,182     2,122     25,791     656     19,350     910  
Consumer     87     1     18         13      
Commercial     514     6     229     4     200     3  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total loans and nonaccrual loans held in portfolio   $ 117,783   $ 2,129   $ 26,038   $ 660   $ 19,563   $ 913  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans and nonaccrual loans as a percentage of total loans and total nonaccrual loans     50 %   35 %   11 %   11 %   8 %   15 %

(1)
Excludes home loans and home equity loans and lines of credit in the subprime mortgage channel.
(2)
Represents mortgage loans purchased from recognized subprime lenders and mortgage loans originated under the Long Beach Mortgage name and held in the investment portfolio.
(3)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale and construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

 
  Washington/Oregon
  Texas
  Illinois
 
 
  Portfolio
  Nonaccrual
  Portfolio
  Nonaccrual
  Portfolio
  Nonaccrual
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Loans secured by real estate:                                      
  Home loans (1)   $ 5,324   $ 50   $ 1,306   $ 30   $ 3,497   $ 95  
  Home equity loans and lines of credit (1)     6,359     31     3,271     15     1,338     21  
  Subprime mortgage channel (2)     718     61     1,130     116     869     147  
  Home construction (3)     320     4     26         36      
  Multi-family     1,588         483     11     744     7  
  Other real estate     697     2     673     19     50      
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total loans secured by real estate     15,006     148     6,889     191     6,534     270  
Consumer     54         14         1      
Commercial     123     1     223     3     64     1  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Total loans and nonaccrual loans held in portfolio   $ 15,183   $ 149   $ 7,126   $ 194   $ 6,599   $ 271  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans and nonaccrual loans as a percentage of total loans and total nonaccrual loans     7 %   2 %   3 %   3 %   3 %   4 %

61



(1)
Excludes home loans and home equity loans and lines of credit in the subprime mortgage channel.
(2)
Represents mortgage loans purchased from recognized subprime lenders and mortgage loans originated under the Long Beach Mortgage name and held in the investment portfolio.
(3)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale and construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

 
  Other (4)
  Total
 
 
  Portfolio
  Nonaccrual
  Portfolio
  Nonaccrual
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Loans secured by real estate:                          
  Home loans (1)   $ 24,406   $ 648   $ 110,387   $ 2,302  
  Home equity loans and lines of credit (1)     7,070     111     60,963     835  
  Subprime mortgage channel (2)     7,290     1,003     18,617     2,721  
  Home construction (3)     393     7     2,226     56  
  Multi-family     2,452     21     31,754     131  
  Other real estate     1,108     11     9,524     53  
   
 
 
 
 
    Total loans secured by real estate     42,719     1,801     233,471     6,098  
Consumer     18         205     1  
Commercial     526     6     1,879     24  
   
 
 
 
 
    Total loans and nonaccrual loans held in portfolio   $ 43,263   $ 1,807   $ 235,555 (5) $ 6,123  
   
 
 
 
 
Loans and nonaccrual loans as a percentage of total loans and total nonaccrual loans     18 %   30 %   100 %   100 %

(1)
Excludes home loans and home equity loans and lines of credit in the subprime mortgage channel.
(2)
Represents mortgage loans purchased from recognized subprime lenders and mortgage loans originated under the Long Beach Mortgage name and held in the investment portfolio.
(3)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale and construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.
(4)
Of this category, Colorado had the largest portfolio balance of approximately $4.03 billion and Massachusetts had the largest nonaccrual balance of $183 million.
(5)
Excludes credit card loans of $8.83 billion.

        The Company monitors delinquency rates for all loans held in portfolio. Increasing early stage delinquency rates (i.e., loans 30-89 days past due) are indicative of possible future credit problems when the Company has serious doubts as to the ability of such borrowers to cure the delinquency condition. Such loans have exhibited a greater propensity to migrate into nonaccrual status as cure rates on early-stage delinquencies deteriorated during the latter part of 2007. The delinquency rate for home loans and home equity loans and lines of credit that were more than 30 days past due but less than 90 days past due amounted to 1.43% and 2.02% at December 31, 2007 as compared to 0.68% and 0.89% at December 31, 2006.

    Credit Card Loans

        The Company offers a wide selection of credit cards to consumers and small businesses. Products offered include Washington Mutual-branded credit cards, as well as a variety of affinity and co-branded credit cards.

        Credit cards provide borrowers with revolving, generally unsecured lines of credit that are used to make purchases and obtain cash advances primarily through Visa and MasterCard credit card networks. Credit card loans typically have smaller balances, shorter lifecycles and experience higher delinquency and loss rates than secured real estate loans. To offset the higher risk of loss inherent in unsecured credit card loans, interest rates and fees are generally structured to generate higher yields than secured real estate loans.

62


        The Company selectively targets customers that are often underserved by large prime/superprime-oriented credit card issuers and who satisfy its underwriting criteria. The Company uses an automated underwriting process that includes an assessment of an applicant's credit profile and expected payment performance when reviewing credit card applications. The Company has been successful in selling credit cards to its existing retail customers.

        Account management efforts, seasoning, and economic conditions all affect overall credit quality. The Company monitors customers' risk profiles regularly to optimize loss exposure over time and reserves the right under its credit card account agreement to change or terminate at any time, subject to applicable notice requirements, any terms, conditions, services, or features of the agreement. In cases where the customer fails to comply with the account agreement or presents a higher credit risk, the Company may restrict further use of the card, close the account, increase the interest rate, and/or pursue collection efforts.

        Collection efforts are performed on accounts that are delinquent and for accounts that are current but over their credit limit. The Company uses a delinquency lifecycle strategy, in combination with behavior-driven approaches, consumer counseling, and consumer debt management programs, to manage delinquent accounts. Under the delinquency lifecycle strategy, the Company prioritizes collections to focus on delinquency status, with attention to customer events within each stage of delinquency.

    Allowance for Loan Losses

        The allowance for loan losses represents management's estimate of incurred credit losses inherent in the Company's loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The estimate of the allowance is based on a variety of factors, including past loan loss experience, the current credit profile of borrowers, adverse situations that have occurred that may affect a borrower's ability to meet his financial obligations, the estimated value of underlying collateral, general economic conditions, and the impact that changes in interest rates and unemployment levels have on a borrower's ability to repay adjustable-rate loans. Determining the appropriateness of the allowance is complex and requires judgment by management about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. The Company maintains a comprehensive governance structure and a certification and validation process that is designed to support, among other things, the appropriateness of the estimate of the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent evaluations of the loan portfolio, in light of the factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the allowance for loan losses in future periods.

        The Company separately evaluates the impairment of the homogeneous and non-homogeneous loan portfolios. The homogeneous portfolio, comprising substantially all loans held in portfolio, is evaluated for collective impairment and consists predominantly of home loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, credit card loans and most commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family loans. Certain home mortgage loans whose terms have been modified through debt restructurings and non-homogeneous loans are evaluated for individual impairment. In 2005, the Company defined non-homogeneous loans as commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family loans with a current balance in excess of $1 million or loans with a current balance less than $1 million and highly risk rated. Beginning in 2006, reflecting (a) a shift in business practice towards originating and retaining in portfolio, multi-family loans whose performance could be modeled using a formulaic, statistical-based approach, and (b) the introduction of a new multi-family loan loss model that incorporated default-predictive variables that enabled the Company to make a more robust estimate of incurred losses on loans in this portfolio, the Company redefined non-homogeneous loans as certain commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family loans with an unpaid principal balance in excess of $3 million.

        The Company accounts for the allowance for loan losses on its portfolio of homogeneous loans in accordance with FASB Statement No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies ("Statement No. 5"), recording an

63



allowance when (a) available information indicates that it is probable that a loss has been incurred and (b) the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Generally, borrowers are impacted by events that result in loan default and eventual loss well in advance of the Company's knowledge of those events. Examples of such loss-causing events for home loans are borrower job loss, divorce and medical crisis. An example for commercial real estate loans would be the loss of a major tenant.

        The Company allocates a portion of the allowance to the homogeneous loan portfolios and estimates this allocated portion based on analyses of pools of loans with similar credit risk attributes. The Company also estimates an unallocated portion of the allowance that reflects management's assessment of various risk factors that are not fully captured by the statistical estimation techniques used to determine the allocated component of the allowance. However, both the allocated component and the portion that remains unallocated are available to absorb credit losses inherent in the homogeneous loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date.

        Statistical estimation techniques are used to determine the allocated allowance for homogeneous loans. Formulaic assessments of credit risk are primarily performed using the Loan Performance Risk Model. Statistical estimation techniques assess default and loss outcomes based on an evaluation of past performance of similar pools of loans in our portfolio, and other factors affecting default and loss factors, as well as industry historical loan loss data. Loss estimation techniques used in statistical models are supplemented by qualitative information to assist in estimating the allocated allowance. When housing prices are volatile, lags in data collection and reporting increase the likelihood of adjustments being made to the allowance. More current data evidencing conditions in the housing market are obtained from analyzing data from the National Association of Realtors on median sales and on housing inventory levels.

        Management routinely and regularly evaluates the accuracy of its statistical models and analyzes the performance of loans held in portfolio and makes improvements to those models as facts and circumstances warrant. In addition, the Company refines its estimates and assumptions used to calibrate particular models in response to new data and dynamic market conditions. As necessary and for the same reasons, the Company updates the relative weightings assigned to classes of inputs or factors considered in its particular models. The Company also considers whether the statistical models fully capture estimates of losses related to loans held in portfolio and to the extent adjustments are needed, they are incorporated into the allowance for loan losses.

        The Loan Performance Risk Model produces an estimate of the cumulative loss over the remaining terms of the loans by analyzing loan-level data, the key attributes of which are static collateral variables including property type, loan type, lien type, original balance, original loan-to-value ratio and documentation type; ARM-specific variables, such as ARM caps, floors and resets; dynamic variables, such as estimated current loan-to-value ratios and the age of the loan; borrower variables, such as original credit score and delinquency history; and market conditions, such as housing price appreciation or depreciation rates by metropolitan statistical area, and interest rates. Management then estimates the incurred portion of the cumulative loss when estimating its allowance for loan losses.

        The unallocated component of the allowance reflects management's evaluation of conditions that are not fully captured in determining the allocated allowance for homogenous loans. The weighting system used in estimating the appropriateness of the unallocated allowance reflects the relative significance of the following factors that are routinely and regularly reviewed: national and local economic trends and conditions (such as gross domestic product and unemployment trends); market conditions (such as changes in housing prices); industry and borrower concentrations within portfolio segments (including concentrations by metropolitan statistical area); recent loan portfolio performance (such as changes in the levels and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans); trends in loan growth (including the velocity of change in loan growth); changes in underwriting criteria; and the regulatory and public policy environment.

64


        In determining the allowance for loans evaluated for individual impairment and deemed to be impaired, the Company applies the provisions of FASB Statement No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan ("Statement No. 114"). Impairment of restructured home loans is measured by aggregating loans with common risk characteristics and calculating the present value of expected future cash flows using historical statistics such as average recovery period and average recovery amount, along with a composite effective interest rate. Impairment on non-homogeneous loans is measured principally using the fair value of the underlying collateral, since such loans are generally collateral dependent. In estimating the fair value of collateral, the Company evaluates various factors, such as occupancy and rental rates in the relevant real estate markets and their effect on the value of the collateral.

        When available information confirms that specific loans or portions thereof are uncollectible, those amounts are charged off against the allowance for loan losses. The existence of some or all of the following conditions will generally confirm that a loss has been incurred: the loan is significantly delinquent and the borrower has not demonstrated the ability to bring the loan current; the borrower has insufficient assets to repay the debt; or the fair value of the loan collateral is significantly below the current loan balance and there is little or no prospect for improvement. When home loans and home equity loans and lines of credit become 180 days past due, the portion of the loan balance in excess of the fair value of the underlying collateral (less estimated cost to sell) is charged off against the allowance for loan losses. Credit card loans are charged-off when they are determined to be uncollectible or by the end of the month in which the account becomes 180 days past due.

        Like all depository institutions with federal thrift charters, our subsidiary depository institutions continue to be subject to examination by their primary regulator, the OTS. The OTS examinations occur throughout the year and target various activities of our subsidiary depository institutions.

65


        An analysis of the allowance for loan losses was as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  Allowance
for Loan
Losses

  Allocated
Allowance

of Loan
Category

  Loan
Category
as a %
of Total
Loans (1)

  Allowance
for Loan
Losses

  Allocated
Allowance
as a %
of Loan
Category

  Loan
Category
as a %
of Total
Loans (1)

  Allowance
for Loan
Losses

  Allocated
Allowance
as a %
of Loan
Category

  Loan
Category
as a %
of Total
Loans (1)

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Allocated allowance:                                            
  Loans secured by real estate:                                            
    Home loans (2)   $ 322   0.29 % 45.17 % $ 202   0.20 % 44.22 % $ 222   0.19 % 49.71 %
    Home equity loans and lines of credit (2)     568   0.93   24.95     184   0.35   23.51     106   0.21   22.14  
    Subprime mortgage channel (3)     643   3.45   7.62     326   1.57   9.23     374   1.77   9.21  
    Home construction (4)     7   0.32   0.91     5   0.24   0.93     6   0.29   0.89  
    Multi-family     105   0.33   12.99     85   0.28   13.41     122   0.48   11.15  
    Other real estate     63   0.67   3.90     54   0.80   2.99     69   1.37   2.19  
   
     
 
     
 
     
 
      Total allocated allowance secured by real estate     1,708   0.73   95.54     856   0.40   94.29     899   0.41   95.29  
  Consumer:                                            
    Credit card     504   5.71   3.61     508   4.68   4.83     328   4.08   3.50  
    Other     6   2.90   0.08     7   2.32   0.12     27   4.25   0.28  
  Commercial     85   4.54   0.77     45   2.64   0.76     44   2.03   0.93  
   
     
 
     
 
     
 
      Total allocated allowance held in portfolio     2,303   0.94   100.00     1,416   0.63   100.00     1,298   0.57   100.00  
Unallocated allowance     268   0.11       214   0.09       397   0.17    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Total allowance for loan losses   $ 2,571   1.05 % 100.00 % $ 1,630   0.72 % 100.00 % $ 1,695   0.74 % 100.00 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Excludes loans held for sale.
(2)
Excludes home loans and home equity loans and lines of credit in the subprime mortgage channel.
(3)
Represents mortgage loans purchased from recognized subprime lenders and mortgage loans originated under the Long Beach Mortgage name and held in the investment portfolio.
(4)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale and construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

(This table is continued on the next page.)

66


        (Continued from the previous page.)

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2004
  2003
 
 
  Allowance for Loan Losses
  Allocated Allowance as a %
of Loan
Category

  Loan Category as a % of Total Loans (1)
  Allowance for Loan Losses
  Allocated Allowance as a %
of Loan
Category

  Loan Category as a % of Total Loans (1)
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Allocated allowance:                              
  Loans secured by real estate:                              
    Home loans (2)   $ 214   0.19 % 53.10 % $ 321   0.32 % 57.12 %
    Home equity loans and lines of credit (2)     83   0.19   21.08     82   0.30   15.78  
    Subprime mortgage channel (3)     243   1.27   9.26     84   0.65   7.41  
    Home construction (4)     12   0.51   1.13     18   0.81   1.27  
    Multi-family     101   0.45   10.76     139   0.68   11.60  
    Other real estate     116   2.05   2.74     110   1.65   3.80  
   
     
 
     
 
      Total allocated allowance secured by real estate     769   0.38   98.07     754   0.44   96.98  
  Consumer:                              
    Credit card                  
    Other     36   4.55   0.38     49   4.77   0.59  
  Commercial     51   1.59   1.55     72   1.69   2.43  
   
     
 
     
 
      Total allocated allowance held in portfolio     856   0.41   100.00     875   0.50   100.00  
Unallocated allowance     445   0.22       375   0.21    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
      Total allowance for loan losses   $ 1,301   0.63 % 100.00 % $ 1,250   0.71 % 100.00 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Excludes loans held for sale.
(2)
Excludes home loans and home equity loans and lines of credit in the subprime mortgage channel.
(3)
Represents mortgage loans purchased from recognized subprime lenders and mortgage loans originated under the Long Beach Mortgage name and held in the investment portfolio.
(4)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale and construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

        As part of its ongoing program of model improvement, the Company introduced a new model to estimate incurred losses on multi-family loans in 2006. The new model uses a formulaic statistical-based approach for determining loss factors based on relevant default-predictive variables such as loan-to-value and debt service coverage ratios, and geographic factors. The model that was replaced used the same underlying classes of inputs but categorized loans for collective review using the risk grade assigned to them for bank regulatory purposes, the categorization of which inherently involved management judgment. The Company expects this new methodology to result in a better estimate of incurred loss, with greater consistency across periods; it is also more consistent with risk assessment practices in the commercial lending industry.

    90 or More Days Past Due and Still Accruing

        The total amount of loans held in portfolio, excluding credit card loans, that were 90 days or more contractually past due and still accruing interest was $98 million, $97 million, $107 million, $85 million and $46 million at December 31, 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003. The majority of these loans are either VA- or FHA-insured with little or no risk of loss of principal or interest. Managed credit card loans that were 90 days or more contractually past due and still accruing interest were $836 million, $586 million and $465 million at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, including $174 million, $113 million and $87 million related to loans held in portfolio. The delinquency rate on managed credit card loans that were 30 days or more delinquent at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was 6.47%, 5.25% and 5.07%.

67


        Delinquent mortgages contained within GNMA servicing pools that were repurchased or were eligible to be repurchased by the Company are reported as loans held for sale. Substantially all of these loans are either guaranteed or insured by agencies of the federal government and therefore do not expose the Company to significant risk of credit loss. Due to the sale of substantially all of the Company's government loan servicing portfolio in July 2006, the balance of such loans declined considerably. The Company's held for sale portfolio contained zero, $37 million, $1.06 billion, $1.60 billion and $2.50 billion of such loans that were 90 days or more contractually past due and still accruing interest at December 31, 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003.

    Derivative Counterparty Credit Risk

        Derivative financial instruments expose the Company to credit risk in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to such agreements. This risk consists primarily of the termination value of agreements where the Company is in a favorable position. Credit risk related to derivative financial instruments is considered within the fair value measurement of the instrument. The Company manages the credit risk associated with its various derivative agreements through counterparty credit review, counterparty exposure limits and monitoring procedures. The Company obtains collateral from certain counterparties for amounts in excess of exposure limits and monitors all exposure and collateral requirements daily. The fair value of collateral received from a counterparty is continually monitored and the Company may request additional collateral from counterparties or return collateral pledged as deemed appropriate. The Company's agreements generally include master netting agreements whereby the counterparties are entitled to settle their positions "net." At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the gross positive fair value of the Company's derivative financial instruments was $2.04 billion and $618 million. The Company's master netting agreements at December 31, 2007 and 2006 reduced the exposure to this gross positive fair value by $331 million and $339 million. The Company's collateral against derivative financial instruments was $1.28 billion and $16 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006. Accordingly, the Company's net exposure to derivative counterparty credit risk at December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $435 million and $263 million.

Liquidity Risk and Capital Management

    Liquidity Risk

        The objective of liquidity risk management is to ensure that the Company has the continuing ability to maintain cash flows that are adequate to fund operations and meet its other obligations on a timely and cost-effective basis in various market conditions. Changes in market conditions, the composition of its balance sheet and risk tolerance levels are among the factors that influence the Company's liquidity profile. The Company establishes liquidity guidelines for the Parent as well as for its banking subsidiaries.

        The Parent and its banking subsidiaries have separate liquidity risk management policies and contingent funding plans as each has different funding needs and requirements and sources of liquidity. The Company's banking subsidiaries also have regulatory capital requirements. The Company has policies that require current and forecasted liquidity positions to be monitored against pre-established limits and requires that contingency liquidity plans be maintained.

        For the Company's banking subsidiaries, liquidity is forecasted over short term (operational) and long term (strategic) horizons. Both approaches require that the Company's banking subsidiaries maintain minimum amounts of liquidity that exceed forecasted needs (excess liquidity). Whereas the focus for operational liquidity is to maintain sufficient excess liquidity to satisfy unanticipated funding requirements, strategic liquidity focuses on stress-testing liquidity risks and ensuring that sufficient excess liquidity is maintained under various scenarios to meet policy standards.

68


    Parent

        The Parent's primary sources of liquidity are dividends from subsidiaries and funds raised in various capital markets. Dividends paid by the Parent's banking subsidiaries may fluctuate from time to time in order to ensure that both internal capital targets and various regulatory requirements related to capital adequacy are met. For more information on dividend limitations applicable to the Parent's banking subsidiaries, refer to "Business – Regulation and Supervision" and Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Dividend Restrictions."

        In January 2006, the Parent filed an automatically effective registration statement under which an unlimited amount of debt securities, preferred stock and depositary shares were registered. The Parent's long-term and short-term indebtedness are rated A- and F2 by Fitch, BBB+ and A2 by Standard & Poor's, Baa2 and P2 by Moody's, and AL and R-1L by DBRS.

    Banking Subsidiaries

        The principal sources of liquidity for the Parent's banking subsidiaries are retail deposits, FHLB advances, repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased, the maturity and repayment of portfolio loans, securities held in the available-for-sale portfolio and loans designated as held for sale. Retail deposits continue to provide the Company with a significant source of stable funding while FHLB advances have increased in importance in the second half of 2007. The Company's continuing ability to retain its retail deposit base and to attract new deposits depends on various factors such as customer service satisfaction levels and the competitiveness of interest rates offered on deposit products. Washington Mutual Bank continues to have the necessary assets available to pledge as collateral for additional FHLB advances, repurchase agreements and other collateral-dependent sources of liquidity.

        FHLB borrowings have always been an important source of liquidity for the Company and remain so today. In response to the current global credit crisis, decreased investor risk tolerance levels and near-evaporation of liquidity in the secondary markets, the Parent's banking subsidiaries increased their borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank system in the second half of 2007. The increase in FHLB borrowings by $42.44 billion from June 30, 2007 or $19.56 billion from December 31, 2006 was facilitated by the $47.36 billion reduction in FHLB borrowings over the 18 months prior to June 30, 2007 as the Company diversified its wholesale funding sources and reduced the size of its balance sheet.

        For the year ended December 31, 2007, proceeds from the sale of loans originated and held for sale were approximately $78.93 billion. These proceeds were, in turn, used as the primary funding source for the origination and purchase, net of principal payments, of approximately $77.38 billion of loans held for sale during the same period.

        While recent market events have impacted the Company's liquidity planning, the Company remains comfortable with its ability to fund its mortgage banking operations. The Company's liquidity planning assumes that the only reliable sources of liquidity in the secondary mortgage market are Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. While turbulence in the secondary mortgage market may change the type of liquidity the Company accesses, the amount of funding that is necessary to sustain the Company's mortgage banking operations does not typically affect overall liquidity levels.

        As part of its funding diversification strategy, Washington Mutual Bank launched a €20 billion covered bond program in September 2006. While €14 billion remains unissued under this program, no further issuances may occur until the Company's credit ratings assigned by Moody's are upgraded or the ratings-based restrictions are eliminated. Existing floating-rate U.S. dollar-denominated mortgage bonds were issued by Washington Mutual Bank and collateralize the outstanding Euro-denominated covered bonds. The covered bonds were issued by a statutory trust that is not consolidated by the

69



Company. The mortgage bonds are secured principally by residential mortgage loans in Washington Mutual Bank's portfolio.

        Under the Global Bank Note Program, which was established in August 2003 and renewed in December 2005, Washington Mutual Bank may issue senior and subordinated notes in the United States and in international capital markets in a variety of currencies and structures. Washington Mutual Bank had $12.44 billion available under this program as of December 31, 2007.

        Senior unsecured long-term obligations of Washington Mutual Bank are rated A- by Fitch, A- by Standard & Poor's, Baa1 by Moody's and A by DBRS. Short-term obligations are rated F2 by Fitch, A2 by Standard & Poor's, P2 by Moody's and R-1L by DBRS.

    Capital Management

        The Company monitors capital adequacy for both the Company (on a consolidated basis) and its regulated banking subsidiaries. Sufficient capital is maintained at both levels to provide for unexpected losses based on the risks inherent in the combination of businesses. The views of investors, credit rating agencies, lenders and regulators are considered in determining capital ratio targets.

        Capital is generated through the Company's business operations and through issuance of capital securities such as common stock and perpetual preferred stock, and the Company's capital management program promotes the efficient use of these resources. Capital is primarily used to fund organic growth, pay dividends and repurchase shares. On a consolidated basis, capital may also be raised through issuance of capital securities by various subsidiaries of the Company and its banking subsidiaries, in particular Washington Mutual Preferred Funding LLC ("WMPF LLC").

        During 2007, the Company issued approximately $1.5 billion of perpetual, non-cumulative preferred securities through its indirect subsidiary, WMPF LLC. While the high equity content characteristics of these securities have long been acknowledged by the OTS as qualifying elements in the composition of financial institutions' core capital structures, the rating agencies have only recently taken a similar view. Accordingly, such securities are included as equity components within the Company's tangible equity to total tangible assets ratio, estimated Tier 1 leverage ratio, and estimated total risk-based capital ratio.

        Additionally, in the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company issued $3.0 billion of Series R Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock for net proceeds of approximately $2.9 billion. Of the total net proceeds received from the sale of Series R Preferred Stock, $1.0 billion was contributed to the Company's banking subsidiary, Washington Mutual Bank, to enhance its capital position as it manages anticipated heightened credit losses. The remaining proceeds have been retained at the Company to enhance its liquidity profile and eliminate the need for dividend flows to support anticipated cash flows through the next two years.

        The Company's ability to generate capital internally through earnings was significantly impacted in 2007 by the deteriorating credit environment. With early indicators in 2008 suggesting that the housing market continues to deteriorate, the Company expects that it will continue to experience significantly higher credit costs throughout its single-family residential mortgage portfolios, which will in turn significantly impact the Company's ability to generate capital internally through earnings. Management has taken steps to mitigate the capital impact of the current earnings outlook by recommending that the Company's Board of Directors reduce the quarterly dividend payment to common stockholders to 15 cents per share from the prior level of 56 cents per share it paid in the fourth quarter. Management has incorporated this new reduced level of dividends into its capital and liquidity forecasts for 2008. Refer to Item 1A – Risk Factors for additional information regarding risks related to capital sufficiency.

        On January 15, 2008, the Company's Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of 15 cents per share on the Company's common stock, payable on February 15, 2008 to shareholders of record as of

70



January 31, 2008. The Company's Board of Directors considers a variety of factors when determining the dividend on the Company's common stock, including overall capital levels, liquidity position and the Company's earnings. In addition, the Company will pay a dividend of 36 cents per depositary share of Series K Preferred Stock, and a dividend of $19.16 per share of Series R Preferred Stock on March 17, 2008 to shareholders of record on March 3, 2008.

        With certain limited exceptions, if the Company does not pay full quarterly dividends on any issued and outstanding class or series of its preferred stock for a particular dividend period, then the Company may not pay dividends on, or repurchase, redeem or make a liquidation payment with respect to its common stock or other junior securities during the next succeeding dividend period. Refer to Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Preferred Stock and Minority Interest" for additional information.

        As part of its capital management activities, from time to time the Company has repurchased shares to deploy excess capital. The Company adopted a new share repurchase program approved by the Board of Directors in 2006 (the "2006 Program"). Under the 2006 Program, the Company is authorized to repurchase up to 150 million shares of its common stock, as conditions warrant. There is no fixed termination date for the 2006 Program and purchases may be made in the open market, through block trades, accelerated share repurchase transactions, private transactions, or otherwise. Recently, the Company has focused on capital retention, and has not engaged in share repurchase activities since the third quarter of 2007. The total remaining common stock repurchase authority under the 2006 Program was 47.5 million shares as of December 31, 2007.

        When the Company engages in share repurchases, management evaluates the relative risks and benefits of repurchasing shares in the open market, with the attendant daily trading limits and other constraints of the SEC Rule 10b-18 safe harbor, as compared with an accelerated share repurchase ("ASR") transaction. In an ASR transaction, the Company repurchases a large block of stock at an initial specified price from a counterparty, typically a large broker-dealer, who has borrowed the shares. Upon final settlement of an ASR transaction, the initial specified price is adjusted to reflect actual prices at which the Company's shares traded over the period of time after the initial repurchase that is specified in the ASR agreement. Through this final settlement process, market risks and costs associated with fluctuations in the Company's stock price during the subsequent time period may be transferred from the counterparty to the Company.

        ASR transactions immediately deploy the capital associated with share repurchases, making them economically more efficient than open market repurchases. Additionally, ASR transactions may be structured to include optionality or hedging arrangements that afford the Company the opportunity to mitigate price risk, and potentially mitigate the volatility of open market price fluctuations. While these benefits of an ASR transaction are significant considerations, open market repurchases are usually a more operationally efficient alternative when the Company chooses to deploy its excess capital in smaller amounts, particularly given the time required and the complexity associated with structuring an ASR transaction. In contrast, when the Company chooses to deploy its excess capital in larger amounts, an ASR transaction becomes more attractive and shares repurchased in an ASR transaction are removed upon the initiation of the repurchase when calculating earnings per share. Because ASR transactions involve more complex legal structures and counterparty risks than open market repurchases, the Company retains outside legal counsel to assist in structuring and documenting the transactions and applies its market risk and counterparty credit risk management standards. Additional information regarding these transactions is included in Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Common Stock."

        Refer to Item 5 – "Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities" for additional information regarding share repurchase activities.

71


    Capital Composition and Capital Ratios

        The Parent's core capital consists primarily of common and preferred stock, retained earnings and, to a lesser degree, trust preferred securities. In recent years, the Company has remixed its core capital by replacing some of its common stock and trust preferred securities with perpetual non-cumulative preferred stock that reduced the cost of capital while preserving its core capital quality as shown below:

 
  At December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
  (in millions)

Capital Surplus-Common Stock   $ 2,630   $ 5,825   $ 8,176
Series K Preferred Stock     492     492    
Series R Preferred Stock     2,900        
WMPF LLC Preferred Securities     3,912     2,446    
Trust Preferred Securities     813     1,880     1,795

        OTS capital guidelines require that the dominant form of a savings association's equity (referred to as "core capital" under OTS guidelines, and equivalent to Tier 1 capital for other banking institutions) should be common voting shares and that savings associations should avoid undue reliance on preferred securities. Preferred securities issued by WMPF LLC (an indirect subsidiary of WMB) qualify as Tier 1 (core) capital at WMB. As a prudent safeguard, OTS limits the amount of WMB's Tier 1 (core) capital that may be comprised of preferred securities to an amount that cannot exceed 25% of its Tier 1 capital. At December 31, 2007, the aggregate amount of preferred securities issued by WMPF LLC totaled approximately $3.91 billion (net of expense) which represents 17.5% of its $22.4 billion Tier 1 (core) capital. In 2007, WMB also redeemed $170 million of preferred stock. WMBfsb's capital structure does not contain any preferred securities.

        The Parent is not required by the OTS to report its capital ratios, and as the Parent is not a bank holding company it is not required by the Federal Reserve Board to report its capital ratios. Nevertheless, capital ratios are integral to the Company's capital management process and the provision of such metrics facilitates peer comparisons with Federal Reserve Board-regulated bank holding companies. The ratio for the Company's tangible equity to total tangible assets, along with the estimated ratios for Tier 1 capital to average total assets and total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets which exceed minimum regulatory guidelines, are presented below.

 
  At December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Tangible equity   $ 21,387   $ 20,374  
Total tangible assets     320,749     337,050  
Tangible equity to total tangible assets     6.67 %   6.04 %
Tier 1 capital   $ 21,610   $ 21,789  
Average total assets     315,832     343,178  
Tier 1 leverage     6.84 %   6.35 %
Total risk-based capital   $ 31,128   $ 30,068  
Total risk-weighted assets     252,330     255,450  
Total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets     12.34 %   11.77 %

    Subsidiary capital requirements

        The regulatory capital ratios of Washington Mutual Bank and Washington Mutual Bank fsb and minimum regulatory capital ratios to be categorized as well-capitalized are included in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Dividend Restrictions."

72


        The Company's broker-dealer subsidiaries are also subject to capital requirements. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, all of its broker-dealer subsidiaries were in compliance with their applicable capital requirements. During December 2007, the Company announced its intention to close WCC, its institutional broker-dealer business. In January 2008, substantially all the holdings of WCC were sold to various other subsidiaries of the Company in arms-length transactions.

Market Risk Management

        Market risk is defined as the sensitivity of income, fair market values and capital to changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices and other relevant market rates or prices. The primary market risk to which the Company is exposed is interest rate risk. Substantially all of its interest rate risk arises from instruments, positions and transactions entered into for purposes other than trading. These include loans, MSR, securities, deposits, borrowings, long-term debt and derivative financial instruments.

        The Company's trading assets are primarily comprised of financial instruments that are retained from securitization transactions, or are purchased for MSR risk management purposes. The Company does not take significant short-term trading positions for the purpose of benefiting from price differences between financial instruments and markets.

        From time to time the Company issues debt denominated in foreign currencies. When such transactions occur, the Company uses derivatives to offset the associated foreign currency exchange risk.

        Interest rate risk is managed within a consolidated enterprise risk management framework that includes asset/liability management and the management of specific portfolios (MSR and Other Mortgage Banking) discussed below. The principal objective of asset/liability management is to manage the sensitivity of net income to changing interest rates. Asset/liability management is governed by a policy reviewed and approved annually by the Board. The Board has delegated the oversight of the administration of this policy to the Finance Committee of the Board.

    Types of Interest Rate Risk

        The Company is exposed to different types of interest rate risks. These include lag, repricing, basis, prepayment, lifetime and periodic payment caps, and volatility risk.

    Lag/Repricing Risk

        Lag risk results from timing differences between the repricing of adjustable-rate assets and liabilities. Repricing risk is caused by the mismatch in the maturities between assets and liabilities. For example, the Company's assets may reprice slower than its liabilities. The effect of this timing difference, or "lag," will generally be favorable during a period of declining interest rates and unfavorable during a period of rising interest rates. Lag/repricing risk can produce short-term volatility in net interest income during periods of interest rate movements, but the effect of this lag generally balances out over time.

    Basis Risk

        Basis risk occurs when assets and liabilities have similar repricing frequencies but are tied to different market interest rate indices. For example, adjustable-rate loans may reprice based on Treasury rates while borrowings may reprice based on LIBOR rates.

73


    Prepayment Risk

        Prepayment risk results from the ability of customers to pay off their loans prior to maturity. Generally, prepayments increase in falling interest rate environments and decrease in rising interest rate environments.

    Lifetime and Periodic Payment Cap Risk

        Many of the Company's adjustable-rate home loan products contain lifetime interest rate caps, which prevent the interest rate on the loan from exceeding a contractually determined level. In periods of dramatically rising rates, those adjustable-rate loans that have reached their lifetime cap rate will no longer reprice upward. Periodic payment caps limit the amount that a borrower's scheduled payment on an adjustable-rate loan can increase when the interest rate is adjusted upward on the loan's periodic repricing date.

    Volatility Risk

        Volatility risk is the potential change in the fair value of an option, or a fixed income instrument containing options (such as mortgages) from changes in the implied market level of future volatility ("implied volatility"). For the holder of an option contract, implied volatility is a key determinant of option value with higher volatility generally increasing option value and lower volatility generally decreasing option value.

    MSR Risk Management

        The Company manages potential changes in the fair value of MSR through a comprehensive risk management program. The intent is to mitigate the effects of changes in MSR fair value through the use of risk management instruments. Risk management instruments may include interest rate contracts, forward rate agreements, forward purchase commitments and available-for-sale and trading securities. The securities generally consist of fixed-rate debt securities, such as U.S. Government and agency obligations and mortgage-backed securities, including principal-only strips. The interest rate contracts typically consist of interest rate swaps, interest rate swaptions, interest rate futures and interest rate caps and floors. The Company may purchase or sell option contracts, depending on the portfolio risks it seeks to manage. The Company also enters into forward commitments to purchase and sell mortgage-backed securities, which generally are comprised of fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities with 15 or 30 year maturities.

        The fair value of MSR is primarily affected by changes in expected prepayments that result from changes in spot and future primary mortgage rates and in changes in other applicable market interest rates. Changes in the value of MSR risk management instruments vary based on the specific instrument. For example, changes in the fair value of interest rate swaps are driven by shifts in interest rate swap rates and the fair value of U.S. Treasury securities is based on changes in U.S. Treasury rates. Mortgage rates may move more or less than the rates on Treasury bonds or interest rate swaps. This could result in a change in the fair value of the MSR that differs from the change in fair value of the MSR risk management instruments. Potential differences in the change in value between MSR and MSR risk management instruments are what is referred to as basis risk.

        The Company manages the MSR daily and adjusts the mix of instruments used to offset MSR fair value changes as interest rates and market conditions warrant. The objective is to maintain an efficient and fairly liquid mix as well as a diverse portfolio of risk management instruments with maturity ranges that correspond well to the anticipated behavior of the MSR. The Company also manages the size of the MSR asset, such as through the structuring of servicing agreements when loans are sold, and by periodically selling or purchasing servicing assets.

74


        In June 2007, the Company changed the model used to estimate the fair value of substantially all of its MSR from a static valuation model to an option-adjusted spread ("OAS") valuation model. The OAS model projects MSR cash flows over multiple interest rate scenarios, and discounts these cash flows using risk-adjusted discount rates. The significant assumptions used in the valuation of MSR include market interest rates, projected prepayment speeds, cost to service, ancillary income and option-adjusted spreads. Additionally, an independent broker estimate of the fair values of the mortgage servicing rights is obtained quarterly along with other market-based evidence. Management uses this information together with its OAS valuation methodology to estimate the fair value of the MSR.

        The Company believes this overall risk management strategy is the most efficient approach to managing MSR fair value risk. The success of this strategy, however, is dependent on management's decisions regarding the amount, type and mix of MSR risk management instruments that are selected to manage the changes in fair value of the mortgage servicing asset. If this strategy is not successful, net income could be adversely affected.

    Other Mortgage Banking Risk Management

        The Company also manages the risks associated with its home loan mortgage warehouse and pipeline. The mortgage warehouse consists of funded loans intended for sale in the secondary market. The pipeline consists of commitments to originate or purchase mortgages to be sold in the secondary market. The interest rate risk associated with the mortgage pipeline and warehouse is the potential for changes in interest rates between the time the customer locks in the rate on the loan and the time the loan is sold.

        The Company measures the risk profile of the mortgage warehouse and pipeline daily. To manage the warehouse and pipeline risk, management executes forward sales commitments, interest rate contracts and mortgage option contracts. A forward sales commitment protects against a rising interest rate environment, since the sales price and delivery date are already established. A forward sales commitment is different, however, from an option contract in that the Company is obligated to deliver the loan to the third party on the agreed-upon future date. Management also estimates the fallout factor, which represents the percentage of loans that are not expected to be funded, when determining the appropriate amount of pipeline risk management instruments.

    Asset/Liability Risk Management

        The purpose of asset/liability risk management is to assess the aggregate interest rate risk profile of the Company. Asset/liability risk analysis combines the MSR and Other Mortgage Banking activities with substantially all of the other remaining interest rate risk positions inherent in the Company's operations.

        To analyze interest rate risk sensitivity, management projects net interest income under a variety of interest rate scenarios, assuming both parallel and non-parallel shifts in the yield curve. These scenarios illustrate net interest income sensitivity due to changes in the level of interest rates, the slope of the yield curve and the spread between Treasury and LIBOR/swap ("LIBOR") rates. Management also periodically projects the interest rate sensitivity of net income due to changes in the level of interest rates. Additionally, management projects the discounted value of assets and liabilities under different interest rate scenarios to assess their risk exposure over longer periods of time.

        The projection of the sensitivity of net income, net interest income and discounted cash flow analyses requires numerous assumptions. Prepayment speeds, decay rates (the estimated runoff of deposit accounts that do not have a stated maturity), future deposits and loan rates and loan and deposit volume and mix projections are among the most significant assumptions. Prepayments affect the size of the loan and mortgage-backed securities portfolios, which impacts net interest income. All deposit and loan portfolio assumptions, including loan prepayment speeds and deposit decay rates,

75



require management's judgments of anticipated customer behavior in various interest rate environments. These assumptions are derived from internal and external analyses. The rates on new investment securities and borrowings are estimated based on market rates while the rates on deposits and loans are estimated based on the rates offered by the Company to retail customers.

        The slope of the yield curve, current interest rate conditions and the speed of changes in interest rates all affect sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Short-term borrowings and, to a lesser extent, interest-bearing deposits typically reprice faster than the Company's adjustable-rate assets. This lag effect is inherent in adjustable-rate loans and mortgage-backed securities indexed to the 12-month average of the annual yields on actively traded U.S. Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year and those indexed to the 11 th  District FHLB monthly weighted-average cost of funds index.

        The sensitivity of new loan volume and mix to changes in market interest rate levels is also projected. Management generally assumes a reduction in total loan production in rising interest rate scenarios accompanied by a shift towards a greater proportion of adjustable-rate production. Conversely, the Company generally assumes an increase in total loan production in falling interest rate scenarios accompanied by a shift towards a greater proportion of fixed-rate loans. The gain from mortgage loans also varies under different interest rate scenarios. Normally, the gain from mortgage loans increases in falling interest rate environments primarily from an increase in mortgage refinancing activity. Conversely, the gain from mortgage loans may decline when interest rates increase if management chooses to retain more loans in the portfolio.

        In periods of rising interest rates, the net interest margin normally contracts since the repricing period of the Company's liabilities is shorter than the repricing period of its assets. The net interest margin generally expands in periods of falling interest rates as borrowing costs reprice downward faster than asset yields.

        To manage interest rate sensitivity, management utilizes the interest rate risk characteristics of the balance sheet assets and liabilities to offset each other as much as possible. Balance sheet products have a variety of risk profiles and sensitivities. Some of the components of interest rate risk are countercyclical. Management may adjust the amount or mix of risk management instruments based on the countercyclical behavior of the balance sheet products.

        When the countercyclical behavior inherent in portions of the Company's balance sheet does not result in an acceptable risk profile, management utilizes investment securities and interest rate contracts to mitigate this situation. The interest rate contracts used for this purpose are classified as asset/liability risk management instruments. These contracts are often used to modify the repricing period of interest-bearing funding sources with the intention of reducing the volatility of net interest income. The types of contracts used for this purpose may consist of interest rate swaps, interest rate corridors, interest rate swaptions and certain derivatives that are embedded in borrowings. Management also uses receive-fixed swaps as part of the asset/liability risk management strategy to help modify the repricing characteristics of certain long-term liabilities to match those of the assets. Typically, these are swaps of long-term fixed-rate debt to a short-term adjustable-rate, which more closely resembles asset repricing characteristics.

    January 1, 2008 and January 1, 2007 Net Interest Income Sensitivity Comparison

        The table below indicates the sensitivity of net interest income as a result of hypothetical interest rate movements on market risk sensitive instruments. The base case assumptions used for this sensitivity analysis are similar to the Company's most recent net interest income projection for the respective twelve month periods as of the date the analysis was performed. The comparative results assume parallel shifts in the yield curve with interest rates rising 100 basis points and decreasing 100 basis points in even quarterly increments over the twelve month periods ending December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007.

76


        Commencing with the analysis for the one year period beginning January 1, 2008, the interest rate scenarios will be derived from the year end forward yield curve. The comparative analysis is presented based on current coupon rates while the net interest income sensitivity based on the forward yield curve is presented separately. The revision to the interest rate scenario more closely aligns the analysis with market expectations. The base scenario for the current coupon rate analysis were the market rates as of December 31 held constant for the next twelve months. The base scenario for the implied forward rate analysis represents market expectations for interest rates for the next twelve months. The parallel scenarios represent the same absolute change in interest rates in both analyses.

        These analyses also incorporate assumptions about balance sheet dynamics such as loan and deposit growth and pricing, changes in funding mix and asset and liability repricing and maturity characteristics. The projected interest rate sensitivities of net interest income shown below may differ significantly from actual results, particularly with respect to non-parallel shifts in the yield curve or changes in the spreads between mortgage, Treasury and LIBOR rates, changes in loan volumes or loan and deposit pricing.

    Comparative Net Interest Income Sensitivity

 
  Gradual Change in Rates
 
 
  -100 basis points
  +100 basis points
 
Current coupon rates          
Net interest income change for the one year period beginning:          
  January 1, 2008   3.13 % (2.67 )%
  January 1, 2007   3.80   (3.04 )
 
 
  Gradual Change in Rates
 
 
  -100 basis points
  +100 basis points
 
Implied forward rates          
Net interest income change for the one year period beginning:          
  January 1, 2008   2.78 % (2.74 )%

        Treasury and LIBOR rates in the January 1, 2008 net interest income sensitivity analyses were lower than the rates at January 1, 2007 with Treasury rates declining significantly more than LIBOR rates. At January 1, 2008, two year interest rates were lower than three month and ten year interest rates on the Treasury and LIBOR curves. The January 1, 2007 curve was inverted with three month rates higher than ten year rates. The shape of the curves contributes to a continuing challenging interest rate environment for the Company.

        Net interest income sensitivity declined in the ±100 basis point environments in the January 1, 2008 analysis compared to the January 1, 2007 analysis. The main factors contributing to the reduction in sensitivity was the execution of term fixed-rate funding and interest rate contracts and changes in the projected balance sheet during the subsequent twelve month periods. The term funding and interest rate contracts were executed to offset the increased sensitivity resulting from the retention of medium-term adjustable-rate loans during the second half of 2007. A reduction in projected prepayments and loan volume resulted in decreased changes in average earning assets in all scenarios. The net result was a decreased change in net interest income in the ±100 basis point environments, as compared to the January 1, 2007 analysis.

        The net interest income sensitivity in the -100 basis point scenario in the implied forward rates analysis was slightly lower than in the current coupon rates analysis primarily due to enhanced net interest income in the base scenario. Net interest income increased in the base implied forward rates analysis as the projected interest rates were lower.

77


    January 1, 2008 and January 1, 2007 Net Income Sensitivity Comparison

        Similar to the net interest income sensitivity analysis, management also periodically projects net income in a variety of interest rate scenarios assuming parallel shifts in the yield curve. The net income simulations project changes in MSR and related hedges, all of which are carried at fair value and whose values are sensitive to changes in interest rates. The analysis assumes no changes in credit provisions, gain on sale, non-interest income or non-interest expense except for the fair value changes in MSR and related hedges.

        In performing net income simulations, parallel shifts in the yield curve are assumed, with interest rates rising 100 basis points and decreasing 100 basis points in even quarterly increments over the twelve month periods ending December 31, 2008 and 2007. The interest rate scenarios are identical to the scenarios used for the net interest income comparison. The assumptions used in the base scenario are similar to the assumptions used in the Company's most current earnings forecast.

        For the twelve month period ending December 31, 2008, using current coupon rates, net income is projected to increase approximately $170 million in the -100 basis point simulation while it is projected to decrease approximately $110 million in the +100 basis point simulation. In comparison, net income was projected to increase approximately $70 million in the -100 basis point scenario and decrease approximately $100 million in the +100 basis point scenario for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2007. For the twelve month period ending December 31, 2008, using implied forward rates, net income is projected to increase approximately $160 million in the -100 basis point simulation while it is projected to decrease approximately $120 million in the +100 basis point simulation. The differences in the results between the implied forward curve rates and the current coupon rates analysis was due to slight variances in net interest income sensitivity offset by changes in the performance of MSR and related hedges.

        The projected increase in net income in the -100 basis point scenario for the twelve month period ending December 31, 2008 was mainly due to an improvement in other income (fair value changes in the MSR and related hedges) offset by less of an increase in net interest income. Net income in the +100 basis point environment was similar, as an improvement in other income was offset by less of a decrease in net interest income. This was mainly due to a reduction in projected MSR unpaid principal balances and changes in the shape of the yield curve resulting in changes to the projected hedging costs. The reduction in MSR unpaid principal balances was due to expected decreases in loan sales during the twelve month forecast resulting from changes in the secondary mortgage market.

        These net income and net interest income sensitivity analyses are limited in that they were performed at a particular point in time and do not reflect certain factors that would impact the Company's financial performance in a changing interest rate environment. Most significantly, the impact of changes in gain on sale from mortgage loans that result from changes in interest rates is not modeled in the simulation. The net income and net interest income analyses also assume no changes in credit spreads. In addition, the net income sensitivity analysis assumes no changes in credit provisions, noninterest income or noninterest expense in the different scenarios other than changes in the fair value of MSR and related hedges. Additional provisions may be required in a falling interest rate scenario while fewer provisions may be necessary in a rising rate scenario substantially changing the projected net income sensitivity estimates. The analyses assume management does not initiate additional strategic actions, such as increasing or decreasing term funding or selling assets, to offset the impact of projected changes in net interest income or net income in these scenarios.

        The analyses are also dependent on the reliability of various assumptions used, including prepayment forecasts and discount rates, and do not incorporate other factors that would impact the Company's overall financial performance in such scenarios. These analyses also assume that the projected MSR risk management strategy is effectively implemented and that mortgage and interest

78


rate swap spreads are constant in all interest rate environments. These assumptions may not be realized. For example, changes in spreads between interest rate indices could result in significant changes in projected net income sensitivity. Projected net income may increase if market rates on interest rate swaps decrease by more than the decrease in mortgage rates, while the projected net income may decline if the rates on swaps increase by more than mortgage rates. Accordingly, the preceding sensitivity estimates should not be viewed as an earnings forecast.

Operational Risk Management

        Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from human fallibility, inadequate or failed internal processes or systems, or from external events, including loss related to legal risk. Operational risk can occur in any activity, function, or unit of the Company.

        Primary responsibility for managing operational risk rests with the lines of business. Each line of business is responsible for identifying its operational risks and establishing and maintaining appropriate business-specific policies, internal control procedures and tools to quantify and monitor these risks. To help identify, assess and manage corporate-wide risks, the Company uses corporate support groups such as Legal, Compliance, Information Security, Continuity Assurance, Enterprise Spend Management and Finance. These groups assist the lines of business in the development and implementation of risk management practices specific to the needs of each business.

        The Operational Risk Management Policy, approved by the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, establishes the Company's operational risk framework and defines the roles and responsibilities for the management of operational risk. The operational risk framework consists of a methodology for identifying, measuring, monitoring and controlling operational risk combined with a governance process that complements the Company's organizational structure and risk management philosophy. The Operational Risk Committee ensures consistent communication and oversight of significant operational risk issues across the Company and ensures sufficient resources are allocated to maintain business-specific operational risk controls, policies and practices consistent with and in support of the operational risk framework and corporate standards.

        The Operational Risk Management function, part of Enterprise Risk Management, is responsible for maintaining the framework and works with the lines of business and corporate support functions to ensure consistent and effective policies, practices, controls and monitoring tools for assessing and managing operational risk across the Company. The objective of the framework is to provide an integrated risk management approach that emphasizes proactive management of operational risk using measures, tools and techniques that are risk-focused and consistently applied company-wide. Such tools include the collection of internal operational loss event data, relevant external operational loss event data, results from scenario analysis, and assessments of the Company's business environment and internal control factors. These elements are used to determine the Company's operational risk profile and are included in the measurement of operational risk capital.

Tax Uncertainties

        The Company accounts for unrecognized income tax benefits in accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes ("FIN 48"), which was adopted on January 1, 2007. FIN 48 requires that a tax benefit be recognized only if it is "more likely than not" that it will be realized, based solely on its technical merits, as of the reporting date. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not criterion shall be measured at the largest amount of benefit that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company recognized a $6 million increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which was accounted for as a reduction to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings.

79


        Prior to January 1, 2007, the Company accounted for income and other tax contingencies in accordance with FASB Statement No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies ("FAS 5"). The calculation of tax liabilities under FAS 5 involves judgment in estimating the impact of uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws. The Company continues to account for non-income tax contingencies in accordance with FAS 5.

Goodwill Litigation

        On August 9, 1989, the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act was enacted. Among other things, the Act raised the minimum capital requirements for savings institutions and required a phase-out of the amount of supervisory goodwill that could be included in satisfying certain regulatory capital requirements. The exclusion of supervisory goodwill from the regulatory capital of many savings institutions led them to take actions to replace the lost capital either by issuing new qualifying debt or equity securities or to reduce assets. A number of these institutions and their investors subsequently sued the United States Government seeking damages based on breach of contract and other theories (collectively "Goodwill Lawsuits").

        To date, trials have been concluded and opinions have been issued in a number of Goodwill Lawsuits in the United States Court of Federal Claims. Generally, in Goodwill Lawsuits in which opinions have been issued by the Court of Federal Claims, either the plaintiffs, the defendant (U.S. Government), or both the plaintiffs and the defendant, have opted to appeal the decision to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. Typically, following completion of these appeals, one or more parties has petitioned the United States Supreme Court for a writ of certiorari, but all such petitions have been denied. Generally, the appeals have resulted in the cases being remanded to the Court of Federal Claims for further trial proceedings.

    American Savings Bank, F.A.

        In December 1992, American Savings Bank, Keystone Holdings, Inc. and certain related parties brought a lawsuit against the U.S. Government, alleging, among other things, that in connection with the acquisition of American Savings Bank they entered into a contract with agencies of the United States and that the U.S. Government breached that contract. As a result of the Keystone acquisition, the Company succeeded to all of the rights of American Savings Bank, Keystone Holdings and the related parties in such litigation and will receive any recovery from the litigation.

        In connection with the Keystone acquisition, there are 6 million shares of the Company's common stock currently in escrow. In addition, as of December 31, 2007, the escrow included $75.9 million in cash dividends paid on escrowed shares as well as interest accumulated on those dividends. Under the terms of the escrow arrangement, upon receipt of net cash proceeds from a final nonappealable judgment in or settlement of the litigation prior to the expiration of the escrow, one share (together with the dividends and interest attributable to such share) will be released from escrow to the Keystone investors for each $18.4944 of net proceeds received by the Company. In September 2007, the escrow agreement was amended to extend the expiration date from December 20, 2008 to June 30, 2020. As a result of the amendment, in 2007, the Company received cash payments totaling $17.2 million from the escrow. Additionally, the Company is entitled during 2008 to receive quarterly cash payments from the escrow, each in an amount equal to approximately 2% of the then value of the escrow. Thereafter, the Company is entitled to receive quarterly distributions from the escrow, each consisting of 130,435 shares of the Company's common stock and the dividends and interest then in the escrow attributable to such shares.

        On December 18, 2006, a summary judgment order in favor of plaintiffs was entered in the lawsuit in the amount of $402 million. On February 14, 2007, the U.S. Government filed a Notice of Appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit of that and several earlier trial court

80



decisions. On December 7, 2007, the Court of Appeals heard oral argument and took the matter under advisement.

    Dime Bancorp, Inc.

        In January 1995, Anchor Savings Bank FSB, filed suit against the U.S. Government for unspecified damages involving supervisory goodwill related to its acquisition of eight troubled savings institutions from 1982-1985. Four of the acquisitions involved financial assistance from the U.S. Government, and four did not. The Dime Savings Bank of New York, FSB acquired Anchor Savings Bank shortly after the case was brought and Dime Savings Bank assumed the rights under the litigation against the U.S. Government. Dime Bancorp distributed a Litigation Tracking Warrant™ (an "LTW") for each share of its common stock outstanding on December 22, 2000 to each of its shareholders on that date. In January 2002, Dime Savings Bank and Dime Bancorp merged into WMB and the Company. As a result of these mergers, the Company assumed the litigation against the U.S. Government and the LTWs are now, when exercisable, exercisable for shares of the Company's common stock. The events and conditions that would entitle a holder to exercise an LTW did not change as a result of these mergers and had not yet occurred as of December 31, 2007. For additional information concerning the Dime goodwill litigation and the LTWs, see the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 12, 2003, File No. 1-14667.

        In a series of decisions issued in 2002, the Court of Federal Claims granted the Company's summary judgment motions as to contract liability with respect to the four acquisitions involving financial assistance, but granted the U.S. Government's motions with respect to the four unassisted acquisitions. On September 29, 2003, the Court denied the U.S. Government's motion for summary judgment with respect to the claim for the Company's lost profits, but granted the U.S. Government's motion with respect to the Company's alternative claims for reliance damages and for the value of the lost supervisory goodwill. A six-week trial on the Company's lost profits claim started in June 2005, followed by a post-trial briefing which was completed in November 2005. The case now awaits a decision on damages from the trial judge. There can be no assurance or accurate prediction of the timing or the amount of damages that will be awarded by the trial judge. In addition, each of the trial judge's decisions, including its findings on the U.S. Government's contract liability and any damages awarded, is subject to appeal.

        Litigation is inherently uncertain, and significant uncertainty surrounds the legal issues involved in cases involving supervisory goodwill that underlie the value of the LTWs. The Company cannot accurately predict the timing or amount of any damages, whether the U.S. Government will decide to appeal any of the trial judge's decisions or the outcome of any appeals. As a result, the Company cannot predict if or when the conditions will be satisfied that will result in holders becoming entitled to exercise their LTWs or the value for which the LTWs will become exercisable.

Comparison of 2006 to 2005

        The following discussion and analysis provides a comparison of the Company's results of operations between 2006 and 2005. Financial tables within the Earnings Performance from Continuing Operations supplement this discussion.

    Corporate Results of Operations

    Net Interest Income

        For 2006, net interest income decreased $97 million, or 1%, compared with 2005. The decrease was due to a 19 basis point decline in the net interest margin as an increase in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities, driven by higher short-term interest rates and a more competitive deposit pricing environment, outpaced the increase in the yield on interest-earning assets. Partially offsetting the

81


decline in the net interest margin was a 6% increase in average interest-earning assets, driven primarily by an increase in home loans held in portfolio and growth in the credit card portfolio.

    Noninterest Income

        Noninterest income totaled $6.38 billion in 2006, compared with $5.10 billion in 2005. The increase is primarily due to the full year effect of consumer loan sales and servicing revenue and credit card fee income in 2006, which resulted from the Company's October 1, 2005 acquisition of Providian. Revenue from sales and servicing of consumer loans increased by $1.11 billion and credit card fee income increased by $498 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The strong consumer response to the Company's new free checking product, which was launched early in 2006, also contributed to the growth in noninterest income, with depositor and other retail banking fees totaling $2.57 billion in 2006, a 17% increase from the 2005 total of $2.19 billion. Also contributing to the increase in noninterest income was a decrease in loss from sales of other available-for-sale securities primarily due to costs incurred with the partial restructuring of the securities portfolio in 2005, of which $3 billion of lower-yielding debt securities were sold and subsequently replaced by the purchase of debt securities with comparatively higher yields. In addition, the Company received a $149 million litigation award from the partial settlement of the Company's claims against the U.S. Government with regard to the Home Savings supervisory goodwill lawsuit in 2006. Partially offsetting these increases was a significant decline in revenue from the Company's home mortgage loan operations. Revenue from sales and servicing of home mortgage loans, including the effects of all MSR risk management instruments, was $712 million, compared with $1.78 billion in 2005. The decline was associated with the flat-to-inverted yield curve that existed throughout 2006, which resulted in a significant increase in MSR risk management costs, as compared with 2005. Additionally, a 24% year-over-year decline in home loan volume in 2006, reflecting the slowdown in the housing market, along with an industry-wide decline in subprime mortgage secondary market performance during the latter part of the year, led to lower gain on sale results. Insurance income decreased $45 million due to lower reinsurance income and a decline in mortgage-related insurance income. Trading assets loss, excluding the revaluation gain or loss from trading securities used to economically hedge the MSR, increased largely due to changes in the value of retained interests from mortgage loan securitizations.

    Noninterest Expense

        Compensation and benefits expense increased $236 million, or 6%, from 2005 primarily due to the addition of the Company's credit card operations, severance costs associated with the Company's productivity, efficiency and outsourcing initiatives and the addition of 85 net new retail banking stores in the last twelve months. The number of employees decreased from 60,798 employees at December 31, 2005 to 49,824 employees at December 31, 2006. Severance charges were approximately $102 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared with $17 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase in occupancy and equipment expense during 2006 was primarily due to charges of approximately $185 million related to the Company's productivity and efficiency initiatives, which included the consolidation of back-office support operations and other administrative functions. The increase in telecommunications and outsourced information services expense during 2006 was predominantly due to the addition of the Company's credit card operations. The increase in advertising and promotion expense during 2006 was predominantly due to marketing expenses incurred from the Company's credit card operations. A significant portion of the increase in professional fees during 2006 was due to charges from the early termination of technology contracts as a result of the Company's productivity and efficiency initiatives. Postage expense increased during 2006 largely due to increased direct mail solicitation volume related to the Company's credit card operations. The decrease in loan expense during 2006 was primarily due to a decrease in home loan volume resulting from the slowdown in the housing market. The increase in other expense from 2005 was partly due to transaction costs

82


associated with the partial sale of the Company's MSR asset and an increase in amortization expense of intangible assets related to the Company's purchase of Providian in the fourth quarter of 2005.

    Operating Segment Results of Operations

    Retail Banking Group

        The increase in net interest income was predominantly due to rising short-term interest rates, which increased the funds transfer rate paid on retail deposits, partially offset by a decline in home loan net interest income. The increase in provision for loan losses was due to increased average balances on loans and changes in the product mix to home equity products. The increase in noninterest income was substantially due to a 17 percent growth in depositor and other retail banking fees reflecting higher levels of transaction fees and continued growth in the number of retail checking accounts. The increase in noninterest expense was largely due to higher compensation and benefits expense due to a decline in deferred compensation resulting from lower loan originations and higher occupancy and equipment expense due to expansion of the retail banking distribution network.

    Card Services Group (Managed basis)

        During 2006, growth in the credit card franchise resulted in an increase in average loans to $21.29 billion on a customer base of over 10 million accounts. During 2006, the Card Services Group opened approximately 3 million new accounts, with a significant part of this growth resulting from cross-selling credit card products to retail banking customers. Managed credit card receivables of $23.50 billion at December 31, 2006 were up 18 percent from the end of 2005. The Card Services Group's credit performance benefited from a lower level of bankruptcy related charge-offs than occurred prior to the October 2005 change in consumer bankruptcy law, and from the sale of higher risk credit card accounts during the latter part of 2006. Managed net charge-offs at December 31, 2006 were 5.83 percent, down from 7.28 percent at December 31, 2005.

    Commercial Group

        The decrease in net interest income was substantially due to higher transfer pricing charges, due to rising short-term interest rates combined with a shift from adjustable-rate to fixed-rate and hybrid loans, which more than offset increased interest income on a larger portfolio of multi-family loans. The negative $82 million provision in 2006 was primarily the result of a $60 million reduction in the allowance for loan losses that occurred as a result of two primary changes to the assumptions and methodologies used to estimate the allowance attributable to multi-family loans. First, as part of an ongoing program of model improvement, the Company introduced a new model that uses a formulaic, statistical-based approach to determine loss factors based on relevant default-predictive variables such as loan-to-value and debt service coverage ratios, and geographic factors. The second change was the adoption of a three year loss confirmation period for multi-family loans, replacing the four year estimate of the loss confirmation period. The negative provision in 2005 was the result of the runoff of higher risk commercial loans and growth in the portfolio of lower risk multi-family and commercial real estate loans. Noninterest income decreased primarily due to a $59 million pretax gain on the sale of a real estate investment property and a $55 million gain on the sale of mortgage-backed securities during 2005. The increase in noninterest expense during 2006 compared with 2005 reflects additional expenses related to the acquisition of Commercial Capital Bancorp and a reduction in contingent liability reserves incurred during 2005.

    Home Loans Group

        The decrease in net interest income was primarily due to lower average balances of loans held for sale as a result of decreased loan volumes and lower spreads on loans. The increase in provision for loan losses during 2006 was primarily due to growth in the portfolio of purchased home equity loans

83


and higher levels of delinquencies in the subprime mortgage channel. The decrease in noninterest income was substantially due to a less favorable MSR hedging environment in 2006 compared with 2005. Additionally, the gain from mortgage loans was lower due to the slowdown in the housing market and a decline in the secondary market performance of loans sold through the subprime mortgage channel. The decrease in noninterest expense was primarily due to a significant decline in employee headcount, as a result of the Company's efficiency initiatives.

    Corporate Support/Treasury and Other

        The increase in net interest expense from 2005 to 2006 was due to increasing short-term interest rates which drove higher interest expense on FHLB borrowings, and a significant increase in the average balance of brokered certificates of deposit. The increase in noninterest income was primarily due to a litigation award of $149 million from the partial settlement of the Home Savings supervisory goodwill lawsuit, a gain of $74 million related to the transfer from held for investment to held for sale of $17.79 billion of medium-term adjustable-rate home loans and the associated derivatives executed to hedge that transaction and a $52 million increase in the cash surrender value of the Company's bank-owned life insurance. The increase in noninterest expense was predominantly due to charges of $315 million associated with the Company's productivity and efficiency initiatives and a charge of $67 million associated with the sale in 2006 of a significant portion of the Company's MSR. On December 31, 2006, the Company recognized a gain of $415 million, net of tax, upon completion of the sale of WM Advisors, Inc.

Factors That May Affect Future Results

        The Company's Form 10-K and other documents that it files with the Securities and Exchange Commission contain forward-looking statements. In addition, the Company's senior management may make forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, the media and others. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. They often include words such as "expects," "anticipates," "intends," "plans," "believes," "seeks," "estimates," or words of similar meaning, or future or conditional verbs such as "will," "would," "should," "could" or "may."

        Forward-looking statements provide management's current expectations or predictions of future conditions, events or results. They may include projections of the Company's revenues, income, earnings per share, capital expenditures, dividends, capital structure or other financial items, descriptions of management's plans or objectives for future operations, products or services, or descriptions of assumptions underlying or relating to the foregoing. They are not guarantees of future performance. By their nature, forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties. These statements speak only as of the date made and management does not undertake to update them to reflect changes or events that occur after that date except as required by federal securities laws.

        There are a number of significant factors which could cause actual conditions, events or results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements, many of which are beyond management's control or its ability to accurately forecast or predict. Factors that might cause our future performance to vary from that described in our forward-looking statements include market, credit, operational, regulatory, strategic, liquidity, capital and economic factors as discussed in "Management's Discussion and Analysis" and in other periodic reports filed with the SEC. In addition, other factors besides those listed below or discussed in reports filed with the SEC could adversely affect our results

84



and this list is not a complete set of all potential risks or uncertainties. Significant among the factors are the following:

         Economic conditions that negatively affect housing prices and the job market have resulted, and may continue to result, in a deterioration in credit quality of the Company's loan portfolios, and such deterioration in credit quality has had, and could continue to have, a negative impact on the Company's business.

        Washington Mutual is one of the nation's largest lenders, and deterioration in the credit quality of the Company's loan portfolios can have a negative impact on earnings resulting from increased provisioning for loan losses and from increased nonaccrual loans, which could cause a decrease in interest-earning assets. Credit risk incorporates the risk of loss due to adverse changes in a borrower's ability to meet its financial obligations on agreed upon terms. The overall credit quality of the Company's loan portfolios is particularly impacted by the strength of the U.S. economy and local economies in which the Company conducts its lending operations as well as trends in residential housing prices. The Company continually monitors changes in the economy, particularly unemployment rates and housing prices, because these factors can impact the ability of the Company's borrowers to repay their loans.

        During 2007, the housing market in the United States (particularly in California and Florida, where properties securing approximately 48% and 10% of the Company's outstanding single-family residential mortgage loans are located) began to experience significant adverse trends, including accelerating price depreciation in some markets and rising delinquency and default rates. These conditions led to significant increases in loan delinquencies and credit losses in the Company's mortgage portfolios and higher provisioning for loan losses which has adversely affected the Company's earnings. The Company expects that housing prices will experience significant further deterioration in 2008 with further adverse effects on its operating results, business and financial condition. Furthermore, the Company expects that the onset of a recession either in the United States as a whole or in specific regions of the country, or the occurrence of a major natural or other disaster in the United States, would significantly increase the level of delinquencies and credit losses. Increases in credit costs would reduce the Company's earnings and adversely affect its capital position and financial condition.

        The Company makes various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of its loan portfolios when estimating the allowance for loan losses, which represents management's estimate of incurred credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The estimate of the allowance is based on a variety of factors, including past loan loss experience, the current credit profile of borrowers, adverse situations that have occurred that may affect a borrower's ability to meet his financial obligations, the estimated value of underlying collateral, general economic conditions, and the impact that changes in interest rates and employment conditions have on a borrower's ability to repay adjustable-rate loans. Determining the appropriateness of the allowance is complex and requires judgment by management about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. The Company collects information on the performance of loans in its portfolios and routinely uses this information to recalibrate the formulaic models used in estimating the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent evaluations of the loan portfolio may reveal that estimated levels of loss severity used in estimating the allowance for loan losses differed significantly from actual experience, and in such circumstances the Company may have to record an increased provision for loan losses in subsequent periods thereby reducing earnings in those periods.

        Until recently, the Company originated and purchased from third-party lenders loans to higher risk borrowers through its subprime mortgage channel. Borrowers in the subprime mortgage channel tend to have greater vulnerability to changes in economic and housing market factors, such as increases in unemployment, a slowdown in housing price appreciation or declines in housing prices, than do other borrowers. Additionally, the tightening of underwriting standards throughout the mortgage industry have significantly reduced the eligibility of borrowers to obtain credit, or to find credit on affordable terms. The performance of this loan portfolio in recent quarters has been, and in the future will likely

85



continue to be, negatively impacted by a variety of factors, including changes in the economic factors noted above, which negatively impact borrowers.

         The Company's access to market-based liquidity sources may be negatively impacted if market conditions persist or if further ratings downgrades occur. Funding costs may increase from current levels, and gain on sale may be reduced, leading to reduced earnings.

        While the Company actively manages its liquidity risk and maintains liquidity at least sufficient to cover all maturing debt obligations or other forecasted funding requirements over the next twelve months (see "Liquidity Risk and Capital Management"), the Company's liquidity may be affected by an inability to access the capital markets or by unforeseen demands on cash. This situation may arise due to circumstances beyond the Company's control, and is subject to the Company's and its subsidiaries' credit ratings as assigned by various nationally recognized statistical rating organizations ("NRSROs"). During 2007, disruptions in the capital markets substantially limited the ability of mortgage originators, including Washington Mutual, to sell mortgage loans to the capital markets through whole loan sales or securitization. As a result, the Company experienced a general loss of liquidity in most secondary markets for both its loan and asset-backed securities holdings, and this condition has persisted to the present time. The Company cannot forecast if or when either specific secondary markets or broader market liquidity conditions will see improvement from current stresses, although it is the Company's expectation that the existing turmoil in secondary loan and asset-backed securities markets may continue to affect its performance, described below, throughout 2008.

        As a result of these conditions, secondary loan sales are currently limited primarily to sales of conforming loans to government-sponsored enterprises ("GSEs"), and the Company cannot predict when secondary markets for nonconforming loans, credit card receivables, and other loan assets will reopen. As such, the Company has in recent periods retained for its own account substantially all of the loans and receivables the Company has originated or purchased, other than conforming mortgage loans. The Company will generally be unable to recognize gains on sale, and may be required to establish reserves for loans that remain on its balance sheet, which may reduce earnings. In addition, the Company has taken steps to reduce or eliminate its origination of assets for which limited secondary market liquidity exists.

        While the Company remains comfortable with its ability to fund mortgage loans (see "Liquidity Risk and Capital Management"), the Company's ability to sell conforming loans is dependent on its relationships with the GSEs. The Company presently sells a substantial portion of its conforming residential originations to the GSEs, primarily Freddie Mac. The ability of the GSEs to continue to purchase loans at current volume levels is dependent in part on their own capital positions and the levels of defaults in the portfolios underlying the mortgage-backed securities issued by the GSEs. The Company's liquidity and earnings could be adversely affected if the GSEs were unwilling to purchase the Company's residential loan products.

        The Company has generally securitized a large portion of its credit card portfolio, which provided additional liquidity for the Company. Due to disruptions in the secondary market for credit card receivables, the Company is presently not able to securitize credit card receivables on terms it considers acceptable. As a result, the Company's liquidity will be adversely affected until the credit card securitization market normalizes. Additionally, the Company will be required to provide additional loss reserves for the credit card receivables that it retains in its portfolio, which will adversely affect earnings.

        Current market conditions have also limited the Company's liquidity sources to secured funding outlets such as the Federal Home Loan Banks and repurchase agreements, and to FDIC-insured deposits originated through either brokers or through its branch network. Other sources of funding, such as medium-term notes, uninsured institutional deposits, and certain escrow balances have largely been closed to the Company. Many of these sources are ratings-sensitive, and due to recent negative

86



ratings actions, the Company does not expect these sources to return as reliable sources of funding even if general market liquidity conditions improve until the Company's ratings improve. For example, institutional depositors generally require issuers to have the highest short-term ratings from at least one of the major rating agencies; however, as a result of recent actions, the Company and its banking subsidiaries are now generally in the second-highest short-term rating category.

        The Company's rating profile remains "investment grade" as defined by NRSROs. No assurance can be given, however, that the Company will be able to retain an "investment grade" rating. The loss of investment grade ratings would likely result in further reductions in the sources of liquidity available to the Company; may result in increased collateral or margining requirements under derivative and repurchase agreements with counterparties, which could increase the Company's funding costs and further reduce its earnings and liquidity; and could adversely affect the Company's ability to conduct its normal business operations, in ways that could be material.

        The Company's liquidity could also be adversely affected by unanticipated demands on its cash, such as having to repurchase securitized loans if it were found to have violated representations and warranties contained in the securitization agreements. In such event, the Company generally would be required to repurchase these loans or indemnify the investor for losses sustained. Since in most instances the repurchased loans would be in default, it is unlikely that the Company would be able to resell these loans in the secondary market. If the Company were required to repurchase a substantial amount of these loans, its liquidity and capital would be adversely affected as the amount of nonperforming assets on its balance sheet would increase.

         If the Company has significant additional losses, it may need to raise additional capital, which could have a dilutive effect on existing shareholders, and it may affect its ability to pay dividends on its common and preferred stock.

        The Company's primary subsidiary, Washington Mutual Bank, must maintain certain minimum capital ratios in order to remain a "well-capitalized" institution for regulatory purposes. While the Company believes it has sufficient capital for its operations (see "Liquidity Risk and Capital Management"), if the Bank is unable to meet its minimum capital ratios, the Company or the Bank would be forced to raise additional capital. No assurance can be given that sufficient additional capital would be available nor as to the terms on which capital would be available. If sufficient capital were not available, the Company would consider a variety of alternatives, including the sale of assets. Under such forced sale conditions, the Company may not be able to realize fair value for the assets sold. Other alternatives would include changing the Company's business practices or entering into equity transactions. Even if capital is available, the terms and pricing of such securities could be dilutive to existing shareholders and cause the price of the Company's outstanding securities to decline.

        The Company depends on dividends, distributions and other payments from its banking and nonbanking subsidiaries to fund dividend payments on common and preferred stock and to fund all payments on its other obligations, including debt obligations. If the earnings of the Company's subsidiaries are not sufficient to make dividend payments to the Company while maintaining adequate capital levels, the Company may not be able to make dividend payments to its common or preferred shareholders.

         Changes in interest rates may adversely affect the Company's business, including net interest income and earnings.

        Like other financial institutions, Washington Mutual and its banking subsidiaries raise funds for the Company's business by, among other things, borrowing money in the capital markets and from the Federal Home Loan Bank system and accepting deposits from depositors, which the Company uses to make loans to customers and invest in debt securities and other interest-earning assets. The Company earns interest on these loans and assets and pays interest on the money it borrows and on the deposits it accepts from depositors. Changes in interest rates, including changes in the relationship between

87



short-term rates and long-term rates, may have negative effects on the Company's net interest income and therefore its earnings. Changes in interest rates and responses by the Company's competitors to those changes may affect the rate of customer prepayments for mortgages and other term loans and may affect the balances customers carry on their credit cards. These changes can reduce the overall yield on the Company's assets. Changes in interest rates and responses by the Company's competitors to these changes may also affect customer decisions to maintain balances in the deposit accounts they have with the Company. These changes may require us to replace withdrawn balances with higher-cost alternative sources of funding.

        In addition, changes in interest rates may affect the Company's mortgage banking business in complex and significant ways. For example, changes in interest rates can affect gain from mortgage loans and loan servicing fees, which are the principal components of revenue from sales and servicing of home mortgage loans. When mortgage rates decline, the fair value of the mortgage servicing rights ("MSR") asset generally declines and gain from mortgage loans tends to increase, to the extent the Company is able to sell or securitize mortgage loans in the secondary market. When mortgage rates rise, the Company generally expects loan volumes and payoffs in its servicing portfolio to decrease. As a result, the fair value of its MSR asset generally increases and gain from mortgage loans decreases. In recent periods, however, declines in general interest rates have resulted in slower increases in prepayment rates than in prior periods of declining interest rates, due in part to the reduced liquidity and tightened underwriting standards in the mortgage market making refinancing by borrowers more difficult.

        As part of the Company's overall risk management activities, the Company seeks to mitigate changes in the fair value of its MSR asset by purchasing and selling financial instruments, entering into interest rate contracts and forward commitments to purchase or sell mortgage-backed securities and adjusting the mix and amount of such financial instruments or contracts to take into account the effects of different interest rate environments. The MSR asset and the mix of financial instruments used to mitigate changes in its fair value are not perfectly correlated. This imperfect correlation creates the potential for excess MSR risk management gains or losses during any period. Management must exercise judgment in selecting the amount, type and mix of financial instruments and contracts to mitigate changes in the fair value of the Company's MSR. The Company cannot assure that the amount, type and mix of financial instruments and contracts it selects will fully offset significant changes in the fair value of the MSR, and the Company's actions could negatively impact its earnings. The Company's reliance on these risk management instruments may be impacted by periods of illiquidity in the secondary markets, which could negatively impact the performance of the MSR risk management instruments. For further discussion of how interest rate risk, basis risk, volatility risk and prepayment risk are managed, see "Market Risk Management."

         Certain of the Company's loan products have features that may result in increased credit risk.

        The Company has significant portfolios of home equity loans, which are secured by a first or second lien on the borrower's property. When the Company holds a second lien on a property which is subordinate to a first lien mortgage held by another lender, both the probability of default and severity of loss risk is generally higher than when the Company holds both the first and second lien positions. Home equity loans and lines of credit with combined loan-to-value ratios of greater than 80 percent also expose the Company to greater credit risk than home loans with loan-to-value ratios of 80 percent or less at origination. This greater credit risk arises because, in general, both default risk and the severity of loss risk are higher when borrowers have less equity in their homes.

        The Company originates Option ARM loans under which borrowers have the option of making minimum payments based on an interest rate that is lower than the fully-indexed rate. Borrowers who continue to make minimum payments will generally experience negative amortization as unpaid interest is capitalized and added to the principal amount of the loan. The minimum payment resets to a fully-amortizing payment at the earlier of five years from origination or when the amount of negative

88



amortization reaches specified levels. The risk that Option ARM borrowers will be unable to make increased loan payments as a result of the minimum payment on the loan adjusting upward to a fully- amortizing payment is a key risk associated with the Option ARM product.

        The Company originates interest-only loans that it either securitizes or holds in its portfolio. Borrowers with interest-only loans are initially required to make payments that are sufficient to cover accrued interest. After a predetermined period (generally five years), the payments are reset to allow the loan to fully amortize over its remaining life. Borrowers with interest-only loans are particularly affected by declining housing prices because there is no amortization of principal on the loans. Such economic trends could cause the credit performance of interest-only loans to deteriorate more rapidly than other types of loans with a negative impact on the Company's results. For further discussion of credit risk, see "Credit Risk Management."

        Consistent with mortgage industry underwriting practices, loans underwritten with limited documentation of income, net worth or credit history are widely represented within the Company's single-family residential loan products. In particular, such practices are frequently applied to the origination of Option ARM products. Accordingly, approximately 75% of the Company's Option ARM portfolio was originated using a limited documentation standard. As limited documentation loans have a higher risk of default than loans with full documentation, a continued downturn in economic conditions or a further decrease in housing prices could result in higher default rates in the Company's loan portfolio.

         The Company uses estimates in determining the fair value of certain of our assets, which estimates may prove to be imprecise and result in significant changes in valuation.

        A portion of the Company's assets are carried on the balance sheet at fair value, including: the Company's trading assets including certain retained interests from securitization activities, available-for-sale securities, derivatives and MSR. Generally, for assets that are reported at fair value, the Company uses quoted market prices or internal valuation models that utilize observable market data inputs to estimate their fair value. In certain cases, observable market prices and data may not be readily available or their availability may be diminished due to market conditions. The Company uses financial models to value certain of these assets. These models are complex and use asset specific collateral data and market inputs for interest rates. Although the Company has processes and procedures in place governing internal valuation models and their testing and calibration, the Company cannot assure that it can properly manage the complexity of its models and valuations to ensure, among other things, that the models are properly calibrated, the assumptions are reasonable, the mathematical relationships used in the model are predictive and remain so over time, and the data and structure of the assets and hedges being modeled are properly input. Such assumptions are complex as the Company must make judgments about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Different assumptions could result in significant changes in valuation, which in turn could affect earnings or result in significant changes in the dollar amount of assets reported on the balance sheet.

         The Company is subject to risks related to credit card operations, and this may adversely affect its credit card portfolio and its ability to continue growing the credit card business .

        Credit card lending brings with it certain risks and uncertainties. These include the composition and risk profile of the Company's credit card portfolio and the Company's ability to continue growing the credit card business. Credit cards typically have smaller balances, shorter lifecycles and experience higher delinquency and charge-off rates than real estate secured loans. Delinquencies and credit losses in the consumer finance industry generally increase during economic downturns or recessions. Likewise, consumer demand may decline during an economic downturn or recession. Account management efforts, seasoning and economic conditions, including unemployment rates and housing prices, affect the overall credit quality of the Company's credit card portfolio. The success of the credit card business also depends, in part, on the success of the Company's product development, product rollout efforts

89



and marketing initiatives, including the rollout of credit card products to the Company's existing retail and mortgage loan customers, and the Company's ability to continue to successfully target creditworthy customers.

        Recent disputes involving the Visa and MasterCard networks, including their membership standards and pricing structures, could also result in changes that would be adverse to the credit card business. Changes in interest rates can also negatively affect the credit card business, including costs associated with funding the credit card portfolio, as described above under "Changes in interest rates may adversely affect the Company's business, including net interest income and earnings."

         The Company is subject to operational risk, which may result in incurring financial and reputational losses.

        The Company is exposed to many types of operational risk, including the risk of fraud by employees or outsiders, the risk of operational errors, including clerical or record-keeping errors or those resulting from faulty or disabled computer or telecommunications systems. Given the Company's high volume of transactions, certain errors may be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and successfully corrected. The Company's dependence upon automated systems to record and process transactions may further increase the risk that technical system flaws or employee tampering with or manipulation of those systems will result in losses that are difficult to detect.

        The Company may be subject to disruptions of its systems, arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond the Company's control (including, for example, computer viruses or electrical or telecommunications outages), which may give rise to losses in service to customers and to financial loss or liability. The Company is further exposed to the risk that its external vendors may be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations (or will be subject to the same risk of fraud or operational errors by their respective employees as we are) and to the risk that the Company's (or the Company's vendors') business continuity and data security systems prove to be inadequate. The Company relies on offshoring of services to vendors in foreign countries for certain functions and this creates the risk of incurring losses arising from unfavorable political, economic and legal developments in those countries.

        The Company also faces the risk that the design of its controls and procedures may prove to be inadequate or are circumvented, thereby causing delays in detection of errors or inaccuracies in data and information. Although the Company maintains a system of controls designed to keep operational risk at appropriate levels, it is possible that any lapses in the effective operations of controls and procedures could materially affect earnings or harm the Company's reputation. In an organization as large and complex as Washington Mutual, lapses or deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting could be material to the Company.

        In addition, the Company is heavily dependent on the strength and capability of its technology systems which it uses both to interface with its customers and to manage internal financial and other systems. The Company's ability to run its business in compliance with applicable laws and regulations is dependent on these infrastructures.

        The Company depends on the expertise of key personnel and faces competition for talent. The Company's success depends, in large part, on its ability to hire and retain key people. If the Company is unable to retain these people and to attract talented people, or if key people fail to perform properly, the Company's business may suffer. For further discussion of operational risks, see "Operational Risk Management."

         The Company's failure to comply with laws and regulations could have adverse effects on the Company's operations and profitability.

        The Company operates in a regulated industry and is subject to a wide array of laws and regulations that apply to almost every element of its business, including banking, mortgage, securities, consumer lending and deposit laws and regulations. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations

90



could result in financial and operational penalties, including fines, restrictions on otherwise permissible activities and receivership. In addition, establishing systems and processes to achieve compliance with these laws and regulations may increase its costs and/or limit its ability to pursue certain business opportunities.

        Effective October 17, 2007, Washington Mutual Bank consented to the issuance by the Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS") of a cease and desist order requiring Washington Mutual Bank to comply with the Bank Secrecy Act ("BSA") and related BSA regulations and regulations governing suspicious activity reporting. Although no fines or restrictions on Washington Mutual Bank's activities have been imposed by the OTS, failure by the Company to comply with the terms of this order or other applicable laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition or operating results through the imposition of additional sanctions.

        The volume of claims and amount of damages and penalties claimed in litigation and regulatory proceedings against financial institutions remain high. Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against the Company and its subsidiaries could adversely affect the Company's financial results or cause reputational harm to the Company, which in turn could seriously harm its business prospects. For further discussion of pending legal actions that may affect the Company, see "Legal Proceedings."

         Changes in the regulation of financial services companies, housing government-sponsored enterprises and credit card lenders could adversely affect the Company.

        The banking and financial services industries, in general, are heavily regulated. Proposals for legislation further regulating the banking and financial services industry are continually being introduced in the United States Congress and in state legislatures. The agencies regulating the financial services industry also periodically adopt changes to their regulations.

        Proposals that are now receiving a great deal of attention and could significantly impact the Company's business include changes to consumer protection initiatives relating to bank overdraft practices, security of customer information, marketing practices, nontraditional mortgage loan products including Option ARM loans and interest-only products, credit card lending practices, fees charged to merchants for credit and debit card transactions and mortgage lending and servicing practices. For instance, the Federal Reserve Board has proposed amendments to Regulation Z, which implements the Truth in Lending Act and the Home Ownership Equity Protection Act, to require new disclosures and restrict certain lending practices with regard to mortgage lending. The Federal Reserve Board has also proposed amendments to Regulation Z that would require changes to the format, timing, and content of credit card disclosures. Legislation calling for increased regulation of mortgage and credit card lending is also receiving serious consideration in Congress and in the state legislatures. In 2007, the U.S. House of Representatives passed legislation that would impose new responsibilities on mortgage lenders and restrict certain mortgage lending and servicing practices.

        Policymakers are also considering a number of initiatives to assist borrowers who are having difficulty repaying their home loans. On December 5, 2007, President Bush proposed a plan for a five year moratorium on interest rate resets for certain subprime mortgages held by qualifying borrowers. Other public officials and private groups have proposed similar plans. The U.S. House of Representatives Judiciary Committee has reported out legislation that would allow judges to modify the terms of certain mortgages in Chapter 13 bankruptcies. On February 13, 2008, President Bush signed the Economic Stimulus Act of 2008 into law. Among other things, the legislation will raise the Federal Housing Administration ("FHA") loan limit to 125 percent of the area median house price (as determined by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development) up to a maximum of $729,750 for loans approved by December 31, 2008, and will increase the Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac conforming loan limit to the same amount for loans originated between July 1, 2007 through December 31, 2008.

        In addition, there continues to be a focus on reform of the regulatory oversight of the housing government-sponsored enterprises including the Federal Home Loan Bank system. The Company is

91



unable to predict whether any of these proposals will be implemented or in what form and what effect any such proposal could have on its business or operating results.

        It is possible that one or more legislative proposals may be adopted or regulatory changes may be made that would have an adverse effect on the Company's business. For further discussion of the regulation of financial services, see "Regulation and Supervision" and Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Regulatory Capital Requirements and Dividend Restrictions."

         The Company's business and earnings are highly sensitive to general business, economic and market conditions, and continued deterioration in these conditions may adversely affect its business and earnings.

        The Company's business and earnings are highly sensitive to general business and economic conditions. These conditions include the strength of the U.S. economy and the local economies in which the Company conducts business, in particular the strength of national and local job markets, the level of interest rates, the slope of the yield curve, the level of inflation, the value of the U.S. dollar as compared to foreign currencies and fluctuations in the level or the volatility in debt, equity and housing markets. Changes in these conditions may adversely affect the Company's business and earnings. For example, when short-term interest rates rise, there is a lag period until adjustable-rate mortgages reprice. As a result, the Company may experience compression of its net interest margin with a commensurate adverse effect on earnings. Likewise, the Company's earnings could also be adversely affected when a flat or inverted yield curve develops, as this may inhibit its ability to grow its adjustable-rate mortgage portfolio and may also cause margin compression. A prolonged economic downturn could increase the number of customers who become delinquent or default on their loans. A rising interest rate environment could increase the negative amortization of Option ARM loans, which may eventually result in increased delinquencies and defaults. Rising interest rates could also decrease customer demand for loans.

        The Company's business and earnings are significantly affected by the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies. The Company is particularly affected by the policies of the Federal Reserve Board, which regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. Federal Reserve policies directly and indirectly influence the yield on the Company's interest-earning assets and the cost of its interest-bearing liabilities. Changes in those policies are beyond the Company's control and are difficult to predict.

         The Company may face damage to its professional reputation and business as a result of allegations and negative public opinion as well as pending and threatened litigation.

        Reputational risk, meaning the risk to earnings and capital from negative public opinion, is inherent in Washington Mutual's business. Negative public opinion can result from the actual or perceived manner in which the Company conducts its business activities, which include its sales and trading practices, its loan origination and servicing activities, its retail banking and credit card operations, its management of actual or potential conflicts of interest and ethical issues and its protection of confidential customer information. Negative public opinion can adversely affect the Company's ability to keep and attract customers. The Company cannot assure that it will be successful in avoiding damage to its business from reputational risk.

         The Company is subject to significant competition from banking and nonbanking companies.

        The Company operates in a highly competitive environment and expects competition to continue as financial services companies combine to produce larger companies that are able to offer a wide array of financial products and services at competitive prices with attractive terms. In addition, customer convenience and service capabilities, such as product lines offered and the accessibility of services, are significant competitive factors.

92


        The Company's most direct competition for loans comes from commercial banks, other savings institutions, investment banking firms, national mortgage companies and other credit card lenders. The Company's most direct competition for deposits comes from commercial banks, other savings institutions and credit unions doing business in the Company's markets. As with all banking organizations, the Company also experiences competition from nonbanking sources, including mutual funds, corporate and government debt securities and other investment alternatives offered within and outside of the Company's primary markets. In addition, technological advances and the growth of e-commerce have made it possible for non-depository institutions to offer products and services that were traditionally offered only by banks. Many of these competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and some have lower cost structures.

        In addition, the Company competes on the basis of transaction execution, innovation and technology. The Company's industry is subject to rapid and significant technological changes. In order to compete in the Company's industry, Washington Mutual must continue to invest in technologies across all of its businesses, including transaction processing, data management, customer interactions and communications and risk management and compliance systems. The Company expects that new technologies will continue to emerge, and these new services and technologies could be superior to or render the Company's technologies obsolete. The Company's future success will depend in part on its ability to continue to develop and adapt to technological changes and evolving industry standards. If the Company is not able to invest successfully in and compete at the leading edge of technological advances across all of its businesses, its revenues and profitability could suffer.

         Each of the factors discussed in the preceding paragraphs can significantly impact the Company's businesses, operations, activities, condition and results in significant ways that are not described in the foregoing discussion and which are beyond the Company's ability to anticipate or control, and could cause actual results to differ materially from the outcomes described in the forward-looking statements.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

        For financial statements, see Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 97.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

        None.

Other Information

        None.

93



PART III

        Items 10, 11, 13 and 14 are incorporated by reference from the Company's definitive proxy statement issued in conjunction with the Company's Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held April 15, 2008. Certain information regarding the Company's executive officers is set forth in "Business – Executive Officers of the Registrant."

        In response to Item 12, the information set forth in the Company's definitive proxy statement relating to the ownership of common stock by the Company's directors, executive officers and principal stockholders under the headings "Security Ownership of Directors and Executive Officers" and "Principal Holders of Common Stock" is incorporated herein by reference. Equity compensation plans information is disclosed below.

    Equity Compensation Plans Information

        The following table sets forth information regarding the Common Stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options, warrants and other rights granted to employees, directors or consultants under all of the Company's existing equity compensation plans, as of December 31, 2007.

 
  (a)
  (b)
  (c)
 
Plan Category

  Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights
  Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights (in dollars)
  Number of securities remaining available for issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders   37,855,494   $ 38.84   70,753,568 (2)(3)(4)
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders   1,587,753 (1)   36.53 (1) 5,016,996 (5)
   
       
 
  Total   39,443,247     38.75   75,770,564  

(1)
Represents WAMU Shares Stock Option Plans grants approved by the Company's Board of Directors. Does not include stock options that were assumed in connection with the Company's acquisition of certain companies. The assumed options are for the purchase of 4,227,286 shares of Common Stock and have a weighted-average exercise price of $69.43 per share. In the event that any assumed option is not exercised, no further option to purchase shares of Common Stock will be issued in place of such unexercised option.
(2)
Includes 1,202,461 shares of Common Stock remaining available for purchase under the Company's Amended and Restated 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and 68,017,037 shares of Common Stock remaining available for issuance under the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan ("2003 EIP").
(3)
The 2003 EIP provides that each of the Company's nonemployee directors may receive stock grants or awards at the recommendation of the Governance Committee. See Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Stock-Based Compensation Plans and Shareholder Rights Plan."
(4)
Under the Company's 2003 EIP, the Company may grant restricted stock or stock units, including performance shares. See Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Stock-Based Compensation Plans and Shareholder Rights Plan."
(5)
Includes shares of Common Stock cancelled and available for issuance under the WAMU Shares Stock Option Plans.

        From time to time, the Board of Directors approves grants of nonqualified stock options to certain groups of employees. The grants are made pursuant to a series of plans, collectively known as "WAMU Shares." The aggregate number of shares authorized by the Board of Directors for grants under the WAMU Shares plans was 14,511,900. On October 16, 2002, the Board amended the 1999 WAMU Shares and the 2001 WAMU Shares plans to allow grants to a broader group of employees, including management, so that some of the authorized but unissued options could be

94


granted to eligible employees as part of the annual grant in December 2002. Generally, eligible full-time and part-time employees on the award dates were granted options to purchase shares of Washington Mutual common stock. The exercise price for all grants is the fair value of Washington Mutual's common stock on the grant date, and all options vest one to three years after that date and expire five to ten years from the grant date.


PART IV

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a)
(1) Financial Statements

See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page 97.

        All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or not required, or because the required information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

(b)
Exhibits:

        The exhibits filed as part of this report and exhibits incorporated herein by reference to other documents are listed in the Index of Exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K (pages E-1 through E-4).

95



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on February 29, 2008.

    WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

 

/s/  
KERRY K. KILLINGER       
Kerry K. Killinger
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Company and in the capacities indicated on February 29, 2008.

/s/   KERRY K. KILLINGER       
Kerry K. Killinger
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer;
Director (Principal Executive Officer)
  /s/   THOMAS W. CASEY       
Thomas W. Casey
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

/s/  
ANNE V. FARRELL       
Anne V. Farrell
Director

 

/s/  
MELISSA J. BALLENGER       
Melissa J. Ballenger
Senior Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/  
STEPHEN E. FRANK       
Stephen E. Frank
Director

 

/s/  
REGINA MONTOYA       
Regina Montoya
Director

/s/  
THOMAS C. LEPPERT       
Thomas C. Leppert
Director

 

/s/  
MARY E. PUGH       
Mary E. Pugh
Director

/s/  
CHARLES LILLIS       
Charles Lillis
Director

 

/s/  
WILLIAM G. REED, JR.       
William G. Reed, Jr.
Director

/s/  
PHILLIP D. MATTHEWS       
Phillip D. Matthews
Director

 

/s/  
ORIN C. SMITH       
Orin C. Smith
Director

/s/  
MICHAEL K. MURPHY       
Michael K. Murphy
Director

 

/s/  
JAMES H. STEVER       
James H. Stever
Director

/s/  
MARGARET OSMER MCQUADE       
Margaret Osmer McQuade
Director

 

 

96


Financial Statement and Supplementary Data


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page
Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting   98
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control   99
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   101
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005   102
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at December 31, 2007 and 2006   104
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005   105
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005   106
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   108
Supplementary Data (Unaudited)   194

97


Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

        The management of Washington Mutual, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, including safeguarding of assets. The Company's internal control structure contains monitoring mechanisms, and actions are taken to correct deficiencies identified.

        There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any internal control, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even effective internal control can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal control may vary over time.

        Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting, including safeguarding of assets as of December 31, 2007. This assessment was based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting, including safeguarding of assets, described in "Internal Control Integrated Framework," issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2007, the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting, including safeguarding of assets.

        The Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing on page 99.

98


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Washington Mutual, Inc.:

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Washington Mutual, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company's board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

99


We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2007 of the Company, and our report dated February 28, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

GRAPHIC

Seattle, Washington
February 28, 2008

100


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Washington Mutual, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Washington Mutual, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 28, 2008, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

GRAPHIC

Seattle, Washington
February 28, 2008

101



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (in millions, except
per share amounts)

 
Interest Income                    
  Loans held for sale   $ 1,391   $ 1,807   $ 2,394  
  Loans held in portfolio     15,835     15,533     11,827  
  Available-for-sale securities     1,455     1,460     998  
  Trading assets     430     606     469  
  Other interest and dividend income     378     501     232  
   
 
 
 
    Total interest income     19,489     19,907     15,920  
Interest Expense                    
  Deposits     6,610     6,263     3,728  
  Borrowings     4,702     5,523     3,974  
   
 
 
 
    Total interest expense     11,312     11,786     7,702  
   
 
 
 
      Net interest income     8,177     8,121     8,218  
  Provision for loan losses     3,107     816     316  
   
 
 
 
    Net interest income after provision for loan losses     5,070     7,305     7,902  
Noninterest Income                    
  Revenue from sales and servicing of home mortgage loans     944     768     2,017  
  Revenue from sales and servicing of consumer loans     1,639     1,527     413  
  Depositor and other retail banking fees     2,893     2,567     2,193  
  Credit card fees     778     637     139  
  Securities fees and commissions     260     215     189  
  Insurance income     116     127     172  
  Loss on trading assets     (673 )   (154 )   (257 )
  Loss on other available-for-sale securities     (319 )   (9 )   (84 )
  Other income     404     699     315  
   
 
 
 
    Total noninterest income     6,042     6,377     5,097  
Noninterest Expense                    
  Compensation and benefits     3,766     3,937     3,701  
  Occupancy and equipment     1,589     1,711     1,520  
  Telecommunications and outsourced information services     530     554     449  
  Depositor and other retail banking losses     262     229     226  
  Advertising and promotion     445     443     315  
  Professional fees     233     227     181  
  Foreclosed asset expense     309     117     75  
  Goodwill impairment charge     1,775          
  Other expense     1,691     1,589     1,153  
   
 
 
 
    Total noninterest expense     10,600     8,807     7,620  
  Minority interest expense     203     105      
   
 
 
 
    Income from continuing operations before income taxes     309     4,770     5,379  
    Income taxes     376     1,656     1,985  
   
 
 
 
      Income (loss) from continuing operations     (67 )   3,114     3,394  

(The Consolidated Statements of Income are continued on the next page.)

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

102


(Continued from the previous page.)

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
  (in millions, except
per share amounts)

Discontinued Operations                  
  Income from discontinued operations before income taxes         42     58
  Gain on disposition of discontinued operations         667    
  Income taxes         265     20
   
 
 
    Income from discontinued operations         444     38
   
 
 
Net Income (Loss)   $ (67 ) $ 3,558   $ 3,432
   
 
 
Net Income (Loss) Applicable to Common Stockholders   $ (98 ) $ 3,550   $ 3,432
   
 
 
Basic Earnings Per Common Share:                  
  Income (loss) from continuing operations   $ (0.11 ) $ 3.27   $ 3.80
  Income from discontinued operations         0.47     0.04
   
 
 
    Net Income (Loss)     (0.11 )   3.74     3.84
Diluted Earnings Per Common Share:                  
  Income (loss) from continuing operations   $ (0.12 ) $ 3.18   $ 3.69
  Income from discontinued operations         0.46     0.04
   
 
 
    Net Income (Loss)     (0.12 )   3.64     3.73

Dividends declared per common share

 

 

2.21

 

 

2.06

 

 

1.90
Basic weighted average number of common shares outstanding (in thousands)     864,004     948,371     894,434
Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding (in thousands)     866,183     975,406     919,238

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

103



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Assets              
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 9,560   $ 6,948  
  Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell     1,877     3,743  
  Trading assets (including securities pledged of $388 and $1,868)     2,768     4,434  
  Available-for-sale securities, total amortized cost of $27,789 and $25,073:              
    Mortgage-backed securities (including securities pledged of $1,221 and $3,864)     19,249     18,601  
    Investment securities (including securities pledged of $3,078 and $3,481)     8,291     6,377  
   
 
 
      Total available-for-sale securities     27,540     24,978  
  Loans held for sale     5,403     44,970  
  Loans held in portfolio     244,386     224,960  
  Allowance for loan losses     (2,571 )   (1,630 )
   
 
 
      Loans held in portfolio, net     241,815     223,330  
  Investment in Federal Home Loan Banks     3,351     2,705  
  Mortgage servicing rights     6,278     6,193  
  Goodwill     7,287     9,050  
  Other assets     22,034     19,937  
   
 
 
      Total assets   $ 327,913   $ 346,288  
   
 
 
Liabilities              
  Deposits:              
    Noninterest-bearing deposits   $ 30,389   $ 33,386  
    Interest-bearing deposits     151,537     180,570  
   
 
 
      Total deposits     181,926     213,956  
  Federal funds purchased and commercial paper     2,003     4,778  
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     4,148     11,953  
  Advances from Federal Home Loan Banks     63,852     44,297  
  Other borrowings     38,958     32,852  
  Other liabilities     8,523     9,035  
  Minority interests     3,919     2,448  
   
 
 
      Total liabilities     303,329     319,319  
Stockholders' Equity              
  Preferred stock     3,392     492  
  Common stock, no par value: 1,600,000,000 shares authorized, 869,036,088 and 944,478,961 shares issued and outstanding          
  Capital surplus – common stock     2,630     5,825  
  Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (359 )   (287 )
  Retained earnings     18,921     20,939  
   
 
 
      Total stockholders' equity     24,584     26,969  
   
 
 
      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $ 327,913   $ 346,288  
   
 
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

104



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 
  Number of Common Shares
  Preferred Stock
  Capital Surplus-Common Stock
  Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
  Retained Earnings
  Total
 
 
  (in millions)

 
BALANCE, December 31, 2004   874.3   $   $ 3,350   $ (76 ) $ 17,615   $ 20,889  
Comprehensive income:                                    
  Net income – 2005                   3,432     3,432  
  Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:                                    
    Net unrealized loss from securities arising during the year, net of reclassification adjustments               (198 )       (198 )
    Net unrealized gain from cash flow hedging instruments               40         40  
    Minimum pension liability adjustment               (1 )       (1 )
                               
 
Total comprehensive income                                 3,273  
Cash dividends declared on common stock                   (1,709 )   (1,709 )
Common stock repurchased and retired   (23.8 )       (921 )           (921 )
Common stock issued for acquisition   127.0         5,030             5,030  
Fair value of Providian stock options           140             140  
Common stock issued   16.4         577             577  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE, December 31, 2005   993.9         8,176     (235 )   19,338     27,279  
Cumulative effect from the adoption of Statement No. 156, net of income taxes               6     29     35  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted balance   993.9         8,176     (229 )   19,367     27,314  
Comprehensive income:                                    
  Net income – 2006                   3,558     3,558  
  Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:                                    
    Net unrealized gain from securities arising during the year, net of reclassification adjustments               17         17  
    Net unrealized gain from cash flow hedging instruments               83         83  
    Minimum pension liability adjustment               (1 )       (1 )
                               
 
Total comprehensive income                                 3,657  
Cumulative effect from the adoption of Statement No. 158, net of income taxes               (157 )       (157 )
Cash dividends declared on common stock                   (1,978 )   (1,978 )
Cash dividends declared on preferred stock                   (8 )   (8 )
Common stock repurchased and retired   (67.4 )       (3,039 )           (3,039 )
Common stock issued   18.0         688             688  
Preferred stock, Series K, issued       492                 492  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE, December 31, 2006   944.5     492     5,825     (287 )   20,939     26,969  
Cumulative effect from the adoption of FASB Interpretation No. 48                   (6 )   (6 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted balance   944.5     492     5,825     (287 )   20,933     26,963  
Comprehensive income:                                    
  Net loss – 2007                   (67 )   (67 )
  Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:                                    
    Net unrealized loss from securities arising during the year, net of reclassification adjustments               (100 )       (100 )
    Net unrealized gain from cash flow hedging instruments               43         43  
    Amortization and deferral of gains, losses and prior service costs from defined benefit plans               (15 )       (15 )
                               
 
Total comprehensive loss                                 (139 )
Cash dividends declared on common stock                   (1,929 )   (1,929 )
Cash dividends declared on preferred stock                   (31 )   (31 )
Cash dividends returned (1)                   15     15  
Common stock repurchased and retired   (82.1 )       (3,497 )           (3,497 )
Common stock issued   6.6         302             302  
Preferred stock, Series R, issued       2,900                 2,900  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE, December 31, 2007   869.0   $ 3,392   $ 2,630   $ (359 ) $ 18,921   $ 24,584  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Represents accumulated dividends on shares returned from escrow.

105



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities                    
  Net income (loss)   $ (67 ) $ 3,558   $ 3,432  
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:                    
    Provision for loan losses     3,107     816     316  
    Gain from home mortgage loans     (52 )   (622 )   (807 )
    Gain from credit card loans     (533 )   (279 )   (103 )
    Loss on available-for-sale securities     319     5     41  
    Gain on disposition of discontinued operations, net of tax         (415 )    
    Depreciation and amortization     504     827     2,656  
    Goodwill impairment charge     1,775          
    Change in fair value of MSR     1,536     1,364      
    Provision for mortgage servicing rights reversal             (943 )
    Stock dividends from Federal Home Loan Banks     (89 )   (164 )   (146 )
    Capitalized interest income from option adjustable-rate mortgages     (1,418 )   (1,068 )   (292 )
    Origination and purchases of loans held for sale, net of principal payments     (77,381 )   (125,204 )   (165,424 )
    Proceeds from sales of loans originated and held for sale     78,930     122,977     166,997  
    Net decrease (increase) in trading assets     2,761     7,226     (3,227 )
    Increase in other assets     (1,281 )   (2,821 )   (4,160 )
    (Decrease) increase in other liabilities     (414 )   1,069     3,449  
   
 
 
 
      Net cash provided by operating activities     7,697     7,269     1,789  
Cash Flows from Investing Activities                    
  Purchases of available-for-sale securities     (13,494 )   (15,578 )   (22,501 )
  Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities     8,586     14,002     16,148  
  Principal payments and maturities on available-for-sale securities     2,341     2,964     3,678  
  Purchases of Federal Home Loan Bank stock     (1,789 )       (163 )
  Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock     1,232     1,803     111  
  Proceeds from sale of mortgage servicing rights         2,526      
  Origination and purchases of loans held in portfolio, net of principal payments     (9,485 )   (12,265 )   (10,407 )
  Proceeds from sales of loans     22,548     8,501     940  
  Proceeds from sales of foreclosed assets     744     489     413  
  Net decrease (increase) in federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell     1,866     (1,602 )   (1,718 )
  Net cash used for acquisitions         (943 )   (536 )
  Purchases of premises and equipment, net     (321 )   (441 )   (607 )
  Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations, net of tax         712      
   
 
 
 
    Net cash provided (used) by investing activities     12,228     168     (14,642 )

(The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows are continued on the next page.)

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

106


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)

(Continued from the previous page.)

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities                    
  (Decrease) increase in deposits   $ (32,030 ) $ 18,005   $ 10,911  
  Decrease in short-term borrowings     (1,442 )   (3,924 )   (1,156 )
  Proceeds from long-term borrowings     14,831     31,298     18,782  
  Repayments of long-term borrowings     (17,388 )   (24,052 )   (10,397 )
  Proceeds from advances from Federal Home Loan Banks     82,285     41,174     71,701  
  Repayments of advances from Federal Home Loan Banks     (62,735 )   (67,538 )   (73,000 )
  Proceeds from issuance of preferred securities by subsidiary     1,471     2,449      
  Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock     2,900     492      
  Cash dividends paid on preferred and common stock     (1,960 )   (1,986 )   (1,709 )
  Cash dividends returned     15          
  Repurchase of common stock     (3,497 )   (3,039 )   (921 )
  Other     237     418     401  
   
 
 
 
    Net cash (used) provided by financing activities     (17,313 )   (6,703 )   14,612  
   
 
 
 
    Increase in cash and cash equivalents     2,612     734     1,759  
    Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year     6,948     6,214     4,455  
   
 
 
 
    Cash and cash equivalents, end of year   $ 9,560   $ 6,948   $ 6,214  
   
 
 
 

Noncash Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Loans exchanged for mortgage-backed securities   $ 821   $ 2,839   $ 1,366  
  Real estate acquired through foreclosure     1,259     696     429  
  Loans transferred from held for sale to held in portfolio     20,203     4,418     8,690  
  Loans transferred from held in portfolio to held for sale     5,524     22,516     3,023  
  Mortgage-backed securities transferred from available-for-sale to trading         858      
  Common stock issued for acquisition             5,030  

Cash Paid During the Year For

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Interest on deposits   $ 6,962   $ 5,780   $ 3,555  
  Interest on borrowings     4,612     5,567     3,668  
  Income taxes     1,485     2,189     1,586  

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

107


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1:    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

        Washington Mutual, Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, "Washington Mutual," the "Company," "we," "us" or "our") is a consumer and small business banking company. We accept deposits from the general public, originate, purchase, service and sell home loans, credit card, home equity, multi-family and other commercial real estate loans, and to a lesser extent, engage in certain commercial banking activities such as providing credit facilities and cash management and deposit services. We lend to prime and subprime borrowers. We also market annuities and other insurance products, and offer securities brokerage services. In 2006, we sold our mutual fund management business.

        The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Washington Mutual, Inc. and its majority-owned subsidiaries as well as those entities that are considered to be variable interest entities ("VIEs") in which we are the primary beneficiary. Investments in unconsolidated entities where we have the ability to exercise significant influence over the operations of the investee (which generally occurs when we hold at least 20% of the investee's voting common stock) are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. This includes interests in VIEs where we are not the primary beneficiary. Investments not meeting the criteria for equity method accounting are accounted for using the cost method of accounting. Investments in unconsolidated entities are included in other assets and our share of income or loss is recorded in other noninterest income.

        Our financial reporting and accounting policies conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"), which includes certain practices of the banking industry. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements.

        Certain amounts in prior periods have been reclassified to conform to the current period's presentation.

        In particular, during 2006 we reclassified prepayment fees from noninterest income to interest income. The amounts reclassified totaled $332 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.

        Additionally, during 2006, we reclassified our allocable share of operating losses in low income housing partnerships from noninterest expense to other income. Operating losses reclassified totaled $48 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.

        In 2007, certain securities were reclassified from Available-for-sale securities – Investment securities to Available-for-sale securities – Mortgage-backed securities. The amount of such securities reclassified totaled $538 million at December 31, 2006.

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Management has made significant estimates in certain areas, including valuing certain financial instruments and other assets, the determination of the allowance for loan losses and contingent risk liabilities, the determination of other-than-temporary

108


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

impairment losses on available-for-sale securities and derivatives and hedge accounting. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

        Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Generally, for assets that are reported at fair value, the Company uses quoted market prices or internal valuation models to estimate their fair value. These models incorporate inputs such as forward yield curves, loan prepayment assumptions, market volatilities and pricing spreads, utilizing market-based inputs where readily available. The degree of management judgment involved in estimating the fair value of a financial instrument or other asset is dependent upon the availability of quoted market prices or observable market value inputs. For financial instruments that are actively traded in the marketplace or whose values are based on readily available market value data, little judgment is necessary when estimating the instrument's fair value. When observable market prices and data are not readily available, significant management judgment often is necessary to estimate fair value. In those cases, different assumptions could result in significant changes in valuation.

        Beginning in the third quarter of 2007, deteriorating credit conditions caused significant disruptions in the secondary mortgage market. Credit quality concerns prompted market participants to avoid purchasing mortgage investment products backed by nonconforming loan collateral. As market activity slowed, the availability of observable market prices was reduced. Accordingly, in the estimation of fair value during the latter half of 2007, there was less market data available for use by management in the judgments applied to key valuation inputs, such as discount rates.

        Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, U.S. Treasury bills, overnight investments and commercial paper with maturities, when purchased, of three months or less.

        The Federal Reserve Board requires the Company's bank subsidiaries to maintain cash reserves with the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco. The Company's bank subsidiaries reserve requirement for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 was approximately $445 million and $475 million.

        Securities classified as trading assets include U.S. government agency obligations and certain retained interests and other financial assets arising from our securitization activities. Trading assets are acquired principally through credit card and mortgage loan securitizations. Trading assets are carried at fair value, and realized and unrealized gains and losses are recorded as trading assets income (loss) within noninterest income.

        Currently, we do not classify any securities as held to maturity. Securities not classified as trading are considered to be available-for-sale and are reported at their fair value. Unrealized gains and losses are calculated using the specific identification method, and reported, net of applicable taxes, as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income unless impairment loss is recognized in cases of other-than-temporary impairment. Realized gains and losses on the sale of these securities are determined using the specific identification method and are recorded in noninterest income.

109


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Generally, interest income on investments in securities is recognized using the interest method. Purchase premiums, discounts and other basis adjustments are amortized into interest income over the life of the security. We use contractual payment terms to determine the constant yield needed to apply the interest method. For certain investments, interest income is recognized using a prospective interest method in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") Issue No. 99-20, Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased and Retained Beneficial Interests in Securitized Financial Assets . We update our estimates of expected cash flows periodically and recognize changes in calculated effective yields as appropriate.

        We monitor securities in our available-for-sale investment portfolio for other-than-temporary impairment. Other-than-temporary impairment losses are recognized in noninterest income with a corresponding reduction in the carrying value of the investment. Impairment may result from credit deterioration of the issuer or collateral, from changes in market rates relative to the interest rate of the instrument, or changes in prepayment speeds. We consider many factors in determining whether the impairment is other than temporary, including but not limited to adverse changes in expected cash flows, the length of time the security has had a market value less than the cost basis, the severity of the unrealized loss, our intent and ability to hold the security for a period of time sufficient for a recovery in value and issuer-specific factors such as the issuer's financial condition, external credit ratings and general market conditions. The determination of other-than-temporary impairment is a subjective process, requiring the use of judgments and assumptions in interpreting relevant market data. Other-than-temporary valuation losses on available-for-sale securities are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income under the noninterest income caption "Loss on other available-for-sale securities."

        Loans that we intend to sell or securitize are classified as held for sale and are accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value. The fair value of loans classified as held for sale is generally based on observable market prices of securities that have loan collateral or interests in loans that are similar to the held for sale loans or whole loan sale prices if formally committed. If market prices are not readily available, fair value is based on discounted cash flow models, which considers expected prepayment factors and the degree of credit risk associated with the loans and the estimated effects of changes in market interest rates relative to the loans' interest rates. We do not amortize basis adjustments including deferred loan origination costs, fees, discounts and premiums on loans held for sale. Loans previously classified as held in portfolio are transferred to held for sale at the lower of cost or fair value when the Company no longer has the intent and ability to hold such loans for the foreseeable future or until maturity. Loans reclassified to held for sale are transferred net of the portion of the allowance for loan losses that is attributable to those loans, with a corresponding reduction in the allowance for loan losses. For credit card loans, the amount classified as held for sale is estimated based on expected future sales activity reflecting anticipated securitizations or portfolio sales of whole loans.

        We may use derivative contracts to manage interest rate risk associated with loans held for sale. For those loans that qualify for fair value hedge accounting under Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Statement No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , as amended ("Statement No. 133"), changes in the fair value of the loans are recognized in earnings in the period of change together with the offsetting change in fair value related to the hedging derivative.

110


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Loans, which the Company has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity, are classified as held in portfolio. The foreseeable future is a management judgment which is determined based upon the type of loan, business strategies of the Company, current market conditions, balance sheet management and liquidity needs. Management's view of the foreseeable future may change based on changes in these conditions.

        Loans held in portfolio are recorded at the principal amount outstanding, net of deferred loan costs or fees and any discounts received or premiums paid on purchased loans. Deferred costs or fees as well as discounts and premiums are amortized over the contractual term of the loan, adjusted for actual prepayments, using the interest method, except credit card loans which are amortized using the straight line method over one year. We use contractual payment terms to determine the constant yield needed to apply the interest method. Loans previously classified as held for sale are transferred to held in portfolio if the Company establishes the intent and ability to hold such loans for the foreseeable future or until maturity. Loans reclassified to held in portfolio are transferred at the lower of cost or fair value and that amount becomes their carrying amount.

        The allowance for loan losses represents management's estimate of incurred credit losses inherent in the Company's loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The estimate of the allowance is based on a variety of factors, including past loan loss experience, the current credit profile of borrowers, adverse situations that have occurred that may affect a borrower's ability to meet his financial obligations, the estimated value of underlying collateral, general economic conditions, and the impact that changes in interest rates and employment conditions have on a borrower's ability to repay adjustable-rate loans.

        The Company separately evaluates the impairment of the homogeneous and non-homogeneous loan portfolios. The homogeneous portfolio, comprising substantially all loans held in portfolio, is evaluated for collective impairment and consists predominantly of home loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, credit card loans and most commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family loans. Certain home mortgage loans whose terms have been modified through debt restructurings and non-homogeneous loans are evaluated for individual impairment. In 2005, the Company defined non-homogeneous loans as commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family loans with a current balance in excess of $1 million or loans with a current balance less than $1 million and highly risk rated. Beginning in 2006, the Company defined non-homogeneous loans as certain commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family loans with an unpaid principal balance in excess of $3 million.

        The Company accounts for the allowance for loan losses on its portfolio of homogeneous loans in accordance with FASB Statement No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies ("Statement No. 5"), recording an allowance when (a) available information indicates that it is probable that a loss has been incurred and (b) the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated.

        The Company allocates a portion of the allowance to the homogeneous loan portfolios and estimates this allocated portion based on analyses of pools of loans with similar credit risk attributes. The Company also estimates an unallocated portion of the allowance that reflects management's assessment of various risk factors that are not fully captured by the statistical estimation techniques used to determine the allocated component of the allowance. However, both the allocated component and the portion that remains unallocated are available to absorb credit losses inherent in the homogeneous loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date.

111


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Statistical estimation techniques are used to determine the allocated allowance for homogeneous loans. Statistical estimation techniques assess default and loss outcomes based on an evaluation of past performance of similar pools of loans in our portfolio, and other factors affecting default and loss factors, as well as industry historical loan loss data. Loss estimation techniques used in statistical models are supplemented by qualitative information to assist in estimating the allocated allowance. When housing prices are volatile, lags in data collection and reporting increase the likelihood of adjustments being made to the allowance. More current data evidencing conditions in the housing market are obtained from analyzing data from the National Association of Realtors on median sales and on housing inventory levels.

        The unallocated component of the allowance reflects management's evaluation of conditions that are not fully captured in determining the allocated allowance for homogeneous loans. The weighting system used in estimating the appropriateness of the unallocated allowance reflects the relative significance of the following factors that are routinely and regularly reviewed: national and local economic trends and conditions (such as gross domestic product and unemployment trends); market conditions (such as changes in housing prices); industry and borrower concentrations within portfolio segments (including concentrations by metropolitan statistical area); recent loan portfolio performance (such as changes in the levels and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans); trends in loan growth (including the velocity of change in loan growth); changes in underwriting criteria; and the regulatory and public policy environment.

        In determining the allowance for loans evaluated for individual impairment and deemed to be impaired, the Company applies the provisions of FASB Statement No. 114, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan ("Statement No. 114"). Impairment of restructured home loans is measured by aggregating loans with common risk characteristics and calculating the present value of expected future cash flows using historical statistics such as average recovery period and average recovery amount, along with a composite effective interest rate. Impairment on non-homogeneous loans is measured principally using the fair value of the underlying collateral, since such loans are generally collateral dependent. In estimating the fair value of collateral, the Company evaluates various factors, such as occupancy and rental rates in the relevant real estate markets and their effect on the value of the collateral.

        When available information confirms that specific loans or portions thereof are uncollectible, those amounts are charged off against the allowance for loan losses. The existence of some or all of the following conditions will generally confirm that a loss has been incurred: the loan is significantly delinquent and the borrower has not demonstrated the ability to bring the loan current; the borrower has insufficient assets to repay the debt; or the fair value of the loan collateral is significantly below the current loan balance and there is little or no prospect for improvement. When home loans and home equity loans and lines of credit become 180 days past due, the portion of the loan balance in excess of the fair value of the underlying collateral (less estimated cost to sell) is charged off against the allowance for loan losses. Credit card loans are charged-off when they are determined to be uncollectible or by the end of the month in which the account becomes 180 days past due.

        When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, all interest accrued, but not collected, is reversed. Home loans are placed on nonaccrual status when they are 90 days past due. Home loans are returned to accrual status when the borrower brings the loan to less than 30 days past due. Home loans as well as home equity loans and lines of credit, are generally written down to the fair value of the underlying collateral (less estimated costs to sell) when those loans are 180 days past due.

112


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Home loans whose terms have been modified in troubled debt restructurings are placed on nonaccrual status, until the Company determines that future collection of principal and interest is reasonably assured, which generally requires the borrower to demonstrate a period of performance according to the restructured terms.

        Credit card loans are charged-off when they are determined to be uncollectible or by the end of the month in which the account becomes 180 days past due. When it is considered probable that interest and fees accrued during the delinquency period are not collectible, a reserve for uncollectible interest is established. This reserve is recorded as a separate liability and changes to these reserves are recorded in interest income and noninterest income. For loans which the customer has remitted three timely payments for at least the minimum payment amount, or has remitted one or two payments that are equivalent to at least three minimum payments, the aging of the loan is returned to current status.

        Loans in non-homogenous portfolios, such as commercial real estate loans and multi-family loans, are placed on nonaccrual status when the loans are 90 days past due, or earlier when payment in full of principal or interest is not expected. Loans in the non-homogenous portfolio are returned to accrual status when, in management's opinion, expected cash payments are sufficient to repay both principal and interest due.

        When the Company places a loan on nonaccrual status, we reverse the accrued interest against interest income and account for the loan on the cash or cost recovery method, until it qualifies for return to accrual status.

        From time to time, as part of the Company's loss mitigation process, we may agree to modify the contractual terms of a borrower's loan. We have developed loan modification programs that are designed to help borrowers refinance ARM loans prior to rate reset. In cases where we modify a loan and in so doing grant a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty, the modification is considered a troubled debt restructuring ("TDR"). We may consider the borrower's payment status and history, borrower's ability to pay upon a rate reset on an adjustable rate mortgage, size of the payment increase upon a rate reset, period of time remaining prior to the rate reset and other relevant factors in determining whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty. A borrower who is current may be deemed to be experiencing financial difficulty in instances where the evidence suggests an inability to pay based on the original terms of the loan after the interest rate reset, and thus, default is "reasonably foreseeable" in absence of a modification. We evaluate whether the modification represents a concession we would not otherwise consider, such as a lower interest rate than what a new borrower of similar credit risk would be offered. A loan modified in a troubled debt restructuring, including a loan that was current at the time of modification, is placed on non-accrual status until the Company determines that future collection of principal and interest is reasonably assured, which generally requires the borrower to demonstrate a period of performance according to the restructured terms. TDR loans are evaluated for impairment in accordance with Statement No. 114.

        Foreclosed assets are accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value (less estimated costs to sell). Legal fees and other direct costs of foreclosure are expensed as incurred. The amount we ultimately recover from foreclosed assets may differ substantially from the net carrying value of these assets because of future market factors beyond our control or because of changes in our strategy for sale of the properties.

113


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Our investment in the stock of the Federal Home Loans Banks ("FHLBs") is carried at cost since they are restricted securities. Periodically and as conditions warrant, we review our investment in FHLB stock for impairment and adjust the carrying value of the investment if it is determined to be impaired.

        A derivative is a financial instrument with little or no initial net investment relative to its notional amount and whose value is based upon an underlying asset, index, reference rate or other variable, and is subject to net settlement terms. A derivative may be a privately negotiated contractual agreement that can be customized to meet specific needs, including certain commitments to purchase and sell mortgage loans, mortgage-related securities and debt securities, or it may be a standardized contract executed through organized exchanges. All derivatives are reported at their fair value in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

        We enter into derivative contracts to manage the various risks associated with certain assets, liabilities, or probable forecasted transactions. When we enter into a derivative contract, the derivative instrument is designated as: (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (a "fair value" hedge); (2) a hedge of the variability in expected future cash flows associated with an existing recognized asset or liability or a probable forecasted transaction (a "cash flow" hedge); or (3) held for other risk management purposes ("economic hedge").

        In a fair value hedge, changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative are recognized in earnings and offset by recognizing changes in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged. Consequently, the changes in fair value that are not offset as a result of hedge ineffectiveness are reflected in earnings.

        In a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the change in the fair value of the hedging derivative is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and is subsequently reclassified into earnings during the same period in which the hedged item affects earnings. The change in fair value of any ineffective portion of the hedging derivative is recognized immediately in earnings.

        Risk management derivatives are used as economic hedges in which the Company either has not attempted to achieve, or has attempted but did not achieve, the highly effective hedge accounting standard under Statement No. 133. The changes in fair value of these instruments are recorded in revenue from sales and servicing of home mortgage loans if the derivatives are home loan mortgage banking related or are recorded in other income for derivatives related to other types of asset/liability interest rate risk management.

        When applying fair value or cash flow hedging accounting as prescribed by Statement No. 133, we either use standard statistical methods of regression or the dollar-offset method to determine if the results of the changes in value of the hedging derivative and the hedged item meet the Statement No. 133 criteria for a highly effective hedge accounting relationship. For certain types of hedge relationships meeting specific criteria, Statement No. 133's "shortcut" method allows for an assumption of no hedge ineffectiveness. Our use of the shortcut method is limited to interest rate swaps that hedge certain borrowings and available-for-sale securities.

        We formally document the relationship between the hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy before initiating a hedge. To qualify for hedge accounting, the derivatives and related hedged items must be designated in a hedge relationship. For hedging relationships in which effectiveness is measured using standard statistical methods of regression, the

114


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


correlations between the hedging instruments and hedged items are assessed at inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, which includes determining whether the hedging derivative is expected to be highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of the hedged items attributable to the risk being hedged.

        We discontinue hedge accounting when (1) we determine that the derivative is no longer expected to be highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of the designated hedged item; (2) the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised; (3) the derivative is de-designated from the hedge relationship; or (4) it is no longer probable that a hedged forecasted transaction will occur by the end of the originally specified time period.

        If we determine that the derivative no longer qualifies as a fair value or cash flow hedge and therefore hedge accounting is discontinued, the derivative (if retained) will continue to be recorded on the balance sheet at its fair value with changes in fair value included in current earnings. For a discontinued fair value hedge, the previously hedged item is no longer adjusted for changes in fair value.

        When we discontinue hedge accounting because it is not probable that a forecasted transaction will occur, the derivative will continue to be recorded on the balance sheet at its fair value with changes in fair value included in current earnings, and the gains and losses in accumulated other comprehensive income will be recognized immediately in earnings. When we discontinue hedge accounting because the hedging instrument is sold, terminated or de-designated as a hedge, the amount reported in accumulated other comprehensive income through the date of sale, termination or de-designation will continue to be reported in accumulated other comprehensive income until the forecasted transaction affects earnings.

        We occasionally enter into contracts that contain an embedded derivative instrument. At inception of the contract, we determine whether the embedded derivative instrument is required to be accounted for separately from its host contract. As of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, our embedded derivatives were considered clearly and closely related to their host contracts and therefore were not required to be separately accounted for from their host contracts.

        We enter into commitments to originate loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is set prior to funding (rate lock commitments). We also enter into commitments to purchase mortgage loans (purchase commitments). Both rate lock and purchase commitments on mortgage loans that are intended to be sold are derivatives. In addition, purchase commitments for mortgage loans that will be held for investment purposes are also derivatives. Those derivatives are recorded at fair value in other assets or other liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, with changes in fair value recorded in revenue from sales and servicing of home mortgage loans in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The amount of the expected servicing rights is not included when determining the fair value of interest rate lock commitments that are derivatives. However, for derivative loan commitments issued or modified on or after January 1, 2008, the amount of expected servicing rights will be included when determining their fair value, in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 109, Written Loan Commitments Recorded at Fair Value Through Earnings ("SAB 109"). Both rate lock and purchase commitments expose us to interest rate risk. We economically hedge that risk by using various types of derivative contracts. The changes in fair value of these contracts are reported in revenue from sales and servicing of home mortgage loans.

115


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        We sell home loans, credit card loans, multi-family loans and commercial mortgage loans in either whole loan or securitized form. FASB Statement No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities ("Statement No. 140"), provides specific criteria for determining whether legal and effective control over the transferred assets has been surrendered. To the extent the sale requirements are met, the transferred assets are removed from our balance sheet, placed in an off-balance sheet qualifying special purpose entity ("QSPE"), as applicable, and any gain or loss on sale is recognized through noninterest income.

        QSPEs must meet a series of requirements at the inception of the transaction and on an ongoing basis. These requirements are designed to ensure that the activities of the entity are essentially predetermined at the inception of the QSPE, as specified in the legal documents which created it, and that the Company cannot exercise control over the QSPE and the assets therein. In its fiduciary duty as servicer of assets in the QSPEs, the Company is permitted to modify certain loans that are neither delinquent or in default so long as such actions are significantly limited and compliant with the legal documents that established the QSPE, default is reasonably foreseeable and the modification would meet the conditions that constitute a TDR in accordance with GAAP.

        When we sell or securitize mortgage loans, we generally retain the right to service the loans. We record a mortgage servicing right ("MSR") when the expected future cash flows from servicing are projected to be more than adequate compensation for such services. Adequate compensation is where the benefits of servicing would fairly compensate a substitute servicer should one be required, including a profit margin that would be demanded in the marketplace. The projected cash flows that exceed this adequate compensation level are recorded as an MSR asset. We have determined the contractual servicing fee for credit card loans represents adequate compensation and therefore no servicing asset or liability in connection with the securitization of these loans is recognized.

        Effective January 1, 2006, we early adopted FASB Statement No. 156, Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets – an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140 ("Statement No. 156"). Statement No. 156 requires that servicing rights resulting from the sale or securitization of loans be initially recognized at fair value at the date of transfer, and permits a class-by-class election between fair value and the lower of amortized cost or fair value for subsequent measurement of MSR classes. Upon adoption, we recognized all MSR assets at fair value, and have elected to subsequently account for all MSR assets at fair value, which is the preferable measurement attribute under Statement No. 156. We have one MSR servicing class, as determined by the availability of market inputs used to measure the fair value of mortgage servicing assets and the treatment of the MSR as one aggregate pool for risk management purposes.

        When we securitize loans, in addition to recording an MSR, we may also retain senior, subordinated, residual and other interests, all of which are considered retained interests in the securitized assets. These retained interests may provide limited credit enhancement to the investors and, absent the violation of representations and warranties, generally represent our maximum risk exposure associated with these transactions. These retained interests are initially recorded by allocating the previously recorded cost of the loans transferred between the interests sold and interests retained based on their relative fair values at the date of transfer. At the time of securitization, these retained interests are designated as or treated like trading or available-for-sale securities.

116


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        While we generally sell loans without credit recourse, either in the form of securities or whole loans, we generally make certain representations and warranties to the buyer of those assets, which can include early or first payment default protection. In the event of a breach of such representations and warranties, we may be required to either repurchase the subject loans or indemnify the investor or insurer. During the warranty period, we bear the risk of any loss on the loans. These representation and warranty obligations are recorded at fair value on the balance sheet at the date of transfer.

        On December 6, 2007 the American Securitization Forum ("ASF") issued the Streamlined Foreclosure and Loss Avoidance Framework for Securitized Subprime Adjustable Rate Mortgage Loans (the "ASF Framework") to enable residential mortgage loan servicers to streamline their loss avoidance and loan modification practices.

        The parameters of the ASF Framework were designed by the ASF to improve administrative efficiency while maximizing cash flows to the QSPEs to which residential mortgage loans were transferred upon securitization by identifying the following subprime borrower segment categories: borrowers that can refinance into readily available mortgage industry products ("Segment 1"); borrowers that have demonstrated the ability to pay their introductory rates, are unable to refinance, and are unable to afford their reset rates ("Segment 2"); and borrowers that require in-depth, case-by-case analysis due to loan histories that demonstrated difficulties in making timely, introductory rate payments ("Segment 3"). Consistent with its objectives, the ASF Framework was designed to fast-track loan modifications for Segment 2 borrowers, in which default is considered to be reasonably foreseeable. Under the ASF Framework, fast-track loan modifications would be available to Segment 2 borrowers with first-lien residential mortgage loans that: (1) have an initial fixed interest rate period of 36 months or less; (2) are included in securitized pools; (3) were originated between January 1, 2005 and July 31, 2007; and (4) have an initial interest rate reset date between January 1, 2008 and July 31, 2010. To be eligible for a fast-track loan modification under the ASF Framework, Segment 2 borrowers would also have to occupy the property as their primary residence and meet a specific FICO test which is based on their current FICO score, and the servicer must ascertain that the upcoming loan rate reset will result in an increase in the loan payment amount by more than 10%.

        On January 8, 2008, the Securities and Exchange Commission's (the "SEC") Office of the Chief Accountant (the "OCA") issued a letter (the "OCA Letter") addressing accounting issues that may be raised by the ASF Framework. Specifically, the OCA Letter expressed the view that if a subprime loan made to a Segment 2 borrower is modified in accordance with the ASF Framework and that loan could be legally modified, the OCA does not object to continued status of the transferee as a QSPE under Statement No. 140. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had not yet applied the loss mitigation approaches outlined in the ASF Framework.

        From time to time, we may incur costs associated with employee termination or relocation benefits, the closure or relocation of facilities, and the termination of contracts. We provide separation benefits to involuntarily terminated employees under a normal ongoing severance plan. Involuntary termination costs are recognized when they are probable and can be reasonably estimated. We recognize the liability for employee relocation costs in the period in which they are incurred.

        We recognize and measure the fair value of the liability for contract termination costs or fees when we terminate the contract in accordance with the contract terms. For operating lease rentals, we record a liability when we cease to use the leased property or equipment. The fair value of the liability at the cease-use date is determined based on the remaining lease rentals, reduced by estimated sublease rentals that could be reasonably obtained for property leases.

117


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        We also review owned buildings, leasehold improvements and equipment for impairment. When our review results in a change in the estimated useful life of an asset, we prospectively recognize the change as an adjustment to depreciation expense.

        Building, leasehold improvements and equipment are carried at amortized cost. Buildings and equipment are depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. The estimated useful life of newly constructed buildings is 40 years. The lives of improvements to existing buildings are based on the remaining life of the original building. The estimated useful life for equipment is 3-10 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their useful lives or lease terms considering options to extend that are reasonably assured. We review owned buildings, leasehold improvements and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances in the business activities related to these assets indicate that such activities may not generate enough income to recover the asset's carrying value. Impairment is measured as the amount by which an asset's carrying value exceeds its fair value. When our review results in a change in the estimated useful life of an asset, we prospectively recognize the change as an adjustment to depreciation expense.

        Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of tangible and specifically identifiable intangible net assets acquired in business combinations. Other intangible assets include purchased credit card relationships, core deposit and other finite-life intangible assets; these assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives ranging from 2-10 years. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead is tested for impairment at least annually in the third quarter, and more frequently if certain circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. Impairment testing is also performed periodically on amortizable intangible assets. Other intangible assets are classified as other assets in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

        Certain securities that are sold in exchange for cash are subject to an obligation to repurchase the same or similar securities ("repurchase agreements"). Under these arrangements, we transfer the securities but still retain effective control through an agreement that both entitles and obligates us to repurchase them. As a result, repurchase agreements are accounted for as collateralized financing arrangements. The repurchase obligations are reflected as a liability in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition while the securities remain in the respective asset accounts.

        We make guarantees in the normal course of business in connection with our sales of certain loans and certain securitized financial assets, issuance of standby letters of credit and relationship as a member of Visa Inc., among other transactions. We account for these guarantees in accordance with either Statement No. 5 or, when appropriate, FASB Interpretation No. 45, Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others ("FIN 45"). FIN 45 generally requires the use of fair value for the initial measurement of guarantees, but does not prescribe a subsequent measurement method. For subsequent measurement of guarantees for which the performance obligation declines over time, we generally amortize the carrying amount of the guarantee ratably over the period that the guarantee applies and at each reporting date we evaluate the recognition of a loss contingency under Statement No. 5. The loss contingency is measured as the

118


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

probable and reasonably estimable amount, if any, that exceeds the amortized value of the remaining guarantee.

        We issue preferred stock as part of our capital structure. Preferred stock ranks senior to common shares with respect to the dividend and has preference in the event of liquidation. Preferred stock is reported in stockholders' equity unless it is mandatorily redeemable or it embodies an unconditional obligation that the Company must or may settle in shares and whose monetary value at inception is based solely or predominantly on any of the following: (1) a fixed amount known at inception, (2) variations in something other than the fair value of the Company's equity shares, or (3) variations inversely related to changes in the fair value of the Company's equity shares as prescribed in FASB Statement No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity . Dividends declared on preferred stock are accounted for as a reduction in the retained earnings.

        Features embedded in the terms of preferred stock with derivative characteristics such as options to convert into the Company's common shares are evaluated under Statement No. 133. Features that qualify as derivatives but are indexed to the Company's equity shares are not accounted for separately. In addition, we evaluate the terms of the conversion to determine if such an option is in-the-money to the preferred stockholder at the commitment date or becomes beneficial if certain future events occur ("beneficial conversion") as prescribed in EITF 98-5, Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features or Contingently Adjustable Conversion Ratios and EITF 00-27, Application of Issue No. 98-5 to Certain Convertible Instruments. If a beneficial conversion feature is present in convertible preferred stock, it is recognized as a return to the preferred stockholder and an increase in additional paid-in capital. If a contingent beneficial conversion feature is present in convertible preferred stock, we do not recognize the intrinsic value of it until the triggering events for such beneficial conversion occur.

        From time to time, we engage in accelerated share repurchase ("ASR") transactions. An ASR is a combination of transactions that permits us to purchase a targeted number of shares immediately with the final purchase price of those shares determined by their average market price over a fixed measurement period. An ASR is intended to combine the immediate share retirement benefits of a tender offer with the market impact and pricing benefits of a daily open market stock repurchase program.

        ASRs are accounted for as two separate transactions: (a) as shares of common stock that are immediately removed from stockholders' equity when the ASR is initiated, and (b) as a forward contract indexed to our common stock, which subjects the ASR to future price adjustments during the contractually-specified time period between the initiation and the final settlement date. As prescribed by EITF Issue No. 00-19, Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Company's Own Stock , forward contracts that qualify as equity instruments are initially measured at fair value. Subsequent changes in fair value are recorded at the final settlement date as an adjustment to capital surplus if cash settled.

        At their initiation, ASR transactions reduce the outstanding shares used in the calculation of weighted average common shares outstanding. An ASR contract that may be settled in our common stock or in cash, at our election, is presumed to be settled in common stock and the resulting potential common shares are considered in the computation of diluted earnings per share.

119


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Effective January 1, 2003 and in accordance with the transitional guidance of FASB Statement No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation – Transition and Disclosure ("Statement No. 148"), we elected to prospectively apply the fair value method of accounting for stock-based awards granted after December 31, 2002. Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted FASB Statement No. 123R, Share-Based Payment ("Statement No. 123R"), using the modified prospective application transition method. Since we had already adopted Statement No. 148 and substantially all stock-based awards granted prior to its adoption were fully vested at December 31, 2005, Statement No. 123R did not have a significant effect on the Consolidated Statements of Income or the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. Prior to our adoption of Statement No. 123R, benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation costs were reported as operating cash flows in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Statement No. 123R requires excess tax benefits to be reported as a financing cash inflow rather than as a reduction of taxes paid.

        Statement No. 123R requires an entity that previously had a policy of recognizing the effect of forfeitures as they occurred to estimate the number of outstanding instruments for which the requisite service is not expected to be rendered. The effect of this change in accounting principle amounted to $25 million and has been reflected as a decrease to compensation and benefits expense in the first quarter of 2006.

        Had compensation cost for our stock-based compensation plans been determined using the fair value method consistent with Statement No. 123R for all periods presented, our net income applicable to common stockholders and net income per common share would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

 
  December 31, 2005
 
 
  (dollars in millions, except
per share amounts)

 
Net income applicable to common stockholders   $ 3,432  
Add back: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income, net of related tax effects     99  
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under the fair value method for all awards, net of related tax effects     (123 )
   
 
Pro forma net income applicable to common stockholders   $ 3,408  
   
 

Net income per common share:

 

 

 

 
Basic:        
  As reported   $ 3.84  
  Pro forma     3.81  
Diluted:        
  As reported     3.73  
  Pro forma     3.71  

        Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Under this method, income tax expense is comprised of the current and deferred tax provisions for the year. The current tax provision represents amounts that are payable to taxing authorities based on current year taxable income. The deferred tax provision reflects changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities during the year as a result of current year operations. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the

120


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of existing assets and liabilities and are determined using the enacted tax rates that are expected to be in effect when deferred tax amounts are expected to be reported in our income tax returns. The effect on deferred taxes of change in tax rates is recognized in the tax provision in the period that the change is enacted. The effect on deferred taxes on a change in valuation allowance is recognized in the period that the change occurs.

        The Company recognizes a tax benefit only if a tax position is "more likely than not" to be sustained. The amount of the tax benefit is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized. The Company classifies interest expense and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense.

        For tax reporting purposes, the Company reports income and expenses using the accrual method of accounting and files a consolidated federal tax return on that basis as well. Our consolidated return includes the vast majority of our subsidiaries. A small number of our subsidiaries file separate federal tax returns.

        We present earnings per share under two formats: basic EPS and diluted EPS. Basic EPS is determined by dividing the net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted EPS is determined by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year, plus the dilutive effective of common share equivalents, such as stock options.

        In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements ("Statement No. 157"). Statement No. 157 prescribes a definition of the term "fair value", establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. Statement No. 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Statement No. 157 requires retrospective application for certain financial instruments as of the beginning of the fiscal year it is initially adopted. Statement No. 157 nullifies EITF 02-3, Issues Involved in Accounting for Derivative Contracts Held for Trading Purposes and Contracts Involved in Energy Trading and Risk Management Activities .

        In November 2007, SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 109 ("SAB 109") was issued. SAB 109 provides the staff's views on the accounting for written loan commitments recorded at fair value. To make the staff's views consistent with Statement No. 156, Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets, and Statement No. 159, SAB 109 revises and rescinds portions of SAB 105, Application of Accounting Principles to Loan Commitments, and specifically states that the expected net future cash flows related to the associated servicing of a loan should be included in the measurement of all written loan commitments that are accounted for at fair value and recognized through earnings. The provisions of SAB 109 are applicable to written loan commitments issued or modified in fiscal quarters beginning after December 15, 2007.

        We do not expect the adoption of Statement No. 157 and the application of SAB 109 to have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

        In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position ("FSP") FAS 157-1, Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements That Address Fair Value Measurements for Purposes of Lease Classification or Measurement under Statement 13 .

121


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


FSP FAS 157-1 is effective upon initial adoption of Statement No. 157. The Company does not expect the application of FSP FAS 157-1 to materially affect the Consolidated Financial Statements.

        In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157, which defers the effective date of Statement No. 157 to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008 and interim periods within those fiscal years, for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are not recognized or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis (at least annually). The Company is currently evaluating the effect FSP FAS 157-2 will have on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

        In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities ("Statement No. 159"). Statement No. 159 permits an instrument-by-instrument election to account for selected financial assets and liabilities at fair value. Statement No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The application of Statement No. 159 on January 1, 2008 did not affect the Consolidated Financial Statements.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations ("Statement No. 141(R)"). Statement No. 141(R) establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer in a business combination recognizes and measures identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and noncontrolling interests in the acquiree. Statement No. 141(R) further addresses how goodwill acquired or a gain from a bargain purchase is to be recognized and measured and determines what disclosures are needed to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the effects of the business combination. Statement No. 141(R) is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008. We are currently evaluating the effect Statement No. 141(R) will have on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements ("Statement No. 160"). This Statement amends Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, Consolidated Financial Statements ("ARB 51") to establish accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. It also amends certain of ARB 51's consolidation procedures for consistency with the requirements of Statement No. 141(R). Statement No. 160 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. We are currently evaluating the effect Statement No. 160 will have on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

        In September 2006, the FASB ratified the consensus reached by the EITF in Issue No. 06-4, Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements ("Issue 06-4"). Issue 06-4 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007. We do not expect the application of Issue 06-4 to have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

        In March 2007, the FASB ratified the consensus reached by the EITF in Issue 06-10, Accounting for Collateral Assignment Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements ("Issue 06-10"). Issue 06-10 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007. We do not expect the application of Issue 06-10 to have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

        In June 2007, the FASB ratified the consensus reached by the EITF in Issue No. 06-11, Accounting for Income Tax Benefits of Dividends on Share-based Payment Awards ("Issue 06-11"). Issue 06-11 is applicable for dividends declared in fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2007. We do not expect the application of Issue 06-11 to have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

        In June 2007, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the AICPA issued Statement of Position No. 07-1 ("SOP 07-1") Clarification of the Scope of the Audit and Accounting Guide "Investment Companies" and Accounting by Parent Companies and Equity Method Investors for Investments in

122


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


Investment Companies. In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP SOP 07-1-1 which delays indefinitely the effective date of SOP 07-1. The delay is intended to allow the FASB staff time to consider a number of significant issues relating to the implementation of SOP 07-1. As a result, the FASB also determined that early adoption of SOP 07-1 would be prohibited.

        On December 21, 2007, the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110 ("SAB 110") was issued to permit entities, under certain circumstances, the continued use of the "simplified" method, in developing estimates of the expected term of "plain-vanilla" share options in accordance with Statement No. 123R, Share-Based Payment . SAB 110 amended SAB 107 to permit the use of the "simplified" method beyond December 31, 2007. We do not expect the application of SAB 110 to have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

        In February 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 140-3, Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets and Repurchase Financing Transactions . The objective of this FSP is to provide implementation guidance on accounting for a transfer of a financial asset and repurchase financing. The FSP presumes that an initial transfer of a financial asset and a repurchase financing are considered part of the same arrangement (linked transaction) under Statement 140. However, if certain criteria are met, the initial transfer and repurchase financing shall not be evaluated as a linked transaction and shall be evaluated separately under Statement 140. FSP FAS 140-3 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. The Company is currently evaluating the effect FSP FAS 140-3 will have on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Note 2:    Restructuring Activities

        During the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company announced that, in response to a fundamental shift in the home mortgage market due to credit dislocation and a prolonged period of reduced capital markets liquidity, it significantly changed the strategic focus of its Home Loans business to accelerate its alignment with the Company's retail banking operations. As part of these restructuring activities, the Company discontinued all remaining lending through its subprime mortgage channel, closed approximately 200 home loan locations, including 190 home loan centers and sales offices and nine home loans processing and call centers, eliminated approximately 2,600 positions in the Home Loans business and approximately 150 positions in related corporate support functions, initiated the closure of WaMu Capital Corp., its institutional broker-dealer business, and began winding-down its mortgage banker finance warehouse lending operation.

        In connection with these activities, the Company incurred restructuring charges during the fourth quarter of 2007 of $98 million, which consisted of $33 million in termination benefits, $35 million in lease terminations and other decommissioning costs, and $30 million in fixed asset write-downs. Charges for termination benefits were recorded in compensation and benefits and charges for lease terminations, other decommissioning costs and fixed asset write-downs were recorded in occupancy and equipment in the Consolidated Statements of Income. All of these charges were recorded to Corporate Support/Treasury and Other. The Company does not anticipate incurring any additional charges related to these restructuring activities subsequent to December 31, 2007.

        As of December 31, 2007, there had been no cash paid related to termination benefits and lease terminations and other decommissioning costs. At December 31, 2007, the outstanding liability of the Home Loans restructuring charges was $68 million. The outstanding liability related to termination benefits and decommissioning costs is expected to be paid during the first quarter of 2008. The liability related to lease terminations is expected to be paid over the remaining terms of the leases, substantially all of which will be completed by December 31, 2011.

123


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3:    Discontinued Operations

        On December 31, 2006, the Company exited the retail mutual fund management business and completed the sale of WM Advisors, Inc., realizing a pretax gain of $667 million ($415 million, net of tax). WM Advisors provided investment management, distribution and shareholder services to the WM Group of Funds. This former subsidiary has been accounted for as a discontinued operation and its results of operations have been removed from the Company's results of continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 on the Consolidated Statements of Income and in Note 26 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Operating Segments," and are presented in the aggregate as discontinued operations.

        Results of operations for WM Advisors, Inc., excluding the gain recognized upon its sale, were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2006
  2005
 
  (in millions)

Net interest income   $ 2   $ 1
Noninterest income     275     259
Noninterest expense     235     202
Income taxes     13     20
   
 
Net income   $ 29   $ 38
   
 

Note 4:    Business Combinations

        On October 1, 2006, the Company completed its acquisition of Commercial Capital Bancorp, Inc. ("CCB"), a multi-family and small commercial real estate lending institution located in Southern California, in a cash transaction with a purchase price of approximately $1 billion. CCB stockholders received $16.00 in cash for each share of CCB common stock. Most of the business activities of CCB are conducted through the Company's Commercial Group operating segment. This acquisition resulted in the recognition of goodwill of $690 million.

        On October 1, 2005, the Company acquired 100 percent of the outstanding stock of Providian Financial Corporation for a total purchase price of approximately $5.8 billion, which included approximately $635 million of cash and approximately 127 million shares of Washington Mutual common stock valued at $39.60 per share. For each share of Providian common stock, Providian stockholders received .4005 shares of Washington Mutual common stock and $2.00 in cash. This acquisition resulted in the recognition of goodwill of $2.17 billion.

        These acquisitions were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with FASB Statement No. 141, Business Combinations . Accordingly, the purchase price of each acquisition was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition, with the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the net assets acquired recorded as goodwill. Results of operations for the business combinations are included from the date of acquisition.

124


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 5:    Available-for-Sale Securities

        The following table presents the amortized cost, unrealized gains, unrealized losses, and fair value of available-for-sale securities as of the dates indicated. At December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, there were no securities classified as held to maturity.

 
  December 31, 2007
 
  Amortized Cost
  Unrealized Gains
  Unrealized Losses
  Fair Value
 
  (in millions)

Available-for-sale securities                        
Mortgage-backed securities:                        
  U.S. Government   $ 177   $ 2   $ (1 ) $ 178
  Agency     6,968     69     (23 )   7,014
  Private label     12,356     45     (344 )   12,057
   
 
 
 
    Total mortgage-backed securities     19,501     116     (368 )   19,249
Investment securities:                        
  U.S. Government     591     3     (1 )   593
  Agency     3,614     40     (2 )   3,652
  U.S. states and political subdivisions     1,598     17     (8 )   1,607
  Other debt securities     2,030     15     (35 )   2,010
  Equity securities     455     2     (28 )   429
   
 
 
 
    Total investment securities     8,288     77     (74 )   8,291
   
 
 
 
      Total available-for-sale securities   $ 27,789   $ 193   $ (442 ) $ 27,540
   
 
 
 
 
 
  December 31, 2006
 
  Amortized Cost
  Unrealized Gains
  Unrealized Losses
  Fair Value
 
  (in millions)

Available-for-sale securities                        
Mortgage-backed securities:                        
  U.S. Government   $ 28   $   $ (1 ) $ 27
  Agency     8,657     55     (85 )   8,627
  Private label     10,008     43     (104 )   9,947
   
 
 
 
    Total mortgage-backed securities     18,693     98     (190 )   18,601
Investment securities:                        
  U.S. Government     403         (6 )   397
  Agency     3,350     9     (33 )   3,326
  U.S. states and political subdivisions     1,330     18     (3 )   1,345
  Other debt securities     1,209     16     (4 )   1,221
  Equity securities     88     1     (1 )   88
   
 
 
 
    Total investment securities     6,380     44     (47 )   6,377
   
 
 
 
      Total available-for-sale securities   $ 25,073   $ 142   $ (237 ) $ 24,978
   
 
 
 

125


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 
  December 31, 2005
 
  Amortized Cost
  Unrealized Gains
  Unrealized Losses
  Fair Value
 
  (in millions)

Available-for-sale securities                        
Mortgage-backed securities:                        
  Agency   $ 14,138   $ 55   $ (112 ) $ 14,081
  Private label     6,775     18     (84 )   6,709
   
 
 
 
    Total mortgage-backed securities     20,913     73     (196 )   20,790
Investment securities:                        
  U.S. Government     408         (1 )   407
  Agency     2,550         (36 )   2,514
  U.S. states and political subdivisions     463     8     (3 )   468
  Other debt securities     383     4     (1 )   386
  Equity securities     93     2     (1 )   94
   
 
 
 
    Total investment securities     3,897     14     (42 )   3,869
   
 
 
 
      Total available-for-sale securities   $ 24,810   $ 87   $ (238 ) $ 24,659
   
 
 
 

        The unrealized losses and fair value of available-for-sale securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months and 12 months or greater were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2007
 
  Less than 12 months
  12 months or greater
  Total
 
  Unrealized Losses
  Fair Value
  Unrealized Losses
  Fair Value
  Unrealized Losses
  Fair Value
 
  (in millions)

Available-for-sale securities                                    
Mortgage-backed securities:                                    
  U.S. Government and agency   $ (2 ) $ 302   $ (22 ) $ 1,829   $ (24 ) $ 2,131
  Private label     (283 )   5,352     (61 )   2,294     (344 )   7,646
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total mortgage-backed securities     (285 )   5,654     (83 )   4,123     (368 )   9,777
Investment securities:                                    
  U.S. Government and agency     (1 )   243     (2 )   758     (3 )   1,001
  U.S. states and political subdivisions     (7 )   478     (1 )   86     (8 )   564
  Other debt securities     (34 )   906     (1 )   44     (35 )   950
  Equity securities     (28 )   314             (28 )   314
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total investment securities     (70 )   1,941     (4 )   888     (74 )   2,829
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Total available-for-sale securities   $ (355 ) $ 7,595   $ (87 ) $ 5,011   $ (442 ) $ 12,606
   
 
 
 
 
 

        The Company monitors securities in its available-for-sale investment portfolio for other-than-temporary impairment. Impairment may result from factors including credit deterioration and changes in market rates relative to the interest rate of the instrument. The Company considers many factors in determining whether the impairment is other than temporary, including but not limited to the length of time the security has had a fair value less than the cost basis, the severity of the unrealized loss, the Company's intent and ability to hold the security for a period of time sufficient for a recovery in value, issuer-specific factors such as the issuer's financial condition, external credit ratings and general market conditions. The Company recognized other-than-temporary impairment losses of

126


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


$375 million in the available-for-sale securities portfolio during the second half of 2007 on certain mortgage-backed securities.

        Declines in fair value that are significant on available-for-sale debt securities that had been in a continuous unrealized loss position for 12 months or more at December 31, 2007 were primarily due to market credit spreads widening, and not due to the fundamental credit quality of the individual securities. The Company believes that the principal and interest on these securities are fully collectible and it has the intent and ability to retain these securities for a sufficient period of time to allow for their recovery. Accordingly, the Company does not consider their decline in value to represent an other-than-temporary impairment condition.

        The gross gains and losses realized through earnings on available-for-sale securities for the periods indicated were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Available-for-sale securities                    
Realized gross gains   $ 89   $ 142   $ 506  
Realized gross losses     (408 )   (147 )   (547 )
   
 
 
 
  Realized net loss   $ (319 ) $ (5 ) $ (41 )
   
 
 
 

        Fair value of available-for-sale debt securities by contractual maturity was as follows:

 
  December 31, 2007
 
 
  Total Amount
  Yield (1)
  Due Within One Year
  Yield (1)
  After One But Within Five Years
  Yield (1)
  After Five But Within Ten Years
  Yield (1)
  After
Ten Years

  Yield (1)
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Available-for-sale debt securities                                                    
Mortgage-backed securities (2):                                                    
  U.S. Government and agency   $ 7,192   5.50 % $   % $ 51   5.31 % $ 706   5.13 % $ 6,435   5.54 %
  Private issue     12,057   5.63           1   10.52     2   6.22     12,054   5.63  
   
     
     
     
     
     
    Total mortgage-backed securities     19,249   5.58           52   5.39     708   5.14     18,489   5.60  
Investment securities:                                                    
  U.S. Government and agency     4,245   5.16     146   4.50     1,355   5.13     996   4.65     1,748   5.60  
  Other debt securities     3,617   5.24     9   5.14     395   5.49     948   5.38     2,265   5.14  
   
     
     
     
     
     
    Total investment securities     7,862   5.20     155   4.54     1,750   5.21     1,944   5.01     4,013   5.32  
   
     
     
     
     
     
      Total fair value of debt securities   $ 27,111   5.47   $ 155   4.54   $ 1,802   5.22   $ 2,652   5.04   $ 22,502   5.55  
   
     
     
     
     
     

(1)
Weighted average yield at December 31, 2007 was based on the amortized cost of the securities.
(2)
Mortgage-backed securities were allocated based on contractual principal maturities assuming no prepayments.

        At December 31, 2007, the Company had pledged available-for-sale securities having a fair value of $4.30 billion and an amortized cost of $4.27 billion, which are subject to certain agreements that may allow the secured party to either sell or repledge the securities. In addition, the Company pledged available-for-sale securities with a fair value of $16.22 billion and an amortized cost of $16.33 billion under agreements whereby the secured party does not have the right to sell or repledge the securities.

127


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company had accepted as collateral, with rights to repledge, available-for-sale securities with a fair value of $619 million and $22 million.

        At December 31, 2007, there were no available-for-sale securities of any single issuer, other than agency securities, which exceeded 10% of stockholders' equity.

Note 6:    Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses

        Total loans consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
 
  (in millions)

Loans held for sale   $ 5,403   $ 44,970
   
 
Loans held in portfolio:            
  Loan secured by real estate:            
    Home loans (1)   $ 110,387   $ 99,479
    Home equity loans and lines of credit (1)     60,963     52,882
    Subprime mortgage channel (2) :            
      Home loans     16,092     18,725
      Home equity loans and lines of credit     2,525     2,042
    Home construction (3)     2,226     2,082
    Multi-family (4)     31,754     30,161
    Other real estate (5)     9,524     6,745
   
 
        Total loans secured by real estate     233,471     212,116
  Consumer:            
    Credit card     8,831     10,861
    Other     205     276
  Commercial     1,879     1,707
   
 
        Total loans held in portfolio (6)   $ 244,386   $ 224,960
   
 

(1)
Excludes home loans and home equity loans and lines of credit in the subprime mortgage channel.
(2)
Represents mortgage loans purchased from recognized subprime lenders and mortgage loans originated under the Long Beach Mortgage name and held in the investment portfolio.
(3)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale and construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.
(4)
Includes multi-family construction balances of $967 million and $740 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006.
(5)
Includes other commercial real estate construction balances of $812 million and $414 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006.
(6)
Includes net unamortized deferred loan costs of $1.45 billion and $1.88 billion at December 31, 2007 and 2006.

128


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        The tables below analyze the composition of the unpaid principal balance ("UPB") of loans in the Company's home loan and home equity portfolios by reference to their loan-to-value ratios:

 
  December 31, 2007
 
  Loan-to-Value Ratio at Origination
   
   
 
   
  Total Carrying Value
 
  £ 80%
  >80-90%
  >90%
  Total UPB
 
  (UPB in millions)

  (in millions)

Home loans:                              
Short-term adjustable-rate loans (1) :                              
    Option ARMs (2)   $ 54,784   $ 2,955   $ 657   $ 58,396   $ 58,870
    Other ARMs     8,682     371     280     9,333     9,551
   
 
 
 
 
      Total short-term adjustable-rate loans     63,466     3,326     937     67,729     68,421
  Medium-term adjustable-rate loans (3)     34,941     1,029     348     36,318     36,507
  Fixed-rate loans     4,122     379     356     4,857     5,459
   
 
 
 
 
    Home loans held in portfolio (4)(5)(6)     102,529     4,734     1,641     108,904     110,387
  Subprime mortgage channel     10,187     5,214     700     16,101     16,092
   
 
 
 
 
    Total home loans held in portfolio   $ 112,716   $ 9,948   $ 2,341   $ 125,005   $ 126,479
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
Short-term adjustable rate loans reprice within one year.
(2)
The total amount by which the unpaid principal balance of Option ARM loans exceeded their original principal amount was $1.73 billion.
(3)
Medium-term adjustable rate loans reprice after one year.
(4)
Excluded from the balances of home loans held in portfolio are $553 million of home loans that are insured by the Federal Housing Administration ("FHA") or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs ("VA"), of which $38 million have loan-to-value ratios of £ 80% and $515 million have loan-to-value ratios of >80%.
(5)
Included in the balance of home loans held in portfolio are the following interest-only home loans and their related loan-to-value ratios at origination: $28.64 billion ( £ 80%), $997 million (>80-90%) and $253 million (>90%).
(6)
Excludes home loans in the subprime mortgage channel.

 
  December 31, 2007
 
  Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio at Origination (1)
   
   
 
   
  Total Carrying Value
 
  £ 80%
  >80-90%
  >90%
  Total UPB
 
  (UPB in millions)

  (in millions)

Home equity loans and lines of credit:                              
  Prime home equity   $ 38,618   $ 19,104   $ 1,688   $ 59,410   $ 60,963
  Subprime mortgage channel     213     573     1,627     2,413     2,525
   
 
 
 
 
    Total home equity loans and lines of credit   $ 38,831   $ 19,677   $ 3,315   $ 61,823   $ 63,488
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
The combined loan-to-value ratio at origination measures the ratio of the original loan amount of the first lien product (typically a first lien mortgage loan) and the original loan amount of the second lien product (typically a second lien home equity loan or line of credit) to the appraised value of the underlying collateral at origination. Where the second lien product is a line of credit, the total commitment amount is used in calculating the combined loan-to-value ratio.

129


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 
  December 31, 2006
 
  Loan-to-Value Ratio at Origination
   
   
 
   
  Total Carrying Value
 
  £ 80%
  >80-90%
  >90%
  Total UPB
 
  (UPB in millions)

  (in millions)

Home loans:                              
Short-term adjustable-rate loans (1) :                              
    Option ARMs (2)   $ 58,888   $ 2,792   $ 770   $ 62,450   $ 63,557
    Other ARMs     5,772     405     314     6,491     6,791
   
 
 
 
 
      Total short-term adjustable-rate loans     64,660     3,197     1,084     68,941     70,348
  Medium-term adjustable-rate loans (3)     24,810     659     288     25,757     26,232
  Fixed-rate loans     1,670     282     291     2,243     2,899
   
 
 
 
 
    Home loans held in portfolio (4)(5)(6)     91,140     4,138     1,663     96,941     99,479
  Subprime mortgage channel     11,492     5,887     486     17,865     18,725
   
 
 
 
 
    Total home loans held in portfolio   $ 102,632   $ 10,025   $ 2,149   $ 114,806   $ 118,204
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
Short-term adjustable rate loans reprice within one year.
(2)
The total amount by which the unpaid principal balance of Option ARM loans exceeded their original principal amount was $888 million.
(3)
Medium-term adjustable rate loans reprice after one year.
(4)
Excluded from the balances of home loans held in portfolio are $616 million of home loans that are insured by the Federal Housing Administration ("FHA") or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs ("VA"), of which $40 million have loan-to-value ratios of £ 80% and $576 million have loan-to-value ratios of >80%.
(5)
Included in the balance of home loans held in portfolio are the following interest-only home loans and their related loan-to-value ratios at origination: $12.42 billion ( £ 80%), $469 million (>80-90%) and $109 million (>90%).
(6)
Excludes home loans in the subprime mortgage channel.

 
  December 31, 2006
 
  Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio at Origination (1)
   
   
 
   
  Total Carrying Value
 
  £ 80%
  >80-90%
  >90%
  Total UPB
 
  (UPB in millions)

  (in millions)

Home equity loans and lines of credit:                              
  Prime home equity   $ 35,514   $ 14,528   $ 1,150   $ 51,192   $ 52,882
  Subprime mortgage channel     295     644     1,162     2,101     2,042
   
 
 
 
 
    Total home equity loans and lines of credit   $ 35,809   $ 15,172   $ 2,312   $ 53,293   $ 54,924
   
 
 
 
 

(1)
The combined loan-to-value ratio at origination measures the ratio of the original loan amount of the first lien product (typically a first lien mortgage loan) and the original loan amount of the second lien product (typically a second lien home equity loan or line of credit) to the appraised value of the underlying collateral at origination. Where the second lien product is a line of credit, the total commitment amount is used calculating in the combined loan-to-value ratio.

        The recorded investment in individually impaired loans at December 31, 2007 was $938 million compared with $34 million at December 31, 2006. The allowance for loan losses related to impaired loans at December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $46 million and de minimis . The average recorded investment in impaired loans in 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $521 million, $37 million and $568 million. Interest income recognized on impaired loans in 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $40 million, $1 million, and $24 million.

        At December 31, 2007, loans totaling $84.83 billion, $10.49 billion, $9.09 billion and $8.59 billion were pledged to secure advances from FHLBs, preferred securities issued by an indirect subsidiary of the Company, borrowings issued under its covered bond program and other borrowings.

130


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        At December 31, 2006, loans totaling $58.95 billion, $7.28 billion, $6.25 billion and $2.62 billion were pledged to secure advances from FHLBs, preferred securities issued by an indirect subsidiary of the Company, borrowings issued under its covered bond program and other borrowings.

        Loans totaling $5.76 billion and $6.88 billion were pledged to secure an unused borrowing facility with the Federal Reserve Bank at December 31, 2007 and 2006.

        Changes in the allowance for loan losses were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
  2004
  2003
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Balance, beginning of year   $ 1,630   $ 1,695   $ 1,301   $ 1,250   $ 1,503  
Allowance transferred to loans held for sale     (550 )   (401 )   (270 )   (23 )   (3 )
Allowance acquired through business combinations         30     592          
Other     7                 17  
Provision for loan losses (1)     3,107     816     316     209     42  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      4,194     2,140     1,939     1,436     1,559  
Loans charged off:                                
  Loans secured by real estate:                                
    Home loans (2)     (214 )   (50 )   (38 )   (39 )   (65 )
    Home equity loans and lines of credit (2)     (437 )   (31 )   (30 )   (22 )   (14 )
    Subprime mortgage channel (3)     (566 )   (140 )   (50 )   (39 )   (39 )
    Home construction (4)         (8 )   (1 )   (1 )   (2 )
    Multi-family     (5 )       (1 )   (2 )   (5 )
    Other real estate     (2 )   (5 )   (8 )   (11 )   (97 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Total loans secured by real estate     (1,224 )   (234 )   (128 )   (114 )   (222 )
  Consumer:                                
    Credit card     (448 )   (322 )   (138 )        
    Other     (8 )   (19 )   (38 )   (53 )   (69 )
  Commercial     (76 )   (28 )   (34 )   (21 )   (79 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Total loans charged off     (1,756 )   (603 )   (338 )   (188 )   (370 )
Recoveries of loans previously charged off:                                
  Loans secured by real estate:                                
    Home loans (2)     6     1             10  
    Home equity loans and lines of credit (2)     13     8     9     4     1  
    Subprime mortgage channel (3)     16     6     3     3     3  
    Home construction (4)     1                  
    Multi-family         1     3     3     1  
    Other real estate     5     2     13     10     17  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Total loans secured by real estate     41     18     28     20     32  
  Consumer:                                
    Credit card     75     53     40          
    Other     7     14     19     19     15  
  Commercial     10     8     7     14     14  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Total recoveries of loans previously charged off     133     93     94     53     61  
   
 
 
 
 
 
        Net charge-offs     (1,623 )   (510 )   (244 )   (135 )   (309 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, end of year   $ 2,571   $ 1,630   $ 1,695   $ 1,301   $ 1,250  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans held in portfolio     0.72 %   0.21 %   0.11 %   0.07 %   0.20 %
Allowance as a percentage of loans held in portfolio     1.05     0.72     0.74     0.63     0.71  

(1)
Includes a $202 million reversal of provision for loan losses recorded in the fourth quarter of 2003.
(2)
Excludes home loans and home equity loans and lines of credit in the subprime mortgage channel.

131


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(3)
Represents mortgage loans purchased from recognized subprime lenders and mortgage loans originated under the Long Beach Mortgage name and held in the investment portfolio.
(4)
Represents loans to builders for the purpose of financing the acquisition, development and construction of single-family residences for sale and construction loans made directly to the intended occupant of a single-family residence.

        The total amount of loans held in portfolio, excluding credit card loans, that were 90 days or more contractually past due and still accruing interest was $98 million and $97 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006. The majority of these loans are either VA- or FHA-insured with little or no risk of loss of principal or interest. Credit card loans held in portfolio that were 90 days or more contractually past due and still accruing interest were $174 million and $113 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006.

        Delinquent mortgages contained within GNMA servicing pools that were repurchased or were eligible to be repurchased by the Company are reported as loans held for sale. Substantially all of these loans are either guaranteed or insured by agencies of the federal government and therefore do not expose the Company to significant risk of credit loss. Due to the sale of substantially all of the Company's government loan servicing portfolio in July 2006, the balance of such loans declined considerably. The Company's held for sale portfolio contained zero and $37 million of such loans that were 90 days or more contractually past due and still accruing interest at December 31, 2007 and 2006.

        The total amount of nonaccrual loans held in portfolio at December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $6.12 billion and $2.29 billion. The total amount of nonaccrual loans held for sale at December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $4 million and $185 million.

Note 7:    Securitizations

        During 2007 and 2006, the Company sold loans and retained servicing responsibilities as well as senior and subordinated interests from securitization transactions. The Company receives servicing fees equal to a percentage of the outstanding principal balance of mortgage loans and credit card loans being serviced. Generally, the Company also receives the right to cash flows remaining after the investors in the securitization trusts have received their contractual payments. The allocated carrying values of mortgage loans securitized and sold during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 were $82.58 billion and $110.08 billion, which included loans sold with recourse of $6 million and $959 million during the same periods. The allocated carrying values of credit card loans securitized and sold were $10.65 billion and $7.11 billion during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.

        The Company realized pretax gains of $484 million and $1 billion on mortgage loan securitizations during 2007 and 2006. Pretax gains realized on credit card securitizations were $533 million and $279 million during 2007 and 2006.

132


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        The table below summarizes certain cash flows received from and paid to securitization trusts, except as footnoted below:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
 
  Mortgages
  Credit Cards
  Mortgages
  Credit Cards
 
  (in millions)

Proceeds from new securitization sales   $ 82,655   $ 9,275   $ 113,453   $ 6,314
Proceeds from collections reinvested in new receivables         13,731         11,912
Principal and interest received on interests that continue to be held by the transferor     648     1,194     360     1,415
Servicing fees received (1)     1,980     400     2,066     346
Loan repurchases (1)(2)     (431 )       (1,848 )  

(1)
Amounts include cash received/paid related to all transfers of loans, including securitizations accounted for as sales, interests that continue to be held by the transferor and whole loan sales.
(2)
During 2007 and 2006, loan repurchases include zero and $378 million related to GNMA early buy out repurchases.

        Key economic assumptions used in measuring the initial value of interests that continue to be held by the transferor (excluding MSR) resulting from securitizations completed during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, and accounted for as sales at the date of securitization, were as follows (rates are per annum and are weighted based on the principal amounts securitized):

 
  Mortgage Loans
   
 
 
  Home
   
   
 
 
  Fixed-Rate
  Adjustable- Rate
  Subprime Mortgage Channel
  Other Real Estate (1)
  Credit Card Loans
 
Year Ended December 31, 2007                      
  Payment rate (2)   9.03 % 14.43 % 29.48 % 24.41 % 8.82 %
  Anticipated net charge-offs   % % 4.53 % % 9.00 %
  Expected weighted-average life (in years)   4.8   7.4   5.0   14.0   0.5  
  Discount rate   9.79 % 8.55 % 22.20 % 11.90 % 5.63-26.33 %
Year Ended December 31, 2006                      
  Payment rate (2)   13.28 % 19.56 % 34.06 % 10.00 % 9.06 %
  Anticipated net charge-offs   % % 4.64 % % 9.60 %
  Expected weighted-average life (in years)   5.9   6.3   4.8   14.5   0.5  
  Discount rate   5.71 % 5.35 % 20.20 % 10.84 % 6.58-15.00 %

(1)
Includes multi-family and commercial real estate loans.
(2)
Represents the expected lifetime average payment rate, which is based on the constant annualized prepayment rate for mortgage related loans and represents the average monthly expected principal payment rate for credit card related loans.

133


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        At December 31, 2007, key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value of interests that continue to be held by the transferor (excluding MSR) to immediate changes in those assumptions were as follows:

 
  Mortgage Loans
   
 
 
  Home
   
   
 
 
  Fixed-Rate
  Adjustable- Rate
  Subprime Mortgage Channel
  Other Real Estate (1)
  Credit Card Loans
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Fair value of interests that continue to be held by the transferor   $ 127   $ 887   $ 20   $ 679   $ 1,838  
Expected weighted-average life (in years)     7.8     4.7     5.1     4.1     0.5  
Payment rate (2)     5.67 %   14.88 %   23.43 %   0.69 %   8.60 %
  Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change   $   $ (6 ) $   $ (1 ) $ (25 )
  Impact on fair value of 25% adverse change     (1 )   (13 )       (2 )   (56 )
Charge-off rate     1.98 %   0.68 %   22.95 %   %   9.49 %
  Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change   $   $   $ (2 ) $   $ (70 )
  Impact on fair value of 25% adverse change             (3 )       (173 )
Discount rate     9.62 %   13.14 %   22.47 %   6.18 %   5.93-26.33 %
  Impact on fair value of 25% adverse change   $ (23 ) $ (128 ) $ (1 ) $ (36 ) $ (83 )
  Impact on fair value of 50% adverse change     (44 )   (202 )   (1 )   (62 )   (160 )

(1)
Includes multi-family and commercial real estate loans.
(2)
Represents the expected lifetime average based on the constant prepayment rate for mortgage related loans and represents the average monthly expected principal payment rate for credit card related loans.

        These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the table above demonstrates, the Company's methodology for estimating the fair value of interests that continue to be held by the transferor is highly sensitive to changes in assumptions. For example, the Company's determination of fair value uses anticipated net charge-offs. Actual charge-off experience may differ and any difference may have a material effect on the fair value of interests that continue to be held by the transferor. Changes in fair value resulting from changes in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the interests that continue to be held by the transferor is calculated without changing any other assumptions; in reality, changes in one factor may be associated with changes in another, which may magnify or counteract the sensitivities. Thus, any measurement of the fair value of interests that continue to be held by the transferor is limited by the conditions existing and assumptions made as of a particular point in time. Those assumptions may not be appropriate if they are applied to a different point in time.

134


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        The table below presents information about delinquencies, net charge-offs and components of reported and securitized financial assets at December 31, 2007 and 2006:

 
   
   
  Loans on Nonaccrual Status (1)
  Net Charge-offs
 
  Total Loans
 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
  2007
  2006
  2007
  2006
 
  (in millions)

Home mortgage loans   $ 225,756   $ 219,227   $ 12,329   $ 3,062   $ 1,378   $ 300
Other loans secured by real estate     113,824     103,825     1,075     365     866     44
Credit card loans     27,240     23,509             1,636     1,235
Other loans     2,084     1,996     25     17     64     29
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total loans managed (2)     368,904     348,557   $ 13,429   $ 3,444   $ 3,944   $ 1,608
               
 
 
 
Less:                                    
  Loans sold, including securitizations     112,968     73,004                        
  Loans securitized (3)     6,147     5,623                        
  Loans held for sale     5,403     44,970                        
   
 
                       
    Total loans held in portfolio   $ 244,386   $ 224,960                        
   
 
                       

(1)
Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for further discussion of loans on nonaccrual status.
(2)
Represents both loans in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition and loans that have been securitized, but excludes loans for which the Company's only continuing involvement is servicing of the assets.
(3)
Represents the interests retained by the Company which are included as an adjustment in this table as they have been recognized separately in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

135


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 8:    Mortgage Banking Activities

        Revenue from sales and servicing of home mortgage loans, including the effects of derivative risk management instruments, consisted of the following:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Revenue from sales and servicing of home mortgage loans:                    
  Sales activity:                    
    Gain from home mortgage loans and originated mortgage-backed securities (1)   $ 52   $ 626   $ 873  
    Revaluation gain from derivatives economically hedging loans held for sale     7     109     76  
   
 
 
 
    Gain from home mortgage loans and originated mortgage-backed securities, net of hedging and risk management instruments     59     735     949  
  Servicing activity:                    
    Home mortgage loan servicing revenue (2)     2,047     2,181     2,110  
    Change in MSR fair value due to payments on loans and other (3)     (1,363 )   (1,654 )    
    Change in MSR fair value due to valuation inputs or assumptions (3)     (157 )   299      
    MSR valuation adjustments (4)             965  
    Amortization of MSR             (2,170 )
    Revaluation gain (loss) from derivatives economically hedging MSR (3)     358     (636 )   163  
    Adjustment to MSR fair value for MSR sale         (157 )    
   
 
 
 
    Home mortgage loan servicing revenue, net of MSR valuation changes and derivative risk management instruments     885     33     1,068  
   
 
 
 
Total revenue from sales and servicing of home mortgage loans   $ 944   $ 768   $ 2,017  
   
 
 
 

(1)
Originated mortgage-backed securities represent available-for-sale securities retained on the balance sheet subsequent to the securitization of mortgage loans that were originated by the Company.
(2)
Includes contractually specified servicing fees (net of guarantee fees paid to housing government-sponsored enterprises, where applicable), late charges and loan pool expenses (the shortfall of the scheduled interest required to be remitted to investors and that which is collected from the borrowers upon payoff).
(3)
Line item descriptions reflect the impact of the adoption of Statement No. 156 on January 1, 2006. The retrospective application of this statement to prior periods is not permitted.
(4)
Net of fair value hedge ineffectiveness as well as any impairment/reversal recognized on MSR that resulted from the application of the lower of cost or fair value accounting methodology in 2005.

        In June 2007, the Company implemented a model that is based on an option-adjusted spread ("OAS") valuation methodology to estimate the fair value of substantially all of its MSR asset. The model projects cash flows over multiple interest rate paths and discounts these cash flows using risk-adjusted discount rates to arrive at an estimate of the fair value of the MSR asset. The risk adjusted discount rates are determined by adding the option-adjusted spreads to the 1-month LIBOR forward curve. Models used to value MSR assets, including those employing the OAS valuation methodology, are highly sensitive to changes in certain assumptions. Different expected prepayment speeds, in particular, can result in substantial changes in the estimated fair value of MSR. If actual prepayment experience differs materially from the expected prepayment speeds used in the Company's model, this difference may result in a material change in MSR fair value.

136


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Additionally, an independent broker estimate of the fair value of the mortgage servicing rights is obtained quarterly along with other market based evidence. Management uses this information along with the OAS valuation methodology to estimate the fair value of the MSR. Changes in MSR value are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income under the noninterest income caption "Revenue from sales and servicing of home mortgage loans."

        Key economic assumptions used in measuring the initial value of all capitalized MSR, excluding subprime, created during the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, from securitizations recorded as sales, securitizations entirely retained, and loan sales with retained servicing, were as follows:

 
  Fixed-Rate
Mortgage Loans

  Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loans
 
 
  Government and Government-Sponsored Enterprise
  Privately Issued
  All Types
 
 
  (rates per annum)

 
June 1, 2007 to December 31, 2007              
  Constant prepayment rate (1)   14.61 % 14.55 % 23.32 %
  Option-adjusted spread (2)   3.13   2.44   3.09  
January 1, 2007 to May 31, 2007              
  Constant prepayment rate (1)   13.08 % 12.97 % 24.97 %
  Discount rate (3)   8.75   10.11   8.84  
Year Ended December 31, 2006              
  Constant prepayment rate (1)   12.40 % 12.68 % 25.73 %
  Discount rate (3)   8.48   10.25   9.34  

(1)
Represents the expected lifetime average.
(2)
Represents the spread over the forward 1-month LIBOR curve.
(3)
Discount rate is a rate based on market observations.

        The key economic assumptions used in measuring the initial value of subprime capitalized MSR created from securitizations recorded as sales, securitizations entirely retained, and loan sales with retained servicing, were the constant prepayment rate, representing the expected lifetime average, of 31.50% and 34.07% and the discount rate of 20.24% and 20.49% for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006.

137


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        At December 31, 2007, key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value for home loans MSR, excluding subprime, to immediate adverse changes in those assumptions were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2007
 
 
  Mortgage Servicing Rights
 
 
  Fixed-Rate
Mortgage Loans

  Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Loans
 
 
  Government and Government-Sponsored Enterprise
  Privately Issued
  All Types
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Fair value of home loan MSR   $ 2,785   $ 788   $ 2,342  
Expected weighted-average life (in years)     5.3     5.9     3.0  
Constant prepayment rate (1)     10.82 %   10.62 %   23.76 %
  Impact on fair value of 25% increase   $ (330 ) $ (92 ) $ (412 )
  Impact on fair value of 50% increase     (600 )   (167 )   (731 )
Option-adjusted spread     2.47 %   3.74 %   5.57 %
  Impact on fair value of 25% increase   $ (68 ) $ (29 ) $ (66 )
  Impact on fair value of 50% increase     (133 )   (55 )   (127 )
Discounted cash flow rate     n/a     n/a     n/a  
  Impact on fair value of 25% increase     n/a     n/a     n/a  
  Impact on fair value of 50% increase     n/a     n/a     n/a  

(1)
Represents the expected lifetime average.

        At December 31, 2007, key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value for subprime home loans MSR to immediate adverse changes in those assumptions were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2007
 
 
  (dollars in millions)
 
Fair value of home loan MSR   $ 231  
Expected weighted-average life (in years)     3.3  
Constant prepayment rate (1)     25.78 %
  Impact on fair value of 25% increase   $ (37 )
  Impact on fair value of 50% increase     (88 )
Discounted cash flow rate     20.04 %
  Impact on fair value of 25% increase   $ (19 )
  Impact on fair value of 50% increase     (34 )

(1)
Represents the expected lifetime average.

        These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. As the table above demonstrates, the Company's methodology for estimating the fair value of MSR is highly sensitive to changes in assumptions. For example, the Company's determination of fair values uses anticipated prepayment speeds. Actual prepayment experience may differ and any difference may have a material effect on MSR fair value. Changes in fair value resulting from changes in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the MSR is calculated without changing any other assumption; in reality, changes in one factor may be

138


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

associated with changes in another (for example, decreases in market interest rates may indicate higher prepayments, however this may be partially offset by lower prepayments due to other factors such as a borrower's diminished opportunity to refinance), which may magnify or counteract the sensitivities. Thus, any measurement of MSR fair value is limited by the conditions existing and assumptions made as of a particular point in time. Those assumptions may not be appropriate if they are applied to a different point in time. Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" for further discussion of how the fair value of MSR is determined.

        The Company manages potential changes in the fair value of MSR through a comprehensive risk management program. The intent is to mitigate the effects of changes in MSR fair value through the use of risk management instruments. The risk management instruments include interest rate contracts, forward rate agreements, forward purchase commitments and available-for-sale and trading securities. Refer to Management's Discussion and Analysis – "Market Risk Management" for further discussion of how MSR risk is managed by the Company and to Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Derivative Financial Instruments" for further discussion of derivative instruments used in MSR risk management.

        Changes in the balance of MSR were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Balance, beginning of year (1)   $ 6,193   $ 8,041   $ 5,906  
  Home loans:                    
    Additions     1,594     2,131     2,353  
    Change in MSR fair value due to payments on loans and other     (1,363 )   (1,654 )    
    Change in MSR fair value due to valuation inputs or assumptions     (157 )   299      
    Adjustments to MSR fair value for MSR sale (2)         (157 )    
    Fair value basis adjustment (3)         57      
    Amortization             (2,170 )
    (Impairment) reversal             943  
    Statement No. 133 MSR accounting valuation adjustments             999  
    Sale of MSR         (2,526 )    
  Net change in commercial real estate MSR     11     2     10  
   
 
 
 
Balance, end of year (1)   $ 6,278   $ 6,193   $ 8,041 (4)
   
 
 
 

(1)
Net of valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2005.
(2)
Reflects the sale of $2.53 billion of MSR in July 2006.
(3)
Pursuant to the adoption of Statement No. 156 on January 1, 2006, the Company applied the fair value method of accounting to its mortgage servicing assets, and the $57 million difference between the amortized cost and fair value was recorded as an increase to the basis of the Company's MSR.
(4)
At December 31, 2005, aggregate MSR fair value was $8.10 billion.

139


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Changes in the valuation allowance for MSR were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Balance, beginning of year   $ 914   $ 1,981  
  Impairment (reversal)         (943 )
  Other-than-temporary impairment         (106 )
  Sales          
  Other     (914) (1)   (18 )
   
 
 
Balance, end of year   $   $ 914  
   
 
 

(1)
Pursuant to the adoption of Statement No. 156, the valuation allowance was written off against the recorded value of the MSR.

        Changes in the portfolio of mortgage loans serviced for others were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Balance, beginning of year   $ 444,696   $ 563,208  
  Home loans:              
    Additions     91,014     119,675  
    Sales of servicing         (139,928 )
    Loan payments and other     (83,138 )   (99,355 )
  Net change in commercial real estate loans     3,912     1,096  
   
 
 
Balance, end of year   $ 456,484   $ 444,696  
   
 
 

140


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 9:    Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        The carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, by reporting unit was as follows:

 
  Retail
Banking
Group

  Card
Services
Group

  Commercial
Group

  Home
Loans
Group

  Total
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Balance at December 31, 2005   $ 3,795   $ 2,104   $ 871   $ 1,528   $ 8,298  
  Additions related to the acquisition of Commercial Capital Bancorp     126         553         679  
  Adjustments related to the acquisition of Providian Financial Corporation         63             63  
  Adjustments related to the acquisition of Dime Bancorp, Inc.      6         1     3     10  
  Transfer of goodwill between reporting units             (244 )   244      
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2006   $ 3,927   $ 2,167   $ 1,181   $ 1,775   $ 9,050  
  Adjustments related to the acquisition of Commercial Capital Bancorp     2         9         11  
  Adjustments related to the acquisition of Dime Bancorp, Inc.      1                 1  
  Goodwill impairment charge                 (1,775 )   (1,775 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2007   $ 3,930   $ 2,167   $ 1,190   $   $ 7,287  
   
 
 
 
 
 

        As a result of the acquisition of Commercial Capital Bancorp during the fourth quarter of 2006, the Company recorded $690 million of goodwill and $37 million of other intangible assets, substantially all of which are comprised of core deposit intangibles.

        At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company's purchased credit card relationship intangible balances were $321 million and $404 million, net of accumulated amortization of $199 million and $116 million. The purchased credit card relationship intangible asset is being amortized over ten years using an accelerated amortization method. Annual amortization expense for the net carrying amount of the purchased credit card relationship intangibles is estimated to be $73 million in 2008, $64 million in 2009, $54 million in 2010, $45 million in 2011 and $36 million in 2012.

        At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company's core deposit intangible balances were $63 million and $139 million, net of accumulated amortization of $605 million and $546 million. Annual amortization expense for the net carrying amount of the core deposit intangibles is estimated to be $45 million in 2008, $4 million in 2009, $3 million in 2010, $3 million in 2011 and $2 million in 2012.

        The Company has no identifiable intangible assets with indefinite useful lives.

        During the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company recognized goodwill impairment in the Home Loans segment due to continued deterioration in the housing and credit markets combined with changes in the Home Loans Group's business strategy, including a significant resizing of the business. The goodwill impairment charge of $1.78 billion ($1.60 billion after-tax) was recorded in noninterest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The fair value of the Home Loans reporting unit tested for impairment was determined primarily using discounted cash flow models based on the unit's internal forecasts. In addition, analysis using market-based trading and transaction multiples, where

141


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


available, was used to assess the reasonableness of the valuations derived from the discounted cash flow models.

        The Company has concluded there is no additional impairment in the remaining reporting units to which goodwill was assigned. No impairment was required to be recognized in 2006.

Note 10:    Other Assets

        Other assets consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
 
  (in millions)

Accounts receivable   $ 4,837   $ 5,566
Investment in bank-owned life insurance     5,072     4,373
Premises and equipment     2,779     3,042
Accrued interest receivable     2,039     1,941
Derivatives     2,093     748
Identifiable intangible assets     388     556
Foreclosed assets     979     480
Other     3,847     3,231
   
 
  Total other assets   $ 22,034   $ 19,937
   
 

        Depreciation expense for 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $437 million, $505 million and $521 million.

        The Company leases various financial center offices, office facilities and equipment under capital and noncancelable operating leases which expire at various dates through 2036. Some leases contain escalation provisions for adjustments in the consumer price index and provide for renewal options for five- to ten-year periods. Rental expense, including amounts paid under month-to-month cancelable leases, amounted to $504 million in 2007, $542 million in 2006 and $508 million in 2005.

        Future minimum net rental commitments, including maintenance and other associated costs, for all noncancelable leases were as follows:

 
  Operating Lease
  Capital Lease
 
  Land and Buildings
  Furniture and Equipment
  Land and Buildings
  Furniture and Equipment
 
  (in millions)

Year ending December 31,                        
  2008   $ 381   $ 34   $ 5   $ 4
  2009     339     27     5     4
  2010     290     8     5     4
  2011     223     2     4    
  2012     185         4    
  Thereafter     585         12    
   
 
 
 
    Total   $ 2,003   $ 71   $ 35   $ 12
   
 
 
 

142


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Certain operating leases contain escalation clauses, which correspond with increased real estate taxes and other operating expenses, and renewal options calling for increased rents as the leases are renewed.

Note 11:    Deposits

        Deposits consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
 
  (in millions)

Checking deposits:            
  Noninterest bearing   $ 30,262   $ 33,221
  Interest bearing     25,801     32,817
   
 
    Total checking deposits     56,063     66,038
Savings deposits     30,115     37,383
Money market deposits     22,891     15,453
Time deposits     72,857     95,082
   
 
      Total deposits   $ 181,926   $ 213,956
   
 

        Accrued but unpaid interest on deposits totaled $382 million and $735 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006.

        The maturities of time deposits were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2007
 
  (in millions)

Time deposits:      
  Due in 2008   $ 64,340
  Due in 2009     3,530
  Due in 2010     1,547
  Due in 2011     2,067
  Due in 2012     1,160
  Thereafter     213
   
    Total time deposits   $ 72,857
   

        Time deposit accounts in amounts of $100,000 or more totaled $23.34 billion and $42.85 billion at December 31, 2007 and 2006. At December 31, 2007, $8.05 billion of these deposits have a remaining maturity of three months or less, $9.06 billion mature in more than three through six months, $4.71 billion mature in more than six months through one year, and $1.52 billion mature thereafter.

143


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 12:    Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

        Scheduled maturities of securities sold under agreements to repurchase ("repurchase agreements") were as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
 
  (in millions)

Due in 30 days or less   $ 4,148   $ 6,361
After 30 through 90 days         3,708
After 90 through 180 days         1,884
   
 
  Total repurchase agreements   $ 4,148   $ 11,953
   
 

        Financial data pertaining to repurchase agreements were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Weighted average interest rate, end of year     4.56 %   5.28 %   4.20 %
Weighted average interest rate during the year     5.32     5.12     3.40  
Average balance of repurchase agreements   $ 8,330   $ 15,257   $ 15,365  
Maximum amount outstanding at any month end     13,684     19,866     18,366  

        The total interest expense on repurchase agreements was $443 million, $781 million and $523 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.

        At December 31, 2007 there were no interest rate derivative contracts embedded in repurchase agreements.

Note 13:    Advances from Federal Home Loan Banks, Other Borrowings and Trust Preferred Securities

        As members of the FHLBs, the Company's two federal savings associations, Washington Mutual Bank ("WMB"), a member of the San Francisco FHLB, and Washington Mutual Bank fsb ("WMBfsb"), a member of the Seattle FHLB, maintain credit lines that are percentages of their total regulatory assets, subject to collateralization requirements. Advances on these lines are collateralized in the aggregate by certain mortgages or deeds of trust, by securities of the U.S. Government and its agencies, and by all owned stock of the FHLBs. The maximum amount of credit that the FHLBs will extend for purposes other than meeting withdrawals varies from time to time in accordance with their policies. The interest rates charged by the FHLBs for advances vary depending on maturity and the cost of funds of the particular FHLB.

        Although the Company acquired advances from the FHLBs of Dallas and New York during its acquisitions of Bank United in 2001 and Dime Bancorp, Inc. in 2002, the Company does not have continuing borrowing privileges at these FHLBs.

144


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Financial data pertaining to advances from FHLBs were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Weighted average interest rate, end of year     4.77 %   5.25 %   4.28 %
Weighted average interest rate during the year     5.28     4.99     3.46  
Average balance of advances from FHLBs   $ 37,144   $ 56,619   $ 68,713  
Maximum amount outstanding at any month end     63,852     68,729     71,534  

        The total interest expense on advances from FHLBs was $1.96 billion, $2.83 billion, and $2.38 billion for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.

        In August 2003, the Company established a Global Bank Note Program that allows WMB to issue senior and subordinated notes in the United States and international capital markets in a variety of currencies and structures. The program was renewed in December 2005. WMB had $12.44 billion available under this program at December 31, 2007.

        In September 2006, WMB launched a €20 billion covered bond program intended to diversify its investor base, lengthen the maturity profile of its liabilities and provide an additional source of stable funding. Under the program, the Company may, from time to time, issue floating rate US dollar-denominated mortgage bonds secured principally by its portfolio of residential mortgage loans to a statutory trust not affiliated with the Company, which in turn will issue Euro-denominated covered bonds secured by the mortgage bonds. At December 31, 2007, $7.74 billion of covered bonds were outstanding. Under current program covenants, due to recent downgrades by Moody's and Standard & Poor's, the WM Covered Bond Program may not issue additional covered bond series.

145


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Advances from FHLBs and other borrowings consisted of the following:

By remaining contractual maturity at
December 31, 2007:

  Under 1 year
  1 to 5
years

  After
5 years

  2007
Total

  2006
Total

 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Advances from FHLBs (1)                                
  Fixed rate   $ 17,824   $ 11,232   $ 238   $ 29,294   $ 10,184  
  Floating rate     22,318     11,500     740     34,558     34,113  
  Interest rates     3.11-6.93 %   1.78-8.27 %   4.06-8.57 %   1.78-8.57 %   1.78-8.57 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total Advances from FHLBs   $ 40,142   $ 22,732   $ 978   $ 63,852   $ 44,297  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Other Borrowings                                
  Washington Mutual, Inc. (Parent)                                
    Senior notes (2) :                                
      Fixed rate   $ 749   $ 2,417   $ 745   $ 3,911   $ 4,794  
      Floating rate     250     1,697         1,947     1,940  
      Interest rates     4.38-5.08 %   4.00-5.54 %   5.25 %   4.00-5.54 %   4.00-5.76 %
    Subordinated notes (2)(3) :                                
      Fixed rate   $   $ 539   $ 1,980   $ 2,519   $ 2,803  
      Interest rates         8.25 %   4.63-7.25 %   4.63-8.25 %   4.63-9.33 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
        Subtotal   $ 999   $ 4,653   $ 2,725   $ 8,377   $ 9,537  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Washington Mutual Bank and its Subsidiaries (4)                                
    Senior notes (2) :                                
      Fixed rate   $ 290   $ 249   $   $ 539   $ 541  
      Floating rate     1,000     6,354         7,354     7,718  
      Interest rates     4.00-5.13 %   4.96-6.48 %       4.00-6.48 %   3.85-5.57 %
    Subordinated notes (2) :                                
      Fixed rate   $   $ 1,215   $ 5,476   $ 6,691   $ 6,849  
      Floating rate             1,141     1,141     1,199  
      Interest rates         6.88-8.00 %   4.50-10.18 %   4.50-10.18 %   4.50-10.18 %
    Other (2) :                                
      Fixed rate   $ 751   $ 6,251   $ 18   $ 7,020   $ 1,944  
      Floating rate     100     2,533     5,203     7,836 (5)   5,064 (5)
      Interest rates     4.00-6.63 %   4.29-6.60 %   4.31-8.47 %   4.00-8.47 %   0.34-7.40 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
        Subtotal   $ 2,141   $ 16,602   $ 11,838   $ 30,581   $ 23,315  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total Other Borrowings   $ 3,140   $ 21,255   $ 14,563   $ 38,958   $ 32,852  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total Advances from FHLBs and Other Borrowings (6)(7)   $ 43,282   $ 43,987   $ 15,541   $ 102,810   $ 77,149  
   
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Included within Washington Mutual Bank and its subsidiaries.
(2)
Includes capitalized issuance costs and Statement No. 133 hedge adjustments.
(3)
Includes $741 million at December 31, 2007 of junior subordinated notes relating to trust preferred securities.
(4)
Intercompany borrowings have been eliminated and are not included within this table.
(5)
Includes $7.74 billion and $5.05 billion of covered bonds that were outstanding at December 31, 2007 and 2006.
(6)
The aggregate principal amount of advances from FHLBs and other borrowings that matures in each of the five years subsequent to 2007 is $43.28 billion in 2008, $21.23 billion in 2009, $10.64 billion in 2010, $9.66 billion in 2011 and $2.37 billion in 2012.
(7)
The total weighted average interest rate of advances from FHLBs and other borrowings was 4.87% at December 31, 2007.

        The Company had previously established special purpose trusts for the purpose of issuing trust preferred securities. The proceeds from such issuances, together with the proceeds of the related

146


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

issuances of common securities of the trusts, were invested by the trusts in junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures issued by Washington Mutual, Inc. Prior to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities ("FIN 46(R)"), these trusts were consolidated subsidiaries of the Company. As a result of the adoption of FIN 46(R), the Company deconsolidated all such special purpose trusts, as the Company is not considered to be the primary beneficiary under this accounting standard. Accordingly, in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, the trust preferred securities that were issued by the trusts have been supplanted by the junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures issued to the trusts by Washington Mutual, Inc. Financial data pertaining to the previously consolidated special purpose trusts at December 31, 2007 were as follows:

Name of Trust

  Issuance
Date

  Aggregate
Liquidation
Amount of
Trust
Preferred
Securities

  Aggregate
Principal
Amount
of Notes

  Stated
Maturity
of
Notes

  Per
Annum
Interest
Rate of
Notes

  Extension
Period

  Redemption
Option

 
  (dollars in millions)

Washington Mutual Capital Trust 2001   May 2001   $ 1,150   $ 1,185   2041   5.38 % 20 consecutive
quarterly periods
  Currently redeemable
CCB Capital Trust IV   September 2003     8     8   2033   8.14   20 consecutive
quarterly periods
  On or after
October 8, 2008
CCB Capital Trust V   December 2003     10     10   2034   7.73   20 consecutive
quarterly periods
  On or after
January 23, 2009
CCB Capital Trust VI   March 2004     10     10   2034   7.89   20 consecutive
quarterly periods
  On or after
April 15, 2009
CCB Capital Trust VII   May 2004     8     8   2034   7.65   20 consecutive
quarterly periods
  On or after
July 23, 2009
CCB Capital Trust VIII   June 2004     8     8   2034   7.88   20 consecutive
quarterly periods
  On or after
July 23, 2009
CCB Capital Trust IX   February 2005     15     16   2035   5.90   20 consecutive
quarterly periods
  On or after
March 30, 2010
HFC Capital Trust I   March 2001     9     9   2031   10.18   Ten consecutive
semi-annual periods
  On or after
June 8, 2021
       
 
               
  Total trust preferred securities       $ 1,218   $ 1,254       5.50        
       
 
               

        In the second quarter of 2001, Washington Mutual Capital Trust 2001 issued 23 million units, totaling $1.15 billion, of Trust Preferred Income Equity Redeemable Securities SM , through the issuance of $1.19 billion of 5.38% subordinated debentures, due in 2041. Each unit consists of a preferred security having a stated liquidation amount of $50 and a current yield of 5.38%, and a warrant to purchase at any time prior to the close of business on May 3, 2041, 1.2081 shares of common stock of Washington Mutual. At any time after issuance of the units, the preferred security and warrant components of each unit may be separated by the holder and transferred separately. Thereafter, a separated preferred security and warrant may be combined to form a unit.

        The initial warrant exercise price was $32.33 and the warrant exercise price on the expiration date of the warrants will equal $50. As of December 31, 2007, the warrant exercise price was $32.81.

147


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 14:    Income Taxes

        Income taxes (benefits) from continuing operations consisted of the following:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Current:                    
  Federal   $ 722   $ 1,368   $ (522 )
  Foreign     34     135     75  
  State and local     91     199     (137 )
  Payments in lieu     4         35  
   
 
 
 
    Total current     851     1,702     (549 )
Deferred:                    
  Federal     (406 )   (45 )   2,158  
  State and local     (65 )   (1 )   411  
  Payments in lieu     (4 )       (35 )
   
 
 
 
    Total deferred     (475 )   (46 )   2,534  
   
 
 
 
      Total income taxes   $ 376   $ 1,656   $ 1,985  
   
 
 
 

        The significant components of the Company's net deferred tax liability were as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Deferred tax assets:              
  Provision for loan losses and foreclosed assets   $ 891   $ 694  
  Compensation differences     131     305  
  Unrealized loss from securities and cash flow hedging instruments     96     63  
  Other     1,250     234  
   
 
 
    Total deferred tax assets     2,368     1,296  
Payments in lieu         (4 )
Valuation allowance     (124 )   (55 )
   
 
 
    Deferred tax asset, net of payments in lieu and valuation allowance     2,244     1,237  
Deferred tax liabilities:              
  Stock dividends from FHLBs     (428 )   (690 )
  Mortgage servicing rights, net of valuation reserves     (1,183 )   (698 )
  Loan fees and costs     (832 )   (963 )
  Basis difference on premises and equipment     (112 )   (275 )
  Other     (1,027 )   (631 )
   
 
 
    Total deferred tax liabilities     (3,582 )   (3,257 )
   
 
 
      Net deferred tax liability   $ (1,338 ) $ (2,020 )
   
 
 

148


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        The table below reconciles the statutory federal income tax expense and rate to the effective income tax expense and rate:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  Amount
  Rate
  Amount
  Rate
  Amount
  Rate
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Statutory federal income tax expense and rate   $ 108   35.00 % $ 1,669   35.00 % $ 1,882   35.00 %
Tax effect of:                                
  State income tax, net of federal tax benefit     11   3.57     129   2.70     177   3.29  
  Dividends paid to ESOP     (6 ) (1.82 )   (5 ) (0.11 )   (7 ) (0.14 )
  Tax-exempt income     (30 ) (9.79 )   (17 ) (0.36 )   (8 ) (0.15 )
  Bank and corporate owned life insurance     (78 ) (25.14 )   (58 ) (1.21 )   (32 ) (0.59 )
  Non-deductible goodwill     459   148.51              
  Tax credits     (128 ) (41.31 )   (104 ) (2.17 )   (53 ) (0.98 )
  IRS exam settlement     (14 ) (4.43 )   (8 ) (0.17 )   (25 ) (0.47 )
  FIN 48 unrecognized tax benefits     40   12.91              
  Interest expense on taxes     26   8.48     43   0.91     6   0.10  
  Other     (12 ) (4.42 )   7   0.14     45   0.85  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
    Effective income tax expense and rate   $ 376   121.56 % $ 1,656   34.73 % $ 1,985   36.91 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

        The Company's retained earnings at December 31, 2007 and 2006 include base year bad debt reserves of approximately $2.22 billion, for which no federal income tax liability has been recognized. The amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability at December 31, 2007 and 2006 was approximately $777 million. This represents the balance of bad debt reserves created for tax purposes as of December 31, 1987. These amounts are subject to recapture in the event that the Company's banking subsidiaries (1) make distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as calculated for federal income tax purposes, (2) redeem their stock, or (3) liquidate.

        As a result of the Keystone acquisition in December 1996, the Company and certain of its affiliates are parties to an agreement with a predecessor of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"), which generally provides that 75% of the federal tax savings and approximately 19.5% of the California tax savings attributable to the Company's utilization of certain tax loss carryovers of New West Federal Savings and Loan Association are to be paid by the Company to the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation Resolution Fund. These amounts are considered "payments in lieu." The FDIC has a variety of review and audit rights, including the right to review and audit computations of payments in lieu of taxes.

        At December 31, 2007, the Company had state income tax net operating loss carryforwards of $124 million, all of which have been offset by a valuation allowance. The state income tax net operating loss carryforwards expire in various years from 2009 through 2027.

        The Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes ("FIN 48"), on January 1, 2007. FIN 48 requires that a tax benefit be recognized only if it is "more likely than not" that it will be realized, based solely on its technical merits, as of the reporting date. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not criterion shall be measured at the largest amount of benefit that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company recognized a $6 million increase in the liability

149


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


for unrecognized tax benefits, which was accounted for as a reduction to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings.

        The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of the date of adoption on January 1, 2007 was $1.41 billion, of which $814 million of unrecognized tax benefits would favorably affect the effective tax rate if recognized. At December 31, 2007, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was $1.15 billion, of which $537 million would favorably affect the effective tax rate if recognized.

        The following is a reconciliation of the Company's total unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2007:

Total Unrecognized Tax Benefits (in millions):

   
 
Balance at January 1, 2007   $ 1,414  
  Additions for tax positions in prior periods     43  
  Reductions for tax positions in prior periods     (337 )
  Additions based on tax positions in the current period     27  
  Settlements     (1 )
   
 
Balance at December 31, 2007   $ 1,146  
   
 

        The Company recognizes interest expense and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. As of January 1, 2007 and December 31, 2007, the Company had accrued $105 million and $149 million for the potential payments of interest, and $47 million for the potential payments of penalties. During 2007, the Company recognized $58 million for the potential payments of interest in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

        The Company has accrued net income tax receivables representing tax refund claims for periods through December 31, 2005. As of December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2007, the amount of the receivable from various taxing authorities, including interest, totaled approximately $3.07 billion and $2.72 billion. Interest income is recognized on these receivables and is reported as other income, a component of noninterest income. As of January 1, 2007 and December 31, 2007, accrued interest income totaled $295 million and $351 million. During 2007, the Company recognized $150 million of interest income on income tax receivables in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

        The Company, including certain of its subsidiaries, files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, various state jurisdictions, and the United Kingdom. Some acquired subsidiaries continue to be subject to both federal and state examinations for periods prior to their acquisition. Generally, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, or United Kingdom income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 1998.

        In 2005, the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") completed the examination of the Company's federal income tax returns for the years 1998 through 2000. Selected issues were referred to the IRS Appeals Division for review. During 2006 all asserted deficiencies were resolved in principle, and their resolution did not materially affect the Company's 2006 Consolidated Financial Statements. The remaining issue involved a claim for refund with respect to certain tax sharing payments to the FDIC. In 2007, the Company reached an agreement in principle with the IRS Appeals Division on a settlement of this issue for 1998-2005. Such agreement is subject to administrative review within the IRS as well as review by the Joint Committee on Taxation. Should the settlement be approved, the Company will recognize a reduction in income tax expense of approximately $33 million. It is reasonably possible that this settlement will be approved within the next twelve months. Total unrecognized tax benefits have been reduced by $135 million due to the Company's change in measurement as a result of the proposed settlement.

150


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        During 2007, the IRS completed the examination of the Company's federal income tax returns for 2001 through 2003. The Company entered into a partial agreement with the IRS on several aspects of the examination resulting in an expected refund of tax in the amount of $1.65 billion. In February of 2008, the Joint Committee on Taxation approved the refund. In addition, selected issues have been raised by the IRS which will be referred to the IRS Appeals Division for review. The Company does not anticipate that the resolution of these issues will result in a significant impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

        The IRS is currently examining the Company's federal income tax returns for the years 2004 and 2005. As of December 31, 2007, no issue has been raised that will result in a significant impact on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

        The Company is currently attempting to settle a deficiency asserted by the UK Inland Revenue. The issue relates to the taxes due on the 2002 sale of credit card operations by a subsidiary of the former Providian Financial Corporation. It is reasonably possible that this issue will be settled within the next twelve months. The range of the possible settlement is estimated to be $21 million to $32 million.

        From 1981 through 1985, H.F. Ahmanson & Co. ("Ahmanson"), which was acquired by the Company in 1998, acquired thrift institutions in six states through Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation assisted transactions. In addition to acquiring the assets and operations of these thrift institutions, Ahmanson also acquired (1) the rights to establish branches in the states where the acquired thrifts operated ("Branching Rights") and/or (2) favorable regulatory treatment of goodwill recorded as a result of these acquisitions ("Goodwill Rights").

        Ahmanson abandoned the Branching Rights it acquired in several of those states in years prior to 1999. The Company (as successor to Ahmanson) believes it is entitled to tax deductions at the time the branches were sold and the Branching Rights abandoned. In addition, the Company believes it is entitled to tax deductions relating to the amortization or loss of Goodwill Rights due in part to a 1989 change in law. The Company filed several refund claims with the IRS with respect to such deductions that the IRS has denied. The Company filed an action in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Washington in October 2006 asserting its rights to refunds for the abandonment of Branching Rights in one state and for the amortization or loss of Goodwill Rights with respect to one acquisition. The trial date for this case has been set to occur in September 2008. The amount of refund claimed in this case is approximately $16 million of tax.

        In addition to the claims being tried in the action cited above, as of December 31, 2007, the Company has claims and potential claims with the IRS relating to Branching Rights and Goodwill Rights totaling $534 million.

        No benefit has been recognized in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements with respect to the tax deductions for Branching Rights or Goodwill Rights. The previous amounts, whether filed or yet to be filed, are included in the total unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2007.

Note 15:    Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies

        Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers in accordance with predetermined amounts and other contractual provisions. These commitments may be for specific periods or may contain clauses permitting termination or reduction of the commitment by the Company and may require the payment of a fee by the customer. The total amounts of unused commitments do

151


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

not necessarily represent future credit exposure or cash requirements, in that commitments often expire without being drawn upon.

        Unfunded commitments to extend credit consisted of the following:

 
  December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
 
  (in millions)

Residential real estate   $ 68,071   $ 69,675
Commercial     6,109     5,512
Credit card     47,524     40,169
Other     890     892
   
 
  Total unfunded commitments   $ 122,594   $ 116,248
   
 

        The Company reserved $47 million and $27 million as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 to cover its loss exposure to unfunded commitments.

        In the ordinary course of business, the Company sells loans to third parties and in certain circumstances retains credit risk exposure on those loans and may be required to repurchase them. The Company may also be required to repurchase sold loans when representations and warranties made by the Company in connection with those sales are breached. Under certain circumstances, such as when a loan sold to an investor and serviced by the Company fails to perform according to its contractual terms within the six months after its origination or upon written request of the investor, the Company will review the loan file to determine whether or not errors may have been made in the process of originating the loan. If errors are discovered and it is determined that such errors constitute a breach of a representation or warranty made to the investor in connection with the Company's sale of the loan, then if the breach had a material adverse effect on the value of the loan, the Company will be required to either repurchase the loan or indemnify the investor for losses sustained. In addition, the Company is a party to and from time to time enters into agreements that contain general indemnification provisions, primarily in connection with agreements to sell and service loans or other assets or the sales of mortgage servicing rights. These provisions typically require the Company to make payments to the purchasers or other third parties to indemnify them against losses they may incur due to actions taken by the Company prior to entering into the agreement or due to a breach of representations, warranties, and covenants made in connection with the agreement or possible changes in or interpretations of tax law. The Company has recorded reserves of $268 million and $220 million as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, to cover its estimated exposure related to all of the aforementioned loss contingencies.

        In order to meet the needs of its customers, the Company issues direct-pay, standby and other letters of credit. Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company generally to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party in borrowing arrangements, such as commercial paper issuances, bond financing, construction and similar transactions. Collateral may be required to support letters of credit in accordance with management's evaluation of the credit worthiness of each customer. The credit risk involved in issuing standby letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, outstanding letters of credit issued by Washington Mutual totaled $374 million and $409 million, which included $32 million and $39 million in participations sold to other institutions.

152


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        At December 31, 2007, the Company is the guarantor of eight separate issues of trust preferred securities. The Company has issued subordinated debentures to wholly-owned special purpose trusts. Each trust has issued preferred securities. The sole assets of each trust are the subordinated debentures issued by the Company. The Company guarantees the accumulated and unpaid distributions of each trust to the extent the Company provided funding to the trust per the Company's obligations under the subordinated debentures. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these guarantees are the expected principal and interest each trust is obligated to remit under the issuance of trust preferred securities, which totaled $1.23 billion and $2.31 billion as of December 31, 2007 and 2006. No liability has been recorded because the fair value of such guarantees is de minimis .

        In connection with the sale of its retail mutual fund management business, WM Advisors, Inc., the Company provided a guarantee under which it is committed to make certain payments to the purchaser in each of the four years following the closing of the sale on December 31, 2006 in the event that certain fee revenue targets are not met. The fee revenue targets are based on the Company's sales of mutual funds and other financial products that are managed by the purchaser. The Company's maximum potential future payments total $30 million per year for each of the four years following the sale. At the end of the four-year period, the Company can recover all or a portion of the payments made under the guarantee if the aforementioned fee revenues during the four-year period meet or exceed certain targets. The estimated fair value of the guarantee was recorded at December 31, 2006. The carrying amount of the guarantee is being amortized ratably over the four-year period and at each reporting date the Company evaluates the recognition of a loss contingency. The loss contingency is measured as the probable and reasonably estimable amount, if any, that exceeds the amortized value of the remaining guarantee. Based on the evaluation performed at December 31, 2007, no loss contingency was recognized.

        The Company is a member of the Visa USA network. Pursuant to the Visa USA bylaws, the Company is obligated to indemnify Visa, Inc. for potential losses arising from certain Visa litigation. The Company's indemnification obligation is limited to its proportionate equity interest in Visa USA. On November 7, 2007, Visa announced the settlement of its litigation involving American Express, and accordingly, the Company recognized a charge of $38 million for its share of the settlement in the third quarter of 2007. On October 3, 2007, the Visa organization completed a series of restructuring transactions to combine its affiliated operating companies, including Visa USA, under a single holding company, Visa, Inc. in contemplation of its planned initial public offering. In conjunction with the restructuring, changes were also made to the bylaws of Visa USA, which has become a subsidiary of Visa Inc. These bylaw changes represent a modification of the indemnification obligations and resulted in the recognition of a guarantee liability of $50 million in accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 45, Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others ("FIN 45") related to the proportionate share of its obligation to indemnify Visa for certain litigation. If Visa's planned initial public offering is consummated, a portion of the funds received from the offering will be used to establish an escrow account, which can be used to settle claims or judgments related to the covered litigation and which would result in the recognition of a benefit by the Company.

        In the ordinary course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are routinely defendants in or parties to a number of pending and threatened legal actions and proceedings, including actions brought on behalf of various classes of claimants. In certain of these actions and proceedings, claims for substantial monetary damages are asserted against the Company and its subsidiaries. Certain of these

153


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

actions and proceedings are based on alleged violations of consumer protection, wage and hour, fair lending, banking and other laws. In addition, there are currently five securities fraud class action lawsuits, eight ERISA class action lawsuits, nine shareholder derivative actions, and two consolidated antitrust lawsuits currently pending against the Company and/or certain of its directors and senior executive officers.

        In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of pending legal actions and proceedings, the Company cannot state what the eventual outcome of the foregoing pending lawsuits will be. Based on current knowledge, management does not believe that liabilities, if any, arising from any single ordinary course proceeding will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition, operations, results of operations or liquidity of the Company. However, the possibility of a material adverse impact on the Company's operating results for a particular quarterly period exists in the event that an unfavorable outcome were to occur in any of the actions identified above or in the event that an unfavorable outcome were to occur in one or more ordinary course proceedings within the same quarterly reporting period, depending, among other factors, on the level of the Company's income for such period or periods.

Note 16:    Common Stock

        At December 31, 2007, the Company was authorized to issue 1.6 billion shares with no par value. Share activity is as follows:

 
  December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Shares outstanding, beginning of year   944.5   993.9   874.3  
Issued:              
  Stock-based compensation plans   6.0   13.0   14.2  
  Employee stock purchase plan   0.6   0.5   0.5  
  Acquisition       127.0  
  Subordinated note conversion     4.5   1.7  
   
 
 
 
    Total shares issued   6.6   18.0   143.4  
Repurchased and retired (1)   (82.1 ) (67.4 ) (23.8 )
   
 
 
 
Shares outstanding, end of year   869.0   944.5   993.9  
   
 
 
 

(1)
Includes shares repurchased through accelerated share repurchase programs of 74.9 million in 2007, 51.7 million in 2006 and 15.5 million in 2005.

        As part of its capital management activities, from time to time the Company will repurchase its shares to deploy excess capital. Share repurchases can occur in the open market or through accelerated share repurchase ("ASR") programs.

        In connection with each of the ASR programs, the counterparty is expected to purchase an equivalent number of shares in the open market over time, which subjects the transaction to a future price adjustment. At the end of the program, the Company or the counterparty is required to settle the price adjustment to the other party based on the volume weighted average price of the Company's shares traded during the purchase period.

154


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        On March 16, 2006, the Company repurchased 34 million shares of its common stock from a broker-dealer counterparty under an ASR program at an initial cost of $1.48 billion, or $43.61 per share. The repurchased shares were retired by the Company during the first quarter of 2006. At the end of the program, as the average actual price of the Company's shares exceeded the initial purchase price, the Company was required to pay the counterparty the purchase price adjustment and had the option to settle the forward contract in shares or cash. At the election of the Company, a final cash settlement payment of $60 million was made to the counterparty and was recorded as a reduction of capital surplus.

        On August 21, 2006, the Company repurchased 16 million shares of its common stock from a broker-dealer counterparty under an ASR program at an initial cost of $753 million, or $47.06 per share. The repurchased shares were retired by the Company during the third quarter of 2006. At the end of the program, based on the fluctuations in the weighted average price of the Company's common stock between the initiation and the final settlement date of December 5, 2006, the Company received 1.66 million additional shares of its common stock from the counterparty in settlement of the contract.

        On January 3, 2007, the Company repurchased 59.5 million shares of its common stock from a broker-dealer counterparty under an ASR program at an initial cost of $2.72 billion (the "January ASR"). The repurchased shares were retired by the Company during the first quarter of 2007.

        On May 23, 2007, the Company and counterparty terminated the January ASR and simultaneously entered into two new ASR programs covering 34.75 million shares in the aggregate (the "May ASRs"). In connection with and pursuant to the termination of the January ASR and execution of the May ASRs, the Company and the counterparty did the following:

        The foregoing obligations in connection with the termination and settlement of the January ASR were setoff against the share delivery and payment obligations under the May ASRs. Accordingly, on a net settlement basis, the Company received 2.55 million shares of its common stock in settlement of the January ASR and repurchased and received an additional net 10.95 million shares of its common stock from the counterparty at a net cost of $500 million, which was recorded as a reduction of capital surplus.

        The May ASRs were settled in July 2007, and resulted in the Company's receipt of an additional 1.91 million shares of its common stock from the counterparty. At December 31, 2007, there were no outstanding ASR agreements.

        In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company purchased 7.17 million of its shares in open market repurchases.

155


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 17:    Preferred Stock and Minority Interest

        On December 17, 2007, the Company issued 3,000,000 shares of 7.75% Series R Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Series R Preferred Stock"). Dividends, when declared by the Company's Board of Directors, are payable quarterly at an annual dividend rate of 7.75%. Each share of the Series R Preferred Stock may be converted at any time, at the option of the holder, into 47.0535 shares of the Company's common stock plus cash in lieu of fractional shares, subject to anti-dilution adjustments. On or after December 18, 2012, the Company has the option to cause conversion of some or all of the Series R Preferred Stock into its common stock at the then applicable conversion rate if the closing price of the Company's common stock exceeds 130% of the then applicable conversion price of the Series R Preferred Stock for a specified period. The conversion price is subject to adjustment for a specified period upon the occurrence of certain change-of-control events. If the price of the Company's common stock referenced in such event ("reference price") is less than the applicable conversion price, the conversion price is adjusted to the greater of (1) the reference price and (2) $8.71. Further, if certain conditions are met, the Company will increase the conversion rate by a predetermined number of additional shares of the Company's common stock.

        On September 18, 2006, the Company issued 500 shares outstanding of Series K Perpetual Non-Cumulative Floating Rate Preferred Stock with no par value (the "Series K Preferred Stock"). Ownership is held in the form of depositary shares, each of which represents a 1/40,000 th  ownership interest in one share of the Series K Preferred Stock. Dividends, when declared by the Company's Board of Directors, are payable quarterly. The dividend rate is adjustable each quarter and is calculated at the 3-month LIBOR plus 70 basis points, subject to a minimum dividend rate floor of 4.00%. At the option of the Company, the Series K Preferred Stock may be redeemed on or after September 15, 2011 at $1 million per share (equivalent to $25 per depositary share) plus any declared and unpaid dividends.

        Both Series K and Series R Preferred Stock rank senior to common shares both as to dividend and liquidation preferences and in parity to each other. As such, the Company, with certain limited exceptions, may not declare or pay dividends on, or redeem, purchase, or otherwise acquire shares of its common stock unless full dividends on its preferred stock have been declared and paid for the preceding period. Generally, neither have any voting rights.

        The following is a summary of the Company's non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock outstanding as of December 31:

 
   
  Number of shares
  Carrying Value
 
  Liquidation
price per share (2)

 
  Authorized
  Outstanding
  2007
  2006
 
   
   
   
  (in millions)

Floating Rate Series K Non-cumulative (1)   $ 1,000,000   600   500   $ 492   $ 492
7.75% Series R Non-cumulative     1,000   3,000,000   3,000,000     2,900    
         
 
 
 
          3,000,600   3,000,500   $ 3,392   $ 492
         
 
 
 

(1)
Issued as depositary shares, each representing 1/40,000 th  ownership interest in one share of the Series K Preferred Stock.
(2)
Liquidation preference per share equals redemption price per share, plus any declared and unpaid dividends.

156


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        In February 2006, Washington Mutual Preferred Funding LLC ("WMPF LLC"), a Delaware limited liability company, was formed. WMPF LLC is an indirect subsidiary of WMB which is a subsidiary of the Company. The purpose of WMPF LLC is to issue preferred securities to investors. The Company's primary regulator, the Office of Thrift Supervision, has confirmed that such preferred securities are eligible for inclusion in WMB's core capital for regulatory purposes. University Street, Inc., an indirect subsidiary of WMB, owns 100% of WMPF LLC's common securities and such common securities must at all times be held entirely by WMB or its controlled subsidiaries. WMPF LLC may not issue senior debt securities or incur indebtedness for borrowed money. During 2007 and 2006, WMB and its subsidiaries contributed assets consisting of first lien home equity loans and Option ARM loans to WMPF LLC in exchange for the common and preferred securities of WMPF LLC.

        The Company received net proceeds of $2.45 billion during 2006 from the issuance of $1.25 billion of 2006 Series A Fixed-to-Floating Rate Perpetual Non-cumulative Preferred Securities, $750 million of 2006 Series B Fixed Rate Perpetual Non-cumulative Preferred Securities, and $500 million of 2006 Series C Fixed-to-Floating Rate Perpetual Non-cumulative Preferred Securities.

        During 2007, the Company received net proceeds of $1.47 billion from the issuance of $500 million of 2007 Series A Fixed-to-Floating Rate Perpetual Non-cumulative Preferred Securities and $1 billion of 2007 Series B Fixed-to-Floating Rate Perpetual Non-cumulative Preferred Securities.

        All of the preferred securities have a liquidation preference of $1,000 per security. Distributions on the preferred securities, when declared by WMPF LLC's Board of Managers, are payable quarterly. Each series may be redeemed on specific future dates that vary by security; however, redemptions may only occur with the approval of WMB's primary regulator. In addition, the Company has made certain covenants to subordinated bondholders that would require the issuance of an equivalent amount of securities ranking pari passu or junior to the series if any such series was to be redeemed. The following table presents the dividend rates and the earliest redemption date of the preferred securities:

Series

  Amount
  Rate
  Earliest Redemption Date
 
  (dollars in millions)

2006-A   $ 1,250   6.53% (1) March 2011
2006-B     750   7.25%   March 2011
2006-C     500   6.67% (2) December 2016
2007-A     500   6.90% (3) May 2017
2007-B     1,000   9.75% (4) October 2017

(1)
Dividend rate fixed until March 2011. Variable thereafter at 3-month LIBOR plus 1.4825%.
(2)
Dividend rate fixed until December 2016. Variable thereafter at 3-month LIBOR plus 1.7925%.
(3)
Dividend rate fixed until June 2012. Variable thereafter at 3-month LIBOR plus 1.7550%.
(4)
Dividend rate fixed until December 2017. Variable thereafter at 3-month LIBOR plus 4.7230%.

157


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 18:    Earnings Per Common Share

        Information used to calculate earnings per common share was as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (dollars in millions, except per share
amounts, shares in thousands)

 
Income (loss) from continuing operations   $ (67 ) $ 3,114   $ 3,394  
Income from discontinued operations         444     38  
Preferred dividends     (31 )   (8 )    
   
 
 
 
Income (loss) applicable to common stockholders for basic EPS     (98 )   3,550     3,432  
Effect of dilutive securities     (5 )   (3 )   (4 )
   
 
 
 
Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders for diluted EPS   $ (103 ) $ 3,547   $ 3,428  
   
 
 
 
Basic weighted average number of common shares outstanding     864,004     948,371     894,434  
Dilutive effect of potential common shares from:                    
  Awards granted under equity incentive programs     1,002     14,432     12,994  
  Common stock warrants         10,699     9,526  
  Convertible debt     1,177     1,550     1,955  
  Accelerated share repurchase program         354     329  
   
 
 
 
Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding     866,183     975,406     919,238  
   
 
 
 
Basic earnings per common share:                    
  Income (loss) from continuing operations   $ (0.11 ) $ 3.27   $ 3.80  
  Income from discontinued operations         0.47     0.04  
   
 
 
 
    Net income (loss)   $ (0.11 ) $ 3.74   $ 3.84  
   
 
 
 
Diluted earnings per common share:                    
  Income (loss) from continuing operations   $ (0.12 ) $ 3.18   $ 3.69  
  Income from discontinued operations         0.46     0.04  
   
 
 
 
    Net income (loss)   $ (0.12 ) $ 3.64   $ 3.73  
   
 
 
 

        For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, options to purchase an additional 44 million, 14.6 million and 12.1 million shares of common stock were outstanding, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because their inclusion would have had an antidilutive effect. Also excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2007 because of their antidilutive effect were 141 million shares of common stock related to Series R Non-cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock and 35 million shares of common stock related to common stock warrants and restricted stock granted under equity incentive programs.

        Additionally, as part of the 1996 business combination with Keystone Holdings, Inc., 6 million shares of common stock, with an assigned value of $18.4944 per share, are being held in escrow for the benefit of certain of the former investors in Keystone Holdings and their transferees. The escrow was scheduled to expire on December 20, 2008, subject to certain limited extensions. In September 2007, the escrow agreement was amended to extend the expiration date to June 30, 2020. As a result of the amendment, in 2007, the Company received cash payments totaling $17.2 million from the escrow account, which holds both cash dividends paid on escrowed shares as well as interest accumulated on those cash dividends. Additionally, the Company is entitled during 2008 to receive quarterly cash

158


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


payments from the escrow, each in an amount equal to approximately 2% of the then value of the escrow. Thereafter, the Company is entitled to receive quarterly distributions from the escrow, each consisting of 130,435 shares of the Company's common stock and the dividends and interest then in the escrow that is attributable to such shares. The conditions under which the Company shares in the escrow can be released to certain of the former investors in Keystone Holdings and their transferees are related to the outcome of certain litigation and are not based on future earnings or market prices. At December 31, 2007, the conditions for releasing the shares from escrow to those investors and their transferees were not satisfied and therefore none of the shares in the escrow were included in the above computations.

Note 19:    Comprehensive Income

        The following table presents the components of other comprehensive income (loss) and the related tax effect allocated to each component:

 
  Before Tax Amount
  Tax Effect
  Net of Tax
 
 
  (in millions)

 
2005
                   
Unrealized loss from securities:                    
  Net unrealized loss from available-for-sale securities arising during the year   $ (357 ) $ (137 ) $ (220 )
  Reclassification of net loss from available-for-sale securities included in net income     42     16     26  
  Amortization of market adjustment for mortgage-backed securities transferred in 1997 from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity     (6 )   (2 )   (4 )
   
 
 
 
    Net unrealized loss from securities, net of reclassification adjustments     (321 )   (123 )   (198 )
   
 
 
 
Unrealized gain from cash flow hedging instruments:                    
  Net unrealized loss arising during the year     (50 )   (19 )   (31 )
  Reclassification adjustment of losses included in income     115     44     71  
   
 
 
 
    Net unrealized gain from cash flow hedging instruments     65     25     40  
Minimum pension liability adjustment     (1 )       (1 )
   
 
 
 
      Other comprehensive loss   $ (257 ) $ (98 ) $ (159 )
   
 
 
 

159


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2006
                   
Unrealized gain from securities:                    
  Net unrealized gain from available-for-sale securities arising during the year   $ 28   $ 11   $ 17  
  Reclassification of net loss from available-for-sale securities included in net income     5     2     3  
  Amortization of market adjustment for mortgage-backed securities transferred in 1997 from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity     (6 )   (3 )   (3 )
   
 
 
 
    Net unrealized gain from securities, net of reclassification adjustments     27     10     17  
   
 
 
 
Unrealized gain from cash flow hedging instruments:                    
  Net unrealized loss arising during the year     (6 )   (3 )   (3 )
  Reclassification adjustment of losses included in income     139     53     86  
   
 
 
 
    Net unrealized gain from cash flow hedging instruments     133     50     83  
Minimum pension liability adjustment     (2 )   (1 )   (1 )
   
 
 
 
      Other comprehensive income   $ 158   $ 59   $ 99  
   
 
 
 
2007
                   
Unrealized loss from securities:                    
  Net unrealized loss from available-for-sale securities arising during the year   $ (104 ) $ (39 ) $ (65 )
  Reclassification of net gain from available-for-sale securities included in net income     (56 )   (21 )   (35 )
   
 
 
 
    Net unrealized loss from securities, net of reclassification adjustments     (160 )   (60 )   (100 )
   
 
 
 
Unrealized gain from cash flow hedging instruments:                    
  Net unrealized gain arising during the year     5     2     3  
  Reclassification adjustment of losses included in income     65     25     40  
   
 
 
 
    Net unrealized gain from cash flow hedging instruments     70     27     43  
Amortization and deferral of gains, losses and prior service costs from defined benefit plans     (19 )   (4 )   (15 )
   
 
 
 
      Other comprehensive loss   $ (109 ) $ (37 ) $ (72 )
   
 
 
 

160


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        The following table presents accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) balances:

 
  Net
Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
From
Available-
for-Sale
Securities

  Net
Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
from Cash
Flow Hedging
Instruments

  Amortization
Adjustment for
Mortgage-backed
Securities
Transferred
in 1997

  Pension
Adjustments

  Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

 
 
  (in millions)

 
Balance, December 31, 2005   $ (87 ) $ (134 ) $ 3   $ (17 ) $ (235 )
Net change     20     83     (3 )   (1 )   99  
Adoption of new accounting standards     6 (1)           (157 ) (2)   (151 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2006     (61 )   (51 )       (175 )   (287 )
Net change     (100 )   43         (15 )   (72 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2007   $ (161 ) $ (8 ) $   $ (190 ) $ (359 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Related to the adoption of Statement No. 156, Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets – an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140 .
(2)
Related to the adoption of Statement No. 158, Employers' Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans .

Note 20:    Regulatory Capital Requirements and Dividend Restrictions

        Washington Mutual, Inc. is not currently subject to any regulatory capital requirements, but each of its banking subsidiaries is subject to Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS") capital requirements. The capital adequacy requirements are quantitative measures established by regulations that require WMB and WMBfsb to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of capital. The OTS requires WMB and WMBfsb to maintain minimum ratios of adjusted Tier 1 and total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets, as well as Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets (leverage) and tangible equity to tangible assets.

        Federal law and regulations establish minimum capital standards. Under the OTS regulations, an institution is required to maintain a leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets of at least 4.00%, an adjusted Tier 1 risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets ratio of at least 4.00% and a total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets ratio of at least 8.00%. In addition, the Company's banking subsidiaries are required to have a tangible equity to tangible assets ratio of at least 1.50%. Federal law and regulations also establish five capital categories: well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. An institution is treated as well-capitalized if its ratio of total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets is 10.00% or more, its ratio of adjusted Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets is 6.00% or more, its leverage ratio is 5.00% or more, and it is not subject to any federal supervisory order or directive to meet a specific capital level. In order to be adequately capitalized, an institution must have a total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets ratio of not less than 8.00%, an adjusted Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets ratio of not less than 4.00%, and (unless it is in the most highly-rated category) a leverage ratio of not less than 4.00%. An institution is undercapitalized if its total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets ratio is less than 8.00%, or its adjusted Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets capital ratio is less than 4.00%, or (unless it is in the most highly-rated category) its leverage ratio is less than 4.00%. An institution is treated as significantly undercapitalized if its total risk-based

161


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


capital to total risk-weighted assets ratio is less than 6.00%, or its adjusted Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets ratio is less than 3.00%, or its leverage ratio is less than 3.00%. Any institution with a tangible equity to tangible assets ratio of 2.00% or less will be considered critically undercapitalized.

        Undercapitalized institutions are subject to certain prompt corrective action requirements, regulatory controls and restrictions, which become more extensive as an institution becomes more severely undercapitalized. Failure by any of the Company's banking subsidiaries to comply with applicable capital requirements would, if unremedied, result in restrictions on its activities and lead to regulatory enforcement actions against such institutions including, but not limited to, the issuance of a capital directive to ensure the maintenance of required capital levels. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 requires the federal banking regulators to take prompt corrective action with respect to depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. Additionally, OTS approval of any regulatory application filed for their review may be dependent on compliance with capital requirements.

        The regulatory capital ratios calculated for WMB and WMBfsb, along with the capital amounts and ratios for the minimum regulatory requirement and the minimum amounts and ratios required to be categorized as well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action were as follows:

 
  December 31, 2007
 
 
  Actual
  Minimum Regulatory Requirement
  Minimum to be Categorized as Well-Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
 
 
  Amount
  Ratio
  Amount
  Ratio
  Amount
  Ratio
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
WMB                                
Total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets   $ 30,544   12.22 % $ 19,995   8.00 % $ 24,994   10.00 %
Adjusted Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets     20,809   8.33     9,998   4.00     14,996   6.00  
Tier 1 leverage     22,406   7.05     12,708   4.00 (1)   15,885   5.00  
Tangible equity to tangible assets     22,093   6.96     6,348   >2.00     n/a   n/a  
WMBfsb                                
Total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets     29,781   146.30     1,629   8.00     2,036   10.00  
Adjusted Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets     29,609   145.45     814   4.00     1,221   6.00  
Tier 1 leverage     29,650   68.95     1,720   4.00 (1)   2,150   5.00  
Tangible equity to tangible assets     29,650   68.95     860   >2.00     n/a   n/a  

(1)
The minimum leverage ratio guideline is 3% for financial institutions that do not anticipate significant growth and that have well-diversified risk, excellent asset quality, high liquidity, good earnings, effective management and monitoring of market risk and, in general, are considered top-rate, strong banking organizations.

162


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 
  December 31, 2006
 
 
  Actual
  Minimum Regulatory Requirement
  Minimum to be
Categorized as
Well-Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions

 
 
  Amount
  Ratio
  Amount
  Ratio
  Amount
  Ratio
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
WMB                                
Total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets   $ 32,005   12.56 % $ 20,380   8.00 % $ 25,475   10.00 %
Adjusted Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets     22,136   8.69     10,190   4.00     15,285   6.00  
Tier 1 leverage     23,845   7.10     13,430   4.00 (1)   16,787   5.00  
Tangible equity to tangible assets     23,452   6.99     6,707   >2.00     n/a   n/a  
WMBfsb                                
Total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets     31,374   274.89     913   8.00     1,141   10.00  
Adjusted Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets     31,292   274.17     457   4.00     685   6.00  
Tier 1 leverage     31,340   81.62     1,536   4.00 (1)   1,920   5.00  
Tangible equity to tangible assets     31,340   81.62     768   >2.00     n/a   n/a  

(1)
The minimum leverage ratio guideline is 3% for financial institutions that do not anticipate significant growth and that have well-diversified risk, excellent asset quality, high liquidity, good earnings, effective management and monitoring of market risk and, in general, are considered top-rate, strong banking organizations.

        WMB and WMBfsb met all capital adequacy requirements as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 to which they were subject. Additionally, as of the most recent notifications from the OTS, the OTS individually categorized WMB and WMBfsb as well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since those notifications that management believes have changed the well-capitalized status of WMB and WMBfsb.

        Washington Mutual, Inc.'s principal sources of funds are cash dividends received from its banking and other subsidiaries, investment income, and borrowings. Washington Mutual, Inc.'s ability to pay dividends is also predicated on the ability of its subsidiaries to declare and pay dividends to Washington Mutual, Inc. Federal law limits the ability of a bank, such as WMB or WMBfsb, to pay dividends or make other capital distributions.

        OTS regulations limit the ability of savings associations to pay dividends and make other capital distributions. WMB and WMBfsb must file an application or notice with the OTS at least 30 days before the proposed payment of a dividend or payment of a proposed capital distribution because they are subsidiaries of a savings and loan holding company. At the present time, WMB and WMBfsb must file an application for approval with the OTS under this requirement. In addition, a savings association must obtain prior approval from the OTS if it fails to meet certain regulatory conditions, if, after giving effect to the proposed capital distribution, the association's capital distributions in a calendar year would exceed its year-to-date net income plus retained net income for the preceding two years or the association would not be at least adequately capitalized or if the distribution would violate a statute, regulation, regulatory agreement or a regulatory condition to which the association is subject.

        The Company's retained earnings at December 31, 2007 included a pre-1988 thrift bad debt reserve for tax purposes of $2.22 billion for which no federal income taxes have been provided. In the future, if the thrift bad debt reserve is required to be reclassified for tax purposes, the Company will incur a federal income tax liability, at the then prevailing corporate income tax rate, to the extent of such subsidiaries' pre-1988 thrift bad debt reserve. As a result, the Company's ability to pay dividends

163


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

in excess of current earnings may be limited. See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Income Taxes" for additional discussion.

Note 21:    Stock-Based Compensation Plans and Shareholder Rights Plan

        Effective January 1, 2003 and in accordance with the transitional guidance of FASB Statement No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation – Transition and Disclosure ("Statement No. 148"), the Company elected to prospectively apply the fair value method of accounting for stock-based awards granted after December 31, 2002. Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted FASB Statement No. 123R, Share-Based Payment ("Statement No. 123R"), using the modified prospective application transition method. Since the Company had already adopted Statement No. 148 and substantially all stock-based awards granted prior to its adoption were fully vested at December 31, 2005, Statement No. 123R did not have a significant effect on the Consolidated Statements of Income or the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. Prior to the Company's adoption of Statement No. 123R, benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation costs were reported as operating cash flows in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Statement No. 123R requires excess tax benefits to be reported as a financing cash inflow rather than as a reduction of taxes paid.

        Statement No. 123R requires an entity that previously had a policy of recognizing the effect of forfeitures as they occurred to estimate the number of outstanding instruments for which the requisite service is not expected to be rendered. The effect of this change in accounting principle amounted to $25 million and has been reflected as a decrease to compensation and benefits expense in the first quarter of 2006.

        Net income for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 included $159 million, $215 million and $161 million of compensation costs and $60 million, $81 million and $62 million of income tax benefits related to the Company's stock-based compensation arrangements. As the Company elected to use the modified prospective application method, results for the year ended December 31, 2005 do not reflect any restated amounts.

        In February 2003, the Board of Directors adopted the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan ("2003 EIP"). On April 15, 2003, the shareholders approved the adoption of the 2003 EIP, which replaced the 1994 Stock Option Plan ("1994 Plan") and the Company's Equity Incentive Plan. Under the 2003 EIP, all of the Company's employees, officers, directors and certain consultants, agents, advisors and independent contractors are eligible to receive awards. Awards which may be granted under the 2003 EIP include stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and stock units, performance shares and performance units and other stock or cash-based awards. The 2003 EIP is generally similar to the 1994 Plan and the Equity Incentive Plan, and does not affect the terms of any option granted under the 1994 Plan or stock or shares awarded under the Equity Incentive Plan. The maximum number of shares of Washington Mutual common stock available for grant under the 2003 EIP is 109,919,426, which includes authorized shares not issued or subject to outstanding awards under the Company's 1994 Plan or Equity Incentive Plan.

        Under the 2003 EIP, the exercise price of the option must at least equal the fair market value of Washington Mutual's common stock on the date of the grant. The options generally vest on a graded schedule over one to three years, depending on the terms of the grant, and expire ten years from the grant date.

164


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Under the 1994 Stock Option Plan, options to purchase shares of Washington Mutual common stock were granted to officers, directors, consultants and advisors of the Company. Under the 1994 Plan, the exercise price of the options was equal to the fair market value of Washington Mutual's common stock on the date of the grant. The options generally vested on a graded schedule over one to three years, depending upon the terms of the grant, and expire five to ten years from the grant date. The 1994 Plan originally provided for the granting of options to purchase a maximum of 27,000,000 shares of common stock. During 2000, the Board of Directors amended, and the Company's shareholders approved, an increase in the maximum number of shares of common stock available for grant to 45,000,000.

        From time to time, the Board of Directors approved grants of nonqualified stock options to certain groups of employees. The grants were made pursuant to a series of plans, collectively known as "WAMU Shares." The aggregate number of shares authorized by the Board of Directors for grants under the WAMU Shares plans was 14,511,900. On October 16, 2002, the Board amended the 1999 WAMU Shares and the 2001 WAMU Shares plans to allow grants to a broader group of employees, including management, so that some of the authorized but unissued options could be granted to eligible employees as part of the annual grant in December 2002. Generally, eligible full-time and part-time employees on the award dates were granted options to purchase shares of Washington Mutual common stock. The exercise price for all grants is the fair market value of Washington Mutual's common stock on the grant date, and all options vested one to three years after that date and expire five to ten years from the grant date.

165


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Changes in the status of all stock option plans during the year ended December 31, 2007 were as follows:

 
  Number
  Weighted Average
Exercise Price

  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(in years)

  Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in millions)

1994 Stock Option Plan:                    
Outstanding at December 31, 2006   14,250,459   $ 31.62   4.34   $ 198
  Exercised   (1,394,232 )   33.22          
  Cancelled   (480,077 )   30.31          
   
               
Outstanding at December 31, 2007   12,376,150     31.49   3.55      
   
               

Outstanding options exercisable as of December 31, 2007

 

12,376,150

 

 

31.49

 

3.55

 

 

 

WAMU Shares Stock Option Plan:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Outstanding at December 31, 2006   2,651,123   $ 36.95   3.98   $ 23
  Exercised   (437,962 )   37.29          
  Forfeited   (1,550 )   37.81          
  Cancelled   (623,858 )   37.77          
   
               
Outstanding at December 31, 2007   1,587,753     36.53   4.53      
   
               

Outstanding options exercisable as of December 31, 2007

 

1,587,753

 

 

36.53

 

4.53

 

 

 

Acquired Plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Outstanding at December 31, 2006   5,374,769   $ 61.57   3.75   $ 55
  Exercised   (885,571 )   23.77          
  Cancelled   (261,912 )   62.64          
   
               
Outstanding at December 31, 2007   4,227,286     69.43   2.74      
   
               

Outstanding options exercisable as of December 31, 2007

 

4,227,286

 

 

69.43

 

2.74

 

 

 

2003 Equity Incentive Plan:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Outstanding at December 31, 2006   20,465,439   $ 41.68   7.78   $ 78
  Granted   7,766,113     44.29          
  Exercised   (994,092 )   40.73          
  Forfeited   (1,566,803 )   43.36          
  Cancelled   (191,313 )   41.68          
   
               
Outstanding at December 31, 2007   25,479,344     42.41   7.29      
   
               

Options vested or expected to vest as of December 31, 2007

 

24,321,312

 

 

42.40

 

7.22

 

 

 

Outstanding options exercisable as of December 31, 2007

 

12,843,279

 

 

41.18

 

6.10

 

 

 

166


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        The fair value of the options granted under the Company's stock option plans was estimated on the date of the grant using a binomial model that used the assumptions noted in the following table. Expected volatilities are based on implied volatilities from traded options on the Company's stock, the historical volatility of the Company's stock and other factors. Employees that have similar historical exercise behavior are grouped together for valuation purposes. The risk-free interest rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the rate available on zero-coupon government issues in effect at the time of the grant. The expected term of options granted is derived from historical exercise behavior combined with possible option lives based on remaining contractual terms of unexercised and outstanding options. The range of expected life given below results from certain groups of employees exhibiting different behavior.

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
Weighted average grant-date fair value:                    
  2003 Equity Incentive Plan   $ 7.33   $ 8.06   $ 8.29  
Dividend yield     4.00-5.40 %   4.70 %   4.15-4.32 %
Expected volatility     21.00-62.40     20.90-25.50     20.85-30.74  
Risk-free interest rate     3.60-5.04     4.22-5.02     3.55-4.50  
Expected life (in years)     5.2-6.3     5.1-6.2     2.5-7.0  

        The total intrinsic value of options exercised under the plans during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $36 million, $153 million and $171 million. As of December 31, 2007, there was $55 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to stock options. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.7 years.

        Cash received from stock options exercised and the income tax benefits from stock options exercised for the year ended December 31, 2007 were $124 million and $34 million.

        The 2003 EIP and one of its predecessor plans, the Equity Incentive Plan, permit grants of restricted stock, with or without performance-based vesting restrictions, for the benefit of all employees, officers, directors, and certain consultants, agents, advisors, and independent contractors of the Company. The restricted stock awards granted in 2007 to certain executive officers contain performance conditions that will determine the number of shares eligible to vest. Vesting of these awards will be over three years, but only to the extent of the achievement of the performance conditions in 2007. Once the performance results are known, any shares not eligible to vest will be forfeited. In 2005, the Company granted a special performance-based restricted stock award to certain executive officers. Vesting of this award is tied to the Company's performance against a five year strategic plan. Compensation expense for awards with performance conditions is recorded only when it is probable that the performance conditions for vesting will be met. The Company measures the fair value of the 2003 EIP restricted stock awards based upon the market price of the underlying common stock as of the date of grant. The 2003 EIP restricted stock awards are amortized over their applicable vesting period (generally three to five years) using the straight-line method.

167


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        The following table presents the status and changes in restricted stock awards issued under both plans:

 
  Shares
  Weighted Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value

Restricted stock awards:          
Nonvested balance at December 31, 2006   6,388,651   $ 42.26
  Granted   4,197,853     44.51
  Vested   (2,558,555 )   42.27
  Forfeited   (932,629 )   43.01
   
     
Nonvested balance at December 31, 2007   7,095,320     42.48
   
     

        As of December 31, 2007, there was $167 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested restricted stock awards. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.8 years.

        During the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, 2003 EIP restricted stock awards of 4.0 million and 4.2 million were granted with a weighted average grant-date per share fair value of $43.38 and $40.54. The fair value of EIP restricted stock awards vested during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $112 million and $48 million.

        The 2003 EIP also allows for awards denominated in units of stock ("Performance Shares"). Performance Shares are paid out at the end of a three-year period only if the Company achieves specified performance and market goals compared with the performance of a peer group in the S&P Financial Index. Payout of Performance Shares is in the form of cash or shares of the Company's common stock at the Company's discretion unless the employee has elected to defer receipt of the payout. In such case, the final payout will be in cash. The periodic compensation cost related to the awards is based on the fair value of the award at each reporting period. The fair value of Performance Shares is estimated at each reporting date utilizing a Monte Carlo valuation methodology to determine the value of the market condition, which is combined with the estimated value of the performance conditions.

        The following table presents the status and changes in Performance Shares awards:

 
  Units
  Weighted Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value

Performance Shares awards:          
Nonvested balance at December 31, 2006   1,418,367   $ 42.55
  Granted   597,350     44.32
  Cancelled   (544,652 )   39.53
  Forfeited   (106,943 )   44.73
   
     
Nonvested balance at December 31, 2007   1,364,122     44.36
   
     

        As of December 31, 2007, there was $356,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested Performance Shares. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.9 years.

168


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        During the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, Performance Shares awards of 545,809 units and 489,857 units were granted with a weighted average grant-date per share fair value of $46.21 and $42.17. The total fair value of Performance Shares awards vested during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 was zero.

        The 2003 EIP also allows for awards denominated in units of stock with no performance conditions (Restricted Stock Units or "RSUs"). The Company first granted RSUs to employees in 2007. The RSUs represent the right to receive up to the number of shares of common stock at vesting and does not represent the right to receive dividends or other distributions paid on shares of stock during the vesting period. The Company measures the fair value of the RSUs based upon the market prices of the underlying common stock as of the date of grant, adjusted to exclude the value of expected dividends. The RSUs are amortized over their applicable vesting period (generally three years) using the straight-line method.

        The following table presents the status and changes in Restricted Stock Unit awards:

 
  Units
  Weighted Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value

Restricted Stock Unit awards:          
Nonvested balance at December 31, 2006     $
  Granted   835,212     36.93
  Vested   (13,080 )   36.79
  Forfeited   (44,734 )   36.79
   
     
Nonvested balance at December 31, 2007   777,398     36.94
   
     

        As of December 31, 2007, there was $20 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested Restricted Stock Unit awards. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.2 years.

        The Long-term Cash Incentive Program ("LTCIP"), initiated during 2005, provides eligible employees the opportunity to earn cash awards aligned with the Company's common stock performance over a three-year period. Participants are awarded a number of units and on each of the three award anniversaries, participants receive a cash payment equal to the value of one-third of the participant's units multiplied by the average closing price of the Company's common stock over a period preceding the award anniversary date. These awards are classified as liabilities and are valued at each reporting period, based on the closing price of the Company's common stock.

        The following table presents the status and changes in LTCIP awards:

 
  Units
  Weighted Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value

LTCIP awards:          
Nonvested balance at December 31, 2006   1,960,296   $ 42.16
  Vested   (805,555 )   41.95
  Forfeited   (115,715 )   42.11
   
     
Nonvested balance at December 31, 2007   1,039,026     42.32
   
     

169


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        As of December 31, 2007, there was $4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested LTCIP awards. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.9 years. Cash used to settle vested LTCIP awards was $33 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.

        During the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, LTCIP awards of 1.3 million units and 1.5 million units were granted with a weighted average grant-date per share fair value of $43.09 and $40.91. The total fair value of LTCIP awards vested during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $21 million and de minimis .

        The Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP") allows qualifying employees to purchase Washington Mutual common stock at a 5% discount from the price at the end of each quarterly offering period. The Company pays for the program's administrative expenses. Employees purchased 631,485 shares, 499,163 shares and 484,703 shares of the Company's common stock during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005. At December 31, 2007, 1.2 million shares were reserved for future issuance under this plan.

        In October 2000, the 1994 Shareholder Rights Plan expired in accordance with its terms. On December 19, 2000, the Company's Board of Directors adopted a new Shareholder Rights Plan and declared a dividend of one right for each outstanding share of common stock to shareholders of record on January 4, 2001. The rights have certain anti-takeover effects. They are intended to discourage coercive or unfair takeover tactics and to encourage any potential acquirer to negotiate a price fair to all shareholders. The rights may cause substantial dilution to an acquiring party that attempts to acquire the Company on terms not approved by the Board of Directors, but they will not interfere with any friendly merger or other business combination. The Shareholder Rights Plan was not adopted in response to any specific effort to acquire control of the Company.

Note 22:    Employee Benefits Programs and Other Expense

        On December 31, 2006, the Company adopted FASB Statement No. 158, Employers Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans ("Statement No. 158"). This Statement requires the Company to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of its defined benefit postretirement plans as an asset or liability in its statement of financial condition and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income. In 2006, the Company recorded the net impact on accumulated other comprehensive income from the adoption of Statement No. 158, after applicable income taxes of $103 million, of $157 million. Statement No. 158 also requires the Company to disclose additional information about certain effects on net periodic benefit cost expected to be recognized over the next fiscal year that arise from delayed recognition of the gains or losses, prior service costs or credits and transition amounts.

        Washington Mutual maintains a noncontributory cash balance defined benefit pension plan (the "Pension Plan") for eligible employees. Benefits earned for each year of service are based primarily on the level of compensation in that year, plus a stipulated rate of return on the cash balance. It is the Company's policy to contribute funds to the Pension Plan on a current basis to the extent the amounts

170


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

are sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements as set forth in employee benefit and tax laws, plus such additional amounts the Company determines to be appropriate.

        The Company, as successor to previously acquired companies, has assumed responsibility for a number of nonqualified, noncontributory, unfunded postretirement benefit plans, including retirement restoration plans for certain employees, supplemental retirement plans for certain officers and multiple outside directors' retirement plans (the "Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans"). Benefits under the retirement restoration plans are generally determined by the Company. Benefits under the supplemental retirement plans and outside directors' retirement plans are generally based on years of service.

        The Company, as successor to previously acquired companies, maintains unfunded defined benefit postretirement plans (the "Other Postretirement Benefit Plans") that make medical and life insurance coverage available to eligible retired employees and their beneficiaries and covered dependents. The expected cost of providing these benefits to retirees, their beneficiaries and covered dependents was accrued during the years each employee provided services. The assumed healthcare cost trend rate will be 9.00% for 2008. This rate is expected to decrease 0.5% per year to the ultimate trend rate of 5.00% by 2016. A 1% change in assumed health care cost trend rates would not have a material impact on the service and interest cost or postretirement benefit obligation.

        Washington Mutual uses December 31 as the measurement date for its plans.

171


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Obligations and funded status for the Pension Plan, Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
 
 
  Pension Plan
  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

 
 
  (in millions)

 
Change in benefit obligation                                      
Benefit obligation, beginning of year (1)   $ 1,570   $ 134   $ 53   $ 1,512   $ 138   $ 64  
Interest cost     95     8     3     89     8     3  
Service cost     83     3         86     2      
Plan participants' contributions             4             4  
Actuarial (gain) loss     (36 )   3     (2 )   (16 )   (2 )   (2 )
Amendments     3                      
Curtailment gain                         (8 )
Benefits paid     (125 )   (11 )   (7 )   (101 )   (12 )   (8 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Benefit obligation, end of year (1)     1,590     137     51     1,570     134     53  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change in plan assets                                      
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year     1,787             1,621          
Actual return on plan assets     82             191          
Employer contributions     491     11     3     76     12     4  
Plan participants' contributions             4             4  
Benefits paid     (125 )   (11 )   (7 )   (101 )   (12 )   (8 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Fair value of plan assets, end of year     2,235             1,787          
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Funded status, end of year   $ 645   $ (137 ) $ (51 ) $ 217   $ (134 ) $ (53 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
The Pension Plan and Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans benefit obligation represents the projected benefit obligation. The Other Postretirement Benefit Plans benefit obligation represents the accumulated benefit obligation.

        Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition consist of:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
 
 
  Pension Plan
  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

 
 
  (in millions)

 
Other assets   $ 645   $   $   $ 217   $   $  
Other liabilities         (137 )   (51 )       (134 )   (53 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net amount recognized   $ 645   $ (137 ) $ (51 ) $ 217   $ (134 ) $ (53 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

        Other assets of $645 million and $217 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006 reflect the net funded status of the Pension Plan as required by Statement No. 158.

172


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Amounts recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income that have not been recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost consisted of the following:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
 
 
  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

 
 
  (in millions)

 
Net loss (gain)   $ 233   $ 26   $ (19 ) $ 209   $ 23   $ (18 )
Prior service cost     58     6         65     7      
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net amount recorded   $ 291   $ 32   $ (19 ) $ 274   $ 30   $ (18 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 

        The accumulated benefit obligation for the Pension Plan and Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans was $1.39 billion and $133 million at December 31, 2007 and $1.36 billion and $129 million at December 31, 2006.

        Components of net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive income for the Pension Plan, Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
 
 
  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

 
 
  (in millions)

 
Net periodic benefit cost:                                      
Interest cost   $ 95   $ 8   $ 3   $ 89   $ 8   $ 3  
Service cost     83     3         86     2      
Expected return on plan assets     (142 )           (129 )        
Amortization of prior service cost     10     1         10     1      
Recognized net actuarial loss (gain)         1     (1 )   17     1     (1 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net periodic benefit cost     46     13     2     73     12     2  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other changes in plan assets and other benefit obligation recognized in other comprehensive income:                                      
Current year actuarial loss (gain)     24     4     (2 )            
Amortization of actuarial (loss) gain         (1 )   1              
Current year prior service cost     3                      
Amortization of prior service cost     (10 )   (1 )                
Change in additional minimum liability                     (3 )    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)     17     2     (1 )       (3 )    
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income   $ 63   $ 15   $ 1   $ 73   $ 9   $ 2  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrecognized cost (credit) upon adoption of Statement No. 158                     $ 274   $ 4   $ (18 )
                     
 
 
 

173


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 
 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2005
 
 
  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

 
 
  (in millions)

 
Net periodic benefit cost:                    
Interest cost   $ 86   $ 8   $ 4  
Service cost     79     1     1  
Expected return on plan assets     (118 )        
Amortization of prior service cost (credit)     9     1     (1 )
Amortization of net loss             1  
Recognized net actuarial loss (gain)     15     1     (1 )
   
 
 
 
  Net periodic benefit cost     71     11     4  
   
 
 
 
Other changes in plan assets and other benefit obligation recognized in other comprehensive income:                    
Change in additional minimum liability         2      
   
 
 
 
Total recognized in other comprehensive income         2      
   
 
 
 
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income   $ 71   $ 13   $ 4  
   
 
 
 

        The estimated net loss and prior service cost for the Pension Plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are $2 million and $11 million. The estimated net loss and prior service cost for the Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are $1 million and $1 million. The estimated net gain and prior service credit for the Other Postretirement Benefit Plans that will be amortized over the next fiscal year are $1 million and de minimis .

        Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations for the Pension Plan, Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
 
 
  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

 
Discount rate   6.40 % 6.05 % 6.00 % 6.00 % 6.00 % 6.00 %
Rate of compensation increase   9.63   n/a   n/a   5.50   n/a   n/a  

174


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the Pension Plan, Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
 
 
  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

 
Discount rate   6.00 % 6.00 % 6.00 % 5.70 % 5.70 % 5.70 %
Rate of compensation increase   5.50   n/a   n/a   5.50   n/a   n/a  
Expected long-term return on plan assets   8.00   n/a   n/a   8.00   n/a   n/a  
 
 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2005
 
 
  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

 
Discount rate   5.90 % 5.90 % 5.90 %
Rate of compensation increase   5.50   n/a   n/a  
Expected long-term return on plan assets   8.00   n/a   n/a  

        The discount rate is determined through a review of a portfolio of investment grade corporate bonds with durations matching the expected durations of the Pension Plan liabilities. The expected long-term rate of return assumption was developed using a policy framework that includes an annual review of several factors including an analysis of historical asset returns, gauging market consensus, historical returns of the Pension Plan's portfolio, reviewing longer-term historical asset returns and incorporating the results of asset return models.

        It is within the Company's Investment Policy Statement that the asset return assumptions chosen for the upcoming year are maintained so long as the actual long-term asset return experience is not significantly different from the past assumed asset rate of return and that there is no significant change in the targeted asset allocation or in the selection of investment managers.

175


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        The Pension Plan's weighted-average asset allocation at December 31, 2007 and 2006 by asset category was as follows:

 
  Pension Plan Assets At December 31, (1)
 
 
  2007
  2006
 
Asset Category          
Fixed income securities   36 % 32 %
Cash and equivalents   2   5  
Domestic equities:          
  Large cap   35   33  
  Small/mid cap   6   7  
International equities   13   16  
Alternative investments   8   7  
   
 
 
    Total   100 % 100 %
   
 
 

(1)
The Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans had no plan assets at December 31, 2007 and 2006.

        The total portfolio is managed on a balanced basis, with the primary asset categories to include: domestic large capitalization equities, domestic small/mid capitalization equities, fixed income securities (primarily U.S.), and international equity investments.

        It is the Company's intention to allow the investment managers full discretion within the scope of the Company's Investment Policy Statement to allocate the Pension Plan assets within each of the asset classes. The Company's Investment Policy Statement is established by the Company's Plan Investment Committee.

        The portfolio strategy will seek total return, defined as all income, gains and losses, whether realized or unrealized, over a long-term basis and defined as five years or more. At a minimum, the total return objective for all managers in the aggregate is to meet or exceed the Plan's long-term rate of return assumption.

        Given the investment objectives of the Pension Plan and the Plan Investment Committee's risk tolerance, the Committee has set certain long-range target asset allocation percentages. The Investment Policy Statement provides for portfolio rebalancing, as appropriate when an asset category falls outside a target range. The target asset allocation percentages are as follows:

 
  Target
  Minimum
  Maximum
 
Fixed income securities and cash equivalents   35 % 28 % 42 %
Domestic equities   43   39   47  
International equities   12   9   15  
Alternative investments   10     15  

        The Pension Plan assets include Washington Mutual, Inc.'s common stock and fixed income securities of $4 million or 0.17% of total plan assets, and $7 million, or 0.39% of total plan assets at December 31, 2007 and 2006.

        Washington Mutual expects to contribute $80,000, $12 million and $6 million to the Pension Plan, Nonqualified Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans in 2008.

176


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

 
  Pension
Plan

  Nonqualified
Defined
Benefit Plans

  Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

 
  (in millions)

2008   $ 111   $ 12   $ 6
2009     117     11     5
2010     124     11     5
2011     131     27     5
2012     135     10     5
2013-2017     733     73     20

        WaMu Savings Plan.     The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan for all eligible employees that allows participants to make contributions by salary deduction up to 75% of their salary pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Employee contributions vest immediately. Prior to January 1, 2004, the Company's matching contributions and any profit sharing contributions made to employees vested based on years of service. Company contributions made on or after January 1, 2004 vest immediately.

        In connection with the acquisition of Providian, the Company assumed the Providian Financial Corporation 401(k) Plan, which was available to substantially all Card Services employees. Providian's 401(k) Plan offers safe-harbor matching contributions and discretionary retirement contributions to eligible plan participants. Providian's 401(k) Plan was merged into WaMu Savings Plan on April 1, 2006.

        Company contributions to savings plans were $75 million, $73 million and $77 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005.

        Other Account Balance Plans.     The Company sponsors supplemental employee and executive retirement plans for the benefit of certain officers. The plans are designed to supplement the benefits that are accrued under the Pension Plans.

        Postage expense exceeded 1% of total interest income and noninterest income and is not otherwise shown separately in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, postage expense was $417 million, $471 million and $293 million.

Note 23:    Derivative Financial Instruments

        The Company uses a variety of derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate risk and reduce the effects that changing interest rates may have on net income. These instruments include interest rate swaps, basis swaps, caps and floors, option contracts, financial futures and forward settlement agreements. From time to time, interest rate derivative instruments may be embedded within certain adjustable- and fixed-rate borrowings. Swaps are agreements between two parties to exchange cash flows of different types based on the contractual notional amounts. Interest rate swaps involve the

177


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


exchange of fixed-rate and variable-rate interest payments based on the contractual notional amounts. Basis swaps involve the exchange of interest payments based on the contractual notional amounts, where both the pay rate and receive rate are floating rates based on different indices. Caps and floors are agreements in which payments are made when a reference rate rises above (for caps) or falls below (for floors) the strike rate. Option contracts give the option buyer the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell a financial asset at the exercise price within or at the end of a specified time period. Financial futures and forward settlements allow the contract holder to buy or sell a quantity of a financial instrument at a predetermined price and date. Settlements of derivative financial instruments affecting net income are recorded as operating activities within the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

        The Company also uses foreign currency swaps to manage the foreign exchange risk associated with certain non U.S. dollar denominated debt. Foreign currency swaps represent agreements to exchange the currency of one country for the currency of another country at an agreed-upon price and settlement date. Foreign currency swaps are similar to interest rate swaps except that they are based on currencies rather than interest rates.

        The risk of holding assets or liabilities that have a fixed element (price, rate, currency or index) creates exposure to changes in fair value due to changes in interest rates or exchange rates. As part of its asset/liability management activities, the Company holds certain fixed-rate investment securities and borrowings. The Company uses pay-fixed and receive-fixed swaps to synthetically convert these instruments to floating rate and reduce the risk of interest rate changes impacting fair value. The fair values of these derivatives are reported in other assets and other liabilities. In addition, the Company enters into foreign currency swaps to hedge its exposure to foreign exchange risk and interest rate risk associated with the issuance of non U.S. dollar denominated debt. Changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative and offsetting changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk of the hedged item are reported in interest income or interest expense. For the year ended December 31, 2007, the net gain recognized in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness of the fair value hedges of investment securities and borrowings was de minimis . For the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, the amount was $1 million.

        The Company applied fair value hedge accounting treatment, as prescribed by Statement No. 133, as amended, to most of its MSR for all periods in 2005. At December 31, 2005, the fair value of the derivatives that qualified for fair value hedge accounting treatment was reported in other assets and other liabilities with changes in the fair value reported in net MSR valuation adjustments. For the year ended December 31, 2005, the net gains recognized in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness of the fair value hedges of MSR were $22 million. Beginning January 1, 2006, the Company discontinued the application of fair value hedge accounting with the adoption of Statement No. 156 and the election of the fair value method of accounting for its mortgage servicing assets.

        Home loans held for sale expose the Company to interest rate risk. The Company manages the interest rate risk associated with home loans held for sale predominantly by entering into forward sales agreements and, to a lesser extent, interest rate swaps, swaptions and interest rate futures contracts. Certain of these derivative instruments are accounted for as fair value hedges of loans held for sale. The fair value of these derivatives is reported in other assets and other liabilities. Changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative and offsetting changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk of the hedged item are reported in gain from mortgage loans. Changes in the value of derivative instruments for which the Company did not achieve or did not attempt to achieve hedge accounting

178


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


treatment are reported in revaluation gain/loss from derivatives. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the Company recognized net losses of $6 million, $21 million and $11 million in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness of fair value hedges of home loans held for sale.

        The Company also originates fixed-rate multi-family and commercial real estate loans for sale in the secondary market to investors. To mitigate the interest rate risks associated with this loan portfolio, the Company enters into interest rate swap agreements where the Company pays a fixed rate of interest and receives a variable rate of interest. These pay-fixed swaps are accounted for as fair value hedges of loans held for sale. The fair value of these interest rate swaps is reported in other assets and other liabilities. Changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative and offsetting changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk of the hedged item are reported in other noninterest income. The net gains recognized in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness of fair value hedges of multi-family and commercial real estate loans held for sale were $5 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 and $12 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.

        During the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company also mitigated the interest rate risks associated with fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities with interest rate swap agreements where the Company paid a fixed rate of interest (pay-fixed swaps). These pay-fixed swaps were accounted for as fair value hedges of mortgage-backed securities. The fair value of these interest rate swaps was reported in other assets and other liabilities. Changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative and offsetting changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk of the hedged item was reported in other noninterest income. The amount the Company recognized in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness of fair value hedges of mortgage-backed securities was de minimis for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.

        All components of each derivative instrument's gain or loss are included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

        The risk of holding assets and liabilities that have a variable element (price, cost or interest rate) creates exposure to the variability or uncertainty of future cash flows due to changes in interest rates. As part of its asset/liability management activities, the Company holds certain adjustable-rate loans and borrowings. The Company uses receive-fixed and pay-fixed swaps to synthetically convert these instruments to fixed rate and reduce the variability or uncertainty of future cash flows due to changes in interest rates. The fair values of these derivatives are reported in other assets and other liabilities and the effective portion of the derivative's gain or loss is recorded in other comprehensive income. For hedges against adjustable-rate loans and borrowings, amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive income are subsequently reclassified to interest income or expense during the same period in which the hedged item affects earnings.

        The Company will also enter into cash flow hedges to hedge the forecasted sale of a portfolio of fixed-rate multi-family and non-residential loans using interest rate swaps, none of which were entered into by the Company during 2007. The fair values of these derivatives are also reported in other assets and other liabilities. For the hedges against the forecasted sale of loans, amounts recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income are subsequently reclassified into other noninterest income during the same period in which the hedged item affects earnings. For the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company recognized net losses of $3 million and $6 million in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness of cash flow hedges.

179


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        As of December 31, 2007, accumulated other comprehensive income included $4 million of deferred after-tax net gains related to derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges of adjustable-rate liabilities that are expected to be reclassified into earnings during the next twelve months, as compared with $49 million and $102 million of deferred after-tax net losses related to derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges at December 31, 2006 and 2005.

        All components of each derivative instrument's gain or loss are included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

        In addition to investment securities that are held for MSR risk management purposes, the Company enters into a combination of derivatives to manage changes in fair value of its MSR. These derivatives include interest rate swaps, swaptions, futures, options, forward rate agreements and forward purchase commitments. The fair value of the derivatives used to hedge the MSR is reported in other assets and other liabilities. The changes in the fair value of these derivatives are reported in revaluation gain/loss from derivatives economically hedging MSR.

        The Company utilizes derivative instruments for asset/liability risk management purposes which do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment. These risk management derivatives may include, but are not limited to, interest rate swaps, swaptions, basis swaps, foreign currency swaps, caps and corridors. The fair value of these derivatives is reported in other assets and other liabilities. The changes in the fair value of these derivatives are reported in other noninterest income.

        The Company occasionally purchases or originates financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative instrument. At inception of the financial instrument, the Company determines whether an embedded derivative is required to be accounted for separately as a derivative. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Company's embedded derivatives are considered clearly and closely related to the host contracts and are not required to be separated from their host contracts.

        Derivative financial instruments expose the Company to credit risk in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to such agreements. This risk consists primarily of the termination value of agreements where the Company is in a favorable position. Credit risk related to derivative financial instruments is considered within the fair value measurement of the instrument. The Company manages the credit risk associated with its various derivative agreements through counterparty credit review, counterparty exposure limits and monitoring procedures. The Company obtains collateral from certain counterparties for amounts in excess of exposure limits and monitors all exposure and collateral requirements daily. The fair value of collateral received from a counterparty is continually monitored and the Company may request additional collateral from counterparties or return collateral pledged as deemed appropriate. The Company's agreements generally include master netting agreements whereby the counterparties are entitled to settle their positions "net." At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the gross positive fair value of the Company's derivative financial instruments was $2.04 billion and $618 million. The Company's master netting agreements at December 31, 2007 and 2006 reduced the exposure to this gross positive fair value by $331 million and $339 million. The Company's collateral against derivative financial instruments was $1.28 billion and $16 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006. Accordingly, the Company's net exposure to derivative counterparty credit risk at December 31, 2007 and 2006 was $435 million and $263 million.

180


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 24:    Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company's fair value measurements are estimated based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability and are based on market data obtained from independent sources where available. However, in certain cases where an active secondary market does not exist, the Company uses internal valuation models to estimate the fair value. These models incorporate inputs such as forward yield curves, loan prepayment assumptions, market volatilities and pricing spreads utilizing market-based inputs where readily available. These valuations are the Company's estimates, and are often calculated based on internal valuation policies, the economic and competitive environment, estimates of future loss experience, the risk characteristics of the financial instruments and other such factors. Therefore, the results cannot be determined with precision and may not be realized in an actual sale or immediate settlement of the instruments in a current market exchange.

        The degree of management judgment involved in estimating the fair value of a financial instrument or other asset is dependent upon the availability of quoted market prices or observable market value inputs. For financial instruments that are actively traded in the marketplace or whose values are based on readily available market value data, little, if any, subjectivity is applied when estimating the instrument's fair value. When observable market prices and data are not readily available, significant management judgment often is necessary to estimate fair value. In those cases, different assumptions could result in significant changes in valuation.

181


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        The table below presents the carrying value and fair value of the Company's financial instruments at December 31, 2007 and 2006 in accordance with FASB Statement No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments ("Statement No. 107"):

 
  December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
 
  Carrying
Amount

  Fair
Value

  Carrying
Amount

  Fair
Value

 
  (in millions)

Financial Assets:                        
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 9,560   $ 9,560   $ 6,948   $ 6,948
  Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell     1,877     1,877     3,743     3,743
  Trading assets     2,768     2,768     4,434     4,434
  Available-for-sale securities     27,540     27,540     24,978     24,978
  Loans held for sale     5,403     5,547     44,970     45,060
  Loans held in portfolio, net of allowance for loan losses     241,815     226,327     223,330     221,401
  Investment in FHLBs     3,351     3,351     2,705     2,705
  MSR     6,278     6,278     6,193     6,193
  Derivatives, included in other assets     2,093     2,093     748     748
   
 
 
 
    Total financial assets   $ 300,685   $ 285,341   $ 318,049   $ 316,210
   
 
 
 
Financial Liabilities:                        
  All other deposits (1)   $ 109,069   $ 109,069   $ 118,874   $ 118,874
  Time deposits     72,857     73,293     95,082     95,101
  Federal funds purchased and commercial paper     2,003     2,003     4,778     4,778
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     4,148     4,148     11,953     11,953
  Advances from FHLBs     63,852     63,965     44,297     44,283
  Other borrowings     38,958     35,597     32,852     32,874
  Derivatives, included in other liabilities     408     408     1,081     1,081
   
 
 
 
    Total financial liabilities   $ 291,295   $ 288,483   $ 308,917   $ 308,944
   
 
 
 

(1)
Includes checking deposits, savings deposits and money market deposits.

      In accordance with Statement No. 107, the Company has not included certain material items in this disclosure, such as the value of the long-term relationships with its deposit and credit card customers, since these intangibles are not financial instruments. The table also excludes the values of leases and pension and benefit obligations, as well as other non-financial assets and liabilities such as premises and equipment, net tax assets/liabilities, real estate held for investment, foreclosed assets and goodwill. In addition, the value of the servicing rights for loans sold in which the MSR has not been capitalized is excluded.

      Also, as required, the disclosure excludes:

the tax ramifications related to the realization of unrealized gains and losses;

any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the entire holdings of a particular instrument; and

182


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

the excess fair value associated with deposits with no fixed maturity.

      The items excluded are integral to a full assessment of the Company's financial position and the value of its net assets. Accordingly, the total of the fair value estimates presented do not represent, and should not be construed to represent, the underlying value of the Company.

      The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument as of December 31, 2007 and 2006:

      Cash and cash equivalents – The Company considers the carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents carried at cost, including cash on hand, amounts due from banks, U.S. Treasury bills, overnight investments and commercial paper with maturities, when purchased, of three months or less, to approximate fair value due to their short-term nature and minimal credit risk.

      Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell – The carrying amount represents fair value. Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements are investments of high liquidity and have characteristics similar to cash.

      Trading assets – Trading assets are carried at fair value. Fair value is based on quoted prices when available in an active market. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, or discounted cash flows.

      Available-for-sale securities – Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value. Fair value is based on quoted prices when available in an active market. If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, or discounted cash flows. The fair values of available-for-sale securities are reported in Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Available-for-Sale Securities."

      Loans held for sale – The fair value of loans designated as held for sale is generally based on observable market prices of securities that have loan collateral or interests in loans that are similar to the held for sale loans or whole loan sale prices if formally committed. If market prices are not readily available, fair value is based on discounted cash flow models, which take into account expected prepayment factors and the degree of credit risk associated with the loans and the estimated effects of changes in market interest rates relative to the loans' interest rates.

      Loans held in portfolio – Loans held in portfolio at December 31, 2007 are those loans which the Company has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity. Even though the Company has no intent to sell these loans, GAAP requires disclosure of the fair value based on hypothetical sales transactions as of the balance sheet date. Accordingly, the fair values of loans held in portfolio reflect assumptions appropriate for a hypothetical sale in a market characterized by illiquidity and a deteriorating credit environment. However, the Company does not expect to realize these fair value losses by selling the loans, and the estimated fair values are lower than the Company believes are implied by its internal estimates of value based upon the total expected returns of the loans, including estimates of expected credit losses.

      Given the lack of liquidity in the secondary mortgage market at December 31, 2007, significant management judgment was necessary to estimate the fair value of loans held in portfolio. Fair values were estimated for groups of similar loans based upon type of loan and maturity. Where quoted market prices were available, such market prices were utilized as estimates for fair values. Otherwise, the fair value of loans was estimated by discounting estimated cash flows using management's best estimate of

183


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


market interest rates for similar collateral. The fair values of nonperforming loans were calculated by discounting estimated cash flows using discount rates commensurate with the risk associated with the cash flows. Management used assumptions that the Company believes market participants would have used in pricing the loans in a transaction to sell the loans as of the balance sheet date; these assumptions include high discount rates reflecting increased market risk premiums driven by the decline in liquidity for nonconforming mortgage loans, in particular subprime and home equity loans. As applicable, estimated cash flows included expected and unexpected credit loss projections that were consistent with market conditions at that date.

      Investment in FHLBs – FHLB stock does not have a readily determinable fair value as it is non-marketable and is required to be sold back at its par value. Accordingly, the fair value of FHLB stock is its par value which is also its carrying value.

      Mortgage Servicing Rights ("MSR") – The market for MSRs is not sufficiently liquid to provide participants with quoted market prices. Accordingly, the Company uses an option-adjusted spread ("OAS") valuation approach to estimate the fair value of MSRs. This approach projects cash flows over multiple interest rate scenarios and discounts these cash flows using risk-adjusted discount rates. Additionally, an independent broker estimate of the fair value of the MSR is obtained quarterly along with other market based evidence. Management uses this information along with OAS valuation methodology to estimate the fair value of MSR. The fair values of MSRs are reported in Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Mortgage Banking Activities."

      Deposits – Statement No. 107 states that the fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as checking deposits, savings deposits and money market deposits, is equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. Accordingly, the amount included for these deposits is their carrying value at December 31, 2007 and 2006. The fair value excludes the excess fair value of the unrecorded intangible asset associated with such deposits related to the relative stability of interest rates paid, even when market interest rates change, and the tendency of such deposits to remain with the Company despite changes in market interest rates.

      The fair value of deposits with stated maturities, such as time deposits, was determined using a projected cash flow methodology. Projected cash flows of these instruments adjusted for the projected future cost to service these balances, were discounted at the LIBOR swap curve.

      Federal funds purchased, commercial paper and securities sold under agreements to repurchase – The carrying amounts represent fair value due to the short-term nature of the financial instruments.

      Advances from FHLBs and other borrowings – Advances from FHLBs are valued using the discounted cash flow methodology. Projected future cash flows of these borrowings are discounted at LIBOR swap curve. Other borrowings were valued at observable traded prices. The pricing methodology relies on pricing derived from the most recent observable trades on these instruments. Where such prices are not observable, the instruments are priced based on their contractual exit values or a discounted cash flow methodology.

      Derivative financial instruments – Exchange-traded derivatives are valued using quoted prices. However, few classes of derivative contracts are listed on an exchange and thus the majority of the Company's derivative positions are valued using internally developed models that use, as their basis, readily observable market parameters. Derivatives that are normally traded less actively are valued based upon models with significant unobservable market parameters. See Note 23 to the Consolidated Financial Statements – "Derivative Financial Instruments" for further information.

184


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 25:    Financial Information – Washington Mutual, Inc.

        The following Washington Mutual, Inc. (parent only) financial information should be read in conjunction with the other Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Interest Income                    
  Notes receivable from subsidiaries   $ 4   $ 10   $ 27  
  Other interest income     5     5     5  
   
 
 
 
    Total interest income     9     15     32  
Interest Expense                    
  Borrowings     527     620     482  
   
 
 
 
    Total interest expense     527     620     482  
   
 
 
 
    Net interest expense     (518 )   (605 )   (450 )
   
 
 
 
    Net interest expense after provision for loan losses     (518 )   (605 )   (450 )
Noninterest Income         11     32  
Noninterest Expense     88     123     125  
   
 
 
 
  Net loss before income taxes, dividends from subsidiaries and equity in undistributed income (loss) of subsidiaries     (606 )   (717 )   (543 )
  Income taxes     (209 )   (245 )   (180 )
  Dividends from subsidiaries:                    
    Bank subsidiary     4,620     7,200     875  
    Non-bank subsidiaries     1,936     10     130  
  Equity in undistributed income (loss) of subsidiaries     (6,226 )   (3,180 )   2,790  
   
 
 
 
Net Income (Loss)   $ (67 ) $ 3,558   $ 3,432  
   
 
 
 

185


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2007
  2006
 
  (in millions)

Assets            
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 4,436   $ 3,252
  Available-for-sale securities     72     53
  Notes receivable from subsidiaries:            
    Bank subsidiary         18
    Non-bank subsidiaries     55     14
  Investment in subsidiaries:            
    Bank subsidiary     26,393    
    Non-bank subsidiaries     1,105     32,442
  Other assets     1,909     1,512
   
 
    Total assets   $ 33,970   $ 37,291
   
 
Liabilities            
  Notes payable to non-bank subsidiaries   $ 307   $ 293
  Borrowings     8,378     9,536
  Other liabilities     701     493
   
 
    Total liabilities     9,386     10,322
Stockholders' Equity     24,584     26,969
   
 
  Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $ 33,970   $ 37,291
   
 

186


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities                    
  Net income (loss)   $ (67 ) $ 3,558   $ 3,432  
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:                    
    Equity in undistributed (income) loss of subsidiaries     6,226     3,180     (2,790 )
    Increase in other assets     (295 )   (43 )   (592 )
    Increase (decrease) in other liabilities     375     (131 )   93  
    Other     (4 )   13     (1 )
   
 
 
 
      Net cash provided by operating activities     6,235     6,577     142  
Cash Flows from Investing Activities                    
  Purchase of available-for-sale securities     (23 )        
  Proceeds from sales and maturities of available-for-sale securities             2  
  Origination and purchases of loans held in portfolio, net of principal payments         1      
  (Increase) decrease in notes receivable from subsidiaries     (23 )   1,323     226  
  Investment in subsidiaries     (1,381 )   (548 )   (745 )
   
 
 
 
      Net cash provided (used) by investing activities     (1,427 )   776     (517 )
Cash Flows from Financing Activities                    
  Proceeds from borrowings, net of repayments     (1,324 )   (607 )   1,878  
  Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock     2,900     492      
  Cash dividends paid on preferred and common stock     (1,960 )   (1,986 )   (1,709 )
  Repurchase of common stock     (3,497 )   (3,039 )   (921 )
  Other     257     258     391  
   
 
 
 
      Net cash used by financing activities     (3,624 )   (4,882 )   (361 )
   
 
 
 
      Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     1,184     2,471     (736 )
      Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year     3,252     781     1,517  
   
 
 
 
      Cash and cash equivalents, end of year   $ 4,436   $ 3,252   $ 781  
   
 
 
 

Note 26:    Operating Segments

        The Company has four operating segments for the purpose of management reporting: the Retail Banking Group, the Card Services Group, the Commercial Group and the Home Loans Group. The Company's operating segments are defined by the products and services they offer. The Retail Banking Group, the Card Services Group and the Home Loans Group are consumer-oriented while the Commercial Group serves commercial customers. In addition, the category of Corporate Support/Treasury and Other includes the community lending and investment operations; the Treasury function, which manages the Company's interest rate risk, liquidity position and capital; the Corporate Support function, which provides facilities, legal, accounting and finance, human resources and technology services; and the Enterprise Risk Management function, which oversees the identification, measurement, monitoring, control and reporting of credit, market and operational risk.

187


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        The principal activities of the Retail Banking Group include: (1) offering a comprehensive line of deposit and other retail banking products and services to consumers and small businesses; (2) holding the substantial majority of the Company's held for investment portfolios of home loans, home equity loans and home equity lines of credit (but not the Company's held for investment portfolios of home loans, home equity loans and home equity lines of credit made to higher risk borrowers through the subprime mortgage channel); (3) originating home equity loans and lines of credit; and (4) providing investment advisory and brokerage services, sales of annuities and other financial services.

        Deposit products offered to consumers and small businesses include the Company's signature free checking and interest-bearing Platinum checking accounts, as well as other personal checking, savings, money market deposit and time deposit accounts. Many products are offered in retail banking stores and online. Financial consultants provide investment advisory and securities brokerage services to the public.

        On December 31, 2006, the Company sold its retail mutual fund management business, WM Advisors, Inc. The results of operations of WM Advisors for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 are reported within the Retail Banking Group's results as discontinued operations and the gain on disposition of these discontinued operations, net of certain transaction expenses, is reported in the Corporate Support/Treasury and Other category.

        The Card Services Group manages the Company's credit card operations. The segment's principal activities include: (1) issuing credit cards; (2) either holding outstanding balances on credit cards in portfolio or securitizing and selling them; (3) servicing credit card accounts; and (4) providing other cardholder services. Credit card balances that are held in the Company's loan portfolio generate interest income from finance charges on outstanding card balances, and noninterest income from the collection of fees associated with the credit card portfolio, such as performance fees (late, overlimit and returned check charges) and cash advance and balance transfer fees.

        The Card Services Group acquires new customers primarily by leveraging the Company's retail banking distribution network and through direct mail solicitations, augmented by online and telemarketing activities and other marketing programs including affinity programs. In addition to credit cards, this segment markets a variety of other products to its customer base.

        The Company evaluates the performance of the Card Services Group on a managed asset basis. Managed financial information is derived by adjusting the GAAP financial information to add back securitized loan balances and the related interest, fee income and provision for credit losses.

        The principal activities of the Commercial Group include: (1) providing financing to developers and investors, or acquiring loans for the purchase or refinancing of multi-family dwellings and other commercial properties; (2) either holding multi-family and other commercial real estate loans in portfolio or selling these loans while retaining the servicing rights; and (3) providing deposit services to commercial customers.

        The principal activities of the Home Loans Group include: (1) the origination, fulfillment and servicing of home loans; (2) the origination, fulfillment and servicing of home equity loans and lines of credit; (3) managing the Company's capital markets operations, which includes the buying and selling of all types of real estate secured loans in the secondary market; and (4) holding the Company's held for investment portfolios of home loans, home equity loans and home equity lines of credit made to higher risk borrowers through the subprime mortgage channel.

        During the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company announced that, in response to a fundamental shift in the home mortgage market due to credit dislocation and a prolonged period of reduced capital

188


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


markets liquidity, it significantly changed the strategic focus of its Home Loans business to accelerate its alignment with the Company's retail banking operations. As part of these restructuring activities, the Company discontinued all remaining lending through its subprime mortgage channel, closed approximately 200 home loan locations, including 190 home loan centers and sales offices and nine home loans processing and call centers, eliminated approximately 2,600 positions in the Home Loans business, initiated the closure of WaMu Capital Corp., its institutional broker-dealer business, and began winding-down its mortgage banker finance warehouse lending operation.

        The segment offers a wide variety of real estate secured residential loan products and services. Such loans are held in portfolio by the Home Loans Group, sold to secondary market participants or transferred through inter-segment sales to the Retail Banking Group. During the second half of 2007, loans that historically had been transferred to the held for investment portfolio within the Retail Banking Group were retained within the held for investment portfolio within the Home Loans Group. The decision to retain or sell loans, and the related decision to retain or not retain servicing when loans are sold, involves the analysis and comparison of expected interest income and the interest rate and credit risks inherent with holding loans in portfolio, with the expected servicing fees, the size of the gain or loss that would be realized if the loans were sold and the expected expense of managing the risk related to any retained mortgage servicing rights.

        The principal activities of, and charges reported in, the Corporate Support/Treasury and Other category include:

189


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        The Company uses various management accounting methodologies , which are enhanced from time to time, to assign certain balance sheet and income statement items to the responsible operating segment. Unlike financial accounting, there is no comprehensive, authoritative guidance for management accounting. The management accounting process measures performance based on the management structure of the Company and is not necessarily comparable with similar information for any other financial institution. Methodologies that are applied to the measurement of segment profitability include:

190


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

        Financial highlights by operating segment were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2007
 
 
   
   
   
   
  Corporate Support/ Treasury and Other
  Reconciling Adjustments
   
 
 
  Retail Banking Group
  Card Services Group (1)
  Commercial Group
  Home Loans Group
   
 
 
  Securitization (2)
  Other
  Total
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Condensed income statement:                                                  
  Net interest income (expense)   $ 5,142   $ 2,659   $ 820   $ 878   $ (86 ) $ (1,783 ) $ 547 (3) $ 8,177  
  Provision for loan losses     1,134     2,113     24     985     51     (1,200 )       3,107  
  Noninterest income (expense)     3,254     1,581     35     1,061     (137 )   583     (335) (4)   6,042  
  Inter-segment revenue (expense)     48             (48 )                
  Noninterest expense     4,567     1,337     282     3,939     475             10,600  
  Minority interest expense                     203             203  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Income (loss) before income taxes     2,743     790     549     (3,033 )   (952 )       212     309  
  Income taxes     869     250     174     (573 )   (308 )       (36) (5)   376  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net income (loss)   $ 1,874   $ 540   $ 375   $ (2,460 ) $ (644 ) $   $ 248   $ (67 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance and other data:                                                  
  Average loans   $ 149,409   $ 25,066   $ 38,975   $ 48,131   $ 1,403   $ (14,233 ) $ (1,362) (6) $ 247,389  
  Average assets     159,184     27,502     41,296     64,695     44,651     (12,577 )   (1,362) (6)   323,389  
  Average deposits     144,233     n/a     12,722     7,836     35,589     n/a     n/a     200,380  

(1)
Operating results for the Card Services Group are presented on a managed basis as the Company treats securitized and sold credit card receivables as if they were still on the balance sheet in evaluating the overall performance of this operating segment.
(2)
The managed basis presentation of the Card Services Group is derived by adjusting the GAAP financial information to add back securitized loan balances and the related interest, fee income and provision for credit losses. Such adjustments to arrive at the reported GAAP results are eliminated within Securitization Adjustments.
(3)
Represents the difference between mortgage loan premium amortization recorded by the Retail Banking Group and the amount recognized in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income. For management reporting purposes, certain mortgage loans that are held in portfolio by the Retail Banking Group are treated as if they are purchased from the Home Loans Group. Since the cost basis of these loans includes an assumed profit factor paid to the Home Loans Group, the amortization of loan premiums recorded by the Retail Banking Group reflects this assumed profit factor and must therefore be eliminated as a reconciling adjustment.
(4)
Represents the difference between gain from mortgage loans recorded by the Home Loans Group and gain from mortgage loans recognized in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income.
(5)
Represents the tax effect of reconciling adjustments.
(6)
Represents the inter-segment offset for inter-segment loan premiums that the Retail Banking Group recognized upon transfer of portfolio loans from the Home Loans Group.

191


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2006
 
   
   
   
   
  Corporate
Support/
Treasury
and
Other

   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
  Reconciling Adjustments
   
 
  Retail
Banking
Group

  Card
Services
Group (1)

  Commercial
Group

  Home
Loans
Group

   
 
  Securitization (2)
  Other
  Total
 
  (in millions)

Condensed income statement:                                                
  Net interest income (expense)   $ 5,201   $ 2,496   $ 719   $ 1,165   $ (304 ) $ (1,686 ) $ 530 (3) $ 8,121
  Provision for loan losses     167     1,647     (82 )   189     (162 )   (943 )       816
  Noninterest income (expense)     2,914     1,528     99     1,296     303     743     (506) (4)   6,377
  Inter-segment revenue (expense)     58             (58 )              
  Noninterest expense     4,364     1,205     259     2,295     684             8,807
  Minority interest expense                     105             105
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes     3,642     1,172     641     (81 )   (628 )       24     4,770
  Income taxes     1,392     448     245     (31 )   (296 )       (102) (5)   1,656
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Income (loss) from continuing operations     2,250     724     396     (50 )   (332 )       126     3,114
  Income from discontinued operations     38                 406             444
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net income (loss)   $ 2,288   $ 724   $ 396   $ (50 ) $ 74   $   $ 126   $ 3,558
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance and other data:                                                
  Average loans   $ 177,401   $ 21,294   $ 33,230   $ 47,586   $ 1,126   $ (12,165 ) $ (1,587) (6) $ 266,885
  Average assets     187,735     23,888     35,565     72,772     40,722     (10,337 )   (1,587) (6)   348,758
  Average deposits     140,344     n/a     10,364     11,535     41,586     n/a     n/a     203,829

(1)
Operating results for the Card Services Group are presented on a managed basis as the Company treats securitized and sold credit card receivables as if they were still on the balance sheet in evaluating the overall performance of this operating segment.
(2)
The managed basis presentation of the Card Services Group is derived by adjusting the GAAP financial information to add back securitized loan balances and the related interest, fee income and provision for credit losses. Such adjustments to arrive at the reported GAAP results are eliminated within Securitization Adjustments.
(3)
Represents the difference between mortgage loan premium amortization recorded by the Retail Banking Group and the amount recognized in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income. For management reporting purposes, certain mortgage loans that are held in portfolio by the Retail Banking Group are treated as if they are purchased from the Home Loans Group. Since the cost basis of these loans includes an assumed profit factor paid to the Home Loans Group, the amortization of loan premiums recorded by the Retail Banking Group reflects this assumed profit factor and must therefore be eliminated as a reconciling adjustment.
(4)
Represents the difference between gain from mortgage loans recorded by the Home Loans Group and gain from mortgage loans recognized in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income.
(5)
Represents the tax effect of reconciling adjustments.
(6)
Represents the inter-segment offset for inter-segment loan premiums that the Retail Banking Group recognized upon transfer of portfolio loans from the Home Loans Group.

192


WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 
  Year Ended December 31, 2005
 
   
   
   
   
  Corporate
Support/
Treasury
and
Other

   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
  Reconciling Adjustments
   
 
  Retail
Banking
Group

  Card
Services
Group (1)

  Commercial
Group

  Home
Loans
Group

   
 
  Securitization (2)
  Other
  Total
 
  (in millions)

Condensed income statement:                                                
  Net interest income (expense)   $ 4,893   $ 642   $ 758   $ 1,966   $ (105 ) $ (409 ) $ 473 (3) $ 8,218
  Provision for loan losses     119     454     (26 )   110     (82 )   (259 )       316
  Noninterest income (expense)     2,575     352     200     2,425     (171 )   150     (434) (4)   5,097
  Inter-segment revenue (expense)     42             (42 )              
  Noninterest expense     4,177     275     243     2,590     335             7,620
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes     3,214     265     741     1,649     (529 )       39     5,379
  Income taxes     1,216     100     279     622     (241 )       9 (5)   1,985
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Income (loss) from continuing operations     1,998     165     462     1,027     (288 )       30     3,394
  Income from discontinued operations     38                             38
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Net income (loss)   $ 2,036   $ 165   $ 462   $ 1,027   $ (288 ) $   $ 30   $ 3,432
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance and other data:                                                
  Average loans   $ 163,405   $ 4,908   $ 30,308   $ 65,077   $ 931   $ (2,775 ) $ (1,573) (6) $ 260,281
  Average assets     173,631     5,595     33,351     87,422     30,143     (2,336 )   (1,573) (6)   326,233
  Average deposits     136,893     n/a     7,796     14,114     27,220     n/a     n/a     186,023

(1)
Operating results for the Card Services Group are presented on a managed basis as the Company treats securitized and sold credit card receivables as if they were still on the balance sheet in evaluating the overall performance of this operating segment.
(2)
The managed basis presentation of the Card Services Group is derived by adjusting the GAAP financial information to add back securitized loan balances and the related interest, fee income and provision for credit losses. Such adjustments to arrive at the reported GAAP results are eliminated within Securitization Adjustments.
(3)
Represents the difference between mortgage loan premium amortization recorded by the Retail Banking Group and the amount recognized in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income. For management reporting purposes, certain mortgage loans that are held in portfolio by the Retail Banking Group are treated as if they are purchased from the Home Loans Group. Since the cost basis of these loans includes an assumed profit factor paid to the Home Loans Group, the amortization of loan premiums recorded by the Retail Banking Group reflects this assumed profit factor and must therefore be eliminated as a reconciling adjustment.
(4)
Represents the difference between gain from mortgage loans recorded by the Home Loans Group and gain from mortgage loans recognized in the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income.
(5)
Represents the tax effect of reconciling adjustments.
(6)
Represents the inter-segment offset for inter-segment loan premiums that the Retail Banking Group recognized upon transfer of portfolio loans from the Home Loans Group.

193



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

        Results of operations on a quarterly basis were as follows:

 
  (Unaudited)
Year Ended December 31, 2007

 
  Fourth Quarter
  Third Quarter
  Second Quarter
  First Quarter
 
  (dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

Interest income   $ 4,876   $ 4,856   $ 4,748   $ 5,008
Interest expense     2,829     2,842     2,714     2,927
   
 
 
 
Net interest income     2,047     2,014     2,034     2,081
Provision for loan losses     1,534     967     372     234
Noninterest income     1,365     1,379     1,758     1,541
Noninterest expense     4,166     2,191     2,138     2,105
Minority interest expense     65     53     42     43
   
 
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes     (2,353 )   182     1,240     1,240
Income taxes     (486 )   (4 )   410     456
   
 
 
 
Net income (loss)   $ (1,867 ) $ 186   $ 830   $ 784
   
 
 
 
Earnings per common share:                        
  Basic   $ (2.19 ) $ 0.21   $ 0.95   $ 0.89
  Diluted     (2.19 )   0.20     0.92     0.86
Common stock price per share:                        
  High     36.07     43.68     44.41     45.56
  Low     13.07     32.57     38.87     39.79
Dividends declared per common share     0.56     0.56     0.55     0.54

194



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

SUPPLEMENTARY DATA (Continued)

 
  (Unaudited)
Year Ended December 31, 2006

 
  Fourth Quarter
  Third Quarter
  Second Quarter
  First Quarter
 
  (dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

Interest income   $ 5,210   $ 5,105   $ 4,935   $ 4,657
Interest expense     3,212     3,158     2,875     2,540
   
 
 
 
Net interest income     1,998     1,947     2,060     2,117
Provision for loan losses     344     166     224     82
Noninterest income     1,592     1,570     1,578     1,638
Noninterest expense     2,257     2,184     2,229     2,138
Minority interest expense     34     34     37    
   
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes     955     1,133     1,148     1,535
Income taxes     315     394     389     559
   
 
 
 
Income from continuing operations     640     739     759     976
Income from discontinued operations     418     9     8     9
   
 
 
 
Net income   $ 1,058   $ 748   $ 767   $ 985
   
 
 
 
Basic earnings per common share:                        
  Income from continuing operations   $ 0.68   $ 0.78   $ 0.80   $ 1.00
  Income from discontinued operations     0.45     0.01     0.01     0.01
   
 
 
 
    Net income     1.13     0.79     0.81     1.01
Diluted earnings per common share:                        
  Income from continuing operations     0.66     0.76     0.78     0.97
  Income form discontinued operations     0.44     0.01     0.01     0.01
   
 
 
 
    Net income     1.10     0.77     0.79     0.98
Common stock price per share:                        
  High     46.29     46.42     46.48     45.51
  Low     42.19     41.47     42.53     41.89
Dividends declared per common share     0.53     0.52     0.51     0.50

195



WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
INDEX OF EXHIBITS
DESCRIPTION

EXHIBIT
NUMBER

  DESCRIPTION
3.1   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as amended on January 22, 2001, February 8, 2001, June 22, 2006, September 15, 2006, December 12, 2006, May 23, 2007 and December 17, 2007. (Filed herewith).

3.2

 

Restated Bylaws of the Company, as amended (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, File No. 1-14667 (the "2006 10-K")).

4.1

 

Rights Agreement dated December 20, 2000 between Washington Mutual, Inc. and Mellon Investor Services, LLC (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 8, 2001, File No. 0-25188).

4.2

 

The registrant will furnish upon request copies of all instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt instruments of registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries.

4.3

 

Warrant Agreement dated as of April 30, 2001 (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3, File No. 333-63976).

4.4

 

2003 Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement dated March 11, 2003 by and between Washington Mutual, Inc. and Mellon Investor Services LLC, as Warrant Agent (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 12, 2003, File No. 1-14667).

4.5

 

Second Supplemental Indenture between Washington Mutual, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Senior Trustee, dated November 20, 2002 (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 25, 2002).

4.6

 

First Supplemental indenture between Washington Mutual, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Senior Trustee, dated August 1, 2002 (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 25, 2002).

4.7

 

Second Supplemental Indenture between Washington Mutual, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Subordinated Trustee, dated March 16, 2004 (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 24, 2004).

4.8

 

First Supplemental Indenture between Washington Mutual, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Subordinated Trustee, dated August 1, 2002 (Incorporated by reference to the form of First Supplemental Indenture filed with the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed April 18, 2002, File No. 333-86546).

4.9

 

Washington Mutual, Inc.'s Standard Multiple-Series Indenture Provisions dated August 1, 2002 (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 25, 2002).

E-1



Management Contracts and Compensatory Plans and Arrangements (Exhibits 10.1-10.24)

10.1

 

Washington Mutual, Inc. 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (the "EIP") (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K/A for the year ended December 31, 2003 (the "2003 10-K/A"), as amended by (i) an Amendment No. 1 to the EIP (Incorporated by reference to the 2003 10-K/A), including (ii) a Form of the EIP Stock Option Agreement (1-Year Cliff Vesting) (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004 (the "3Q 2004 10-Q"), (iii) a Form of the EIP Stock Option Agreement (3-Year Graded Vesting) (Incorporated by reference to the 3Q 2004 10-Q), (iv) a Form of the EIP Notice of Stock Option Grant (Incorporated by reference to the 3Q 2004 10-Q), (v) a Form of the EIP Restricted Stock Award Agreement (3-Year Cliff Vesting) (Incorporated by reference to the 3Q 2004 10-Q), (vi) a Form of the EIP Restricted Stock Award Agreement (3-Year Graduated Vesting) (Incorporated by reference to the 3Q 2004 10-Q), (vii) a Form of the EIP Performance Share Award Agreement (Incorporated by reference to the 3Q 2004 10-Q), (viii) Form of the EIP Restricted Stock Award Agreement (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 18, 2005, File No. 1-14667), (ix) Form of EIP Stock Option Agreement (3-Year Graded Vesting) (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2004 (the "2004 10-K"), File No. 1-14667), and (x) Form of EIP Stock Option Agreement (1-Year Cliff Vesting Nonqualified Options) (Incorporated by reference to the 2004 10-K).

10.2

 

Washington Mutual, Inc. Amended and Restated 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (the "Restated EIP") (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Definitive Proxy Statement on Form 14A filed March 17, 2006 (the "2006 Proxy"), File No. 1-14667), as amended by (i) an Amendment No. 1 to the Restated EIP (Incorporated by reference to the 2006 10-K), including (ii) a Form of EIP Stock Option Agreement (3-Year, Price Vesting) (Filed herewith as Exhibit 10.2.1), (iii) a Form of the EIP Stock Option Agreement (4-Year, Price Vesting) (Filed herewith as Exhibit 10.2.2), (iv) a Form of the EIP Restricted Stock Award Agreement (3-Year, Performance Vesting) (Filed herewith as Exhibit 10.2.3), and (v) a Form of the EIP Restricted Stock Award Agreement (3-Year Vesting) (Filed herewith as Exhibit 10.2.4).

10.3

 

Form of Cash Long Term Incentive Award (Filed herewith).

10.4

 

Washington Mutual, Inc. Executive Incentive Compensation Plan (Incorporated by reference to the 2006 Proxy).

10.5

 

Washington Mutual 1994 Stock Option Plan as amended and restated as of February 15, 2000 (the "1994 Stock Option Plan") (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000 (the "2000 10-K"), File No. 1-14667), as amended by (i) a First Amendment to the 1994 Stock Option Plan (Incorporated by reference to the 2000 10-K), and (ii) a Second Amendment to the 1994 Stock Option Plan (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001 (the "2001 10-K"), File No. 1-14667).

10.6

 

Washington Mutual Equity Incentive Plan (formerly known as Washington Mutual Restricted Stock Plan) as amended and restated as of January 16, 2001 (Incorporated by reference to the 2001 10-K).

E-2



10.7

 

Amended and Restated 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "ESPP") (Incorporated by reference to the 2003 10-K/A), as amended by (i) an Amendment No. 1 to the ESPP (Incorporated by reference to the 2003 10-K/A), and (ii) an Amendment No. 2 to the ESPP (Incorporated by reference to the 2003 10-K/A).

10.8

 

WaMu Savings Plan as amended and restated effective January 1, 2006 (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 (the "2005 10-K"), File No. 1-14667), as amended by (i) an Amendment No. 1 to the WaMu Savings Plan (Incorporated by reference to the 2006 10-K), (ii) an Amendment No. 2 to the WaMu Savings Plan (Incorporated by reference to the 2006 10-K), (iii) an Amendment No. 3 to the WaMu Savings Plan (Filed herewith as Exhibit 10.8.1), and (iv) an Amendment No. 4 to the WaMu Savings Plan (Filed herewith as Exhibit 10.8.2).

10.9

 

Washington Mutual, Inc. Supplemental Employees' Retirement Plan, amended and restated effective July 20, 2004 (the "SERP") (Incorporated by reference to the 2005 10-K), as amended by (i) and Amendment No. 1 to the SERP (Incorporated by reference to the 2005 10-K), and (ii) an Amendment No. 2 to the SERP (Incorporated by reference to the 2006 10-K).

10.10

 

Washington Mutual, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Accumulation Plan, amended and restated effective January 1, 2004 (the "SERAP") (Incorporated by reference to the 2005 10-K), as amended by (i) an Amendment No. 1 to the SERAP (Incorporated by reference to the 2005 10-K), and (ii) an Amendment No. 2 to the SERAP (Incorporated by reference to the 2006 10-K).

10.11

 

Washington Mutual, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (the "DCP"), amended and restated effective July 20, 2004 (Incorporated by reference to the 2004 10-K), as amended by (i) an Amendment No. 1 to the DCP (Incorporated by reference to the 2005 10-K), (ii) an Amendment No. 2 to the DCP (Incorporated by reference to the 2005 10-K), (iii) an Amendment No. 3 to the DCP (Filed herewith), (iv) an Amendment No. 4 to the DCP (Incorporated by reference to the 2006 10-K), and (v) an Amendment No. 5 to the DCP (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Form 8-K filed November 15, 2007, File No. 1-14667).

10.12

 

Washington Mutual, Inc. Executive Target Retirement Income Plan (the "ETRIP"), effective January 1, 2004 (Incorporated by reference to the 2004 10-K).

10.13

 

Great Western Financial Corporation Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan (1992 Restatement) (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1991, File No. 001-04075), as amended by (i) an Amendment to Great Western Financial Corporation Directors' Senior Officers' and basic Deferred Compensation Plans (1992 Restatement) (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994, File No. 001-04075), (ii) an Amendment No. 2 to Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan (1992 Restatement) (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1996, File No. 001-04075), and (iii) an Amendment No. 1996-2 to Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan, dated December 10, 1996 (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's 1996 10-K).

E-3



10.14

 

Omnibus Amendment 1997-1 amending the definition of change in control in the Great Western Financial Corporation 1988 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, as amended December 10, 1996, the Great Western Financial Corporation Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan (1992 Restatement), as amended December 10, 1996, and the Employee Home Loan Program (revised and restated as of April 27, 1993), as amended December 10, 1996 (Incorporated by reference to Great Western's 1996 10-K).

10.15

 

H.F. Ahmanson & Company 1988 Director's Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (Incorporated by reference to H.F. Ahmanson & Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1989, File No. 1-08930).

10.16

 

H.F. Ahmanson & Company 1996 Nonemployee Directors' Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to H.F. Ahmanson & Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995, File No. 1-08930).

10.17

 

Dime Voluntary Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors (the "Bancorp Director Deferred Compensation Plan"), as amended and restated effective as of July 24, 1997 (Incorporated by reference to Dime's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997), as amended by (i) an Amendment effective March 26, 1998, to the Bancorp Director Deferred Compensation Plan (Incorporated by reference to Dime's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 (the "Dime's 1998 10-K"), (ii) an Amendment effective October 1, 1999, to the Bancorp Director Deferred Compensation Plan (Incorporated by reference to Dime's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999), and (iii) an Amendment to the Bancorp Director Deferred Compensation Plan effective May 18, 2000 (Incorporated by reference to the 14d-9 Amendment No. 11).

10.18

 

Dime 1997 Stock Incentive Plan for Outside Director's, as amended and restated effective March 27, 1998 (the "1997 Outside Director Plan") (Incorporated by reference to Dime's 1998 10-K), as amended by (i) an Amendment effective as of December 12, 2000 to the 1997 Outside Director Plan (Incorporated by reference to Dime's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000, File No. 1-13094).

10.19

 

February 2001 WAMU Shares Plan (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, File No. 1-14667), as amended by (i) Amendment No. 1 to February 2001 WAMU Shares Plan (Incorporated by reference to the 2003 10-K/A), (ii) Amendment No. 3 to February 2001 WAMU Shares Plan (Incorporated by reference to the 2003 10-K/A), and (iii) Amendments to the January 1999 WAMU Shares Plan and the February 2001 WAMU Shares Plan (collectively, the "Plans") (Incorporated by reference to the 2003 10-K/A).

10.20

 

Employment Agreement of Kerry K. Killinger (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997, (the "1997 10-K"), File No. 0-25188), as amended by (i) a First Amendment to the Employment Agreement, effective as of December 31, 2007 (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 7, 2008, File No. 1-14667).

10.21

 

Employment Agreement of Stephen J. Rotella (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 27, 2004, File No. 1-14667), as amended by (i) a First Amendment to the Employment Agreement, effective as of December 31, 2007 (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 7, 2008, File No. 1-14667).

E-4



10.22

 

Restricted Stock Award Agreement, by and between the Company and Stephen J. Rotella, dated January 10, 2005 (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 14, 2005, File No. 1-14667).

10.23

 

Form of Change in Control Agreement executed by Executive Officers other than Melissa J. Ballenger, Stephen J. Rotella and Kerry Killinger (Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 7, 2008, File No. 1-14667).

10.24

 

Executive Severance and Mutual Release Agreement dated December 10, 2007 by and between the Company and Fay Chapman (Filed herewith).

12.1

 

Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges (Filed herewith).

12.2

 

Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends (Filed herewith).

21

 

List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant (Filed herewith).

23

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP (Filed herewith).

31.1

 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Filed herewith).

31.2

 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Filed herewith).

32.1

 

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Furnished herewith).

32.2

 

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Furnished herewith).

E-5




QuickLinks

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. 2007 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
PART II
PART III
PART IV
SIGNATURES
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. INDEX OF EXHIBITS DESCRIPTION

Exhibit 3.1

 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

 

OF

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

(Series M Perpetual Non-cumulative Fixed-to-Floating Rate Preferred Stock)

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 23B.10 and Section 23B.06.020 of the Revised Code of Washington, the undersigned officer of Washington Mutual, Inc. (the “Company”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Washington, does hereby submit for filing these Articles of Amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation:

 

FIRST: The name of the Company is Washington Mutual, Inc.

 

SECOND: 500 shares of the authorized preferred stock of the Company are hereby designated “Series M Perpetual Non-cumulative Fixed-to-Floating Rate Preferred Stock”.

 

The preferences, limitations, voting powers and relative rights of the Series M Perpetual Non-cumulative Fixed-to-Floating Rate Preferred Stock are as follows:

 

DESIGNATION

 

Section 1.                                 Designation . There is hereby created out of the authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock of the Company a series of preferred stock designated as the “Series M Perpetual Non-cumulative Fixed-to-Floating Rate Preferred Stock” (the “Series M Preferred Stock”). The number of shares constituting such series shall be 500. The Series M Preferred Stock shall have no par value per share and the liquidation preference of the Series M Preferred Stock shall be $1,000,000.00 per share. Shares of the Series M Preferred Stock shall be issued if and only if a Conditional Exchange occurs.

 

Section 2.                                 Ranking .

 

The Series M Preferred Stock will, with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding-up and dissolution, rank (i) on a parity with the Company’s Series I Perpetual Non-cumulative Fixed-to-Floating Rate Preferred Stock (the “Series I Preferred Stock”), the Company’s Series J Perpetual Non-cumulative Fixed Rate Preferred Stock (the “Series J Preferred Stock”), the Company’s Series K Perpetual Non-Cumulative Floating Rate Preferred Stock (the “Series K Preferred Stock”), the Company’s Series L Perpetual Non-cumulative Fixed-to-Floating Rate Preferred Stock (the “Series L Preferred Stock”) and with each other class or series of preferred stock established after the Designation Date by the Company the terms of which expressly provide that such class or series will rank on a parity with the Series M Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of the Company (collectively referred to as “Parity Securities”) and (ii) senior to the Company’s common stock (the “Common Stock”), the Company’s Series RP Preferred Stock and each other class of capital stock outstanding or established after the Designation Date by the Company the terms of which do not expressly provide that it ranks on a parity with or senior

 



 

to the Series M Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of the Company (collectively referred to as “Junior Securities”). The Company has the right to authorize and/or issue additional shares or series of Junior Securities and Parity Securities without the consent of the holders of the Series M Preferred Stock.

 

Section 3.                                    Definitions . Unless the context or use indicates another meaning or intent, the following terms shall have the following meanings, whether used in the singular or the plural:

 

(a)                                     “3-Month USD LIBOR” means, with respect to any Dividend Period, a rate determined on the basis of the offered rates for three-month U.S. dollar deposits of not less than a principal amount equal to that which is representative for a single transaction in such market at such time, commencing on the first day of such Dividend Period, which appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the LIBOR Determination Date for such Dividend Period. If on any LIBOR Determination Date no rate appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, the Company or an affiliate of the Company on behalf of the Company will on such LIBOR Determination Date request four major reference banks in the London interbank market selected by the Company to provide the Company with a quotation of the rate at which three-month deposits in U.S. dollars, commencing on the first day of such Dividend Period, are offered by them to prime banks in the London interbank market as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date and in a principal amount equal to that which is representative for a single transaction in such market at such time. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month USD LIBOR for such Dividend Period will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest .00001 of 1%) of such quotations as calculated by the Company. If fewer than two quotations are provided, 3-Month USD LIBOR for such Dividend Period will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest .00001 of 1%) of the rates quoted as of approximately 11:00 am., New York time, on the first day of such Dividend Period by three major banks in New York City, New York selected by the Company for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks, for a three-month period commencing on the first day of such Dividend Period and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000.

 

(b)                                    Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banks in New York City, New York, or Seattle, Washington are generally required or authorized by law to be closed.

 

(c)                                     Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

(d)                                    Company ” means Washington Mutual, Inc., a Washington corporation.

 

(e)                                     Comparable Treasury Issue ” means the United States Treasury security selected by the Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the term remaining to the Dividend Payment Date in June 2012 that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of perpetual preferred securities having similar terms as the Series M Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and distributions of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the issuer of such preferred stock.

 

2



 

(f)                                       Comparable Treasury Price ” means with respect to any Redemption Date the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Redemption Date, after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or if the Independent Investment Banker obtains fewer than five such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

 

(g)                                    Conditional Exchange ” means the automatic exchange of the Trust Securities into depositary shares representing an interest in the Series M Preferred Stock which occurs upon the written direction of the OTS upon or after the occurrence of an Exchange Event.

 

(h)                                    Delaware Preferred Securities ” means the Fixed-to-Floating Rate Perpetual Non-cumulative Preferred Securities, Series 2007-A, liquidation preference $1,000 per security, issued or to be issued by Washington Mutual Preferred Funding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

(i)                                        Designation Date ” means May 24, 2007.

 

(j)                                        Dividend Payment Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(b).

 

(k)                                     Dividend Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(b).

 

(l)                                        Exchange Event ” means the occurrence of any one of the following at a time as the Trust Securities are issued and outstanding:

 

(i)                                                  WMB becomes undercapitalized under the Prompt Corrective Action Regulations;

 

(ii)                                               WMB is placed into conservatorship or receivership; or

 

(iii)                                            the OTS, in its sole discretion, directs an exchange of the Trust Securities into depositary shares representing an interest in the Series M Preferred Stock in anticipation of WMB becoming undercapitalized under the Prompt Corrective Action Regulations or of the OTS taking any supervisory action that limits the payment of dividends by WMB.

 

(m)                                  Five-Year Date ” means the Dividend Payment Date in June 2012, and the Dividend Payment Date of each fifth succeeding year (i.e., June 2017, June 2022, etc.) assuming in each case that the Series M Preferred Stock has been issued.

 

(n)                                    Independent Investment Banker ” means an independent investment banking institution of national standing appointed by the Company.

 

(o)                                    Junior Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

(p)                                    LIBOR Business Day ” means any day on which commercial banks are open for general business (including dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars) in London.

 

(q)                                    LIBOR Determination Date ” means, as to each Dividend Period, the date that is two LIBOR Business Days prior to the first day of such Dividend Period.

 

3



 

(r)                                       OTS ” means the Office of Thrift Supervision or any successor regulatory entity.

 

(s)                                     Parity Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

(t)                                       Primary Treasury Dealer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(y).

 

(u)                                    Prompt Corrective Action Regulation ” means 12 C.F.R. Part 565 as in effect from time to time, or any successor regulation.

 

(v)                                    Rating Agencies ” means, at any time, Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a Division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and Fitch, Inc., but only in the case of each such agency if it is rating the relevant security, including the Delaware Preferred Securities at the relevant time or, if none of them is providing a rating for the relevant security, including the Delaware Preferred Securities at such time, then any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” as that phrase is defined for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which is rating such relevant security.

 

(w)                                  A “ Rating Agency Event ” occurs when the Company reasonably determines that an amendment, clarification or change has occurred in the equity criteria for securities such as the Delaware Preferred Securities of any Rating Agency that then publishes a rating for the Company which amendment, clarification or change results in a lower equity credit for the Company than the respective equity credit assigned by such Rating Agency to the Delaware Preferred Securities on the Designation Date.

 

(x)                                      Redemption Date ” means any date that is designated by the Company in a notice of redemption delivered pursuant to Section 7.

 

(y)                                    Reference Treasury Dealer ” means each of the three primary U.S. government securities dealers (each, a “ Primary Treasury Dealer ”), as specified by the Company; provided that if any Primary Treasury Dealer as specified by the Company ceases to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company will substitute for such Primary Treasury Dealer another Primary Treasury Dealer and if the Company fails to select a substitute within a reasonable period of time, then the substitute will be a Primary Treasury Dealer selected by the Independent Investment Banker after consultation with the Company.

 

(z)                                      Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations ” means, with respect to the Reference Treasury Dealer and any Redemption Date, the average, as determined by the Independent Investment Banker, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed, in each case, as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Independent Investment Banker by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such Redemption Date.

 

(aa)                               A “ Regulatory Capital Event ” occurs when the Company determines, based upon receipt of an opinion of counsel, that there is a significant risk that the Delaware Preferred Securities will no longer constitute core capital of WMB for purposes of the capital adequacy regulations issued by the OTS as a result of a change in applicable laws, regulations or related interpretations after issuance of the Delaware Preferred Securities.

 

4



 

(bb)                             Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page ” means the display so designated on the Reuters 3000 Xtra (or such other page as may replace that page on that service, or such other service as may be nominated as the information vendor, for the purpose of displaying rates comparable to the London Interbank Offered rate for U.S. dollar deposits).

 

(cc)                                Series I Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

(dd)                              Series J Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

(ee)                                Series K Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

(ff)                                    Series L Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

(gg)                              Series M Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.

 

(hh)                             Treasury Rate ” means the rate per year equal to the quarterly equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for the relevant Redemption Date. The Treasury Rate will be calculated on the third Business Day preceding the relevant Redemption Date.

 

(ii)                                     Trust Securities ” means the Fixed-to-Floating Rate Perpetual Non-cumulative Trust Securities, liquidation preference $100,000 per security, issued by Washington Mutual Preferred Funding Trust III, a Delaware statutory trust.

 

(jj)                                     Voting Parity Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(b).

 

(kk)                               WMB ” means Washington Mutual Bank, a federal savings association and a subsidiary of the Company, or its successor.

 

Section 4.                                    Dividends .

 

(a)                                     Holders of shares of Series M Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of the funds legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends in the amount determined as set forth in Section 4(c), and no more.

 

(b)                                    Subject to Section 4(a), dividends shall be payable in arrears on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year commencing on the first such day after the issuance of the Series M Preferred Stock or, in each case, if any such day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”). Each dividend will be payable to holders of record as they appear on the stock books of the Company on the first day of the month in which the relevant Dividend Payment Date occurs or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day of such month. Each period from and including a Dividend Payment Date (or the date of the Issuance of the Series M Preferred Stock) to but excluding the following Dividend Payment Date (or the Redemption Date) is herein referred to as “Dividend Period”, except that, if the Series M Preferred Stock is outstanding on June 15, 2012, the Dividend Period ending in June 2012 shall be to but excluding June 15, 2012 (whether or not a Business Day) and the Dividend Period ending in September 2012 shall commence on June 15, 2012 (whether or not a Business Day).

 

5



 

(c)                                     If the date of Issuance of the Series M Preferred Stock is prior to the day immediately preceding June 15, 2012, or if June 15, 2012 is not a Business Day, the first Business Day after June 15, 2012, then from such date of issuance to but not including June 15, 2012 (whether or not a Business Day); dividends, if, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, will be, for each outstanding share of Series M Preferred Stock, at an annual rate of 6.895% on the per share liquidation preference of the Series M Preferred Stock. From the later of the (i) June 15, 2012 and (ii) the date of issuance of the Series M Preferred Stock, dividends, if, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, will be, for each outstanding share of Series M Preferred Stock, at an annual rate on the per share liquidation preference of the Series M Preferred Stock equal to 3-Month USD LIBOR for the related Dividend Period plus 1.755%. Dividends payable for any Dividend Period greater or less than a full Dividend Period will be computed on the basis of twelve 30-day months, a 360-day year, and the actual number of days elapsed in the period if such Dividend Period ends in or prior to June 2012; thereafter dividends payable for any period greater or less than a full dividend period will be computed on the basis of the actual number of days in the relevant period divided by 360. No interest will be paid on any dividend payment of the Series M Preferred Stock.

 

(d)                                    Dividends on the Series M Preferred Stock are non-cumulative. If the Board of Directors does not declare a dividend on the Series M Preferred Stock or declares less than a full dividend in respect of any Dividend Period, the holders of the Series M Preferred Stock will have no right to receive any dividend or a full dividend, as the case may be, for the Dividend Period, and the Company will have no obligation to pay a dividend or to pay full dividends for that Dividend Period, whether or not dividends are declared and paid for any future Dividend Period with respect to the Series M Preferred Stock or the Common Stock or any other class or series of the Company’s preferred stock.

 

(e)                                     If full dividends on all outstanding shares of the Series M Preferred Stock for any Dividend Period have not been declared and paid, the Company shall not declare or pay dividends with respect to, or redeem, purchase or acquire any of, its equity capital securities during the next succeeding Dividend Period, except dividends in connection with the Series RP Preferred Stock or other shareholders’ rights plan, if any, or dividends in connection with benefit plans.

 

Section 5.                                    Liquidation .

 

(a)                                     In the event the Company voluntarily or involuntarily liquidates, dissolves or winds up, the holders of Series M Preferred Stock at the time outstanding shall be entitled to receive liquidating distributions in the amount of $1,000,000 per share of Series M Preferred Stock, plus an amount equal to any declared but unpaid dividends thereon for the current Dividend Period to and including the date of such liquidation, out of assets legally available for distribution to its shareholders, before any distribution of assets is made to the holders of Common Stock or any securities ranking junior to the Series M Preferred Stock. After payment of the full amount of such liquidating distributions, the holders of Series M Preferred Stock will not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by, and shall have no right or claim to any remaining assets of, the Company.

 

(b)                                    In the event the assets of the Company available for distribution to shareholders upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, shall be insufficient to pay in full the amounts payable with respect to all outstanding shares of the Series M Preferred Stock and the corresponding

 

6



 

amounts payable on any other Securities of equal ranking, the holders of Series M Preferred Stock and the holders of such other securities of equal ranking shall share ratably in any distribution of assets of the Company in proportion to the full respective liquidating distributions to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

 

Section 6.                                    Maturity . The Series M Preferred Stock shall be perpetual unless redeemed by the Company in accordance with Section 7.

 

Section 7.                                    Redemptions .

 

(a)                                     The Series M Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable at the option of the holders at any time.

 

(b)                                    The Series M Preferred Stock shall be redeemable at the option of the Company in any of the following circumstances:

 

(i)                                                  in whole but not in part, prior to the Dividend Payment Date in June, 2012 upon the occurrence of a Regulatory Capital Event or a Rating Agency Event, at a cash redemption price equal to the sum of:

 

(A)                   the greater of:

 

(1)                        $1,000,000 per share of Series M Preferred Stock and

 

(2)                        The sum of the present value of $1,000,000 per share of Series M Preferred Stock, discounted from the Dividend Payment Date in June, 2012 to the redemption date, and the present values of all undeclared dividends for each Dividend Period from the redemption date to and including the Dividend Payment Date in June, 2012 discounted from their applicable Dividend Payment Dates to the redemption date, in each case on a quarterly basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate, as calculated by an Independent Investment Banker, plus 0.50%; plus

 

(B)                     any declared but unpaid dividends to the redemption date;

 

(ii)                                               in whole but not in part, on any Dividend Payment Date prior to the Dividend Payment Date in June, 2012 for any reason other than the occurrence of a Rating Agency Event or a Regulatory Capital Event, at a cash redemption price equal to:

 

(A)                   the greater of:

 

(1)                        $1,000,000 per share of Series M Preferred Stock, or

 

(2)                        the sum of the present value of $1,000,000 per share of Series M Preferred Stock discounted from the Dividend Payment Date in June, 2012 to the redemption date, and the present values of all undeclared dividends for the Dividend Periods from the redemption date to and including the Dividend Payment Date in June, 2012, discounted from their applicable Dividend Payment Dates to the redemption date, in each case

 

7



 

on a quarterly basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate, as calculated by an Independent Investment Banker, plus 0.35%; plus

 

(B)                     any declared but unpaid dividends to the redemption date;

 

(iii)                                            in whole but not in part, on any Dividend Payment Date after the Dividend Payment Date in June, 2012 that is not a Five-Year Date, upon the occurrence of a Regulatory Capital Event or a Rating Agency Event, at a cash redemption price equal to $1,000,000 per share of Series M Preferred Stock, plus any declared and unpaid dividends to the redemption date;

 

(iv)                                           in whole or in part, on each Dividend Payment Date that is a Five-Year Date, at a cash redemption price of $1,000,000 per share of Series M Preferred Stock, plus any declared and unpaid dividends to the redemption date; and

 

(v)                                              in whole but not in part, on any Dividend Payment Date after the Dividend Payment Date In June, 2012 that is not a Five-Year Date for any reason other than the occurrence of a Rating Agency Event or a Regulatory Capital Event, at a cash redemption price equal to:

 

(A)                   the greater of:

 

(1)                        $1,000,000 per share of Series M Preferred Stock, or

 

(2)                        the sum of the present value of $1,000,000 per share of Series M Preferred Stock, discounted from the next succeeding Five-Year Date to the redemption date, and the present values of all undeclared dividends for the Dividend Periods from the redemption date to and including the next succeeding Five-Year Date, discounted from their applicable Dividend Payment Dates to the redemption date, in each case on a quarterly basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the 3-month USD LIBOR Rate applicable to the Dividend Period immediately preceding such redemption date (which 3-month USD LIBOR Rate will also, for the purposes of calculating such redemption price, be the rate used in calculating the amount for each undeclared dividend), as calculated by an Independent Investment Banker; plus

 

(B)                     any declared but unpaid dividends to the redemption date;

 

In each case, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends with respect to Dividend Payment Dates prior to the redemption date.

 

(c)                                     Dividends will cease to accrue on the Series M Preferred Stock called for redemption on and as of the date fixed for redemption and such Series M Preferred Stock will be deemed to cease to be outstanding, provided that the redemption price, including any authorized and declared but unpaid dividends for the current Dividend Period, if any, to the date fixed for redemption, has been duly paid or provision has been made for such payment.

 

(d)                                    In the case of any redemption under this Section 7, notice shall be mailed to each holder of record of the Series M Preferred Stock, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date specified in such notice; provided, however, that a longer minimum notice may be agreed to by the Company, including in a deposit agreement relating to

 

8



 

depositary shares representing interests in the Series M Preferred Stock. The notice of redemption shall include a statement of (i) the redemption date, (ii) the redemption price, and (iii) the number of shares to be redeemed.

 

(e)                             Any shares of Series M Preferred Stock redeemed pursuant to this Section 7 or otherwise acquired by the Company in any manner whatsoever shall become authorized but unissued preferred shares of the Company but such preferred shares shall not under any circumstances be reissued as Series M Preferred Shares. The Company shall from time-to-time take such appropriate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series M Preferred Stock accordingly.

 

Section 8.                                    Voting Rights .

 

(a)                                     Holders of the Series M Preferred Stock will not have any voting rights, including the right to elect any directors, except (i) voting rights, if any, required by law, and (ii) voting rights, if any, described in this Section 8.

 

(b)                                    Holders of the Series M Preferred Stock will in the circumstances to the extent set forth in this Section 8(b), have the right to elect two directors.

 

(i)                                                  If after the issuance of the Series M Preferred Stock the Company fails to pay, or declare and set aside for payment, full dividends on the Series M Preferred Stock or any other class or series of Parity Securities having similar voting rights (“Voting Parity Securities”) for six Dividend Periods or their equivalent, the authorized number of the Company’s directors will be increased by two. Subject to compliance with any requirement for regulatory approval of, or non-objection to, persons serving as directors, the holders of Series M Preferred Stock, voting together as a single and separate class with the holders of any outstanding Voting Parity Securities, will have the right to elect two directors in addition to the directors then in office at the Company’s next annual meeting of shareholders. This right will continue at each subsequent annual meeting until the Company pays dividends in full on the Series M Preferred Stock and any Voting Parity Securities for three consecutive Dividend Periods or their equivalent and pays or declares and sets aside for payment dividends in full for the fourth consecutive Dividend Period or its equivalent or, if earlier, upon the redemption of all Series M Preferred Stock.

 

(ii)                                               The term of such additional directors will terminate, and the total number of directors will be decreased by two, at such time as the Company pays dividends in full on the Series M Preferred Stock and any Voting Parity Securities for three consecutive Dividend Periods or their equivalent and declares and pays or sets aside for payment dividends in full for the fourth consecutive Dividend Period or its equivalent or, if earlier, upon the redemption of all Series M Preferred Stock. After the term of such additional directors terminates, the holders of the Series M Preferred Stock will not be entitled to elect additional directors unless full dividends on the Series M Preferred Stock have again not been paid or declared and set aside for payment for six future Dividend Periods.

 

(iii)                                            Any additional director elected by the holders of the Series M Preferred Stock and the Voting Parity Securities may only be removed by the vote of the holders of record of the outstanding Series M Preferred Stock and Voting Parity Securities, voting together as a single and separate class, at a meeting of the Company shareholders called for that purpose. Any vacancy created by the removal of any such director may be filled only by the

 

9



 

vote of the holders of the outstanding Series M Preferred Stock and Voting Parity Securities, voting together as a single and separate class.

 

(c)                                     So long as any shares of Series M Preferred Stock are outstanding, the vote or consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of Series M Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting as a class with all other classes and series of Parity Securities upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable, given in person or by proxy, either in writing without a meeting or by vote at any meeting called for the purpose, will be necessary for effecting or validating any of the following actions, whether or not such approval is required by Washington law:

 

(i)                                                any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (including the Articles of Amendment creating the Series M Preferred Stock) or the Company’s bylaws that would alter or change the voting powers, preferences or special rights of the Series M Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely;

 

(ii)                                             any amendment or alteration of the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to authorize or create, or increase the authorized amount of, any shares of, or any securities convertible into shares of, any class or series of the Company’s capital stock ranking prior to the Series M Preferred Stock in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

 

(iii)                                          the consummation of a binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Series M Preferred Stock or a merger or consolidation of the Company with another entity, except that holders of Series M Preferred Stock will have no right to vote under this provision or under §23B.11.035 of the Revised Code of Washington or otherwise under Washington law if in each case (x) the Series M Preferred Stock remains outstanding or, in the case of any such merger or consolidation with respect to which the Company is not the surviving or resulting entity, is converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent, and (y) such Series M Preferred Stock remaining outstanding or such preference securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, taken as a whole, as are not materially less favorable to the holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers of the Series M Preferred Stock, taken as a whole;

 

provided, however, that any increase in the amount of the authorized or issued Series M Preferred Stock or authorized preferred stock or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, of other series of preferred stock ranking equally with and/or junior to the Series M Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and/or the distribution of assets upon the Company’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up will not be deemed to adversely affect the voting powers, preferences or special rights of the Series M Preferred stock and, notwithstanding §23B.10.040(1)(a), (e) or (f) of the Revised Code of Washington or any other provision of Washington law, holders of Series M Preferred Stock will have no right to vote on such an increase, creation or issuance.

 

(d)                                    If an amendment, alteration, repeal, share exchange, reclassification, merger or consolidation described above would adversely affect one or more but not all series of preferred stock with like voting rights (including the Series M Preferred Stock for this

 

10



 

purpose), then only the series affected and entitled to vote shall vote as a class in lieu of all such series of preferred stock.

 

Section 9.                                    Certificates . The Company may at its option issue the Series M Preferred Stock without certificates.

 

THIRD: This amendment does not provide for an exchange, reclassification or cancellation of any issued shares.

 

FOURTH: The date of this amendment’s adoption is May 23, 2007.

 

FIFTH: This amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

SIXTH: No shareholder action was required.

 

11



 

EXECUTED this 23 rd day of May, 2007.

 

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Freilinger

 

 

Name:

Peter Freilinger

 

 

Title:

SVP

 

12



 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

 

OF

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

(Series K Perpetual Non-Cumulative Floating Rate Preferred Stock)

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 23B.10 and Section 23B.06.020 of the Revised Code of Washington, the undersigned officer of Washington Mutual, Inc. (the “Company”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Washington, does hereby submit for filing these Articles of Amendment to its Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation:

 

FIRST: The name of the Company is Washington Mutual, Inc.

 

SECOND: 500 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Company are hereby designated “Series K Perpetual Non-Cumulative Floating Rate Preferred Stock”.

 

The preferences, limitations, voting powers and relative rights of the Series K Perpetual Non-Cumulative Floating Rate Preferred Stock are as follows:

 

DESIGNATION

 

Section 1.  Designation .    There is hereby created out of the authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock of the Company a series of preferred stock designated as the “Series K Perpetual Non-Cumulative Floating Rate Preferred Stock” (the “Series K Preferred Stock”). The number of shares constituting such series shall be 500. The Series K Preferred Stock shall have no par value per share and the liquidation preference of the Series K Preferred Stock shall be $1,000,000.00 per share.

 

Section 2.  Ranking .     The Series K Preferred Stock will, with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding-up and dissolution, rank (i) on a parity with the Series I Preferred Stock and the Series J Preferred Stock and with each other class or series of preferred stock established after the Effective Date by the Company the terms of which expressly provide that such class or series will rank on a parity with the Series K Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of the Company (collectively referred to as “Parity Securities”) and (ii) senior to the Company’s common stock (the “Common Stock”), the Company’s Series RP Preferred Stock and each other class or series of capital stock outstanding or established after the Effective Date by the Company the terms of which do not expressly provide that it ranks on a parity with or senior to the Series K Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of the Company (collectively referred to as “Junior Securities”). The Company has the right to authorize and/or issue additional shares or series of Junior Securities or Parity Securities without the consent of the holders of the Series K Preferred Stock.

 



 

Section 3.  Definitions .     Unless the context or use indicates another meaning or intent, the following terms shall have the following meanings, whether used in the singular or the plural:

 

(a)                                       3-Month USD LIBOR ” means, with respect to any Dividend Period, a rate determined on the basis of the offered rates for three-month U.S. dollar deposits, commencing on the first day of such Dividend Period, which appears on US LIBOR Telerate Page 3750 as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the LIBOR Determination Date for such Dividend Period. If on any LIBOR Determination Date no rate appears on US LIBOR Telerate Page 3750 as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, the Company or an affiliate of the Company on behalf of the Company will on such LIBOR Determination Date request four major reference banks in the London interbank market selected by the Company to provide the Company with a quotation of the rate at which three-month deposits in U.S. dollars, commencing on the first day of such Dividend Period, are offered by them to prime banks in the London interbank market as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date and in a principal amount equal to that which is representative for a single transaction in such market at such time. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month USD LIBOR for such Dividend Period will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest .00001 of 1%) of such quotations as calculated by the Company. If fewer than two quotations are provided, 3-Month USD LIBOR for such Dividend Period will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest .00001 of 1%) of the rates quoted as of approximately 11:00 am., New York time, on the first day of such Dividend Period by three major banks in New York City, New York selected by the Company for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks, for a three-month period commencing on the first day of such Dividend Period and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000; provided, however, that, if the banks selected as aforesaid by the Company are not quoting as mentioned in this sentence, 3-Month USD LIBOR for such Dividend Period will be the 3-Month USD LIBOR determined with respect to the immediately preceding Dividend Period.

 

(b)                                      Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banks in New York City, New York, or Seattle, Washington are generally required or authorized by law to be closed.

 

(c)                                       Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

(d)                                      Company ” means Washington Mutual, Inc., a Washington corporation.

 

(e)                                       Dividend Payment Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(b).

 

(f)                                         Dividend Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(b).

 

(g)                                      Effective Date ” means the date on which shares of the Series K Preferred Stock are first issued.

 

(h)                                      Junior Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

(i)                                          LIBOR Business Day ” means any day on which commercial banks are open for general business (including dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars) in London.

 

2



 

(j)                                          LIBOR Determination Date ” means, as to each Dividend Period, the date that is two LIBOR Business Days prior to the first day of such Dividend Period.

 

(k)                                       Parity Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

(l)                                          Redemption Date ” means any date that is designated by the Company in a notice of redemption delivered pursuant to Section 7.

 

(m)                                    Series I Preferred Stock ” means the shares of the Company’s Series I Perpetual Non-cumulative Fixed-to-Floating Rate Preferred Stock reserved for issuance.

 

(n)                                      Series J Preferred Stock ” means the shares of the Company’s Series J Perpetual Non-cumulative Fixed Rate Preferred Stock reserved for issuance.

 

(o)                                      US LIBOR Telerate Page 3750 ” means the display page of Moneyline’s Telerate Service designated as 3750 (or any successor page or service for the purpose of displaying rates comparable to 3-Month USD LIBOR).

 

(p)                                      Voting Parity Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(b).

 

Section 4.  Dividends .

 

(a)                                       From and after the Effective Date, holders of shares of Series K Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of the funds legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends in the amount determined as set forth in Section 4(c), and no more.

 

(b)                                      Subject to Section 4(a), dividends shall be payable in arrears on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year commencing on December 15, 2006 or, in each case, if any such day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”). Each dividend will be payable to holders of record as they appear on the stock books of the Company on the first day of the month in which the relevant Dividend Payment Date occurs or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day of such month. Each period from and including a Dividend Payment Date (or the date of the issuance of the Series K Preferred Stock) to but excluding the following Dividend Payment Date (or the Redemption Date) is herein referred to as a “Dividend Period.”

 

(c)                                       Dividends, if, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, will be, for each outstanding share of Series K Preferred Stock, at an annual rate on the $1,000,000 per share liquidation preference equal to the greater of (i) 3-Month USD LIBOR for the related Dividend Period, plus 0.70% or (ii) four percent (4.00%). Dividends payable for a Dividend Period, including any Dividend Period greater or less than a full Dividend Period, will be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in the period divided by 360. No interest will be paid on any dividend payment on a Series K Preferred Stock paid later than the scheduled Dividend Payment Date.

 

(d)                                      Dividends on the Series K Preferred Stock are non-cumulative. If the Board of Directors does not declare a dividend on the Series K Preferred Stock or declares less than a full dividend in respect of any Dividend Period, the holders of the Series K

 

3



 

Preferred Stock will have no right to receive any dividend or a full dividend, as the case may be, for the Dividend Period, and the Company will have no obligation to pay a dividend or to pay full dividends for that Dividend Period, whether or not dividends are declared and paid for any future Dividend Period with respect to the Series K Preferred Stock or the Common Stock or any other class or series of the Company’s preferred stock.

 

(e)                                       If full dividends on all outstanding shares of the Series K Preferred Stock for any Dividend Period have not been declared and paid, the Company shall not declare or pay dividends with respect to, or redeem, purchase or acquire any of, its Junior Securities during the next succeeding Dividend Period, other than (i) redemptions, purchases or other acquisitions of Junior Securities in connection with any benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants or in connection with a dividend reinvestment or shareholder stock purchase plan, and (ii) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any shareholders’ rights plan, including with respect to the Company’s Series RP Preferred Stock, or the issuance of rights, stock or other property under any shareholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto. If dividends for any Dividend Payment Date are not paid in full on the shares of the Series K Preferred Stock and there are issued and outstanding shares of Parity Securities with the same Dividend Payment Date, then all dividends declared on shares of the Series K Preferred Stock and such Parity Securities shall be declared pro rata so that the respective amounts of such dividends shall bear the same ratio to each other as full dividends per share on the shares of the Series K Preferred Stock and all such Parity Securities otherwise payable on such Dividend Payment Date (subject to their having been declared by the Board of Directors out of legally available funds and including, in the case of any such Parity Securities that bear cumulative dividends, all accrued but unpaid dividends) bear to each other.

 

Section 5.  Liquidation .

 

(a)                                       In the event the Company voluntarily or involuntarily liquidates, dissolves or winds up, the holders of Series K Preferred Stock at the time outstanding shall be entitled to receive liquidating distributions in the amount of $1,000,000 per share of Series K Preferred Stock, plus an amount equal to any declared but unpaid dividends thereon to and including the date of such liquidation, out of assets legally available for distribution to its shareholders, before any distribution of assets is made to the holders of Common Stock or any other Junior Securities. After payment of the full amount of such liquidating distributions, the holders of Series K Preferred Stock will not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by, and shall have no right or claim to any remaining assets of, the Company.

 

(b)                                      In the event the assets of the Company available for distribution to shareholders upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, shall be insufficient to pay in full the amounts payable with respect to all outstanding shares of the Series K Preferred Stock and the corresponding amounts payable on any Parity Securities, the holders of Series K Preferred Stock and the holders of such Parity Securities shall share ratably in any distribution of assets of the Company in proportion to the full respective liquidating distributions to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

 

4



 

(c)                                       The Company’s consolidation or merger with or into any other entity, the consolidation or merger of any other entity with or into the Company, or the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s property or business will not constitute its liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

 

Section 6.                                          Maturity .   The Series K Preferred Stock shall be perpetual unless redeemed by the Company in accordance with Section 7.

 

Section 7.   Redemptions .

 

(a)                                       The Series K Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable at the option of the holders at any time.

 

(b)                                      The Series K Preferred Stock shall be redeemable in whole or in part at the option of the Company at any time, or from time to time, on or after September 15, 2011, (or, in the event that September 15, 2011 is not a Business Day, the next Business Day). Such redemption shall be at a cash redemption price of $1,000,000 per share, plus any declared and unpaid dividends to the Redemption Date, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends.

 

(c)                                        In the case of any redemption under this Section 7, notice shall be mailed to each holder of record of the Series K Preferred Stock, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date specified in such notice provided, however, that no failure to give such notice nor any defect therein shall affect the validity of the proceeding for the redemption of any shares of the Series K Preferred Stock to be redeemed except as to the holder to whom the Company has failed to mail said notice or except as to the holder whose notice was defective. The notice of redemption shall include a statement of (i) the Redemption Date, (ii) the redemption price, and (iii) the number of shares to be redeemed.

 

(d)                                       Any shares of Series K Preferred Stock redeemed by the Company pursuant to this Section 7 or otherwise acquired by the Company in any manner whatsoever shall become authorized but unissued preferred shares of the Company but such preferred shares shall not under any circumstances be reissued as Series K Preferred Stock. The Company shall from time-to-time take such appropriate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series K Preferred Stock accordingly.

 

Section 8.   Voting Rights .

 

(a)                                       Holders of the Series K Preferred Stock will not have any voting rights, including the right to elect any directors, except (i) voting rights, if any, required by law, and (ii) voting rights, if any, described in this Section 8.

 

(b)                                      Holders of the Series K Preferred Stock will, in the circumstances and to the extent set forth in this Section 8(b), have the right to elect two directors.

 

(i)                                    If after the Effective Date the Company fails to pay, or declare and set aside for payment, full dividends on the Series K Preferred Stock or any other class or series of Parity Securities having similar voting rights (“Voting Parity Securities”) for six Dividend Periods or their equivalent, the authorized number of

 

5



 

the Company’s directors will be increased by two. Subject to compliance with any requirement for regulatory approval of, or non-objection to, persons serving as directors, the holders of Series K Preferred Stock, voting together as a single and separate class with the holders of any outstanding Voting Parity Securities, will have the right to elect two directors in addition to the directors then in office at the Company’s next annual meeting of shareholders. This right will continue at each subsequent annual meeting until the Company pays dividends in full on the Series K Preferred Stock and any Voting Parity Securities for three consecutive Dividend Periods or their equivalent and pays or declares and sets aside for payment dividends in full for the fourth consecutive Dividend Period or its equivalent or, if earlier, upon the redemption of all Series K Preferred Stock.

 

(ii)            The term of such additional directors will terminate, and the total number of directors will be decreased by two, at such time as the Company pays dividends in full on the Series K Preferred Stock and any Voting Parity Securities for three consecutive Dividend Periods or their equivalent and declares and pays or sets aside for payment dividends in full for the fourth consecutive Dividend Period or its equivalent or, if earlier, upon the redemption of all Series K Preferred Stock. After the term of such additional directors terminates, the holders of the Series K Preferred Stock will not be entitled to elect additional directors unless full dividends on the Series K Preferred Stock have again not been paid or declared and set aside for payment for six future Dividend Periods.

 

(iii)           Any additional director elected by the holders of the Series K Preferred Stock and the Voting Parity Securities may only be removed by the vote of the holders of record of the outstanding Series K Preferred Stock and Voting Parity Securities, voting together as a single and separate class, at a meeting of the Company shareholders called for that purpose. Any vacancy created by the removal of any such director may be filled only by the vote of the holders of the outstanding Series K Preferred Stock and Voting Parity Securities, voting together as a single and separate class.

 

(c)                                       So long as any shares of Series K Preferred Stock are outstanding, the vote or consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of Series K Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting as a class with all other classes and series of Parity Securities upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable, given in person or by proxy, either in writing without a meeting or by vote at any meeting called for the purpose, will be necessary for effecting or validating any of the following actions, whether or not such approval is required by Washington law.

 

6



 

(i)             any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (including the Articles of Amendment creating the Series K Preferred Stock) or the Company’s bylaws that would alter or change the voting powers, preferences or special rights of the Series K Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely;

 

(ii)            any amendment or alteration of the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to authorize or create, or increase the authorized amount of, any shares of, or any securities convertible into shares of, any class or series of the Company’s capital stock ranking prior to the Series K Preferred Stock in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

 

(iii)           the consummation of a binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Series K Preferred Stock or a merger or consolidation of the Company with another entity, except that holders of Series K Preferred Stock will have no right to vote under this provision or under §23B.11.035 of the Revised Code of Washington or otherwise under Washington law if in each case (x) the Series K Preferred Stock remains outstanding or, in the case of any such merger or consolidation with respect to which the Company is not the surviving or resulting entity, is converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent, and (y) such Series K Preferred Stock remaining outstanding or such preference securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, taken as a whole, as are not materially less favorable to the holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers of the Series K Preferred Stock, taken as a whole;

 

provided, however, that any increase in the amount of the authorized or issued Series K Preferred Stock or authorized preferred stock or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, of other series of preferred stock ranking equally with and/or junior to the Series K Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and/or the distribution of assets upon the Company’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up will not be deemed to adversely affect the voting powers, preferences or special rights of the Series K Preferred stock and, notwithstanding §23B.10.040(1)(a), (e) or (f) of the Revised Code of Washington or any other provision of Washington law, holders of Series K Preferred Stock will have no right to vote on such an increase, creation or issuance.

 

If an amendment, alteration, repeal, share exchange, reclassification, merger or consolidation described above would adversely affect one or more but not all series of preferred stock with like voting rights (including the Series K Preferred Stock for this

 

7



 

purpose), then only the series affected and entitled to vote shall vote as a class in lieu of all such series of preferred stock.

 

Section 9.  Certificates .    The Company may at its option issue the Series K Preferred Stock without certificates.

 

THIRD: This amendment does not provide for an exchange, reclassification or cancellation of any issued shares.

 

FOURTH: The date of this amendment’s adoption is September 14, 2006.

 

FIFTH: This amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

SIXTH: No shareholder action was required.

 

EXECUTED this 14th day of September, 2006.

 

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Fay L.Chapman

 

 

Name:

Fay L.Chapman

 

 

Title:

Senior Executive Vice President

 

8



 

 

STATE OF WASHINGTON

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

 

SECRETARY OF STATE

WASHINGTON

 

PROFIT CORPORATION

·   Please PRINT or TYPE in black ink

(Par Chapter 238.10 RCW)

·   Sign, date and return original AND ONE COPY to:

FEE: $30

 

EXPEDITED (24-HOUR) SERVICE AVAILABLE - $20 PER ENTITY

CORPORATIONS DIVISION

INCLUDE FEE AND WRITE “EXPEDITE” IN BOLD LETTERS

801 CAPITOL WAY SOUTH PO BOX 40234

ON OUTSIDE OF ENVELOPE

OLYMPIA, WA 98504-0234

 

 

FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

·   BE SURE TO INCLUDE FILING FEE Checks

FILED         /         /

should be made payable to “Secretary of State”

 

 

 

IMPORTANT! Person to contact about this filing

Daytime Phone Number (with area code)

Christopher J. Bellavia

206-490-8597

 

 

AMENDMENT TO ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

NAME OF CORPORATION (As currently recorded with the Office of the Secretary of State)

Washington Mutual,  Inc.

 

 

 

UBI NUMBER

CORPORATION NUMBER (if known)

AMENDMENTS TO ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION WERE ADOPTED ON April 18, 2006

601566389

 

Date:

 

EFFECTIVE DATE

(Specified effective date may be up to 30 days AFTER receipt of the document by the Secretary of State)

OF ARTICLES OF

 

 

AMENDMENT

o       Specific Date:

 

x       Upon filing by the Secretary of State

 

 

 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT WERE ADOPTED BY (Please check ONE of the following)

 

o    Incorporators. Shareholders action was not required

o    Board of Directors. Shareholders action was not required

x    Duly approved shareholder action in accordance with Chapter 23B.10 RCW

 

AMENDMENTS TO THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION ARE AS FOLLOWS

If amendment provides for an exchange, reclassification, or cancellation of Issued shares, provisions for implementing the amendment must be included. If necessary, attach additional amendments or information.

 

 

 

 

Attached as Exhibit A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE OF OFFICER

This document is hereby executed under penalties of perjury, and is, to the best of my knowledge, true and correct.

 

/S/ William L.Lynch

 

William L. Lynch

 

5/30/06

 

Signature of Officer

 

Printed Name

 

Date

 

 

INFORMATION AND ASSISTANCE – 360/753-7115 (TDD – 380/753-1485)

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Article IV of the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation shall be replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

ARTICLE IV

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

The Company shall be managed by a Board of Directors. The number of directors shall be stated in the Company’s Bylaws, provided, however, that such number shall not be less than five (5). The directors elected at any annual meeting of shareholders prior to the 2007 annual meeting of the Company’s shareholders, shall be classified into three classes of elected directors designated as Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 directors. Each class shall contain one-third of the total number of directors, as near as may be. The terms of the Class 1 directors shall expire at the first annual shareholders’ meeting after their election. The terms of the Class 2 directors shall expire at the second annual shareholders’ meeting after their election. The terms of the Class 3 directors shall expire at the third annual shareholders’ meeting after their election. At each annual meeting of the Company’s shareholders from and after the Company’s annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2007, the directors shall be elected for terms lasting until the next annual meeting of shareholders following their election, and until their successors are elected and qualified, subject to their earlier death, resignation or removal. A vacancy on the Board of Directors may be filled by the Board in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Company’s Bylaws. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for a term of office continuing only until the next election of directors by shareholders.

 



 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

 

TO THE

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 23B.10 and Section 23B.06.020 of the Washington Business Corporation Act, Washington Mutual, Inc., a Washington corporation, hereby adopts the following articles of amendment to its amended and restated articles of incorporation:

 

FIRST:                                    The name of the corporation is: Washington Mutual, Inc.

 

SECOND:                     The rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Series H Preferred Stock of the corporation are as follows:

 

1. Designation . The designation of this Series shall be Series H Preferred Stock (hereinafter referred to as this “Series”), and the number of shares constituting this Series shall be 2,000,000. Shares of this Series shall have a liquidation preference of $50.

 

2. Dividends . (a) The holders of shares of this Series shall be entitled to receive cash dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of funds legally available for that purpose, at the rates set forth below in this Section 2. Dividends on the shares of this Series shall be payable, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, quarterly in arrears on February 16, May 16, August 16 and November 16 of each year (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”), commencing on the Initial Dividend Payment Date. The “Initial Dividend Payment Date” shall mean the first Dividend Payment Date following the effective date of the merger (the “Merger”) of Bank United Corp. with and into the Company, or if any such date is not a Business Day (as defined below), the next succeeding Business Day. Each such dividend shall be paid to the holders of record of shares of this Series as they appear on the stock register of the Company on the applicable Record Date, as shall be fixed by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that holders of shares of this Series called for redemption on a Redemption Date falling between the record date associated with a Dividend Payment Date and such Dividend Payment Date shall receive the applicable dividend payment, together with all other accumulated and unpaid dividends on such date as shall be fixed for redemption. Dividends on the shares of this Series shall accumulate and be cumulative from the date of original issuance. “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday or Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in New York City are authorized or required by law or executive order to remain closed.

 



 

(b) For each quarterly dividend period (each, a “Dividend Period”) from the Initial Dividend Payment Date, through and including the Dividend Period ending August 16, 2002, dividends payable on the shares of this Series shall be payable at a rate per annum of the liquidation preference thereof equal to 7.25% (the “Initial Rate Period”). For each Dividend Period after the Initial Rate Period, dividends payable on the shares of this Series shall be payable at a rate per annum of the liquidation preference thereof equal to the Reset Rate (as defined below). The amount of dividends per share for each Dividend Period shall be computed by dividing the applicable rate for such Dividend Period by four and applying the resulting rate to the liquidation preference per share of this Series. Each Dividend Period (other than the Initial Dividend Period, defined below) shall commence on a Dividend Payment Date and shall end on and include the day next preceding the next Dividend Payment Date. The “Initial Dividend Period” shall mean the period commencing on the effective date of the Merger and ending on the Initial Dividend Payment Date.

 

(c) Dividends payable on this Series for any period greater or less than a full Dividend Period, other than the Initial Dividend Period, shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months and, for any period less than one month, the actual number of days elapsed in the period. In connection with the Merger, the shares of Bank United Corp.’s Series B Preferred Stock (the “Predecessor Shares”) shall be converted into shares of this Series. Prior to the completion of the Merger, the board of directors of Bank United Corp. declared a dividend on the Predecessor Shares payable on the Initial Dividend Payment Date. As successor to Bank United Corp., the Company will pay on the Initial Dividend Payment Date the dividend declared but not paid on the Predecessor Shares; provided that in no event shall a holder of this Series be entitled to a dividend on the Initial Dividend Payment Date that is greater than such holder would have been entitled to on the Initial Dividend Payment Date had the Merger not been completed and the Predecessor Shares not been converted into shares of this Series.

 

(d) No full dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on the Preferred Stock of any series ranking, as to dividends, on a parity with or junior to this Series for any period unless full cumulative dividends on the shares of this Series for all full Dividend Periods ending on or prior to the date of such dividends on such other series of Preferred Stock have been or contemporaneously are declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof set apart for such payment. When dividends are not paid in full, as aforesaid, upon the shares of this Series and any other series of Preferred Stock ranking on a parity as to dividends with this Series, all dividends declared upon shares of this Series and any other series of Preferred Stock ranking on a parity as to dividends with this Series shall be declared pro rata so that the amount of dividends declared per share on this Series and such other Preferred Stock shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that accrued and unpaid dividends per share on the shares of this Series and such other Preferred Stock bear to each other. No interest, or sum of money in lieu of interest, shall be payable in respect of any dividend payment or payments on this Series which may be in arrears.

 



 

(e) So long as any shares of this Series are outstanding, no dividend (other than a dividend in Common Stock or in any other stock ranking junior to this Series as to dividends and upon liquidation and other than as provided in paragraph (d) of this Section 2) shall be declared or paid or set aside for payment or other distribution declared or made upon the Common Stock or upon any other stock ranking junior to or on a parity with this Series as to dividends or upon liquidation, nor shall any Common Stock or any other stock of the Company ranking junior to or on a parity with this Series as to dividends or upon liquidation be redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired for any consideration (or any moneys be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any shares of any such stock) by the Company (except by conversion into or exchange for stock of the Company ranking junior to this Series as to dividends and upon liquidation), unless, in each case, full cumulative dividends on all outstanding shares of this Series for all full Dividend Periods ending on or prior to the date of such other dividend, distribution, redemption, purchase or other acquisition, shall have been or contemporaneously are paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof set aside for such payment.

 

3. Remarketing . (a) The dividend rate on this Series shall be reset to the Reset Rate on the Purchase Contract Settlement Date (as defined below). The Company shall request, not later than 15 nor more than 30 calendar days prior to the Remarketing Date (as defined below), that the Depositary (as defined below) notify the Holders of shares of this Series and the holders of Corporate PIES of the Remarketing and of the procedures that must be followed if a Holder of Corporate PIES wishes to make a cash settlement of its obligation to purchase Common Stock of the Company pursuant to the Purchase Contract Agreement.

 

(b) Not later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the seventh Business Day preceding the Purchase Contract Settlement Date, each Holder may elect to have the shares of this Series held by such Holder remarketed in the Remarketing. Holders of Corporate PIES that do not give notice of their intention to make a cash settlement of the purchase contract component of their Corporate PIES prior to such time in the manner specified in the Purchase Contract Agreement, or that give such notice but fail to deliver cash prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on or prior to the fifth Business Day preceding the Purchase Contract Settlement Date, shall be deemed to have consented to the disposition of the shares of this Series that are a component of their Corporate PIES in the Remarketing. Holders of the shares of this Series that are not a component of Corporate PIES wishing to have their shares of this Series remarketed shall give to the Purchase Contract Agent notice of their election prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time on such fifth Business Day. Any such notice shall be irrevocable and may not be conditioned upon the level at which the Reset Rate is established in the Remarketing. Promptly after 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such fifth Business Day, the Purchase Contract Agent, based on the notices received by it prior to such time (including notices from the Purchase Contract Agent as to purchase contracts for which cash settlement has been elected and cash received), shall notify the Remarketing Agent of the number of shares of this Series to be tendered for purchase in the Remarketing.

 


 

(c)           If any Holder of shares of this Series does not give a notice of its intention to make a cash settlement or gives such notice but fails to deliver cash as described in Section 3(b) above, or gives a notice of election to have shares of this Series that are not a component of Corporate PIES remarketed, then the shares of this Series of such Holder shall be deemed tendered for purchase in the Remarketing, notwithstanding any failure by such Holder to deliver or properly deliver such shares to the Remarketing Agent for purchase.

 

(d)          The right of each Holder to have shares of this Series tendered for purchase shall be limited to the extent that (i) the Remarketing Agent conducts a remarketing pursuant to the terms of the Remarketing Agreement, (ii) the shares of this Series tendered have not been called for redemption, (iii) the Remarketing Agent is able to find a purchaser or purchasers for the tendered shares of this Series and (iv) such purchaser or purchasers deliver the purchase price therefor to the Remarketing Agent.

 

(e)           On the Remarketing Date, the Remarketing Agent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to remarket, at a price equal to 100.50% of the aggregate liquidation preference thereof, the shares of this Series tendered or deemed tendered for purchase.

 

(f)             If, as a result of the efforts described in Section 3(e), the Remarketing Agent determines that it will be able to remarket all of the shares of this Series tendered or deemed tendered for purchase at a price of 100.50% of the aggregate liquidation preference of such shares prior to 4:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Remarketing Date, the Remarketing Agent shall determine the Reset Rate, which shall be the rate per annum (rounded to the nearest one-thousandth (0.001) of one percent per annum) that the Remarketing Agent determines, in its sole judgment, to be the lowest rate per annum that will enable it to remarket all of the shares of this Series tendered or deemed tendered for Remarketing.

 

(g)          If none of the Holders of the shares of this Series or the holders of the Corporate PIES elects to have shares of this Series remarketed in the Remarketing, the Reset Rate shall be the rate determined by the Remarketing Agent, in its sole discretion, as the rate that would have been established had a Remarketing of all the shares of this Series been held on the Remarketing Date.

 

(h)          If, by 4:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Remarketing Date, the Remarketing Agent is unable to remarket all of the Preferred Securities tendered or deemed tendered for purchase, a “Failed Remarketing” shall be deemed to have occurred and the Remarketing Agent shall so advise by telephone the Depositary and the Company. In the event of a Failed Remarketing, the Reset Rate shall equal (1) the “AA” Composite Commercial Paper Rate (as defined below), plus (2) the Applicable Margin (as defined below).

 

(i)              By approximately 4:30 p.m., New York City time, on the Remarketing Date, provided that there has not been a Failed Remarketing, the Remarketing Agent shall advise, by telephone (i) the Depositary and the Company of the Reset Rate determined in

 



 

the Remarketing and the number of shares of this Series sold in the Remarketing, (ii) each purchaser (or the Depositary Participant thereof) of the Reset Rate and the number of shares of this Series such purchaser is to purchase and (iii) each purchaser to give instructions to its Depositary Participant to pay the purchase price on the Purchase Contract Settlement Date in same day funds against delivery of the shares of this Series purchased through the facilities of the Depositary.

 

(j)              In accordance with the Depositary’s normal procedures, on the Purchase Contract Settlement Date, the transactions described above with respect to each Preferred Security tendered for purchase and sold in the Remarketing shall be executed through the Depositary, and the accounts of the respective Depositary Participants shall be debited and credited and such shares of this Series delivered by book-entry as necessary to effect purchases and sales of such shares of this Series. The Depositary shall make payment in accordance with its normal procedures.

 

(k)           If any Holder of shares of this Series selling shares of this Series in the Remarketing fails to deliver such shares, the Depositary Participant of such selling holder and of any other Person that was to have purchased shares of this Series in the Remarketing may deliver to any such other Person a number of shares of this Series that is less than the number of shares of this Series that otherwise was to be purchased by such Person. In such event, the number of shares of this Series to be so delivered shall be determined by such Depositary Participant, and delivery of such lesser number of shares of this Series shall constitute good delivery.

 

(1)           Under the Remarketing Agreement, the Company shall be liable for, and shall pay, any and all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Remarketing.

 

(m)        The tender and settlement procedures set in this Section 3, including provisions for payment by purchasers of the shares of this Series in the Remarketing, shall be subject to modification to the extent required by the Depositary or if the book-entry system is no longer available for the shares of this Series at the time of the Remarketing, to facilitate the tendering and remarketing of the shares of this Series in certificated form. In addition, the Remarketing Agent may modify the settlement procedures set forth herein in order to facilitate the settlement process.

 

(n)          Definitions:

 

“‘AA’ Composite Commercial Paper Rate” on any date shall mean (i) the interest equivalent of the 60-day rate on commercial paper placed on behalf of issuers whose corporate bonds are rated “AA” by S&P or the equivalent of such rating by S&P or the equivalent of such rating by S&P or another rating agency, as made available on a discount basis or otherwise by the Federal Reserve Board for the business day immediately preceding such date or (ii) if the Federal Reserve Board does not make available any such rate, then the arithmetic average of those rates, as quoted on a discount basis or otherwise, by the Commercial Paper Dealers to the Remarketing Agent for the close of business on the Business Day next preceding such date. If any Commercial

 



 

Paper Dealer does not quote a rate required to determine the “AA” Composite Commercial Paper Rate, the “AA” Composite Commercial Paper Rate will be determined on the basis of the quotation or quotations furnished by the remaining Commercial Paper Dealer or Commercial Paper Dealers and any substitute commercial paper dealer or substitute commercial paper dealers selected by the Remarketing Agent or, if the Remarketing Agent does not select any such substitute commercial paper dealer or substitute commercial paper dealers, by the remaining Commercial Paper Dealer or Commercial Paper Dealers.

 

“Applicable Margin” shall mean the spread determined as set forth below, based on the prevailing rating of the Remarketed shares of this Series in effect at the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the date of a Failed Remarketing:

 

Prevailing Rating

 

Spread

 

 

 

 

 

AA/ aa”

 

3.00

%

A/ “a”

 

4.00

%

BBB/ baa”

 

5.00

%

Below BBB/ baa”

 

7.00

%

 

For purposes of this definition, the “prevailing rating” of the Remarketed shares of this Series shall be:

 

(i) AA/ aa if such shares have a credit rating of AA- or better by S&P and “aa3” or better by Moody’s or the equivalent of such ratings by such agencies or a substitute rating agency or substitute rating agencies selected by the Remarketing Agent;

 

(ii) if not under clause (i) above, then A/ a if the Remarketed Securities have a credit rating of A- or better by S&P and “a3” or better by Moody’s or the equivalent of such ratings by such agencies or a substitute rating agency or substitute rating agencies selected by the Remarketing Agent;

 

(iii) if not under clauses (i) or (ii) above, then BBB/ “baa” if the Remarketed Securities have a credit rating of BBB- or better by S&P and “baa3” or better by Moody’s or the equivalent of such ratings by such agencies or a substitute rating agency or substitute rating agencies selected by the Remarketing Agent; or

 

iv) if not under clauses (i) - (iii) above, then below BBB/ “baa.”

 

“Certificate” shall mean a Corporate PIES Certificate.

 



 

“Commercial Paper Dealers” shall mean Lehman Commercial Paper Inc.,  Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated or their affiliates or successors, if such affiliates or successors are commercial paper dealers.

 

“Common Stock” shall mean the Common Stock, no par value, of the Company.

 

“Corporate PIES” shall mean a stock purchase unit consisting of (A) a stock purchase contract under which (i) the holder of the unit will purchase from the Company, for $50.00 in cash, a certain number of shares of common stock of the Company and (ii) the Company will pay such holder contract adjustment payments and (B) beneficial ownership of a shares of this Series.

 

“Corporate PIES Certificate” means a certificate evidencing the rights and obligations of a Holder in respect of the number of Corporate PIES specified on such certificate.

 

“Depositary” shall mean, with respect to shares of this Series issuable in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities, a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act that is designated to act as depositary for such shares, and initially shall be The Depository Trust Company.

 

“Depositary Participant” shall mean a member of, or participant in, the Depositary.

 

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and any statute successor thereto, in each case as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

“Global Certificate” means a Certificate that evidences all or part of the shares of this Series and is registered in the name of a clearing agency or a nominee thereof.

 

“Global Security” shall mean a global Series H Preferred Stock Certificate registered in the name of a Depositary or its nominee.

 

“Holder” shall mean any holder of shares of this Series.

 

“Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

“Purchase Contract Agent” shall mean the purchase contract agent under the Purchase Contract Agreement, including successor purchase contract agents.

 

“Purchase Contract Agreement” shall mean the Purchase Contract Agreement dated as of August 10, 1999 between the Company (through its predecessor entity, Bank United Corp.) and Bank One N.A. (under its prior name, The First National Bank of Chicago), as Purchase Contract Agent.

 



 

“Purchase Contract Settlement Date” shall mean August 16, 2002.

 

“Record Date” for dividends on the shares of this Series on any Payment Date shall mean, as to any Global Certificate, the Business Day next preceding such Payment Date, and as to any other Certificate, 15 Business Days prior to such Payment Date.

 

“Remarketing Agent” shall mean the remarketing agent selected by the Company, including any successor remarketing agents selected by the Company.

 

“Remarketing Date” shall mean the third Business Day preceding the Purchase Contract Settlement Date.

 

“Reset Rate” shall mean shall mean the distribution rate per annum that results from the Remarketing pursuant this Section 3.

 

“S&P” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of McGraw-Hill Corporation.

 

4. Redemption . (a)  Optional Redemption. The shares of this Series are not redeemable prior to October 16, 2002. The Company, at its option, may redeem shares of this Series, as a whole or in part, at any time or from time to time, on or after October 16, 2002 at a redemption price of $50 per share plus accrued and unpaid cumulative dividends thereon (whether or not declared) to the date fixed for redemption.

 

(b)  Mandatory Redemption. The Company shall redeem, from any source of funds legally available therefor, all issued and outstanding shares of this Series, in whole and not in part, on August 16, 2004, at a redemption price of $50 per share plus accrued and unpaid cumulative dividends thereon (whether or not declared) to the date fixed for redemption.

 

(c)  Redemption Procedures.

 

(i) In the event that, pursuant to paragraph (a) above, fewer than all the outstanding shares of this Series are to be redeemed, the number of shares to be redeemed shall be determined by the Board of Directors and the shares to be redeemed shall be determined by lot or pro rata as may be determined by the Board of Directors or by any other method as may be determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion to be equitable, provided that such method satisfies any applicable requirements of any securities exchange on which this Series is listed.

 

(ii) In the event the Company shall redeem shares of this Series, notice of such redemption shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 30 or more than 60 days prior to the redemption date, to each holder of record of the shares to be redeemed, at such holder’s address as the same appears on the stock register of the Company. Each such notice

 



 

shall state: (a)  the redemption date; (b)  the number of shares of this Series to be redeemed and, if fewer than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed from such holder; (c)  the redemption price; (d)  the place or places where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price; and (e)  that dividends on the shares to be redeemed shall cease to accrue on the redemption date.

 

(iii) Notice having been mailed as aforesaid, from and after the redemption date (unless default shall be made by the Company in providing money for the payment of the redemption price) dividends on the shares of this Series so called for redemption shall cease to accrue, and said shares shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, and all rights of the holders thereof as stockholders of the Company (except the right to receive from the Company the redemption price) shall cease. Upon surrender in accordance with said notice of the certificates for any shares so redeemed (properly endorsed or assigned for transfer, if the Board of Directors shall so by the Company at the redemption price aforesaid. In case fewer than all the shares represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a without cost to the holder thereof.

 

(iv) Any shares of this Series which shall at any time have been redeemed shall, after such redemption, have the status of authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock, without designation as to series until such shares are once more designated as part of a particular series by the Board of Directors.

 

(v) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4, if full cumulative dividends on all outstanding shares of this Series are in arrears, no shares of this Series shall be redeemed unless all outstanding shares of this Series are simultaneously redeemed, and the Company shall not purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of this Series; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prevent the purchase or acquisition of shares of this Series pursuant to a purchase or exchange offer made on the same terms to holders of all outstanding shares of this Series.

 

5.  Conversion . The holders of shares of this Series shall not have any rights to convert such shares into shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Company.

 

6.  Liquidation Rights . (a) Upon the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, the holders of the shares of this Series shall be entitled to receive and to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Stock or on any other class of stock ranking junior to this Series upon

 



 

liquidation, the amount of $50 per share, plus accrued and unpaid cumulative dividends (whether or not declared) to the date of the liquidating distribution.

 

(b)          After the payment to the holders of the shares of this Series of the full preferential amounts provided for in this Section 6, the holders of this Series as such shall have no right or claim to any of the remaining assets of the Company.

 

(c)           If, upon any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the Company, the amounts payable with respect to the shares of this Series and any other shares of stock of the Company ranking as to any such distribution on a parity with the shares of this Series are not paid in full, the holders of the shares of this Series and of such other shares shall share ratably in any such distribution of assets of the Company in proportion to the full respective distributions to which they are entitled.

 

(d)          Neither the sale of all or substantially all the property or business of the Company, nor the merger or consolidation of the Company into or with any other corporation or the merger or consolidation of any other corporation into or with the Company, shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up, voluntary or involuntary, for the purposes of this Section 6.

 

7.                Ranking . For purposes of this resolution, any stock of any class or classes of the Company shall be deemed to rank:

 

(a)           prior to the shares of this Series, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, if the holders of such class or classes shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of this Series;

 

(b)          on a parity with shares of this Series, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, whether or not the dividend rates, dividend payment dates or redemption or liquidation prices per share or sinking fund provisions, if any, be different from those of this Series (and whether or not such dividends shall accumulate), if the holders of such stock shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, as the case may be, without preference or priority, one over the other, as between the holders of such stock and the holders of shares of this Series; and

 

(c)           junior to shares of this Series, either as to dividends or upon liquidation; if such class shall be Common Stock or if the holders of shares of this Series shall be entitled to receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of such class or classes.

 

(d)          The shares of each of the other series of preferred stock of the Company shall rank on a parity with the shares of this Series.

 



 

8.                Voting Rights . The holders of the shares of this Series shall have the following voting rights:

 

(a)           Each share of this Series will have the right to vote, with each share of this Series having 0.10 vote, in connection with matters submitted generally to the holders of the common stock and other capital stock of the Company entitled to vote in respect of matters submitted to the stockholders of the Company generally. For these purposes, the holders of the shares of this Series and the holders of the common stock and such other capital stock of the Company, so entitled to vote, shall vote as a single class,

 

(b)          Unless the vote or consent of the holders of a greater number of shares shall then be required by law, the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of the then-outstanding shares of this Series, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by a vote at a meeting called for the purpose at which the holders of shares of this Series shall vote together as a separate class, shall be required for authorizing, effecting or validating any amendment, alteration or repeal, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, of any of the provisions of the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company or of any certificate amendatory thereof or supplemental thereto (including any Certificate of Designations or any similar document relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that adversely affect the powers, preferences, privileges or rights of this Series; provided, however, that the creation and issuance of any other class or series of preferred stock, or any increase in the number of authorized shares of any Preferred Stock of any other class or series, in each case ranking on a parity with or junior to this Series with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company shall not be deemed to adversely affect such powers, preferences or other special rights.

 

(c)           Unless the vote or consent of the holders of a greater number of shares shall then be required by law, the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of all of the then-outstanding shares of this Series and all other series of preferred stock ranking on a parity with shares of this Series, either as to dividends or upon liquidation, given in person or by proxy, either in writing, or by a vote at a meeting called for the purpose at which the holders of shares of this Series and such other series of Preferred Stock shall vote together as a single class without regard to series, shall be necessary for authorizing, effecting or validating (i) the creation, authorization or issuance of, (ii) the reclassification of any authorized stock of the Company into, or (iii) the creation, authorization or issuance of any obligation or security convertible into or evidencing the right to purchase, any additional class or series of stock ranking prior to this Series, either as to dividends or upon liquidation.

 

(d)                                  (i) If at any time dividends on this Series shall be in arrears in an amount equal to six quarterly dividends thereon, the occurrence of such contingency shall mark the beginning of a period (herein called a “default period”) which shall extend until such time as all accrued and unpaid dividends for all previous dividend periods and for the current dividend period on all shares of this Series then outstanding shall have been

 



 

declared and paid or set apart for payment. During each default period, the holders of shares of this Series and other shares of Preferred Stock on which dividends are in arrears and as to which similar voting rights have been conferred, voting as a class, irrespective of series, shall have the right to elect two Directors to the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(ii)  During any default period, such voting right of the holders of this Series may be exercised by written consent, at a special meeting called pursuant to Section 7(d)(iii) hereof or at any annual meeting of stockholders. The absence of a quorum of the holders of Common Stock at any such special or annual meeting shall not affect the exercise by the holders of Preferred Stock of such voting right. At any meeting at which the holders of Preferred Stock shall exercise such voting right initially during an existing default period, they shall have the right, voting as a class, to elect Directors to fill such vacancies, if any, in the Board of Directors as may then exist up to two Directors or, if such right is exercised at an annual meeting, to elect two Directors. If the number which may be so elected at any special meeting does not amount to the required number, the holders of Preferred Stock shall have the right to make such increase in the number of Directors as shall be necessary to permit the election by them of the required number. After the holders of the Preferred Stock shall have exercised their right to elect Directors in any default period and during the continuance of such period, the number of Directors shall not be increased or decreased except by vote of the holders of Preferred Stock as herein provided. Any Director elected by a vote of the holders of Preferred Stock may be removed from office, with or without cause, only by the affirmative vote of the requisite percentage of holders of Preferred Stock required to elect Directors as specified in this Section 8(d).

 

(iii) Unless the holders of Preferred Stock, during an existing default period, shall have previously exercised their right to elect Directors, the Board of Directors may order, or any shareholder or shareholders owning in the aggregate not less than ten percent (10%) of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding, irrespective of series, on which dividends are in arrears and as to which similar voting rights have been conferred, may request, the calling of a special meeting of the holders of Preferred Stock, which meeting shall thereupon be called by the Chairman, a Vice Chairman or the Secretary of the Company. Notice of such meeting and of any annual meeting at which holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote pursuant to this Section 7(d)(iii) shall be given to each holder of record of Preferred Stock entitled to vote thereat by mailing a copy of such notice to him at his last address as the same appears on the books of the Company on such record date, not more than 45 days prior to the date of such notice, as the Board of Directors may fix for this purpose. Such meeting shall be called for a time not earlier than 10 days and not

 



 

later than 60 days after such order or request or, in default of the calling of such meeting within 60 days after such order or request, such meeting may be called on similar notice by any shareholder or shareholders owning in the aggregate not less than 10% of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding, irrespective of series, entitled to vote thereat.

 

(iv) In any default period the holders of Common Stock, and other classes of stock of the Company if applicable, shall continue to be entitled to elect the whole number of Directors constituting the Board of Directors until the holders of Preferred Stock, voting as a class, shall have exercised their right to elect two Directors, after the exercise of which right (A) the Directors so elected by the holders of Preferred Stock shall continue in office until their successors shall have been elected by such holders or until the expiration of the default period, and (B) any vacancy on the Board of Directors may (except as provided in Section 8(d)(ii) hereof) be filled by vote of a majority of the remaining Directors theretofore elected by the holders of the class of stock which elected the Director whose office shall have become vacant. References in this Section 8(d) to Directors elected by the holders of a particular class of stock shall include Directors elected by such Directors to fill vacancies as provided in clause (B) of the foregoing sentence.

 

(v) Immediately upon the expiration of a default period, (A) the right of the holders of Preferred Stock as a class to elect Directors shall cease, (B) the term of any Directors elected by the holders of Preferred Stock as a class shall terminate, and (C) the number of Directors shall be such number as may be provided for in the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company or by resolution of the Board of Directors, irrespective of any increase made pursuant to the provisions of Section 8(d)(ii) hereof (such number being subject, however, to change thereafter in any manner provided by law or in the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company). Any vacancies on the Board of Directors effected by the provisions of clauses (B) and (C) in the preceding sentence may be filled by a majority of the remaining Directors.

 

(e) Except as set forth herein or required by applicable law, holders of shares of this Series shall have no voting rights and their consent shall not be required for taking any corporate action.

 

THIRD:                                These amendments do not provide for an exchange, reclassification or cancellation of any issued shares.

 

FOURTH:                    The foregoing amendments to the amended and restated articles of incorporation were adopted by the Board of Directors of Washington Mutual, Inc. on October 17, 2000. Shareholder action was not required.

 



 

 

EXECUTED this 8th day of February, 2001.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ William L. Lynch

 

 

 

William L. Lynch

 

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

Secretary

 



 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

 

TO THE

 

RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

 

Pursuant to the provisions of RCW 23B.10 of the Washington Business Corporation Act, Washington Mutual, Inc., a Washington corporation (the “Corporation”) hereby adopts the following articles of amendment to its restated articles of incorporation.

 

FIRST:         The name of the Corporation is Washington Mutual, Inc.

 

SECOND:                 The Corporation hereby creates, from the 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, no par value per share, authorized pursuant to Article II of the restated articles of incorporation of the Corporation, a series of preferred stock and hereby fixes the designation, powers, preferences, limitations, and relative rights of the shares of such series as follows:

 

Section 1.   Designation. Par Value and Amount . The shares of such series shall be designated as “Series RP Preferred Stock” (hereinafter referred to as “ Series RP Preferred Stock ”), the shares of such series shall be with par value of $.01 per share, and the number of shares constituting such series shall be 700,000; provided, however, that, if more than a total of 700,000 shares of Series RP Preferred Stock shall be issuable upon the exercise of Rights (the “Rights”) issued pursuant to the Rights Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2000, between the Corporation and Mellon Investor Services, L.L.C., as Rights Agent (as amended from time to time, the “ Rights Agreement ”), the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall direct by resolution or resolutions that a certificate be properly executed, acknowledged and filed providing for the total number of shares of Series RP Preferred Stock authorized to be issued to be increased (to the extent that the Articles of Incorporation then permits) to the largest number of whole shares (rounded up to the nearest whole number) issuable upon exercise of the Rights.

 

Section 2.                               Dividends and Distributions .

 

2.1           Subject to the prior and superior rights of the holders of any shares of any series of Preferred Stock ranking prior and superior to the shares of Series RP Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of Series RP Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of assets legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends payable in cash on the first business day of March, June, September and December in each year (each such date being referred to herein as a “ Quarterly Dividend Payment Date ”), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series RP Preferred Stock, in an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (a) $1.00 or (b) subject to the provision for

 

1



 

adjustment set forth in Section 6.1, 1,000 times the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and 1,000 times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Corporation (the “ Common Stock ”) or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise), declared on the Common Stock since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Series RP Preferred Stock.

 

2.2                                The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Series RP Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2.1 above immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock); provided that, in the event no dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common Stock during the period between any Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of $1.00 per share on the Series RP Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be payable on such subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.

 

2.3                                Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding shares of Series RP Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issue of such shares of Series RP Preferred Stock, unless the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series RP Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on the shares of Series RP Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding. The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series RP Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be not more than 30 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.

 

Section 3. Voting Rights . The holders of shares of Series RP Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights:

 

3.1                                Except as provided in Section 3.3 and subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, each share of Series RP Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to 1,000 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

3.2                                Except as otherwise provided herein or by law, the holders of shares of Series RP Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation.

 

2



 

3.3           The following additional provisions shall apply with respect to the voting of shares of Series RP Preferred Stock:

 

3.3.1                                   If, on the date used to determine stockholders of record for any meeting of stockholders for the election of directors, a default in preference dividends (as defined in Section 3.3.5 below) on the Series RP Preferred Stock shall exist, the holders of the Series RP Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting as a class as described in Section 3.3.2 below, to elect two directors (in addition to the directors elected by holders of Common Stock of the Corporation). Such right may be exercised (a) at any meeting of stockholders for the election of directors or (b) at a meeting of the holders of shares of Voting Preferred Stock (as hereinafter defined), called for the purpose in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, until all such cumulative dividends (referred to above) shall have been paid in full or until non-cumulative dividends have been paid regularly for at least one year.

 

3.3.2                                   The right of the holders of Series RP Preferred Stock to elect two directors, as described above, shall be exercised as a class concurrently with the rights of holders of any other series of Preferred Stock upon which voting rights to elect such directors have been conferred and are then exercisable. The Series RP Preferred Stock and any additional series of Preferred Stock that the Corporation may issue and that may provide for the right to vote with the foregoing series of Preferred Stock are collectively referred to herein as “ Voting Preferred Stock .”

 

3.3.3                                   Each director elected by the holders of shares of Voting Preferred Stock shall be referred to herein as a “ Preferred Director .” A Preferred Director shall continue to serve as such for a term of one year, except that upon any termination of the right of all holders of Voting Preferred Stock to vote as a class for Preferred Directors, the term of office of Preferred Directors then serving shall terminate. Any Preferred Director may be removed by, and shall not be removed except by, the vote of the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock then entitled to vote for the election of directors, present (in person or by proxy) and voting together as a single class (a) at a meeting of the stockholders, or (b) at a meeting of the holders of shares of such Voting Preferred Stock, called for the purpose in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

3.3.4                                   So long as a default in any preference dividends of the Series RP Preferred Stock shall exist or the holders of any other series of Voting Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect Preferred Directors, (a) any vacancy in the office of a Preferred Director may be filled (except as provided in the following clause (b)) by an instrument in writing signed by the remaining Preferred Director and filed with the Corporation and (b) in the case of the removal of any Preferred Director, the vacancy may be filled by the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock then entitled to vote for the election of directors, present (in person or by proxy) and voting together as a single class, at such time as the removal shall be effected. Each director appointed as aforesaid by the remaining Preferred Director shall be deemed, for all purposes hereof, to be a Preferred Director. Whenever (x) no default in preference dividends on the Series RP Preferred Stock shall exist and (y) the holders of other series of Voting Preferred Stock shall no longer be entitled to elect such

 

3



 

Preferred Directors, then the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be reduced by two.

 

3.3.5                                   For purposes hereof, a “ default in preference dividends ” on the Series RP Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have occurred whenever the amount of cumulative and unpaid dividends on the Series RP Preferred Stock shall be equivalent to six full quarterly dividends or more (whether or not consecutive), and, having so occurred, such default shall be deemed to exist thereafter until, but only until, all cumulative dividends on all shares of the Series RP Preferred Stock then outstanding shall have been paid through the last Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or until, but only until, non-cumulative dividends have been paid regularly for at least one year.

 

3.4                                Except as set forth herein (or as otherwise required by applicable law), holders of Series RP Preferred Stock shall have no general or special voting rights and their consent shall not be required for taking any corporate action.

 

Section 4.   Certain Restrictions .

 

4.1                                Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions payable on the Series RP Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Series RP Preferred Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall not:

 

4.1.1                                   declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series RP Preferred Stock;

 

4.1.2                                   declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series RP Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series RP Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are then entitled;

 

4.1.3                                   redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration (except as provided in Section 4.1.4 below) shares of any stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series RP Preferred Stock, provided that the Corporation may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any such junior stock in exchange for shares of any stock of the Corporation ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the Series RP Preferred Stock;

 

4.1.4                                   redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Series RP Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series RP Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as the Board of Directors,

 

4



 

after consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences of the respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.

 

4.2                                The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the Corporation unless the Corporation could, under Section 4.1, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.

 

Section 5.   Reacquired Shares . Any shares of Series RP Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and canceled promptly after the acquisition thereof. All such shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of Preferred Stock subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein, in the Certificate of Incorporation, in any other Certificate of Amendment creating a series of Preferred Stock or as otherwise required by law.

 

Section 6.   Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up .

 

6.1                                Subject to the prior and superior rights of holders of any shares of any series of Preferred Stock ranking prior and superior to the shares of Series RP Preferred Stock with respect to rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up (voluntary or otherwise), no distribution shall be made to the holders of shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series RP Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series RP Preferred Stock shall have received per share an amount equal to the greater of 1,000 times $200.00 or 1,000 times the payment made per share of Common Stock, plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment (the “ Series RP Liquidation Preference ”). Following the payment of the full amount of the Series RP Liquidation Preference, no additional distributions shall be made to the holders of shares of Series RP Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall have received an amount per share (the “ Capital Adjustment ”) equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the Series RP Liquidation Preference by (ii) 1,000 (as appropriately adjusted as set forth in Section 6.3 to reflect such events as stock splits, stock dividends and recapitalizations with respect to the Common Stock) (such number in clause (ii) being hereafter referred to as the “ Adjustment Number ”). Following the payment of the full amount of the Series RP Liquidation Preference and the Capital Adjustment in respect of all outstanding shares of Series RP Preferred Stock and Common Stock, respectively, holders of Series RP Preferred Stock and holders of Common Stock shall receive their ratable and proportionate share of the remaining assets to be distributed in the ratio of the Adjustment Number to 1 with respect to such Preferred Stock and Common Stock, on a per share basis, respectively.

 

6.2                                In the event, however, that there are not sufficient assets available to permit payment in full of the Series RP Liquidation Preference and the liquidation preferences of all other series of preferred stock, if any, which rank on a parity with the Series RP Preferred

 

5



 

Stock, then such remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of Series RP Preferred Stock and the holders of such parity shares in proportion to their respective liquidation preferences. In the event, however, that there are not sufficient assets available to permit payment in full of the Capital Adjustment, then such remaining assets shall be distributed ratably to the holders of Common Stock.

 

6.3                                In the event the Corporation shall (i) declare any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Stock, or (iii) combine the outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the Adjustment Number in effect immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such Adjustment Number by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

 

Section 7.   Consolidation, Merger, etc. In case the Corporation shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which the shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case the shares of Series RP Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed in an amount per share equal to the Adjustment Number (as appropriately adjusted as set forth in Section 6.3 to reflect such events as stock splits, stock dividends and recapitalizations with respect to the Common Stock) times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is changed or exchanged.

 

Section 8.   No Redemption . The shares of Series RP Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.

 

Section 9.   Ranking . The Series RP Preferred Stock shall rank junior to all other series of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets, unless the terms of any such other series shall provide otherwise.

 

Section 10.   Amendment . The Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation shall not be further amended in any manner that would materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series RP Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority or more of the outstanding shares of Series RP Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class.

 

Section 11.   Fractional Shares . Series RP Preferred Stock may be issued in fractions of a share which shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder’s fractional shares, to exercise voting rights, receive dividends, participate in distributions and have the benefit of all other rights of holders of Series RP Preferred Stock.

 

THIRD:                              These Articles of Amendment were duly adopted on December 19, 2000.

 

6



 

FOURTH:                  These Articles of Amendment were duly adopted by the Board of Directors, pursuant to the provisions of RCW 23B.06.020 at a meeting of the Board on December 19, 2000. Shareholder approval is not required.

 

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

7



 

Executed this 19th day of January, 2001.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Lynch

 

 

 

 

 

William Lynch

 

 

 

 

 

Secretary

 

 

8



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of RCW 23B.10.070 of the Washington Business Corporation Act, Washington Mutual, Inc. , a Washington corporation, hereby restates its Articles of Incorporation as now and heretofore amended:

 

ARTICLE I

 

Name

 

The name of this corporation is:

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Capital Stock

 

A.                               Issuance of and Payment for Stock . The total number of shares of capital stock which the Company has authority to issue is 1,610,000,000 shares of which 1,600,000,000 shares shall be shares of common stock with no par value per share and 10,000,000 shares shall be shares of preferred stock with no par value per share. The shares may be issued by the Company from time to time as approved by its Board of Directors without the approval of the shareholders. The consideration for issuance of the shares shall be paid in full before their issuance. Neither promissory notes nor the promise of future services shall constitute payment or part payment for the issuance of shares of the Company. The consideration for the shares shall be cash, tangible or intangible property, labor or services actually performed for the Company or any combination of the foregoing. In the absence of actual fraud in the transaction, the value of such property, labor or services, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, shall be conclusive. Upon payment of such consideration, such shares shall be deemed to be fully paid and non-assessable.

 

B.                                 Voting by Class or Series . Except as expressly provided in these Articles or in any resolutions of the Board of Directors designating and establishing the terms of any series of preferred stock, no holders of any class or series of capital stock shall have any

 



 

right to vote as a separate class or series or to vote more than one vote per share. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restriction on voting separately by class or series shall not apply to the extent that applicable law requires such voting, nor shall this restriction apply to any amendment to these Articles which would adversely change the specific terms of any class or series of capital stock as set forth in this Article II or in any resolution of the Board of Directors designating and establishing the terms of any series of preferred stock. For purposes of the preceding sentence, an amendment which increases the number of authorized shares of any class or series of capital stock, or substitutes the surviving institution in a merger or consolidation for the Company, shall not be such an adverse change.

 

C.                                 Common Stock . On matters on which holders of common stock are entitled to vote, each holder of shares of common stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share held by such holder.

 

Whenever there shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment, to the holders of the outstanding shares of any class of stock having preference over the common stock as to the payment of dividends, the full amount of dividends and of sinking fund or retirement fund or other retirement payments, if any, to which such holders are respectively entitled in preference to the common stock, then dividends may be paid on the common stock and on any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith as to dividends, out of any assets legally available for the payment of dividends; but only when and as declared by the Board of Directors.

 

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, after there shall have been paid to or set aside for the holders of any class having preferences over the common stock in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the full preferential amounts to which they are respectively entitled, the holders of the common stock, and of any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith, in whole or in part, as to distribution of assets, shall be entitled, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of the Company, to receive pro rata the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution, in cash or in kind.

 

Each share of common stock shall have the same relative rights as and be identical in all respects with all the other shares of common stock.

 

D.                                Preferred Stock . The authorized Preferred Stock shall be comprised of 10,000,000 shares no par value per share. The Board of Directors of the Company is authorized by resolution or resolutions from time to time adopted, to provide for the issuance of preferred stock in one or more additional series by designating and establishing the terms of such a series. With respect to any such series, the Board of Directors is authorized to fix and state the voting powers, designations, preferences and

 

2



 

relative, participating, optional or other special right of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereon, including, but not limited to, determination of any of the following:

 

(1)                          The distinctive serial designation and the number of shares constituting such series;

 

(2)                          The dividend rates or the amount of dividends to be paid on the shares of such series, whether dividends shall be cumulative and, if so, from which date or dates, the payment date or dates for dividends, and the participating or other special rights, if any, with respect to dividends;

 

(3)                          The voting powers, full, special or limited, if any, of shares of such series;

 

(4)                          Whether the shares of such series shall be redeemable and, if so, the price or prices at which, and the terms and conditions on which, such shares may be redeemed;

 

(5)                          The amount or amounts payable upon the shares of such series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company;

 

(6)                          Whether the shares of such series shall be entitled to the benefit of a sinking or retirement fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption of such shares, and if so entitled, the amount of such fund and the manner of its application, including the price or prices at which such shares may be redeemed or purchased through the application of such fund;

 

(7)                          Whether the shares of such series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the Company and, if so convertible or exchangeable, the conversion price or prices, or the rate of exchange, and the adjustments thereof, if any, at which such conversion or exchange may be made, and any other terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange; and

 

(8)                          Whether the shares of such series which are redeemed or converted shall have the status of authorized but unissued shares of serial preferred stock and whether such shares may be reissued as shares of the same or any other series of serial Preferred Stock.

 

Each share of each series of preferred stock shall have the same relative rights as and be identical in all respects with all the other shares of the same series.

 

3



 

While the foregoing authorizes the Board of Directors, in establishing the terms of a series of Preferred Stock, to permit holders of that series of Preferred Stock to elect separately one or more directors, in no event shall the total number of directors separately elected by holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock equal or exceed fifty percent (50%) of the total number of authorized directors.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Preemptive Rights

 

The shareholders of the Company shall have no preemptive rights to acquire additional shares of the Company.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Board of Directors

 

The Company shall be managed by a Board of Directors. The number of directors shall be stated in the Company’s Bylaws, provided, however, that such number shall be not less than five (5). There shall be three classes of elected directors designated as Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 directors. Each class shall contain one-third of the total number of directors, as near as may be. The terms of the Class 1 directors shall expire at the first annual shareholders’ meeting after their election. The terms of the Class 2 directors shall expire at the second annual shareholders’ meeting after their election. The terms of the Class 3 directors shall expire at the third annual shareholders’ meeting after their election. At each annual shareholders’ meeting held thereafter, directors shall be chosen for a term of three years to succeed those whose terms expire. A vacancy on the Board of Directors may be filled by the Board in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Company’s Bylaws. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for a term of office continuing only until the next election of directors by shareholders.

 

4



 

ARTICLE V

 

Removal of Directors

 

Any director may be removed by the shareholders only with good cause and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Company’s Bylaws.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Cumulative Voting

 

The right to cumulate votes in the election of directors shall not exist with respect to shares of stock of the Company.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Bylaws

 

The Board of Directors has the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company, subject to the concurrent power of the shareholders, by at least two-thirds affirmative vote of the shares of the Company entitled to vote thereon, to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Shareholder Vote Required to Approve Substantial Business Transaction

 

If pursuant to the Washington Business Corporations Act the Company’s shareholders are required to approve a plan of merger, share exchange, or other disposition of all, or substantially all of the Company’s property, otherwise than in the usual and regular course of business (each of the foregoing, a “Substantial Business Transaction”), then (a) if two-thirds of the directors vote to recommend the Substantial Business Transaction to the shareholders, the Substantial Business Transaction shall be approved by each voting group entitled to vote thereon by a simple majority of all votes entitled to be cast by that group; (b) in all other cases where a shareholder vote is required by the Washington Business Corporation Act, such Act, as it may be amended, shall control.

 

5



 

ARTICLE IX

 

Indemnification

 

The Company shall indemnify any individual made a party to a proceeding because that individual is or was a director of the Company and shall advance or reimburse the reasonable expenses incurred by such individual in advance of final disposition of the proceeding, without regard to the limitations in RCW 23B.08.510 through 23B.08.550 of the Washington Business Corporation Act, or any other limitation that may hereafter be enacted to the extent such limitation may be disregarded if authorized by the articles of incorporation, to the full extent and under all circumstances permitted by applicable law.

 

ARTICLE X

 

Business Combinations

 

A.                               For the purposes of this Article X:

 

(1)                     The terms “Affiliate” and “Associate” shall have the meanings attached to them by Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor rule.

 

(2)                     The term “beneficial owner” and correlative terms shall have the meaning as set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor rule. Without limitation and in addition to the foregoing, any shares of Voting Stock of the Company which any Major Stockholder has the right to vote or to acquire (i) pursuant to any agreement, (ii) by reason of tenders of shares by shareholders of the Company in connection with or pursuant to a tender offer made by such Major Stockholder (whether or not any tenders have been accepted, but excluding tenders which have been rejected), or (iii) upon the exercise of conversion rights, warrants, options or otherwise, shall be deemed “beneficially owned” by such Major Stockholder.

 

(3)                     The term “Business Combination” shall mean:

 

(a)                         any merger or consolidation (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, including a series of separate transactions with a Major Stockholder, any Affiliate or Associate thereof or any Person acting in concert therewith) of the Company or any Subsidiary with or into a Major Stockholder or of a Major Stockholder into the Company or a Subsidiary;

 

6



 

(b)                        any sale, lease, exchange, transfer, distribution to stockholders or other disposition, including without limitation, a mortgage, pledge or any other security device, to or with a Major Stockholder by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, substantially all or any Substantial Part of the assets of the Company or a Subsidiary (including, without limitation, any securities of a Subsidiary);

 

(c)                         the purchase, exchange, lease or other acquisition by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of all, substantially all or any Substantial Part of the assets or business of a Major Stockholder;

 

(d)                        the issuance of any securities, or of any rights, warrants or options to acquire any securities, of the Company or a Subsidiary to a Major Stockholder or the acquisition by the Company or a Subsidiary of any securities, or of any rights, warrants or options to acquire any securities, of a Major Stockholder;

 

(e)                         any reclassification of Voting Stock, recapitalization or other transaction (other than a redemption in accordance with the terms of the security redeemed) which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate amount of Voting Stock of the Company or any Subsidiary which is beneficially owned by a Major Stockholder, or any partial or complete liquidation, spin off, split off or split up of the Company or any Subsidiary; provided, however, that this Section A(3)(e) shall not relate to any transaction of the types specified herein that has been approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors; and

 

(f)                           any agreement, contract or other arrangement providing for any of the transactions described herein.

 

(4)                     The term “Continuing Director” shall mean (i) a person who was a member of the Board of Directors of the Company immediately prior to the time that any then-existing Major Stockholder became a Major Stockholder, or (ii) a person designated (before initially becoming a director) as a Continuing Director by a majority of the then Continuing Directors. All references to a vote of the Continuing Directors shall mean a vote of the total number of Continuing Directors.

 

(5)                     The term “Major Stockholder” shall mean any Person which, together with its Affiliates and Associates and any Person acting in concert therewith, is the beneficial owner of five percent (5%) or more of the votes held by the holders of the outstanding shares of the Voting Stock of the Company, and any Affiliate or Associate of a Major Stockholder, including a Person acting in concert therewith. The term “Major Stockholder” shall not include a Subsidiary.

 

7



 

(6)                     The term “other consideration to be received” shall include, without limitation, Voting Stock retained by the Company’s existing shareholders in the event of a Business Combination which is a merger or consolidation in which the Company is the surviving corporation.

 

(7)                     The term “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership or other person, group or entity (other than the Company, any Subsidiary or a trustee holding stock for the benefit of employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or any one of them, pursuant to one or more employee benefit plans or arrangements). When two or more persons act as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate, association or other group for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of shares of stock, such partnerships, syndicate, association or group will be deemed a “Person.”

 

(8)                     The term “Subsidiary” shall mean any business entity fifty percent (50%) or more of which is beneficially owned by the Company.

 

(9)                     The term “Substantial Part,” as used in reference to the assets of the Company or any Subsidiary or of any Major Stockholder means assets having a value of more than five percent (5%) of the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the Company’s most recent fiscal year ending prior to the time the determination is made.

 

(10)               The term “Voting Stock” shall mean the stock or other securities entitled to vote upon any action to be taken in connection with any Business Combination or entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, including stock or other securities convertible into Voting Stock.

 

B.                                      Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Articles of Incorporation and except as set forth in Section C of this Article X, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary shall be a party to a Business Combination unless:

 

(1)                         The Business Combination was approved by the Board of Directors of the Company prior to the Major Stockholder involved in the Business Combination becoming such; or

 

(2)                         The Major Stockholder involved in the Business Combination sought and obtained the unanimous prior approval of the Board of Directors to become a Major Stockholder and the Business Combination was approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors; or

 

(3)                         The Business Combination was approved by at least eighty percent (80%) of the Continuing Directors of the Company; or

 

8



 

(4)                         The Business Combination was approved by at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the outstanding Voting Stock beneficially owned by shareholders other than any Major Stockholder.

 

C.                                The approval requirements of Section B shall not apply if:

 

(1)                     The Business Combination is approved by at least the majority vote of the shares of the Voting Stock and the majority vote of the shares of the Voting Stock beneficially owned by shareholders other than any Major Stockholder; and

 

(2)                     All of the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(a)                         The aggregate of the cash and the fair market value of other consideration to be received per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification of shares into a lesser number and similar events) by holders of the common stock of the Company in the Business Combination is not less than the higher of (i) the highest per share price (including brokerage commissions, soliciting dealers’ fees, dealer-management compensation, and other expenses, including, but not limited to, costs of newspaper advertisements, printing expenses and attorneys’ fees) paid by the Major Stockholder in acquiring any of the Company’s common stock; or (ii) an amount which bears the same or a greater percentage relationship to the market price of the Company’s common stock immediately prior to the announcement of such Business Combination as the highest per share price determined in (i) above bears to the market price of the Company’s common stock immediately prior to the commencement of acquisition of the Company’s common stock by such Major Stockholder, but in no event in excess of two times the highest per share price determined in (i) above; and

 

(b)                        The consideration to be received in such Business Combination by holders of the common stock of the Company shall be, except to the extent that a stockholder agrees otherwise as to all or a part of his or her shares, in the same form and of the same kind as paid by the Major Stockholder in acquiring his Voting Stock.

 

(c)                         After becoming a Major Stockholder and prior to the consummation of such Business Combination, (i) such Major Stockholder shall not have acquired any newly issued shares of capital stock, directly or indirectly, from the Company or a Subsidiary (except upon conversion of convertible securities acquired by it prior to becoming a Major Stockholder or upon compliance with the provisions of this Article X or as a result of a pro rata stock dividend or stock split), and (ii) such Major Stockholder shall not have received the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a shareholder), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other

 

9



 

financial assistance or tax credits provided by the Company or a Subsidiary, or made any major changes in the Company’s business or equity capital structure; and

 

(d)                        A proxy statement responsive to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, whether or not the Company is then subject to such requirements, shall be mailed to all shareholders of the Company for the purpose of soliciting shareholder approval of such Business Combination and shall contain on the front thereof, in a prominent place, (i) any recommendations as to the advisability (or inadvisability) of the Business Combination which the Continuing Directors may choose to state, and (ii) the opinion of a reputable national investment banking firm as to the fairness (or lack thereof) of the terms of such Business Combination, from the point of view of the remaining shareholders of the Company. Such investment banking firm shall be engaged solely on behalf of the remaining shareholders, be paid a reasonable fee for their services by the Company upon receipt of such opinion, and be one of the so-called major bracket investment banking firms which has not previously been associated with such Major Stockholder and to be selected by a majority of the Continuing Directors.

 

D.                             During the time a Major Stockholder exists, a resolution to voluntarily dissolve the Company shall be adopted only upon: (1) the consent of all of the Company’s shareholders; or (2) the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the total number of directors, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the shares of the Company entitled to vote thereon, and the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the shares of each class of shares entitled to vote thereon as a class, if any.

 

E.                               As to any particular transaction, the Continuing Directors shall have the power and duty to determine, on the basis of information known to them:

 

(1)                            The amount of Voting Stock beneficially held by any Person;

 

(2)                            Whether a Person is an Affiliate or an Associate of another;

 

(3)                            Whether a Person is acting in concert with another;

 

(4)                            Whether the assets subject to any Business Combination constitute a Substantial Part;

 

(5)                            Whether a proposed transaction is subject to the provisions of this Article; and

 

(6)                            Such other matters with respect to which a determination is required under this Article.

 

10



 

Any such determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of this Article.

 

The affirmative vote required by this Article is in addition to the vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company otherwise required by law, these Articles of Incorporation, any resolution which has been adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of a class or series of stock or any agreement between the Company and any national securities exchange.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

Amendment

 

The Company may amend these Articles of Incorporation if approved by each voting group entitled to vote thereon by a simple majority of all the votes entitled to be cast by that voting group at any regular meeting or special meeting duly called for that purpose in the manner prescribed by its Bylaws, provided, however, that Article X may not be repealed or amended in any respect unless such action is approved by at least a ninety-five percent (95%) vote of the outstanding Voting Stock beneficially owned by shareholders other than any Major Stockholder, and provided further, that the board of Directors may, without shareholder approval, amend these Articles (i) to the extent permitted under the Washington Business Corporation Act or (ii) as necessary to designate the preferences, limitations, and relative rights of a class or series of shares of the Company prior to issuance of any shares in that class or series.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

Limitation of Liability

 

A director of the Company shall not be personally liable to the Company or its shareholders for monetary damages for conduct as a director (“Protected Conduct”). However, Protected Conduct shall exclude (i) acts or omissions which involve intentional misconduct by the director or a knowing violation of law by the director, (ii) any conduct violating Section 23B.08.310 of the Revised Code of Washington, and (iii), any transaction from which the director will personally receive a benefit in money, property or services to which the director is not legally entitled. If Washington law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Washington law, as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this Article XII by the shareholders of the Company shall not adversely

 

11



 

affect any right or protection of a director of the Company existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

The street address of the registered office of the Company is:

 

 

1201 Third Avenue

 

15th Floor

 

Seattle, Washington 98101

 

and the name of the registered agent at that address is:

 

 

Marc R. Kittner

 

ARTICLE XIV

 

Special Meetings of Shareholders

 

Special meetings of the shareholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called by the board of directors or by any other person or persons authorized to do so in the Company’s Bylaws. Notwithstanding RCW 23B.07.020(1) (b) or any other provision in these Articles or the Company’s Bylaws, a special meeting of the shareholders may be called by the shareholders only if the holders of at least twenty-five percent of all the votes to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at the proposed special meeting sign, date and deliver to the Company’s secretary one or more written demands for the meeting describing the purpose or purposes for which it is to be held.

 

DATED at Seattle, Washington, on the 28 th day of October, 1999.

 

 

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 /s/ Kerry K. Killinger

 

 

Kerry K. Killinger

 

 

President, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

12


 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

 

OF

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

(7.75% Series R Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred

Stock)

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 23B.10 and Section 23B.06.020 of the Revised Code of Washington, the undersigned officer of Washington Mutual, Inc. (the “Company” ), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Washington, does hereby submit for filing these Articles of Amendment to its Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation:

 

FIRST: The name of the Company is Washington Mutual, Inc.

 

SECOND: 3,000,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Company are hereby designated “7.75% Series R Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock”.

 

The preferences, limitations, voting powers and relative rights of the Series R Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock are as follows:

 

DESIGNATION

 

Section 1. Designation. There is hereby created out of the authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock of the Company a series of preferred stock designated as the “7.75% Series R Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “Series R Preferred Stock”). The number of shares constituting such series shall be 3,000,000. The Series R Preferred Stock shall have no par value per share and the liquidation preference of the Series R Preferred Stock shall be $1,000 per share.

 

Section 2. Ranking. The Series R Preferred Stock will, with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding-up and dissolution, rank (i) on a parity with the Series I Preferred Stock, Series J Preferred Stock, Series K Preferred Stock, Series L Preferred Stock, Series M Preferred Stock and Series N Preferred Stock and with each other class or series of preferred stock established after the Effective Date by the Company the terms of which expressly provide that such class or series will rank on a parity with the Series R Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of the Company (collectively referred to as “Parity Securities” ) and (ii) senior to the Company’s common stock (the “Common Stock” ), the Company’s Series RP Preferred Stock and each other class or series of capital stock outstanding or established after the Effective Date by the Company the terms of which do not expressly provide that it ranks on a parity with or senior to the Series R Preferred

 



 

Stock as to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of the Company (collectively referred to as “Junior Securities”). The Company has the right to authorize and/or issue additional shares or class or series of Junior Securities or Parity Securities without the consent of the Holders.

 

Section 3. Definitions. Unless the context or use indicates another meaning or intent, the following terms shall have the following meanings, whether used in the singular or the plural:

 

(a)                “Agent Members” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(c).

 

(b)               “Articles of Amendment” means the Articles of Amendment of Washington Mutual, Inc. dated December 17, 2007.

 

(c)         “Articles of Incorporation” means the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as amended.

 

(d)               “Applicable Conversion Price” at any given time means the price equal to $1,000 divided by the Applicable Conversion Rate in effect at such time.

 

(e)                “Applicable Conversion Rate” means the Conversion Rate in effect at any given time.

 

(f)                 “Base Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.

 

(g)               “Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board of directors.

 

(h)         “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banks in New York City, New York, or Seattle, Washington are generally required or authorized by law to be closed.

 

(i)          “Closing Price” of the Common Stock on any date of determination means the closing sale price or, if no closing sale price is reported, the last reported sale price of the shares of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange on such date. If the Common Stock is not traded on the New York Stock Exchange on any date of determination, the Closing Price of the Common Stock on such date of determination means the closing sale price as reported in the composite transactions for the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock is so listed or quoted, or, if no closing sale price is reported, the last reported sale price on the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock is so listed or quoted, or if the Common Stock is not so listed or quoted on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, the last quoted bid price for the Common Stock in the over- the-counter market as reported by Pink Sheets LLC or similar organization, or, if that bid price is not available, the market price of the Common Stock on that date

 

2



 

as determined by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained by the Company for this purpose.

 

For purposes of these Articles of Amendment, all references herein to the “Closing Price” and “last reported sale price” of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange shall be such closing sale price and last reported sale price as reflected on the website of the New York Stock Exchange (http://www.nyse.com) and as reported by Bloomberg Professional Service; provided that in the event that there is a discrepancy between the closing sale price or last reported sale price as reflected on the website of the New York Stock Exchange and as reported by Bloomberg Professional Service, the closing sale price and last reported sale price on the website of the New York Stock Exchange shall govern.

 

(j)      “Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

(k)      “Company” means Washington Mutual, Inc., a Washington corporation.

 

(1)      “Conversion Agent” shall mean the Transfer Agent acting in its capacity as conversion agent for the Series R Preferred Stock, and its successors and assigns.

 

(m)      “Conversion Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(e)(i).

 

(n)      “Conversion Price” at any time means, for each share of Series R Preferred Stock, a dollar amount equal to $1,000 divided by the Conversion Rate (initially approximately $21.25).

 

(o)     “Conversion Rate” means for each share of Series R Preferred Stock, 47.0535 shares of Common Stock, subject to adjustment as set forth herein.

 

(p)     “Current Market Price” means, on any date, the average of the daily Closing Price per share of the Common Stock or other securities on each of the five consecutive Trading Days preceding the earlier of the day before the date in question and the day before the Ex-Date with respect to the issuance or distribution giving rise to an adjustment to the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 13.

 

(q)      “Depositary” means DTC or its nominee or any successor depositary appointed by the Company.

 

(r)      “Dividend Payment Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(b).

 

(s)      “Dividend Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(b).

 

(t)     “Dividend Threshold Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section  13(a)(v).

 

3



 

(u)     “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company.

 

(v)     “Effective Date” means the date on which shares of the Series R Preferred Stock are first issued.

 

(w)     “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(x)      “Exchange Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 14(a).

 

(y)      “Ex-Date,” when used with respect to any issuance or distribution, means the first date on which the Common Stock or other securities trade without the right to receive the issuance or distribution giving rise to an adjustment to the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 13.

 

(z)     “Fundamental Change” means the occurrence, prior to any Conversion Date, of one of the following:

 

(i)      a “person” or “group” within the meaning of Section 13(d)  of the Exchange Act files a Schedule TO or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing that such person or group has become the direct or indirect ultimate “beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of common equity of the Company representing more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding Common Stock;

 

(ii)      consummation of any consolidation or merger of the Company or similar transaction or any sale, lease or other transfer in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than one of the Company’s subsidiaries, in each case pursuant to which the Common Stock will be converted into cash, securities or other property, other than pursuant to a transaction in which the Persons that “beneficially owned” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, voting shares of the Company immediately prior to such transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, voting shares representing a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding classes of voting shares of the continuing or surviving Person immediately after the transaction; or

 

(iii)      the Common Stock ceases to be listed on a U.S. national securities exchange or another over-the-counter market in the United States (other than as a result of a transaction described in clause (ii) above);

 

provided, however, that a Fundamental Change with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) above will not be deemed to have occurred if at least 90% of the consideration received by holders of the Common Stock in the transaction or transactions consists of shares of common stock or American Depositary Receipts in respect of

 

4



 

common stock that are traded on a U.S. national securities exchange or that will be so traded when issued or exchanged in connection with a Fundamental Change.

 

(aa)      “Global Preferred Stock” has the meaning set forth in Section 20(a).

 

(bb)      “Holder” means the Person in whose name the shares of the Series R Preferred Stock are registered, which may be treated by the Company, Transfer Agent, Registrar, paying agent and Conversion Agent as the absolute owner of the shares of Series R Preferred Stock for the purpose of making payment and settling the related conversions and for all other purposes.

 

(cc)      “Junior Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

(dd)     “Liquidation Preference” means, as to the Series R Preferred Stock, $1,000 per share.

 

(ee)      “Make-Whole Acquisition” means the occurrence, prior to any Conversion Date, of one of the following:

 

(i)      a “person” or “group” within the meaning of Section 13(d)  of the Exchange Act files a Schedule TO or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing that such person or group has become the direct or indirect ultimate “beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of common equity of the Company representing more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding Common Stock; or

 

(ii)      consummation of any consolidation or merger of the Company or similar transaction or any sale, lease or other transfer in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than one of the Company’s subsidiaries, in each case pursuant to which the Common Stock will be converted into cash, securities or other property;

 

provided, however, that a Make-Whole Acquisition will not be deemed to have occurred if at least 90% of the consideration received by holders of the Common Stock in the transaction or transactions consists of shares of common stock or American Depositary Receipts in respect of common stock that are traded on a U.S. national securities exchange or that will be so traded when issued or exchanged in connection with a Make-Whole Acquisition.

 

(ff)      “Make-Whole Acquisition Conversion” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

 

(gg)     “Make-Whole Acquisition Conversion Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

 

5



 

(hh)    “Make-Whole Acquisition Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(a).

 

(ii)      “Make-Whole Acquisition Stock Price” means the consideration paid per share of Common Stock in a Make-Whole Acquisition. If such consideration consists only of cash, the Make-Whole Acquisition Stock Price shall equal the amount of cash paid per share of Common Stock. If such consideration consists of any property other than cash, the Make-Whole Acquisition Stock Price shall be the average of the Closing Price per share of Common Stock on each of the 10 consecutive Trading Days up to, but not including, the Make-Whole Acquisition Effective Date.

 

(jj)      “Make-Whole Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(b).

 

(kk)    “Mandatory Conversion Date” has the meaning set forth in Section  10(c).

 

(11)     “Notice of Mandatory Conversion” has the meaning set forth in Section 10(c).

 

(mm)   “Officer” means the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, any Senior Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company.

 

(nn)     “Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate of the Company, signed by any duly authorized Officer of the Company.

 

(oo)     “Parity Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

(pp)      “Person” means a legal person, including any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company or trust.

 

(qq)     “Record Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(b).

 

(rr)      “Reference Price” means the price paid per share of Common Stock in a Fundamental Change. If the holders of shares of Common Stock receive only cash in the Fundamental Change, the Reference Price shall be the cash amount paid per share. Otherwise the Reference Price shall be the average of the Closing Price per share of Common Stock on each of the 10 Trading Days up to, but not including, the effective date of the Fundamental Change.

 

(ss)     “Registrar” shall mean the Transfer Agent acting in its capacity as registrar for the Series R Preferred Stock, and its successors and assigns.

 

(tt)      “Reorganization Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 14(a).

 

6



 

(uu)     “Series I Preferred Stock” means the shares of the Company’s Series  I Perpetual Non-cumulative Fixed-to-Floating Rate Preferred Stock reserved for issuance.

 

(w)     “Series J Preferred Stock” means the shares of the Company’s Series J Perpetual Non-cumulative Fixed Rate Preferred Stock reserved for issuance.

 

(ww)   “Series K Preferred Stock” means the shares of the Company’s Series K Perpetual Non-Cumulative Floating Rate Preferred Stock, no par value and liquidation preference $1,000,000 per share.

 

(xx)     “Series L Preferred Stock” means the shares of the Company’s Series L Perpetual Non-cumulative Fixed-to-Floating Rate Preferred Stock reserved for issuance.

 

(yy)     “Series M Preferred Stock” means the shares of the Company’s Series M Perpetual Non-cumulative Fixed-to-Floating Rate Preferred Stock reserved for issuance.

 

(zz)      “Series N Preferred Stock” means the shares of the Company’s Series N Perpetual Non-cumulative Fixed-to-Floating Rate Preferred Stock reserved for issuance.

 

(aaa)     “Series R Preferred Stock” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.

 

(bbb)     “Series RP Preferred Stock” means the shares of the Company’s Series RP Stock, par value of $.01 per share, reserved for issuance pursuant to the Rights Agreement, dated as of December 20, 2000, between the Company and Mellon Investor Services LLC.

 

(ccc)      “Trading Day” means a day on which the shares of Common Stock:

 

(i)    are not suspended from trading on any national or regional securities exchange or association or over-the-counter market at the close of business; and

 

(ii)      have traded at least once on the national or regional securities exchange or association or over-the-counter market that is the primary market for the trading of the Common Stock.

 

(ddd)     “Transfer Agent” means Mellon Investor Services LLC acting as Transfer Agent, Registrar, paying agent and Conversion Agent for the Series R Preferred Stock, and its successors and assigns.

 

(eee)     “Voting Parity Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 15(b).

 

7



 

Section 4. Dividends. (a) From and after the Effective Date, Holders shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of the funds legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends in the amount determined as set forth in Section 4(c), and no more.

 

(b)               Subject to Section 4(a), dividends shall be payable quarterly in arrears on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”) commencing on March 15, 2008 or, if any such day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day. Each dividend will be payable to Holders of record as they appear in the records of the Company on the first day of the month in which the relevant Dividend Payment Date occurs or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day of such month (each, a “Record Date”). Each period from and including a Dividend Payment Date (or the date of the issuance of the Series R Preferred Stock) to but excluding the following Dividend Payment Date is herein referred to as a “Dividend Period.”

 

(c)               Dividends, if, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, will be, for each outstanding share of Series R Preferred Stock, at an annual rate on the $1,000 per share liquidation preference of 7.75%. Dividends payable for a Dividend Period will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and, for any Dividend Period greater or less than a full Dividend Period, will be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in the period divided by 360. No interest or sum of money in lieu of interest will be paid on any dividend payment on a Series R Preferred Stock paid later than the scheduled Dividend Payment Date.

 

(d)               Dividends on the Series R Preferred Stock are non-cumulative. If the Board of Directors does not declare a dividend on the Series R Preferred Stock or declares less than a full dividend in respect of any Dividend Period, the Holders will have no right to receive any dividend or a full dividend, as the case may be, for the Dividend Period, and the Company will have no obligation to pay a dividend or to pay full dividends for that Dividend Period, whether or not dividends are declared and paid for any future Dividend Period with respect to the Series R Preferred Stock or the Common Stock or any other class or series of the Company’s preferred stock.

 

(e)               If full quarterly dividends on all outstanding shares of the Series R Preferred Stock for any Dividend Period have not been declared and paid, the Company shall not declare or pay dividends with respect to, or redeem, purchase or acquire any of, its Junior Securities during the next succeeding Dividend Period, other than (i) redemptions, purchases or other acquisitions of Junior Securities in connection with any benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of any one or more employees, officers, directors or consultants or in connection with a dividend reinvestment or shareholder stock purchase plan, (ii) any declaration of a dividend in connection with any shareholders’ rights plan, including with respect to the Company’s Series RP Preferred Stock or any successor shareholders’ rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock or other

 

8



 

property under any shareholders’ rights plan, including with respect to the Company’s Series RP Preferred Stock or any successor shareholders’ rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant thereto and (iii) conversions into or exchanges for other Junior Securities and cash solely in lieu of fractional shares of the Junior Securities. If dividends for any Dividend Payment Date are not paid in full on the shares of the Series R Preferred Stock and there are issued and outstanding shares of Parity Securities with the same Dividend Payment Date, then all dividends declared on shares of the Series R Preferred Stock and such Parity Securities on such date shall be declared pro rata so that the respective amounts of such dividends shall bear the same ratio to each other as full quarterly dividends per share on the shares of the Series R Preferred Stock and all such Parity Securities otherwise payable on such Dividend Payment Date (subject to their having been declared by the Board of Directors out of legally available funds and including, in the case of any such Parity Securities that bear cumulative dividends, all accrued but unpaid dividends) bear to each other.

 

(f)                Payments of cash for dividends will be delivered to the Holder or, in the case of global certificates, through a book-entry transfer through DTC or any successor Depositary.

 

(g)               If a Conversion Date on which a Holder elects to convert Series R Preferred Stock is prior to the Record Date for any declared dividend for the Dividend Period, such Holder will not have the right to receive any declared dividends for that Dividend Period. If a Conversion Date on which a Holder elects to convert Series R Preferred Stock or the Mandatory Conversion Date is after the Record Date for any declared dividend and prior to the Dividend Payment Date, such Holder shall receive that dividend on the relevant Dividend Payment Date if such Holder was the Holder of record on the Record Date for that dividend. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, whether or not such Holder was the Holder of record on the Record Date, the Holder must pay to the Conversion Agent upon conversion of the shares of Series R Preferred Stock an amount in cash equal to the full dividend actually paid on the Dividend Payment Date for the then-current Dividend Period on the shares being converted, unless the shares of Series R Preferred Stock are converted pursuant to Section 10, Section 11 or Section 12 hereof.

 

Section 5. Liquidation. (a) In the event the Company voluntarily or involuntarily liquidates, dissolves or winds up, the Holders at the time shall be entitled to receive liquidating distributions in the amount of $1,000 per share of Series R Preferred Stock, plus an amount equal to any declared but unpaid dividends thereon to and including the date of such liquidation, out of assets legally available for distribution to the Company’s shareholders, before any distribution of assets is made to the holders of the Common Stock or any other Junior Securities. After payment of the full amount of such liquidating distributions, the Holders will not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by, and shall have no right or claim to any remaining assets of, the Company.

 

9



 

(b)         In the event the assets of the Company available for distribution to shareholders upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, shall be insufficient to pay in full the amounts payable with respect to all outstanding shares of the Series R Preferred Stock and the corresponding amounts payable on any Parity Securities, Holders and the holders of such Parity Securities shall share ratably in any distribution of assets of the Company in proportion to the full respective liquidating distributions to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

 

(c)         The Company’s consolidation or merger with or into any other entity, the consolidation or merger of any other entity with or into the Company, or the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s property or business will not constitute its liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

 

Section 6. Maturity. The Series R Preferred Stock shall be perpetual unless converted in accordance with these Articles of Amendment.

 

Section 7. Redemptions. The Series R Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable either at the Company’s option or at the option of Holders at any time.

 

Section 8. Right to Convert. Each Holder shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to convert all or any portion of such Holder’s Series R Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock at the Applicable Conversion Rate per share of Series R Preferred Stock (subject to the conversion procedures of Section 9 hereof) plus cash in lieu of fractional shares.

 

Section 9.  Conversion Procedures.

 

(a)         Effective immediately prior to the close of business on the Mandatory Conversion Date or any applicable Conversion Date, dividends shall no longer be declared on any such converted shares of Series R Preferred Stock and such shares of Series R Preferred Stock shall cease to be outstanding, in each case, subject to the right of Holders to receive any declared and unpaid dividends on such shares and any other payments to which they are otherwise entitled pursuant to Section 8, Section 10, Section 11, Section 12, Section 14 or Section 16 hereof, as applicable.

 

(b)         No allowance or adjustment, except pursuant to Section 13, shall be made in respect of dividends payable to holders of the Common Stock of record as of any date prior to the close of business on the Mandatory Conversion Date or any applicable Conversion Date. Prior to the close of business on the Mandatory Conversion Date or any applicable Conversion Date, shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of, or other securities issuable upon conversion of, any shares of Series R Preferred Stock shall not be deemed outstanding for any purpose, and Holders shall have no rights with respect to the Common Stock or other securities issuable upon conversion (including voting rights, rights to respond to tender offers for the Common Stock or other securities issuable upon

 

10



 

conversion and rights to receive any dividends or other distributions on the Common Stock or other securities issuable upon conversion) by virtue of holding shares of Series R Preferred Stock.

 

(c)         Shares of Series R Preferred Stock duly converted in accordance with these Articles of Amendment, or otherwise reacquired by the Company, will resume the status of authorized and unissued preferred stock, undesignated as to series and available for future issuance. The Company may from time-to-time take such appropriate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series R Preferred Stock.

 

(d)         The Person or Persons entitled to receive the Common Stock and/or cash, securities or other property issuable upon conversion of Series R Preferred Stock shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder(s) of such shares of Common Stock and/or securities as of the close of business on the Mandatory Conversion Date or any applicable Conversion Date. In the event that a Holder shall not by written notice designate the name in which shares of Common Stock and/or cash, securities or other property (including payments of cash in lieu of fractional shares) to be issued or paid upon conversion of shares of Series R Preferred Stock should be registered or paid or the manner in which such shares should be delivered, the Company shall be entitled to register and deliver such shares, and make such payment, in the name of the Holder and in the manner shown on the records of the Company or, in the case of global certificates, through book-entry transfer through the Depositary.

 

(e)                Conversion into shares of Common Stock will occur on the Mandatory Conversion Date or any applicable Conversion Date as follows:

 

(i)      On the Mandatory Conversion Date, certificates representing shares of Common Stock shall be issued and delivered to Holders or their designee upon presentation and surrender of the certificate evidencing the Series R Preferred Stock to the Conversion Agent if shares of the Series R Preferred Stock are held in certificated form, and, if required, the furnishing of appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the payment of all transfer and similar taxes. If a Holder’s interest is a beneficial interest in a global certificate representing Series R Preferred Stock, a book-entry transfer through the Depositary will be made by the Conversion Agent upon compliance with the Depositary’s procedures for converting a beneficial interest in a global security.

 

(ii)      On the date of any conversion at the option of Holders pursuant to Section 8, Section 11 or Section 12, if a Holder’s interest is in certificated form, a Holder must do each of the following in order to convert:

 

(A)      complete and manually sign the conversion notice provided by the Conversion Agent, or a facsimile of the

 

11



 

conversion notice, and deliver this irrevocable notice to the Conversion Agent;

 

(B)                surrender the shares of Series R Preferred Stock to the Conversion Agent;

 

(C)                if required, furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents;

 

(D)               if required, pay all transfer or similar taxes; and

 

(E)            if required, pay funds equal to any declared and unpaid dividend payable on the next Dividend Payment Date to which such Holder is entitled.

 

If a Holder’s interest is a beneficial interest in a global certificate representing Series R Preferred Stock, in order to convert a Holder must comply with paragraphs (C) through (E) listed above and comply with the Depositary’s procedures for converting a beneficial interest in a global security.

 

The date on which a Holder complies with the procedures in this clause (ii)  is the “Conversion Date.”

 

(iii)      The Conversion Agent shall, on a Holder’s behalf, convert the Series R Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered by such Holder described in clause (ii) above.

 

Section 10. Mandatory Conversion at the Company’s Option.

 

(a)         On or after December 18, 2012, the Company shall have the right, at its option, at any time or from time to time to cause some or all of the Series R Preferred Stock to be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then Applicable Conversion Rate if, for 20 Trading Days within any period of 30 consecutive Trading Days (including the last Trading Day of such period), ending on the Trading Day preceding the date the Company delivers a Notice of Mandatory Conversion, the Closing Price of the Common Stock exceeds 130% of the then Applicable Conversion Price of the Series R Preferred Stock.

 

(b)               If the Company elects to cause less than all of the Series R Preferred Stock to be converted under clause (a) above, the Conversion Agent shall select the Series R Preferred Stock to be converted by lot, on a pro rata basis or by another method the Conversion Agent considers fair and appropriate, including any method required by DTC or any successor Depositary (so long as such method is not prohibited by the rules of any stock exchange or quotation association on which the Series R Preferred Stock is then traded or quoted). If the

 

12



 

Conversion Agent selects a portion of a Holder’s Series R Preferred Stock for partial mandatory conversion and such Holder converts a portion of its shares of Series R Preferred Stock, the converted portion will be deemed to be from the portion selected for mandatory conversion under this Section 10.

 

(c)     In order to exercise the mandatory conversion right described in this Section 10, the Company shall provide notice of such conversion to each Holder (such notice a “Notice of Mandatory Conversion”) or issue a press release for publication and make this information available on its website. The Conversion Date shall be a date selected by the Company (the “Mandatory Conversion Date”) and shall be no more than 20 days after the date on which the Company provides such Notice of Mandatory Conversion or issues such press release. In addition to any information required by applicable law or regulation, the Notice of Mandatory Conversion and press release shall state, as appropriate:

 

(i)     the Mandatory Conversion Date;

 

(ii)     the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued upon conversion of each share of Series R Preferred Stock; and

 

(iii)    the number of shares of Series R Preferred Stock to be converted.

 

Section 11.  Conversion Upon Make-Whole Acquisition.

 

(a)               In the event of a Make-Whole Acquisition, each Holder shall have the option to convert its shares of Series R Preferred Stock (a “Make-Whole Acquisition Conversion”) during the period (the “Make-Whole Acquisition Conversion Period”) beginning on the effective date of the Make-Whole Acquisition (the “Make-Whole Acquisition Effective Date”) and ending on the date that is 30 days after the Make-Whole Acquisition Effective Date and receive an additional number of shares of Common Stock in the form of Make-Whole Shares as set forth in clause (b) below.

 

(b)              The number of “Make-Whole Shares” shall be determined for the Series R Preferred Stock by reference to the table below for the applicable Make- Whole Acquisition Effective Date and the applicable Make-Whole Acquisition Stock Price:

 

Make-Whole Acquisition

 

Stock Price

 

Effective Date

 

$17.42

 

$18

 

$19

 

$20

 

$21

 

$22.5

 

$25

 

$27.5

 

$30

 

$35

 

$40

 

$50

 

$75

 

$100

 

$150

 

12/17/2007

 

10.3518

 

10.0182

 

9.4909

 

9.0164

 

8.5870

 

8.0146

 

6.9301

 

6.0271

 

5.3122

 

4.2519

 

3.5065

 

2.5315

 

1.3391

 

0.7867

 

0.2957

 

12/15/2008

 

10.3518

 

10.0182

 

9.4909

 

8.8877

 

8.2210

 

7.3636

 

6.2285

 

5.3658

 

4.6971

 

3.7169

 

3.0479

 

2.1939

 

1.1693

 

0.6942

 

0.2645

 

12/15/2009

 

10.3518

 

9.6391

 

8.7506

 

7.9822

 

7.3149

 

6.4651

 

5.3622

 

4.5419

 

3.9157

 

3.0400

 

2.4681

 

1.7647

 

0.9503

 

0.5718

 

0.2214

 

12/15/2010

 

10.3518

 

8.7339

 

7.8038

 

7.0020

 

6.3141

 

5.4400

 

4.3369

 

3.5444

 

2.9678

 

2.2153

 

1.7606

 

1.2470

 

0.6831

 

0.4190

 

0.1673

 

12/15/2011

 

10.3518

 

7.9063

 

6.8924

 

6.0099

 

5.2437

 

4.2824

 

3.0861

 

2.2864

 

1.7524

 

1.1682

 

0.8920

 

0.6270

 

0.3553

 

0.2248

 

0.0966

 

12/15/2012

 

10.3518

 

7.5718

 

6.4538

 

5.4498

 

4.5436

 

3.3464

 

1.6714

 

0.2498

 

0.0000

 

0.0000

 

0.0000

 

0.0000

 

0.0000

 

0.0000

 

0.0000

 

Thereafter

 

10.3518

 

7.5718

 

6.4538

 

5.4498

 

4.5436

 

3.3464

 

1.6714

 

0.2498

 

0.0000

 

0.0000

 

0.0000

 

0.0000

 

0.0000

 

0.0000

 

0.0000

 

 

13



 

(i)       The exact Make-Whole Acquisition Stock Prices and Make-Whole Acquisition Effective Dates may not be set forth on the table, in which case:

 

(A)                    if the Make-Whole Acquisition Stock Price is between two Make-Whole Acquisition Stock Price amounts on the table or the Make-Whole Acquisition Effective Dates are between two dates on the table, the number of Make-Whole Shares will be determined by straight-line interpolation between the number of Make-Whole Shares set forth for the higher and lower Make-Whole Acquisition Stock Price amounts and the two Make-Whole Acquisition Effective Dates, as applicable, based on a 365-day year;

 

(B)                     if the Make-Whole Acquisition Stock Price is in excess of $150.00 per share (subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 13 hereof), no Make-Whole Shares will be issued upon conversion of the Series R Preferred Stock; and

 

(C)                     if the Make-Whole Acquisition Stock Price is less than $17.42 per share (subject to adjustment pursuant to Section  13 hereof), no Make-Whole Shares will be issued upon conversion of the Series R Preferred Stock.

 

(ii)        The Make-Whole Acquisition Stock Prices set forth in the table above are subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 13 hereof and shall be adjusted as of any date the Conversion Rate is adjusted. The adjusted Make-Whole Acquisition Stock Prices will equal the Make- Whole Acquisition Stock Prices applicable immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Conversion Rate immediately prior to the adjustment giving rise to the Make-Whole Acquisition Stock Prices adjustment and the denominator of which is the Conversion Rate as so adjusted. Each of the number of Make- Whole Shares in the table shall also be subject to adjustment in the same manner as the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 13.

 

(c)     On or before the twentieth day prior to the date on which the Company anticipates consummating the Make-Whole Acquisition (or, if later, promptly after the Company discovers that the Make-Whole Acquisition will occur), a written notice shall be sent by or on behalf of the Company, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holders as they appear in the records of the Company. Such notice shall contain:

 

(i)      the date on which the Make-Whole Acquisition is anticipated to be effected; and

 

14



 

(ii)   the date, which shall be 30 days after the anticipated Make- Whole Acquisition Effective Date, by which the Make-Whole Acquisition conversion option must be exercised.

 

(d)           On the Make-Whole Acquisition Effective Date, another written notice shall be sent by or on behalf of the Company, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holders as they appear in the records of the Company. Such notice shall contain:

 

(i)       the date that shall be 30 days after the Make-Whole Acquisition Effective Date;

 

(ii)      the number of Make-Whole Shares;

 

(iii)     the amount of cash, securities and other consideration payable per share of Common Stock or Series R Preferred Stock, respectively; and

 

(iv)     the instructions a Holder must follow to exercise its conversion option in connection with such Make-Whole Acquisition.

 

(e)               To exercise a Make-Whole Acquisition Conversion option, a Holder must, no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time on or before the date by which the Make-Whole Acquisition Conversion option must be exercised as specified in the notice delivered under clause (d) above, comply with the procedures set forth in Section 9(e)(ii).

 

(f)                If a Holder does not elect to exercise the Make-Whole Acquisition Conversion option pursuant to this Section 11, the shares of Series R Preferred Stock or successor security held by it will remain outstanding.

 

(g)               Upon a Make-Whole Acquisition Conversion, the Conversion Agent shall, except as otherwise provided in the instructions provided by the Holder thereof in the written notice provided to the Company or its successor as set forth in Section 9(d) above, deliver to the Holder such cash, securities or other property as are issuable with respect to Make-Whole Shares in the Make-Whole Acquisition.

 

(h)     In the event that a Make-Whole Acquisition Conversion is effected with respect to shares of Series R Preferred Stock or a successor security representing less than all the shares of Series R Preferred Stock or a successor security held by a Holder, upon such Make-Whole Acquisition Conversion the Company or its successor shall execute and the Conversion Agent shall, unless otherwise instructed in writing, countersign and deliver to the Holder thereof, at the expense of the Company or its successors, a certificate evidencing the shares of Series R Preferred Stock or such successor security held by the Holder as to which a Make-Whole Acquisition Conversion was not effected.

 

15



 

Section 12.  Conversion Upon Fundamental Change.

 

(a)         If the Reference Price in connection with a Fundamental Change is less than the Applicable Conversion Price, a Holder may convert each share of Series R Preferred Stock during the period beginning on the effective date of the Fundamental Change and ending on the date that is 30 days after the effective date of such Fundamental Change at an adjusted conversion price equal to the greater of (1) the Reference Price and (2) $8.71, subject to adjustment as described in clause (b) below (the “Base Price” ).

 

(b)        The Base Price shall be adjusted as of any date the Conversion Rate of the Series R Preferred Stock is adjusted pursuant to Section 13. The adjusted Base Price shall equal the Base Price applicable immediately prior to such adjustment multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Conversion Rate immediately prior to the adjustment giving rise to the Base Price adjustment and the denominator of which is the Conversion Rate as so adjusted.

 

(c)         In lieu of issuing Common Stock upon conversion in the event of a Fundamental Change, the Company may at its option, and if it obtains any necessary regulatory approval, pay an amount in cash (computed to the nearest cent) equal to the Reference Price for each share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon conversion.

 

(d)        On or before the twentieth day prior to the date on which the Company anticipates consummating the Fundamental Change (or, if later, promptly after the Company discovers that the Fundamental Change will occur), a written notice shall be sent by or on behalf of the Company, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holders as they appear in the records of the Company. Such notice shall contain:

 

(i)      the date on which the Fundamental Change is anticipated to be effected; and

 

(ii)      the date, which shall be 30 days after the anticipated effective date of a Fundamental Change, by which the Fundamental Change conversion option must be exercised.

 

(e)          On the effective date of a Fundamental Change, another written notice shall be sent by or on behalf of the Company, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holders as they appear in the records of the Company. Such notice shall contain:

 

(i)      the date that shall be 30 days after the effective date of the Fundamental Change;

 

(ii)      the adjusted conversion price following the Fundamental Change;

 

16



 

(iii)      the amount of cash, securities and other consideration payable per share of Common Stock or Series R Preferred Stock, respectively; and

 

(iv)      the instructions a Holder must follow to exercise its conversion option in connection with such Fundamental Change.

 

(f)                To exercise its conversion option upon a Fundamental Change, a Holder must, no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time on or before the date by which the conversion option upon the Fundamental Change must be exercised as specified in the notice delivered under clause (e) above, comply with the procedures set forth in Section 9(e)(ii).

 

(g)              If a Holder does not elect to exercise its conversion option upon a Fundamental Change pursuant to this Section 12, the shares of Series R Preferred Stock or successor security held by it will remain outstanding.

 

(h)     Upon a conversion upon a Fundamental Change, the Conversion Agent shall, except as otherwise provided in the instructions provided by the Holder thereof in the written notice provided to the Company or its successor as set forth in Section 9(d) above, deliver to the Holder such cash, securities or other property as are issuable with respect to the adjusted conversion price following the Fundamental Change.

 

(i)     In the event that a conversion upon a Fundamental Change is effected with respect to shares of Series R Preferred Stock or a successor security representing less than all the shares of Series R Preferred Stock or a successor security held by a Holder, upon such conversion the Company or its successor shall execute and the Conversion Agent shall, unless otherwise instructed in writing, countersign and deliver to the Holder thereof, at the expense of the Company, a certificate evidencing the shares of Series R Preferred Stock or such successor security held by the Holder as to which a conversion upon a Fundamental Change was not effected.

 

Section 13. Anti-Dilution Adjustments.

 

(a)     The Conversion Rate shall be subject to the following adjustments.

 

(i)      Stock Dividends and Distributions . If the Company pays dividends or other distributions on the Common Stock in shares of Common Stock, then the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution will be multiplied by the following fraction:

 

OS 1

OS 0

 

Where,

 

17



 

OS 0– the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution.

 

OS(1)    = the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution plus the total number of shares of Common Stock constituting such dividend or distribution.

 

For the purposes of this clause (i), the number of shares of Common Stock at the time outstanding shall not include shares acquired by the Company. If any dividend or distribution described in this clause (i) is declared but not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors publicly announces its decision not to make such dividend or distribution, to such Conversion Rate that would be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.

 

(ii)      Subdivisions, Splits and Combination of the Common Stock. If the Company subdivides, splits or combines the shares of Common Stock, then the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the effective date of such share subdivision, split or combination will be multiplied by the following fraction:

 

OS 1

OS 0

 

Where,

 

OS 0    = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of such share subdivision, split or combination.

 

OS(1)       = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after the opening of business on the effective date of such share subdivision, split or combination.

 

For the purposes of this clause (ii), the number of shares of Common Stock at the time outstanding shall not include shares acquired by the Company. If any subdivision, split or combination described in this clause (ii) is announced but the outstanding shares of Common Stock are not subdivided, split or combined, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors publicly announces its decision not to subdivide, split or combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, to such Conversion Rate that would be in effect if such subdivision, split or combination had not been announced.

 

(iii)      Issuance of Stock Purchase Rights . If the Company issues to all holders of the shares of Common Stock rights or warrants (other than rights or warrants issued pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan or share purchase plan or other similar plans) entitling them, for a period of

 

18



 

up to 45 days from the date of issuance of such rights or warrants, to subscribe for or purchase the shares of Common Stock at less than the Current Market Price on the date fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants, then the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Ex-Date for such distribution will be multiplied by the following fraction:

 

OS 0 + X

OS 0 +Y

 

Where,

 

OS 0 = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Ex-Date for such distribution.

 

X = the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to such rights or warrants.

 

Y =  the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the aggregate price payable to exercise such rights or warrants divided by the Current Market Price.

 

For the purposes of this clause (iii), the number of shares of Common Stock at the time outstanding shall not include shares acquired by the Company. The Company shall not issue any such rights or warrants in respect of shares of the Common Stock acquired by the Company. In the event that such rights or warrants described in this clause (iii) are not so issued, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors publicly announces its decision not to issue such rights or warrants, to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such issuance had not been declared. To the extent that such rights or warrants are not exercised prior to their expiration or shares of Common Stock are otherwise not delivered pursuant to such rights or warrants upon the exercise of such rights or warrants, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted to such Conversion Rate that would then be in effect had the adjustment made upon the issuance of such rights or warrants been made on the basis of the delivery of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually delivered. In determining the aggregate offering price payable for such shares of Common Stock, there shall be taken into account any consideration received for such rights or warrants and the value of such consideration (if other than cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors).

 

(iv)  Debt or Asset Distributions. If the Company distributes to all holders of shares of Common Stock evidences of indebtedness, shares of capital stock, securities, cash or other assets (excluding any dividend or

 

19


 

distribution referred to in clause (i) above, any rights or warrants referred to in clause (iii) above, any dividend or distribution paid exclusively in cash, any consideration payable in connection with a tender or exchange offer made by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and any dividend of shares of capital stock of any class or series, or similar equity interests, of or relating to a subsidiary or other business unit in the case of certain spin - off transactions as described below), then the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Ex-Date for such distribution will be multiplied by the following fraction:

 

SP 0

SP 0 - FMV

 

Where,

 

SP 0 =  the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock on such date.

 

FMV = the fair market value of the portion of the distribution applicable to one share of Common Stock on such date as determined by the Board of Directors.

 

In a “spin-off,” where the Company makes a distribution to all holders of shares of Common Stock consisting of capital stock of any class or series, or similar equity interests of, or relating to, a subsidiary or other business unit, the Conversion Rate will be adjusted on the fifteenth Trading Day after the effective date of the distribution by multiplying such Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to such fifteenth Trading Day by the following fraction:

 

MP 0 +MPs

MP 0

 

Where,

 

MP 0 = the average of the Closing Prices of the Common Stock over the first ten Trading Days commencing on and including the fifth Trading Day following the effective date of such distribution.

 

MPs = the average of the Closing Prices of the capital stock or equity interests representing the portion of the distribution applicable to one share of Common Stock over the first ten Trading Days commencing on and including the fifth Trading Day following the effective date of such distribution, or, if not traded on a national or regional securities exchange or over-the-counter market, the fair market value of the capital stock or equity interests representing the portion of the distribution applicable to one share of Common Stock on such date as determined by the Board of Directors.

 

20



 

In the event that such distribution described in this clause (iv) is not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors publicly announces its decision not to pay or make such dividend or distribution, to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.

 

(v)                            Cash Distributions . If the Company makes a distribution consisting exclusively of cash to all holders of the Common Stock, excluding (a) any cash dividend on the Common Stock to the extent that the aggregate cash dividend per share of the Common Stock does not exceed $0.15 in any fiscal quarter (the “ Dividend Threshold Amount ”), (b) any cash that is distributed in a Reorganization Event or as part of a “spin-off referred to in clause (iv) above, (c) any dividend or distribution in connection with the Company’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up, and (d) any consideration payable in connection with a tender or exchange offer made by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, then in each event, the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the Ex-Date for such distribution will be multiplied by the following fraction:

 

SP 0

SP 0 - DIV

 

Where,

 

SP 0 =  the Closing Price per share of Common Stock on

the Ex-Date.

 

DIV = the amount per share of Common Stock of the dividend or distribution, as determined pursuant to the following paragraph.

 

If an adjustment is required to be made as set forth in this clause as a result of a distribution (1) that is a regularly scheduled quarterly dividend, such adjustment would be based on the amount by which such dividend exceeds the Dividend Threshold Amount or (2) that is not a regularly scheduled quarterly dividend, such adjustment would be based on the full amount of such distribution.

 

The Dividend Threshold Amount is subject to adjustment on an inversely proportional basis whenever the Conversion Rate is adjusted; provided that no adjustment will be made to the Dividend Threshold Amount for any adjustment made to the Conversion Rate pursuant to this clause (v).

 

In the event that any distribution described in this clause (v) is not so made, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors publicly announces its decision not to pay such distribution, to the Conversion Rate which would then be in effect if such distribution had not been declared.

 

21



 

(vi)                              Self Tender Offers and Exchange Offers. If the Company or any of its subsidiaries successfully completes a tender or exchange offer for the Common Stock where the cash and the value of any other consideration included in the payment per share of the Common Stock exceeds the Closing Price per share of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately succeeding the expiration of the tender or exchange offer, then the Conversion Rate in effect at the close of business on such immediately succeeding Trading Day will be multiplied by the following fraction:

 

 

 

AC + (SP 0 x OS 1 )

 

 

 

 

OS 0 x SP 0

 

 

 

Where,

 

SP 0 = the Closing Price per share of Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately succeeding the expiration of the tender or exchange offer.

 

OS 0 = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the expiration of the tender or exchange offer, including any shares validly tendered and not withdrawn.

 

OS 1= the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after the expiration of the tender or exchange offer.

 

AC =   the aggregate cash and fair market value of the other consideration payable in the tender or exchange offer, as determined by the Board of Directors.

 

In the event that the Company, or one of its subsidiaries, is obligated to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to any such tender offer or exchange offer, but the Company, or such subsidiary, is permanently prevented by applicable law from effecting any such purchases, or all such purchases are rescinded, then the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted to be such Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such tender offer or exchange offer had not been made.

 

(vii)                                Rights Plans. To the extent that the Company has a rights plan in effect with respect to the Common Stock on any Conversion Date, upon conversion of any shares of the Series R Preferred Stock, Holders will receive, in addition to the shares of Common Stock, the rights under the rights plan, unless, prior to such Conversion Date, the rights have separated from the shares of Common Stock, in which case the Conversion Rate will be adjusted at the time of separation as if the Company had made a distribution to all holders of the Common Stock as described in clause (iv) above, subject to readjustment in the event of the expiration, termination or redemption of such rights.

 

22



 

(b)                           The Company may make such increases in the Conversion Rate, in addition to any other increases required by this Section 13, if the Board of Directors deems it advisable to avoid or diminish any income tax to holders of the Common Stock resulting from any dividend or distribution of shares of Common Stock (or issuance of rights or warrants to acquire shares of Common Stock) or from any event treated as such for income tax purposes or for any other reason.

 

(c)                            (i) All adjustments to the Conversion Rate shall be calculated to the nearest 1/10,000th of a share (or, if there is not a nearest 1/10,000th of a share, to the next lower l/10,000th of a share) of Common Stock. No adjustment in the Conversion Rate shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least one percent therein; provided, that any adjustments which by reason of this subparagraph are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment; provided further that on the Mandatory Conversion Date, the Make-Whole Acquisition Effective Date or the effective date of a Fundamental Change, adjustments to the Conversion Rate will be made with respect to any such adjustment carried forward and which has not been taken into account before such date.

 

(ii)                                  No adjustment to the Conversion Rate shall be made if Holders may participate in the transaction that would otherwise give rise to an adjustment, as a result of holding the Series R Preferred Stock, without having to convert the Series R Preferred Stock, as if they held the full number of shares of Common Stock into which a share of the Series R Preferred Stock may then be converted.

 

(iii)                                    The Applicable Conversion Rate shall not be adjusted:

 

(A)                           upon the issuance of any shares of the Common Stock pursuant to any present or future plan providing for the reinvestment of dividends or interest payable on the Company’s securities and the investment of additional optional amounts in shares of Common Stock under any plan;

 

(B)                             upon the issuance of any shares of the Common Stock or rights or warrants to purchase those shares pursuant to any present or future employee, director or consultant benefit plan or program of or assumed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

 

(C)                             upon the issuance of any shares of the Common Stock pursuant to any option, warrant, right or exercisable, exchangeable or convertible security outstanding as of the date shares of the Series R Preferred Stock were first issued;

 

(D)                            for a change in the par value or no par value of the Common Stock; or

 

 

23



 

(E)                           for accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series R Preferred Stock.

 

(d)                                        Whenever the Conversion Rate is to be adjusted in accordance with Section 13(a) or Section 13(b), the Company shall: (i) compute the Conversion Rate in accordance with Section 13(a) or Section 13(b), taking into account the one percent threshold set forth in Section 13(c) hereof, and prepare and transmit to the Transfer Agent an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the Conversion Rate, the method of calculation thereof in reasonable detail, and the facts requiring such adjustment and upon which such adjustment is based; (ii) as soon as practicable following the occurrence of an event that requires an adjustment to the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 13(b), taking into account the one percent threshold set forth in Section 13(c) hereof (or if the Company is not aware of such occurrence, as soon as practicable after becoming so aware), provide, or cause to be provided, a written notice to the Holders of the occurrence of such event; and (iii) as soon as practicable following the determination of the revised Conversion Rate in accordance with Section 13(a) or Section 13(b) hereof, provide, or cause to be provided, a written notice to the Holders setting forth in reasonable detail the method by which the adjustment to the Conversion Rate was determined and setting forth the revised Conversion Rate.

 

Section 14. Reorganization Events. (a) In the event of:

 

(i)                                 any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another Person, in each case pursuant to which the Common Stock will be converted into cash, securities or other property of the Company or another Person;

 

(ii)                                  any sale, transfer, lease or conveyance to another Person of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company, in each case pursuant to which the Common Stock will be converted into cash, securities or other property of the Company or another Person;

 

(iii)                                    any reclassification of the Common Stock into securities including securities other than the Common Stock; or

 

(iv)                                  any statutory exchange of the outstanding shares of Common Stock for securities of another Person (other than in connection with a merger or acquisition);

 

(any such event specified in this Section 14(a), a “ Reorganization Event ”); each share of Series R Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Reorganization Event shall, without the consent of Holders, become convertible into the kind of securities, cash and other property receivable in such Reorganization Event by a holder of the shares of Common Stock that was not the counterparty to the Reorganization Event

 

24



 

or an affiliate of such other party (such securities, cash and other property, the “ Exchange Property ”).

 

(b)                          In the event that holders of the shares of Common Stock have the opportunity to elect the form of consideration to be received in such transaction, the consideration that the Holders are entitled to receive shall be deemed to be the types and amounts of consideration received by the majority of the holders of the shares of Common Stock that affirmatively make an election. The amount of Exchange Property receivable upon conversion of any Series R Preferred Stock in accordance with Section 8, Section 10, Section 11 or Section 12 hereof shall be determined based upon the Conversion Rate in effect on such Conversion Date.

 

(c)                           The above provisions of this Section 14 shall similarly apply to successive Reorganization Events and the provisions of Section 13 shall apply to any shares of capital stock of the Company (or any successor) received by the holders of the Common Stock in any such Reorganization Event.

 

(d)                          The Company (or any successor) shall, within 20 days of the occurrence of any Reorganization Event, provide written notice to the Holders of such occurrence of such event and of the kind and amount of the cash, securities or other property that constitutes the Exchange Property. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the operation of this Section 14.

 

Section 15.  Voting Rights. (a) Holders will not have any voting rights, including the right to elect any directors, except (i) voting rights, if any, required by law, and (ii) voting rights, if any, described in this Section 15.

 

(b)                            Holders will, in the circumstances and to the extent set forth in this Section 15(b), have the right to elect two directors.

 

(i)                                  If after the Effective Date the Company fails to pay, or declare and set aside for payment, full quarterly dividends on the Series R Preferred Stock or any other class or series of Parity Securities having similar voting rights (the “ Voting Parity Securities ”) for six Dividend Periods or their equivalent, whether consecutive or not, the authorized number of the Company’s directors will be increased by two. Subject to compliance with any requirement for regulatory approval of, or non - objection to, persons serving as directors, the Holders, voting together as a single and separate class with the holders of any outstanding Voting Parity Securities, will have the right to elect two directors in addition to the directors then in office at the Company’s next annual meeting of shareholders. This right will continue at each subsequent annual meeting until the Company pays dividends in full on the Series R Preferred Stock and any Voting Parity Securities for three consecutive Dividend Periods or their equivalent and pays or declares and sets aside for payment dividends in full for the fourth consecutive Dividend Period or its equivalent or, if earlier, upon the conversion of all Series R Preferred Stock.

 

25



 

(ii)                                  The term of such additional directors will terminate, and the total number of directors will be decreased by two, at such time as the Company pays dividends in full on the Series R Preferred Stock and any Voting Parity Securities for three consecutive Dividend Periods or their equivalent and declares and pays or sets aside for payment dividends in full for the fourth consecutive Dividend Period or its equivalent or, if earlier, upon the conversion of all Series R Preferred Stock. After the term of such additional directors terminates, the Holders will not be entitled to elect additional directors unless full quarterly dividends on the Series R Preferred Stock have again not been paid or declared and set aside for payment for six future Dividend Periods, whether consecutive or not.

 

(iii)                                   Any additional director elected by the Holders and the holders of the Voting Parity Securities may only be removed by the vote of the Holders of record of the outstanding Series R Preferred Stock and holders of the Voting Parity Securities, voting together as a single and separate class, at a meeting of the Company’s shareholders called for that purpose. Any vacancy created by the removal of any such director may be filled only by the vote of the Holders of the outstanding Series R Preferred Stock and the holders of the outstanding Voting Parity Securities, voting together as a single and separate class.

 

(c)                                        So long as any shares of Series R Preferred Stock are outstanding, the vote or consent of the Holders of at least 66 2 / 3  % of the shares of Series R Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting as a single class with all other classes and series of Voting Parity Securities then outstanding and with each series or class having a number of votes proportionate to the aggregate liquidation preference of the outstanding shares of such class or series, given in person or by proxy, either in writing without a meeting or by vote at any meeting called for the purpose, will be necessary for effecting or validating any of the following actions, whether or not such approval is required by Washington law:

 

(i)                                 any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (including these Articles of Amendment) or the Company’s bylaws that would alter or change the voting powers, preferences or special rights of the Series R Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely;

 

(ii)                                   any amendment or alteration of the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to authorize or create, or increase the authorized amount of, any shares of, or any securities convertible into shares of, any class or series of the Company’s capital stock ranking prior to the Series R Preferred Stock in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

 

26



 

(iii)                                  the consummation of a binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Series R Preferred Stock or a merger or consolidation of the Company with another entity, except that Holders will have no right to vote under this provision or under Section 23B.11.035 of the Revised Code of Washington or otherwise under Washington law if in each case (x) the Series R Preferred Stock remains outstanding or, in the case of any such merger or consolidation with respect to which the Company is not the surviving or resulting entity, is converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent, that is an entity organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and (y) such Series R Preferred Stock remaining outstanding or such preference securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, taken as a whole, as are not materially less favorable to the Holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers of the Series R Preferred Stock, taken as a whole;

 

provided, however, that any increase in the amount of the authorized or issued Series R Preferred Stock or authorized preferred stock or any securities convertible into preferred stock or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, of other series of preferred stock or any securities convertible into preferred stock ranking equally with and/or junior to the Series R Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and/or the distribution of assets upon the Company’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up will not be deemed to adversely affect the voting powers, preferences or special rights of the Series R Preferred stock and, notwithstanding Section 23B.10.040(l)(a), (e) or (f) of the Revised Code of Washington or any other provision of Washington law, Holders will have no right to vote on such an increase, creation or issuance.

 

If an amendment, alteration, repeal, share exchange, reclassification, merger or consolidation described above would adversely affect one or more but not all series of preferred stock with like voting rights (including the Series R Preferred Stock for this purpose), then only the series affected and entitled to vote shall vote as a class in lieu of all such series of preferred stock.

 

(d)                                      Notwithstanding the foregoing, Holders shall not have any voting rights if, at or prior to the effective time of the act with respect to which such vote would otherwise be required, all outstanding shares of Series R Preferred shall have been converted into shares of Common Stock.

 

Section 16. Fractional Shares.

 

(a)                                      No fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued as a result of any conversion of shares of Series R Preferred Stock.

 

27



 

(b)                          In lieu of any fractional share of Common Stock otherwise issuable in respect of any mandatory conversion pursuant to Section 10 hereof or any conversion at the option of the Holder pursuant to Section 8, Section 11 or Section 12 hereof, the Company shall pay an amount in cash (computed to the nearest cent) equal to the same fraction of the Closing Price of the Common Stock determined as of the second Trading Day immediately preceding the effective date of conversion.

 

(c)                           If more than one share of the Series R Preferred Stock is surrendered for conversion at one time by or for the same Holder, the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate number of shares of the Series R Preferred Stock so surrendered.

 

Section 17. Reservation of Common Stock.

 

(a)                           The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized and unissued Common Stock or shares acquired by the Company, solely for issuance upon the conversion of shares of Series R Preferred Stock as provided in these Articles of Amendment, free from any preemptive or other similar rights, such number of shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be issuable upon the conversion of all the shares of Series R Preferred Stock then outstanding, assuming that the Applicable Conversion Price equaled the Base Price. For purposes of this Section 17(a), the number of shares of Common Stock that shall be deliverable upon the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series R Preferred Stock shall be computed as if at the time of computation all such outstanding shares were held by a single Holder.

 

(b)                          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall be entitled to deliver upon conversion of shares of Series R Preferred Stock, as herein provided, shares of Common Stock acquired by the Company (in lieu of the issuance of authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock), so long as any such acquired shares are free and clear of all liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances (other than liens, charges, security interests and other encumbrances created by the Holders).

 

(c)                           All shares of Common Stock delivered upon conversion of the Series R Preferred Stock shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests and other encumbrances (other than liens, charges, security interests and other encumbrances created by the Holders).

 

(d)                          Prior to the delivery of any securities that the Company shall be obligated to deliver upon conversion of the Series R Preferred Stock, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all federal and state laws and regulations thereunder requiring the registration of such securities with, or any approval of or consent to the delivery thereof by, any governmental authority.

 

28



 

(e)                            The Company hereby covenants and agrees that, if at any time the Common Stock shall be listed on the New York Stock Exchange or any other national securities exchange or automated quotation system, the Company will, if permitted by the rules of such exchange or automated quotation system, list and keep listed, so long as the Common Stock shall be so listed on such exchange or automated quotation system, all the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series R Preferred Stock; provided, however, that if the rules of such exchange or automated quotation system permit the Company to defer the listing of such Common Stock until the first conversion of Series R Preferred Stock into Common Stock in accordance with the provisions hereof, the Company covenants to list such Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series R Preferred Stock in accordance with the requirements of such exchange or automated quotation system at such time.

 

Section 18. Transfer Agent, Registrar, Paying Agent And Conversion Agent. The duly appointed Transfer Agent, Registrar, paying agent and Conversion Agent for the Series R Preferred Stock shall be Mellon Investor Services LLC. The Company may, in its sole discretion, remove the Transfer Agent in accordance with the agreement between the Company and the Transfer Agent; provided that the Company shall appoint a successor transfer agent who shall accept such appointment prior to the effectiveness of such removal. Upon any such removal or appointment, the Company shall send notice thereof by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holders.

 

Section 19. Replacement Certificates.

 

(a)                            If physical certificates are issued, the Company shall replace any mutilated certificate at the Holder’s expense upon surrender of that certificate to the Transfer Agent. The Company shall replace certificates that become destroyed, stolen or lost at the Holder’s expense upon delivery to the Company and the Transfer Agent of satisfactory evidence that the certificate has been destroyed, stolen or lost, together with any indemnity that may be required by the Transfer Agent and the Company.

 

(b)OT          If physical certificates are issued, the Company shall not be required to issue any certificates representing the Series R Preferred Stock on or after the Mandatory Conversion Date or applicable Conversion Date. In place of the delivery of a replacement certificate following the Mandatory Conversion Date or applicable Conversion Date, the Transfer Agent, upon delivery of the evidence and indemnity described in clause (a) above, shall deliver the shares of Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Series R Preferred Stock formerly evidenced by the certificate.

 

Section 20. Form.

 

(a)                            Series R Preferred Stock shall be issued in the form of one or more permanent global shares of Series R Preferred Stock in definitive, fully registered

 

29



 

form with a global legend in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (each, a “Global Preferred Stock”), which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of these Articles of Amendment. The Global Preferred Stock may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules, agreements to which the Company is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Company). The aggregate number of shares represented by each Global Preferred Stock may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Registrar and the Depositary or its nominee as hereinafter provided. This Section 20(a) shall apply only to a Global Preferred Stock deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary.

 

(b)                           The Company shall execute and the Registrar shall, in accordance with this Section, countersign and deliver initially one or more Global Preferred Stock that (i) shall be registered in the name of Cede & Co. or other nominee of the Depositary and (ii) shall be delivered by the Registrar to the Depositary or pursuant to instructions received from the Depositary or held by the Registrar as custodian for the Depositary pursuant to an agreement between the Depositary and the Registrar.

 

(c)                            Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under these Articles of Amendment with respect to any Global Preferred Stock held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Registrar as the custodian of the Depositary or under such Global Preferred Stock, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Registrar and any agent of the Company or the Registrar as the absolute owner of such Global Preferred Stock for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Registrar or any agent of the Company or the Registrar from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of the Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Preferred Stock. The Depositary may grant proxies or otherwise authorize any Person to take any action that a Holder is entitled to take pursuant to the Series R Preferred Stock, these Articles of Amendment or the Articles of Incorporation.

 

(d)                           Owners of beneficial interests in Global Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated shares of Series R Preferred Stock, unless (x) the Depositary has notified the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Preferred Stock and the Company does not appoint a qualified replacement for the Depositary within 90 days, (y) the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and the Company does not appoint a qualified replacement for the Depositary within 90 days or (z) the Company decides to discontinue the use of book-entry transfer through the Depositary. In any such case, the Global Preferred Stock shall be exchanged in whole for definitive shares of Series R Preferred Stock in registered form, with the same terms and of an equal aggregate Liquidation

 

30



 

Preference. Definitive shares of Series R Preferred Stock shall be registered in the name or names of the Person or Persons specified by the Depositary in a written instrument to the Registrar.

 

(e)                                       (i) An Officer shall sign the Global Preferred Stock for the Company, in accordance with the Company’s bylaws and applicable law, by manual or facsimile signature.

 

(ii)                                     If an Officer whose signature is on a Global Preferred Stock no longer holds that office at the time the Transfer Agent countersigned the Global Preferred Stock, the Global Preferred Stock shall be valid nevertheless.

 

(iii)                                 A Global Preferred Stock shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Transfer Agent manually countersigns Global Preferred Stock. Each Global Preferred Stock shall be dated the date of its countersignature.

 

Section 21. Miscellaneous.

 

(a)                           All notices referred to herein shall be in writing, and, unless otherwise specified herein, all notices hereunder shall be deemed to have been given upon the earlier of receipt thereof or three Business Days after the mailing thereof if sent by registered or certified mail (unless first-class mail shall be specifically permitted for such notice under the terms of these Articles of Amendment) with postage prepaid, addressed: (i) if to the Company, to its office at 1301 Second Avenue, Seattle, Washington 98101, Attention: Treasury Department, with a copy to the Company’s Legal Department at 1301 Second Avenue, Seattle, Washington 98101, Attention: Charles Edward Smith III or to the Transfer Agent at 480 Washington Blvd. Jersey City, NJ 07310, or other agent of the Company designated as permitted by this Certificate of Amendment, or (ii) if to any Holder or holder of shares of Common Stock, as the case may be, to such Holder at the address of such Holder as listed in the stock record books of the Company (which may include the records of any transfer agent for the Series R Preferred Stock or the Common Stock, as the case may be), or (iii) to such other address as the Company or any such Holder, as the case may be, shall have designated by notice similarly given.

 

(b)                          The Company shall pay any and all stock transfer and documentary stamp taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Series R Preferred Stock or shares of Common Stock or other securities issued on account of Series R Preferred Stock pursuant hereto or certificates representing such shares or securities. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any such tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance or delivery of shares of Series R Preferred Stock or Common Stock or other securities in a name other than that in which the shares of Series R Preferred Stock with respect to which such shares or other securities are issued or delivered were registered, or in respect of any payment to any Person other than a payment to the registered holder thereof, and shall not be required to make any such

 

31



 

issuance, delivery or payment unless and until the Person otherwise entitled to such issuance, delivery or payment has paid to the Company the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Company, that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

 

THIRD: These Articles of Amendment do not provide for an exchange, reclassification or cancellation of any issued shares.

 

FOURTH: The date of these Articles of Amendment’s adoption is December 17, 2007.

 

FIFTH: These Articles of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation were duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

SIXTH: No shareholder action was required.

 

32



 

EXECUTED this 17th day of December, 2007.

 

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert J. Williams

 

 

Name:

Robert J. Williams

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President &

 

 

 

Treasurer

 

[Articles of Amendment]

 



EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF 7.75% SERIES R NON-CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE

PREFERRED STOCK

 

SEE REVERSE
FOR LEGEND

 

Number: [ ]

 

[ ] Shares

 

CUSIP NO.: [ ]

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

FACE OF SECURITY

 

This certifies that Cede & Co. is the owner of [   ] fully paid and nonassessable shares of the 7.75% Series R Non-Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, with no par value and a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, of Washington Mutual, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Washington (the “ Company ”), transferable on the books of the Company by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby are issued and shall be held subject to all the provisions of the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company and all amendments thereto and the Amended and Restated Bylaws (copies of which are on file at the office of the Transfer Agent) to all of which the holder of this Certificate by acceptance hereof assents. This Certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Certificate to be duly executed.

 

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title::

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Dated:

 

 

Countersigned and Registered
Mellon Investor Services LLC
Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Authorized Officer

 



 

REVERSE OF SECURITY

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

The shares of 7.75% Series R Non-Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series R Preferred Stock ”) have the preferences and privileges, conversion rights, dividend rights, liquidation preferences and such other rights and qualifications, limitations and restrictions as provided in the Articles of Amendment relating to the Series R Preferred Stock (the “ Articles of Amendment ”), in addition to those set forth in the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company (and all amendments thereto) and the Amended and Restated Bylaws, copies of which will be furnished by the Company to any holder without charge upon request to the Transfer Agent named on the face of this Certificate.

 

The Series R Preferred Stock are convertible into shares of common stock of the Company (“ Common Stock ”) at any time by holders of the Series R Preferred Stock, as provided in the Articles of Amendment. On or after December 18, 2012, the Company also has the right to cause some or all of the Series R Preferred Stock to be converted into the Common Stock, subject to certain conditions as provided in the Articles of Amendment. The preceding description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Articles of Amendment, and the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (and all amendments thereto) and the Amended and Restated Bylaws, copies of which will be furnished by the Company to any holder without charge upon request to the Transfer Agent named on the face of this Certificate.

 

Upon written request to the Secretary at 1301 Second Avenue, Seattle, Washington 98101, Attention: Corporate Secretary, the Company will furnish the holder of this Certificate without charge the designations, relative rights, preferences and limitations applicable to each class or series of authorized stock and the variations in rights, preferences and limitations determined for each series, and the authority of the Board of Directors to determine variations for future classes or series.

 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR THE TRANSFER AGENT NAMED ON THE FACE OF THIS CERTIFICATE, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL IN AS MUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO. HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE TRANSFER AGENT NAMED ON THE FACE OF THIS CERTIFICATE SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 



 

ASSIGNMENT

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                                            HEREBY SELL, ASSIGN
AND TRANSFER UNTO 

 

Please Insert Social Security or
Other Identifying Number of Assignee

 

 

(Please Print or Typewrite Name and Address, Including Zip Code, of Assignee)

 

 

SHARES OF THE CAPITAL STOCK REPRESENTED BY THE WITHIN CERTIFICATE, AND DO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSTITUTE AND APPOINT

 

 

ATTORNEY TO TRANSFER THE SAID STOCK ON THE BOOKS OF THE WITHIN NAMED CORPORATION WITH FULL POWER OF SUBSTITUTION IN THE PREMISES.

 

DATED

 

 

 

 

NOTICE:

 

 

 

The Signature to this Assignment Must
Correspond with the Name As Written Upon
the Face of the Certificate in Every
Particular, Without Alteration or
Enlargement or Any Change Whatever.

 

 

SIGNATURE GUARANTEED

 

 

 

(Signature Must Be Guaranteed by a Member
of a Medallion Signature Program)

 

 



 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

 

OF

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

(Series N Perpetual Non-cumulative Fixed-to-Floating Rate Preferred Stock)

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 23B.10 and Section 23B.06.020 of the Revised Code of Washington, the undersigned officer of Washington Mutual, Inc. (the “Company”), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Washington, does hereby submit for filing these Articles of Amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation:

 

FIRST: The name of the Company is Washington Mutual, Inc.

 

SECOND: 1,000 shares of the authorized preferred stock of the Company are hereby designated “Series N Perpetual Non-cumulative Fixed-to-Floating Rate Preferred Stock”.

 

The preferences, limitations, voting powers and relative rights of the Series N Perpetual Non-cumulative Fixed-to-Floating Rate Preferred Stock are as follows:

 

DESIGNATION

 

Section 1.                                                Designation . There is hereby created out of the authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock of the Company a series of preferred stock designated as the “Series N Perpetual Non-cumulative Fixed-to-Floating Rate Preferred Stock” (the “Series N Preferred Stock”). The number of shares constituting such series shall be 1,000. The Series N Preferred Stock shall have no par value per share and the liquidation preference of the Series N Preferred Stock shall be $1,000,000.00 per share. Shares of the Series N Preferred Stock shall be issued if and only if a Conditional Exchange occurs.

 

Section 2.                                                Ranking .

 

The Series N Preferred Stock will, with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding-up and dissolution, rank (i) on a parity with the Company’s Series I Perpetual Non-cumulative Fixed-to-Floating Rate Preferred Stock (the “Series I Preferred Stock”), the Company’s Series J Perpetual Non-cumulative Fixed Rate Preferred Stock (the “Series J Preferred Stock”), the Company’s Series K Perpetual Non-Cumulative Floating Rate Preferred Stock (the “Series  K Preferred Stock”), the Company’s Series L Perpetual Non-cumulative Fixed-to-Floating Rate Preferred Stock (the “Series L Preferred Stock”), the Company’s Series M Perpetual Non-cumulative Fixed-to-Floating Rate Preferred Stock (the “Series M Preferred Stock”) and with each other class or series of preferred stock established after the Designation Date by the Company the terms of which expressly provide that such class or series will rank on a parity with the Series N Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of the Company (collectively referred to as “Parity Securities”) and (ii) senior to the Company’s common stock (the “Common Stock”), the Company’s Series RP Preferred Stock and each other class of capital stock outstanding or

 



 

established after the Designation Date by the Company the terms of which do not expressly provide that it ranks on a parity with or senior to the Series N Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of the Company (collectively referred to as “Junior Securities”). The Company has the right to authorize and/or issue additional shares or series of Junior Securities and Parity Securities without the consent of the holders of the Series N Preferred Stock.

 

Section 3.                                    Definitions . Unless the context or use indicates another meaning or intent, the following terms shall have the following meanings, whether used in the singular or the plural:

 

(a)                                3-Month USD LIBOR ” means, with respect to any Dividend Period, a rate determined on the basis of the offered rates for three-month U.S. dollar deposits of not less than a principal amount equal to that which is representative for a single transaction in such market at such time, commencing on the first day of such Dividend Period, which appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the LIBOR Determination Date for such Dividend Period. If on any LIBOR Determination Date no rate appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, the Company or an affiliate of the Company on behalf of the Company will on such LIBOR Determination Date request four major reference banks in the London interbank market selected by the Company to provide the Company with a quotation of the rate at which three-month deposits in U.S. dollars, commencing on the first day of such Dividend Period, are offered by them to prime banks in the London interbank market as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date and in a principal amount equal to that which is representative for a single transaction in such market at such time. If at least two such quotations are provided, 3-Month USD LIBOR for such Dividend Period will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest .00001 of 1%) of such quotations as calculated by the Company. If fewer than two quotations are provided, 3-Month USD LIBOR for such Dividend Period will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest .00001 of 1%) of the rates quoted as of approximately 11:00 am., New York time, on the first day of such Dividend Period by three major banks in New York City, New York selected by the Company for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks, for a three-month period commencing on the first day of such Dividend Period and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000.

 

(b)                               Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banks in New York City, New York, or Seattle, Washington are generally required or authorized by law to be closed.

 

(c)                                Common Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

(d)                               Company ” means Washington Mutual, Inc., a Washington corporation.

 

(e)                                Comparable Treasury Issue ” means the United States Treasury security selected by the Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the term remaining to the Dividend Payment Date in December 2017 that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of perpetual preferred securities having similar terms as the Series N Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and distributions of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the issuer of such preferred stock.

 

2



 

(f)                                   Comparable Treasury Price” means with respect to any Redemption Date the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Redemption Date, after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or if the Independent Investment Banker obtains fewer than five such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

 

(g)                                Conditional Exchange ” means the automatic exchange of the Trust Securities into depositary shares representing an interest in the Series N Preferred Stock which occurs upon the written direction of the OTS upon or after the occurrence of an Exchange Event.

 

(h)                                    “ Delaware Preferred Securities ” means the Fixed-to-Floating Rate Perpetual Non-cumulative Preferred Securities, Series 2007-B, liquidation preference $1,000 per security, issued or to be issued by Washington Mutual Preferred Funding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

(i)                                      Designation Date ” means October 25, 2007.

 

0)                                       Dividend Payment Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(b).

 

(k)                                    Dividend Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4{b).

 

(I)                                      Exchange Event ” means the occurrence of any one of the following at a time as the Trust Securities are issued and outstanding:

 

(i)                                         WMB becomes undercapitalized

under the Prompt Corrective Action Regulations;

 

(ii)                                     WMB is placed into conservatorship or receivership; or

 

(iii)                                the OTS, in its sole discretion, directs an exchange of the Trust Securities into depositary shares representing an interest in the Series N Preferred Stock in anticipation of WMB becoming undercapitalized under the Prompt Corrective Action Regulations or of the OTS taking any supervisory action that limits the payment of dividends by WMB.

 

(m)                                  Independent Investment Banker ” means an independent investment banking institution of national standing appointed by the Company.

 

(n)                                      “ Junior Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

(o)                                       “ LIBOR Business Day ” means any day on which commercial banks are open for general business (including dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars) in London.

 

(p)                                       “ LIBOR Determination Date ” means, as to each Dividend Period, the date that is two LIBOR Business Days prior to the first day of such Dividend Period.

 

(q)                                       “ OTS ” means the Office of Thrift Supervision or any successor regulatory entity.

 

(r)                                           “ Parity Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

(s)                                         “ Primary Treasury Dealer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(x).

 

3



 

(t)                                      “ Prompt Corrective Action Regulation ” means 12 C.F.R. Part 565 as in effect from time to time, or any successor regulation.

 

(u)                                    “ Rating Agencies ” means, at any time, Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a Division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and Fitch, Inc., but only in the case of each such agency if it is rating the relevant security, including the Delaware Preferred Securities at the relevant time or, if none of them is providing a rating for the relevant security, including the Delaware Preferred Securities at such time, then any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” as that phrase is defined for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which is rating such relevant security.

 

(v)                                     A “Rating Agency Event ” occurs when the Company reasonably determines that an amendment, clarification or change has occurred in the equity criteria for securities such as the Delaware Preferred Securities of any Rating Agency that then publishes a rating for the Company which amendment, clarification or change results in a lower equity credit for the Company than the respective equity credit assigned by such Rating Agency to the Delaware Preferred Securities on the Designation Date.

 

(w)                                 Redemption Date ” means any date that is designated by the Company in a notice of redemption delivered pursuant to Section 7.

 

(x)                                        “ Reference Treasury Dealer ” means each of the three primary U.S. government securities dealers (each, a “ Primary Treasury Dealer ”), as specified by the Company; provided that if any Primary Treasury Dealer as specified by the Company ceases to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company will substitute for such Primary Treasury Dealer another Primary Treasury Dealer and if the Company fails to select a substitute within a reasonable period of time, then the substitute will be a Primary Treasury Dealer selected by the Independent Investment Banker after consultation with the Company.

 

(y)                                       “ Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations ” means, with respect to the Reference Treasury Dealer and any Redemption Date, the average, as determined by the Independent Investment Banker, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed, in each case, as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Independent Investment Banker by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such Redemption Date.

 

(z)                                         A “ Regulatory Capital Event ” occurs when the Company determines, based upon receipt of an opinion of counsel, that there is a significant risk that the Delaware Preferred Securities will no longer constitute core capital of WMB for purposes of the capital adequacy regulations issued by the OTS as a result of a change in applicable laws, regulations or related interpretations after issuance of the Delaware Preferred Securities.

 

(aa)                                 Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page” means the display so designated on the Reuters 3000 Xtra (or such other page as may replace that page on that service, or such other service as may be nominated as the information vendor, for the purpose of displaying rates comparable to the London Interbank Offered rate for U.S. dollar deposits).

 

(bb)                               Series I Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

(cc)                                 Series J Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

4



 

(dd)                   Series K Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

(ee)                     Series L Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

(ff)                          Series M Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.

 

(gg)                    Series N Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.

 

(hh)                          Ten-Year Date ” means the Dividend Payment Date in December 2017, and the Dividend Payment Date of each tenth succeeding year (i.e., December 2027, December 2037, etc.) assuming in each case that the Series N Preferred Stock has been issued.

 

(ii)                                   Treasury Rate ” means the rate per year equal to the quarterly equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for the relevant Redemption Date. The Treasury Rate will be calculated on the third Business Day preceding the relevant Redemption Date.

 

(jj)                                    Trust Securities ” means the Fixed-to-Floating Rate Perpetual Non-cumulative Trust Securities, liquidation preference $100,000 per security, issued by Washington Mutual Preferred Funding Trust IV, a Delaware statutory trust.

 

(kk)                              Voting Parity Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(b).

 

(II)                                  “WMB ” means Washington Mutual Bank, a federal savings association and a subsidiary of the Company, or its successor.

 

Section 4.                                             Dividends .

 

(a)                                  Holders of shares of Series N Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of the funds legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends in the amount determined as set forth in Section 4(c), and no more.

 

(b)                                  Subject to Section 4(a), dividends shall be payable in arrears on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year commencing on the first such day after the issuance of the Series N Preferred Stock or, in each case, if any such day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”). Each dividend will be payable to holders of record as they appear on the stock books of the Company on the first day of the month in which the relevant Dividend Payment Date occurs or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day of such month. Each period from and including a Dividend Payment Date (or the date of the issuance of the Series N Preferred Stock) to but excluding the following Dividend Payment Date (or the Redemption Date) is herein referred to as “Dividend Period”, except that, if the Series N Preferred Stock is outstanding on December 15, 2017, the Dividend Period ending in December 2017 shall be to but excluding December 15, 2017 (whether or not a Business Day) and the Dividend Period ending in March 2018 shall commence on December 15, 2017 (whether or not a Business Day).

 

(c)                                  If the date of issuance of the Series N Preferred Stock is prior to the day immediately preceding December 15, 2017, or if December 15, 2017 is not a Business Day, the

 

5



 

first Business Day after December 15, 2017, then from such date of issuance to but not including December 15, 2017 (whether or not a Business Day), dividends, if, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, will be, for each outstanding share of Series N Preferred Stock, at an annual rate of 9.75% on the per share liquidation preference of the Series N Preferred Stock. From the later of the (i) December 15, 2017 and (ii) the date of issuance of the Series N Preferred Stock, dividends, if, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, will be, for each outstanding share of Series N Preferred Stock, at an annual rate on the per share liquidation preference of the Series N Preferred Stock equal to 3-Month USD LIBOR for the related Dividend Period plus 4.723%. Dividends payable for any Dividend Period greater or less than a full Dividend Period will be computed on the basis of twelve 30-day months, a 360-day year, and the actual number of days elapsed in the period if such Dividend Period ends in or prior to December 2017; thereafter dividends payable for any period greater or less than a full dividend period will be computed on the basis of the actual number of days in the relevant period divided by 360. No interest will be paid on any dividend payment of the Series N Preferred Stock.

 

(d)                                Dividends on the Series N Preferred Stock are non-cumulative. If the Board of Directors does not declare a dividend on the Series N Preferred Stock or declares less than a full dividend in respect of any Dividend Period, the holders of the Series N Preferred Stock will have no right to receive any dividend or a full dividend, as the case may be, for the Dividend Period, and the Company will have no obligation to pay a dividend or to pay full dividends for that Dividend Period, whether or not dividends are declared and paid for any future Dividend Period with respect to the Series N Preferred Stock or the Common Stock or any other class or series of the Company’s preferred stock.

 

(e)                                 If full dividends on all outstanding shares of the Series N Preferred Stock for any Dividend Period have not been declared and paid, the Company shall not declare or pay dividends with respect to, or redeem, purchase or acquire any of, its equity capital securities during the next succeeding Dividend Period, except dividends in connection with the Series RP Preferred Stock or other shareholders’ rights plan, if any, or dividends in connection with benefit plans.

 

Section 5.                                             Liquidation .

 

(a)                                 In the event the Company voluntarily or involuntarily liquidates, dissolves or winds up, the holders of Series N Preferred Stock at the time outstanding shall be entitled to receive liquidating distributions in the amount of $1,000,000 per share of Series N Preferred Stock, plus an amount equal to any declared but unpaid dividends thereon for the current Dividend Period to and including the date of such liquidation, out of assets legally available for distribution to its shareholders, before any distribution of assets is made to the holders of Common Stock or any securities ranking junior to the Series N Preferred Stock. After payment of the full amount of such liquidating distributions, the holders of Series N Preferred Stock will not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by, and shall have no right or claim to any remaining assets of, the Company.

 

(b)                                In the event the assets of the Company available for distribution to shareholders upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, shall be insufficient to pay in full the amounts payable with respect to all outstanding shares of the Series N Preferred Stock and the corresponding amounts payable on any other securities of equal ranking, the holders of Series N Preferred

 

6



 

Stock and the holders of such other securities of equal ranking shall share ratably in any distribution of assets of the Company in proportion to the full respective liquidating distributions to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

 

Section 6.                                           Maturity . The Series N Preferred Stock shall be perpetual unless redeemed by the Company in accordance with Section 7.

 

Section 7.                                            Redemptions .

 

(a)                                 The Series N Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable at the option of the holders at any time.

 

(b)                                The Series N Preferred Stock shall be redeemable at the option of the Company in any of the following circumstances:

 

(i)                                         in whole but not in part, prior to the Dividend Payment Date in December, 2017 upon the occurrence of a Regulatory Capital Event or a Rating Agency Event, at a cash redemption price equal to the sum of:

 

(A)                            the greater of:

 

(1)                                $1,000,000 per share of Series N Preferred Stock and

 

(2)                                The sum of the present value of $1,000,000 per share of Series N Preferred Stock, discounted from the Dividend Payment Date in December, 2017 to the Redemption Date, and the present values of all undeclared dividends for each Dividend Period from the Redemption Date to and including the Dividend Payment Date in December, 2017 discounted from their applicable Dividend Payment Dates to the Redemption Date, in each case on a quarterly basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate, as calculated by an Independent Investment Banker, plus 1.00%; plus

 

(B)                              any declared but unpaid dividends to the Redemption Date;

 

(ii)                                       in whole but not in part, on any Dividend Payment Date prior to the Dividend Payment Date in December, 2017 for any reason other than the occurrence of a Rating Agency Event or a Regulatory Capital Event, at a cash redemption price equal to:

 

(A)                                     the greater of:

 

(1)                           $1,000,000 per share of Series N Preferred Stock, or

 

(2)                           the sum of the present value of $1,000,000 per share of Series N Preferred Stock discounted from the Dividend Payment Date in December, 2017 to the Redemption Date, and the present values of all undeclared dividends for the Dividend Periods from the Redemption Date to and including the Dividend Payment Date in

 

7



 

December, 2017, discounted from their applicable Dividend Payment Dates to the Redemption Date, in each case on a quarterly basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate, as calculated by an Independent Investment Banker, plus 0.75%; plus

 

(B)                                   any declared but unpaid dividends to the Redemption Date;

 

(iii)                                   in whole but not in part, on any Dividend Payment Date after the Dividend Payment Date in December, 2017 that is not a Ten-Year Date, upon the occurrence of a Regulatory Capital Event or a Rating Agency Event, at a cash redemption price equal to $1,000,000 per share of Series N Preferred Stock, plus any declared and unpaid dividends to the Redemption Date;

 

(iv)                                 in whole or in part, on each Dividend Payment Date that is a Ten-Year Date, at a cash redemption price of $1,000,000 per share of Series N Preferred Stock, plus any declared and unpaid dividends to the Redemption Date; and

 

(v)                                     in whole but not in part, on any Dividend Payment Date after the Dividend Payment Date in December, 2017 that is not a Ten-Year Date for any reason other than the occurrence of a Rating Agency Event or a Regulatory Capital Event, at a cash redemption price equal to:

 

(A)                             the greater of:

 

(1)                          $1,000,000 per share of Series N Preferred Stock, or

 

(2)                          the sum of the present value of $1,000,000 per share of Series N Preferred Stock, discounted from the next succeeding Ten-Year Date to the Redemption Date, and the present values of all undeclared dividends for the Dividend Periods from the Redemption Date to and including the next succeeding Ten-Year Date, discounted from their applicable Dividend Payment Dates to the Redemption Date, in each case on a quarterly basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the 3-Month USD LIBOR Rate applicable to the Dividend Period immediately preceding such Redemption Date (which 3-Month USD LIBOR Rate will also, for the purposes of calculating such redemption price, be the rate used in calculating the amount for each undeclared dividend), as calculated by an Independent Investment Banker; plus

 

(B)                               any declared but unpaid dividends to the Redemption Date;

 

in each case, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends with respect to Dividend Payment Dates prior to the Redemption Date.

 

(c)                                       Dividends will cease to accrue on the Series N Preferred Stock called for redemption on and as of the date fixed for redemption and such Series N Preferred Stock will be deemed to cease to be outstanding, provided that the redemption price, including any authorized and declared but unpaid dividends for the current Dividend Period, if any, to the Redemption Date, has been duly paid or provision has been made for such payment.

 

8



 

(d)                               In the case of any redemption under this Section 7, notice shall be mailed to each holder of record of the Series N Preferred Stock, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date specified in such notice; provided, however, that a longer minimum notice may be agreed to by the Company, including in a deposit agreement relating to depositary shares representing interests in the Series N Preferred Stock. The notice of redemption shall include a statement of (i) the Redemption Date, (ii) the redemption price, and (iii) the number of shares to be redeemed.

 

(e)                                Any shares of Series N Preferred Stock redeemed pursuant to this Section 7 or otherwise acquired by the Company in any manner whatsoever shall become authorized but unissued preferred shares of the Company but such preferred shares shall not under any circumstances be reissued as Series N Preferred Shares. The Company shall from time-to-time take such appropriate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series N Preferred Stock accordingly.

 

Section 8.                                             Voting Rights .

 

(a)                                  Holders of the Series N Preferred Stock will not have any voting rights, including the right to elect any directors, except (i) voting rights, if any, required by law, and (ii) voting rights, if any, described in this Section 8.

 

(b)                                 Holders of the Series N Preferred Stock will in the circumstances to the extent set forth in this Section 8(b), have the right to elect two directors.

 

(i)                                          If after the issuance of the Series N Preferred Stock the Company fails to pay, or declare and set aside for payment, full dividends on the Series N Preferred Stock or any other class or series of Parity Securities having similar voting rights (“Voting Parity Securities”) for six Dividend Periods or their equivalent, the authorized number of the Company’s directors will be increased by two. Subject to compliance with any requirement for regulatory approval of, or non-objection to, persons serving as directors, the holders of Series N Preferred Stock, voting together as a single and separate class with the holders of any outstanding Voting Parity Securities, will have the right to elect two directors in addition to the directors then in office at the Company’s next annual meeting of shareholders. This right will continue at each subsequent annual meeting until the Company pays dividends in full on the Series N Preferred Stock and any Voting Parity Securities for three consecutive Dividend Periods or their equivalent and pays or declares and sets aside for payment dividends in full for the fourth consecutive Dividend Period or its equivalent or, if earlier, upon the redemption of all Series N Preferred Stock.

 

(ii)                                        The term of such additional directors will terminate, and the total number of directors will be decreased by two, at such time as the Company pays dividends in full on the Series N Preferred Stock and any Voting Parity Securities for three consecutive Dividend Periods or their equivalent and declares and pays or sets aside for payment dividends in full for the fourth consecutive Dividend Period or its equivalent or, if earlier, upon the redemption of all Series N Preferred Stock. After the term of such additional directors terminates, the holders of the Series N Preferred Stock will not be entitled to elect additional directors unless full dividends on the Series N Preferred Stock have again not been paid or declared and set aside for payment for six future Dividend Periods.

 

9



 

(iii)                                 Any additional director elected by the holders of the Series N Preferred Stock and the Voting Parity Securities may only be removed by the vote of the holders of record of the outstanding Series N Preferred Stock and Voting Parity Securities, voting together as a single and separate class, at a meeting of the Company shareholders called for that purpose. Any vacancy created by the removal of any such director may be filled only by the vote of the holders of the outstanding Series N Preferred Stock and Voting Parity Securities, voting together as a single and separate class.

 

(c)                                   So long as any shares of Series N Preferred Stock are outstanding, the vote or consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of Series N Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting as a class with all other classes and series of Parity Securities upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable, given in person or by proxy, either in writing without a meeting or by vote at any meeting called for the purpose, will be necessary for effecting or validating any of the following actions, whether or not such approval is required by Washington law:

 

(i)                                        any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (including the Articles of Amendment creating the Series N Preferred Stock) or the Company’s bylaws that would alter or change the voting powers, preferences or special rights of the Series N Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely;

 

(ii)                                     any amendment or alteration of the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to authorize or create, or increase the authorized amount of, any shares of, or any securities convertible into shares of, any class or series of the Company’s capital stock ranking prior to the Series N Preferred Stock in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or

 

(iii)                                    the consummation of a binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Series N Preferred Stock or a merger or consolidation of the Company with another entity, except that holders of Series N Preferred Stock will have no right to vote under this provision or under §23B.11.035 of the Revised Code of Washington or otherwise under Washington law if in each case (x) the Series N Preferred Stock remains outstanding or, in the case of any such merger or consolidation with respect to which the Company is not the surviving or resulting entity, is converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent, and (y) such Series N Preferred Stock remaining outstanding or such preference securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, taken as a whole, as are not materially less favorable to the holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers of the Series N Preferred Stock, taken as a whole;

 

provided, however, that any increase in the amount of the authorized or issued Series N Preferred Stock or authorized preferred stock or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, of other series of preferred stock ranking equally with and/or junior to the Series N Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and/or the distribution of assets upon the Company’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up will not be deemed to adversely affect the voting powers, preferences or special rights of the Series N Preferred stock and, notwithstanding §23B.10.040(1)(a), (e) or (f) of the Revised Code of Washington or any other provision of Washington law, holders of Series N Preferred Stock will have no right to vote on such an increase, creation or issuance.

 

10



 

(d)                                    If an amendment, alteration, repeal, share exchange, reclassification, merger or consolidation described above would adversely affect one or more but not all series of preferred stock with like voting rights (including the Series N Preferred Stock for this purpose), then only the series affected and entitled to vote shall vote as a class in lieu of all such series of preferred stock.

 

Section 9.                                             Certificates . The Company may at its option issue the Series N Preferred Stock without certificates.

 

THIRD: This amendment does not provide for an exchange, reclassification or cancellation of any issued shares.

 

FOURTH: The date of this amendment’s adoption is October 24, 2007.

 

FIFTH: This amendment to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

SIXTH: No shareholder action was required.

 

11



 

EXECUTED this 24 th day of October, 2007.

 

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Freilinger

 

 

Name: Peter Freilinger

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President

 

12




Exhibit 10.2(a)

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.  STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(3-Year Cliff Vesting with Stock Price Performance Criteria)

 

Washington Mutual, Inc. (the “ Company ”), by action of the Board and approval of its shareholders, established the Washington Mutual, Inc. Amended and Restated 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).  The Participant is employed by the Company or a Related Company (or in the case of a Nonqualified Stock Option, the Participant is an employee, director, consultant, agent, advisor or independent contractor of the Company or a Related Company) and the Company desires to encourage the Participant to own Common Stock for the purposes stated in Section 1 of the Plan.  In consideration of the foregoing, the parties have entered into this Stock Option Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) to govern the terms of the Option (as defined below) granted by the Company.  Defined terms in the Plan shall have the same meaning in this Agreement, except where the context otherwise requires.

 

1.                                       Grant of Option

 

1.1 Grant of Stock Options

 

On the grant date (the “ Grant Date ”) set forth in the paper or electronic Notice of Grant (“ Notice of Grant ”) provided to the Participant named therein, the Company has granted to the Participant a right to purchase up to the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock at the purchase price per share (the “ Exercise Price ”), each as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 15 of the Plan, set forth in the Notice of Grant, which right shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Grant, this Agreement, and the Plan (as amended from time to time) (the “ Option ”).

 

1.2 Acceptance of Stock Options

 

The Participant shall not be entitled to any of the benefits under this Option unless and until the Participant accepts the Option grant through the electronic grant notification system maintained by or on behalf of the Company or by signing and returning to the Company (at the address set forth in Paragraph 14.1) the paper Notice of Grant, in each case, no later than the 90th day following the Grant Date.   If the Participant fails to accept the Award as specified in this Paragraph 1.2 within the 90-day period immediately following the Grant Date, the Award shall terminate without consideration and be deemed cancelled upon the expiration of such 90-day period, unless the Committee determines, in its sole discretion, that any delay was for good cause (including the death, disability or other incapacitation of the Participant).  By accepting the Option grant, the Participant irrevocably agrees on behalf of the Participant and the Participant’s successors and permitted assigns to all of the terms and conditions of the Option as set forth in or pursuant to the Notice of Grant, this Agreement, and the Plan (as such may be amended from time to time).

 

1



 

2.                                       Exercisability; Notice of Exercise

 

(a)           The Option shall not be exercisable as of the Grant Date.  After the Grant Date, to the extent not previously exercised and provided that the Participant has not experienced a Termination of Service, and has timely accepted the Grant pursuant to Paragraph 1.2, the Option shall become vested and exercisable on the Vesting Date specified below with respect to a number of shares of Common Stock (rounded to the nearest whole share) equal to the percentage of the total number of shares subject to the Option in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Vesting Date

 

Stock Price Performance
Criteria

 

Percent (%) of Option
Shares Vested &
Exercisable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earlier of January 22, 2011 or the date of the achievement of the Stock Price Performance Criteria

 

T he Company’s stock price closing on the New York Stock Exchange at a price for 15 consecutive trading days that is equal to or greater than $26.00 per share

 

100

%

 

(b)           The vesting period and/or exercisability of the Option set forth in Paragraph 2(a) may be adjusted by the Committee to reflect the decreased level of employment during any period in which the Participant is on an approved leave of absence or is employed on a less than full time basis.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 2, the Option shall be subject to earlier acceleration of exercisability and/or expiration of the Option as otherwise provided in any other written agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company and, to the extent not inconsistent with any such written agreement, as expressly provided elsewhere in this Agreement and under the Plan (for example, in connection with a Company Transaction under Section 15.3 of the Plan).

 

(c)           To the extent then exercisable, the Option may be exercised, from time to time prior to its expiration, in whole or in part by notifying the Company or its designee of such exercise in such manner as the Company may from time to time require, which notice shall specify the number of shares of Common Stock for which the Option is to be exercised and be accompanied by evidence satisfactory to the Committee of such person’s right to exercise the Option if the person exercising the Option is not the Participant, and which notice shall provide for payment of the Option Exercise Price in accordance with Section 7.5 of the Plan.

 

(d)           In the event, at any time or from time to time, a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, distribution to shareholders other than a normal cash dividend, or other change in the Company’s corporate or capital structure results in (a) the outstanding shares of Common Stock, or any securities exchanged therefore or received in their place, being exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company or any other company or (b) new, different or additional securities of the Company or any other company being received by

 

2



 

the holders of shares of Common Stock, then the Committee shall make proportional adjustments in the Stock Price Performance Criteria set forth in Paragraph 2(a).

 

3.                                       Non-Transferability of Option

 

Except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan, the Option is not transferable and the Participant may not make any disposition of the Option or any interest therein.  (Section 14 of the Plan permits transfers by will and by the laws of descent and distribution and permits the Participant to designate one or more beneficiaries on a Company-approved form who can exercise an Option following the Participant’s death.  The Committee, in its sole discretion, may also permit the Participant to assign or transfer an Option, to the extent permitted under the Plan.)  As used herein, “disposition” means any sale, transfer, encumbrance, gift, donation, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition, whether similar or dissimilar to those previously enumerated, whether voluntary or involuntary, and whether during the Participant’s lifetime or upon or after the Participant’s death, including, but not limited to, any disposition by operation of law, by court order, by judicial process, or by foreclosure, levy, or attachment.  Any attempted disposition in violation of this Paragraph 3 and Section 14 of the Plan shall be void.

 

4.                                       Status of Participant

 

The Participant shall not be deemed a shareholder of the Company with respect to any of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option, except to the extent that such shares shall have been purchased and transferred to him or her.  The Company shall not be required to issue or transfer any certificates for shares of Common Stock purchased upon exercise of the Option until all applicable requirements of law have been complied with and such shares shall have been duly listed on any securities exchange on which the Common Stock may then be listed.

 

5.                                       No Effect on Capital Structure

 

The Option shall not affect the right of the Company or any Related Company to reclassify, recapitalize or otherwise change its capital or debt structure or to merge, consolidate, convey any or all of its assets, dissolve, liquidate, windup, or otherwise reorganize.

 

6.                                       Exercisability and Expiration of Option

 

The right to purchase Common Stock under the Option shall expire on the date specified in the Notice of Grant, which is seven years from the Grant Date, provided however, that upon a Termination of Service the Option shall expire on the earlier of such date and (unless a later date is otherwise expressly provided in any other written agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company) the date described below in this Paragraph 6 and as otherwise provided under the Plan (for example, in connection with a Company Transaction under Section 15.3 of the Plan).

 

(a)           Termination of Service without Cause.   Upon a Termination of Service without Cause, (i)  any part of the Option that is unexercisable as of such termination date shall remain unexercisable and shall terminate as of such date, and (ii) the Participant

 

3



 

shall have the right for 12 months after the date of such Termination of Service to exercise only that portion of the Option that has become exercisable as of the date of such Termination of Service, and thereafter the Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable.

 

(b)            Termination of Service for Cause.  Upon a Termination of Service for Cause, the portion, if any, of the Option that remains unexercised at the time the Participant is notified of such Termination of Service shall terminate and cease to be exercisable as of such time.

 

(c)           Retirement as Employee or Director.  Upon a Termination of Service for any reason other than for Cause, at or after age 55 with ten years of service as an employee or with five years of service as a member of the Board of Directors, the Participant shall have the right, until the fifth anniversary of the date of such Termination of Service, to exercise only the portion of the Participant’s Option that has become exercisable as of the date of such Termination of Service, and thereafter the Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Termination of Service for any reason other than for Cause, at or after age 65 (age 72 for Board directors), the Option shall become exercisable in full as of the date of such Termination of Service and the Participant shall have the right for 12 months after the date of such Termination of Service (or until the fifth anniversary of the date of such Termination of Service, in the case of a Participant with ten years of service as an employee or with five years of service as a member of the Board of Directors) to exercise the Option.  Thereafter, the Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable.

 

(d)            Disability.  Upon a Termination of Service by reason of Disability, (i) the Option shall become exercisable in full as of the date of such Termination of Service and (ii) the Participant shall have the right for 12 months after the date of such Termination of Service to exercise the Option.  Thereafter, the Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable.

 

(e)           Death.  Upon a Termination of Service by reason of death, (i) the Option shall become exercisable in full as of the date of such Termination of Service and (ii) the Option shall be exercisable by the Participant’s legal representatives, heirs, legatees, or distributees for 12 months after the date of such Termination of Service.  Thereafter, the Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant dies after a Termination of Service but while an Option is otherwise exercisable, the portion of the Option that is exercisable as of the date of such Termination of Service shall expire 12 months after the date of death, unless the Committee determines otherwise.

 

The Participant’s attention is directed to the discussion in Paragraph 8 below of the potential loss of incentive stock option tax treatment if an Incentive Stock Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the Participant ceases to be employed by the Company or a Related Company.

 

4



 

It is the Participant’s responsibility to be aware of the date the Option terminates.

 

7 .                                       Committee Authority

 

Any question concerning the interpretation of this Agreement or the Plan, any adjustments required to be made under the Plan, and any controversy that may arise under the Plan or this Agreement shall be determined by the Committee (including any person(s) to whom the Committee has delegated its authority) in its sole and absolute discretion.  Such decision by the Committee shall be final and binding.

 

8.                                       Stock Option Tax Treatment

 

 (a)          To the extent that the Notice of Grant specifies that the Option is intended to be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option, the Option shall not be subject to tax treatment as an Incentive Stock Option.  To the extent that the Notice of Grant specifies that the Option is intended to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option, the Option is intended to qualify to the greatest extent possible as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, and shall be so construed; provided, however, that nothing in the Notice of Grant, this Agreement or the Plan shall be interpreted as a representation, guarantee or other undertaking on the part of the Company that the Option is or will be determined to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.  Moreover, t he Code provides that Option shares do not qualify for incentive stock option treatment if and to the extent that (i) the aggregate Exercise Price for shares that could be purchased under the Option in the year the Option first became exercisable as to such shares, plus (ii) the aggregate exercise price for shares under any of the Participant’s other concurrently or previously granted incentive stock options that first became exercisable in that same calendar year, exceeds $100,000.  Therefore, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if and to the extent that any shares are issued under a portion of this Option that exceeds the foregoing $100,000 limitation, such shares shall not be treated as issued under an incentive stock option. In such an event, the Participant shall be subject to the tax withholding provisions of Section 13 of the Plan for the portion of the Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option, and to all other Plan provisions that apply to Nonqualified Stock Options with respect to such portion of the Option.  To the maximum extent possible, the portion of an Option intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option that expires upon a Termination of Service shall be the portion (if any) that does not so qualify, so as to preserve incentive stock option treatment for the Option to the greatest extent possible.  Certain decisions, amendments and interpretations by the Committee of this Option may cause the Option to cease to qualify as an incentive stock option pursuant to the Code and by accepting this Option the Participant agrees in advance to such disqualifying action.

 

(b)           In order to obtain the tax treatment provided for incentive stock options by Sections 421 and 422 of the Code:

 

(i)            The Participant must exercise any Incentive Stock Option within three (3) months after the Participant ceases to be employed by the Company or a Related Company, unless the Participant ceased to be employed due to death or Disability, and within one (1) year after the Participant ceases to be employed by the Company or a Related Company on account of disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), and

 

5



 

(ii)           The Participant must not sell the shares of Common Stock received upon exercising any Incentive Stock Option within two (2) years from the date of the grant of the Option nor within one (1) year from the date of exercise of the Option.

 

With respect to any Option that is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option in full or as to any portion of the shares issuable thereunder, the Participant’s exercise notice delivered pursuant to Paragraph 2 of this Agreement with respect to such Option shall indicate whether the Participant intends to satisfy the foregoing requirements.  The Participant is advised to consult with his or her own tax advisor on any questions related to the tax treatment of the Option.

 

9.                                       Notice of Disqualifying Disposition

 

To the extent that the Option is designated in the Notice of Grant as being intended to be an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant shall notify the Company of his or her intent to dispose of any of the shares of Common Stock purchased pursuant to the Option within two (2) years from the date of the grant of the Option or one (1) year from the date of exercise of the Option, and promptly after such disposition the Participant shall notify the Company of the number of shares of Common Stock disposed of, the dates of acquisition and disposition of such shares, and the consideration, if any, received on such disposition.  If in connection with any such disposition the Company becomes liable for withholding taxes and has no amounts owing the Participant with which it may offset and discharge its withholding obligation, the Participant shall pay over to the Company with the amount needed to discharge the Company’s withholding obligation and shall indemnify the Company against any penalties it may incur if it does not satisfy such obligations as a result of Participant failing to pay the Company the amount of such withholding obligation.  The Company will report this disposition on Form W-2.  Nothing in this Paragraph shall give the Participant any right to dispose of shares of Common Stock in a manner that is inconsistent with any provision of this Agreement, the Plan, or any stock transfer restriction agreement entered into by the Participant.

 

10.                                Plan Controls

 

The terms of the Notice of Grant and this Agreement are governed by the terms of the Plan, as it exists on the date of the grant and as the Plan is amended from time to time.  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Notice of Grant or this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control, except as expressly stated otherwise.  The term “Section” generally refers to provisions within the Plan; provided, however, the term “Paragraph” shall refer to a provision of this Agreement.

 

11.          Limitation on Rights; No Right to Future Grants; Extraordinary Item

 

By entering into this Agreement and accepting the Option, Participant acknowledges that: (i) Participant’s participation in the Plan is voluntary; (ii) the value of the Option is an extraordinary item which is outside the scope of any employment contract with Participant; (iii) the Option is not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including without limitation for calculating any benefits, severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments, and Participant will not be entitled to compensation or

 

6



 

damages as a consequence of Participant’s forfeiture or expiration of any unvested portion of the Option as a result of Participant’s Termination of Service with the Company or any Related Company for any reason; and (iv) in the event that Participant is not a direct employee of Company, the grant of the Option will not be interpreted to form an employment relationship with the Company or any Related Company and the grant of the Option will not be interpreted to form an employment contract with the Participant’s employer, the Company or any Related Company.  The Company shall be under no obligation whatsoever to advise the Participant of the existence, maturity or termination of any of Participant’s rights hereunder and Participant shall be responsible for familiarizing himself or herself with all matters contained herein and in the Plan which may affect any of Participant’s rights or privileges hereunder.

 

12.                                Agreement Not To Solicit Personnel

 

In consideration for the granting of the Option and Participant’s access as an employee of the Company or a Related Company to employees, contractors and consultants of the Company and Related Companies, Participant agrees that, during Participant’s employment with the Company or a Related Company, and for a period of one year following Termination of Service for Cause or Termination of Service voluntarily, Participant will not in any manner, directly or indirectly, solicit, encourage, induce, or recruit any person who is then an employee, contractor, or consultant of the Company or a Related Company, and whom Participant worked with, supervised, or had access to confidential information about while employed by Company or a Related Company, to seek or accept employment or a contractual or consulting engagement with any business that competes with or provides services comparable to those provided by the Company.  Should Participant breach the agreement set forth in this Paragraph 12, in addition to any other remedy available to the Company, the portion, if any, of the Option that remains unexercised shall terminate and cease to be exercisable; and, for any portion of the Option already exercised, Participate shall immediately pay to the Company any difference between the fair market value of the Option shares on the date of exercise and the Exercise Price.  The parties agree that, to the extent the restrictions set forth in this Paragraph 12 are found to be unenforceable in any respect; this Paragraph shall be construed to be enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

13.                                Intellectual Property Ownership

 

Washington Mutual will own all rights to the results of Participant’s work, including inventions and other intellectual property developed using Company equipment, supplies, facilities or trade secret information.  It will also own all rights to the results of any other effort of Participant (outside of Participant’s performance of Washington Mutual work) that relate directly to Participant’s work or to the Company’s business or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development.  Washington Mutual’s rights extend to anything that is authored, conceived, invented, written, reduced to practice, improved or made by Participant, alone or jointly with others, during the period of Participant’s employment by the Company or a Related Company.  To the extent that the results of Participant’s work or other effort constitute a “work made for hire” as defined under U.S. copyright law, the copyright shall belong solely to the Company.  Otherwise, to the extent that such results are legally protectable, then Participant hereby irrevocably assigns all copyrights, patent rights, and other proprietary rights therein to the Company, and no further action by Participant is

 

7



 

required to grant ownership to Washington Mutual.  Participant will assist in preparing and executing documents, and will take any other steps requested by Washington Mutual, to vest, confirm or demonstrate its ownership rights, and Participant will not at any time contest the validity of such rights.  Participant understands that the termination of Participant’s employment will not terminate or invalidate any of Participant’s obligations, or Washington Mutual’s rights, as described above.

 

Participant understands that the above commitments are in furtherance of the WaMu Intellectual Property Policy (a copy of which Participant has had an opportunity to review and is also found on wamu.net), which is incorporated herein but not set forth in full due to space limitations.  If Participant lives or works in Washington, California, Illinois, or in any other state mentioned in the Invention Notice section of the policy, then the above assignment does not apply to inventions described in the Invention Notice for Participant’s state.

 

14.                                General Provisions

 

14.1        Notice

 

Whenever any notice is required or permitted hereunder, such notice must be in writing and delivered in person or by mail (to the address set forth below if notice is being delivered to the Company) or electronically.  Any notice delivered in person or by mail shall be deemed to be delivered on the date on which it is personally delivered, or, whether actually received or not, on the third business day after it is deposited in the United States mail, certified or registered, postage prepaid, addressed to the person who is to receive it at the address that such person has theretofore specified by written notice delivered in accordance herewith.  Any notice given by the Company to the Participant directed to Participant at Participant’s address on file with the Company shall be effective to bind the Participant and any other person who shall have acquired rights under this Agreement.  The Company or the Participant may change, by written notice to the other, the address previously specified for receiving notices.  Notices delivered to the Company in person or by mail shall be addressed as follows:

 

Company:

 

Washington Mutual, Inc.

 

 

Attn: Leadership Rewards, Stock Administrator

 

 

Mail Stop WMC 0705

 

 

1301 Second Avenue

 

 

Seattle, WA 98101

 

                                                14.2        No Waiver

 

No waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be valid unless in writing and signed by the person against whom such waiver is sought to be enforced, nor will failure to enforce any right hereunder constitute a continuing waiver of the same or a waiver of any other right hereunder.

 

8



 

14.3                         Undertaking

 

Participant hereby agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Company may deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or affect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either the Participant or the Option pursuant to the express provisions of this Agreement.

 

14.4                         Entire Contract

 

This Agreement, the Notice of Grant and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof.  This Agreement is made pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and will in all respects be construed in conformity with the express terms and provisions of the Plan.

 

14.5                         Successors and Assigns

 

The provisions of this Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and be binding on, the Company and its successors and assigns and Participant and Participant’s legal representatives, heirs, legatees, distributees, assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or not any such person will have become a party to this Agreement and agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms and conditions hereof.

 

14.6                         Securities Law Compliance; Restrictions on Resales of Option Shares

 

The Company may impose such restrictions, conditions or limitations as it determines appropriate as to the timing and manner of any exercise of the Option and/or any resales by the Participant or other subsequent transfers by the Participant of any shares of Common Stock issued as a result of the exercise of the Option, including without limitation (a) restrictions under an insider trading policy, (b) restrictions that may be necessary in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the Option and/or the Common Stock underlying the Option and (c) restrictions as to the use of a specified brokerage firm or other agent for exercising the Option and/or for such resales or other transfers.  The sale of the shares underlying the Option must also comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the sale of such shares.

 

14.7                         Information Confidential

 

As partial consideration for the granting of the Option, the Participant agrees that he or she will keep confidential all information and knowledge that the Participant has relating to the manner and amount of his or her participation in the Plan; provided, however, that such information may be disclosed as required by law and may be given in confidence to the Participant’s spouse, tax and financial advisors, or to a financial institution to the extent that such information is necessary to secure a loan.

 

9



 

14.8                         Data Privacy

 

As an essential term of this Option, the Participant consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this Agreement for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.

 

By entering into this Agreement and accepting the Option, Participant acknowledges that the Company holds certain personal information about the Participant, including, but not limited to, name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, taxpayer identification number, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, tax rates and amounts, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding, for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”).  Participant acknowledges that Data may be transferred to any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, that these recipients may be located in jurisdictions that may have different data privacy laws and protections, and Participant authorizes the recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom the Participant or the Company may elect to deposit any shares of stock acquired upon exercise of the Option. Participant acknowledges that Data may be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan as determined by the Company, and that Participant may request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, provided however, that refusing or withdrawing Participant’s consent may adversely affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan.

 

14.9                         Electronic Delivery

 

The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to any options granted under the Plan by electronic means or to request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and, if requested, to agree to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company, and such consent shall remain in effect throughout Participant’s term of employment or service with the Company and thereafter until withdrawn in writing by Participant.

 

10



 

14.10                  Governing Law

 

Except as may otherwise be provided in the Plan, the provisions of the Notice of Grant and this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of Washington, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement dated below.

 

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

 

 

Daryl David

 

Chief HR Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

employee’s Signature

 

 

 

Date Signed:

 

 

11




Exhibit 10.2(b)

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.  STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(4-Year Vesting with Stock Price Performance Criteria)

 

Washington Mutual, Inc. (the “ Company ”), by action of the Board and approval of its shareholders, established the Washington Mutual, Inc. Amended and Restated 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).  The Participant is employed by the Company or a Related Company (or in the case of a Nonqualified Stock Option, the Participant is an employee, director, consultant, agent, advisor or independent contractor of the Company or a Related Company) and the Company desires to encourage the Participant to own Common Stock for the purposes stated in Section 1 of the Plan.  In consideration of the foregoing, the parties have entered into this Stock Option Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) to govern the terms of the Option (as defined below) granted by the Company.  Defined terms in the Plan shall have the same meaning in this Agreement, except where the context otherwise requires.

 

1.                                       Grant of Option

 

1.1 Grant of Stock Options

 

On the grant date (the “ Grant Date ”) set forth in the paper or electronic Notice of Grant (“ Notice of Grant ”) provided to the Participant named therein, the Company has granted to the Participant a right to purchase up to the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock at the purchase price per share (the “ Exercise Price ”), each as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 15 of the Plan, set forth in the Notice of Grant, which right shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice of Grant, this Agreement, and the Plan (as amended from time to time) (the “ Option ”).

 

1.2 Acceptance of Stock Options

 

The Participant shall not be entitled to any of the benefits under this Option unless and until the Participant accepts the Option grant through the electronic grant notification system maintained by or on behalf of the Company or by signing and returning to the Company (at the address set forth in Paragraph 14.1) the paper Notice of Grant, in each case, no later than the 90th day following the Grant Date.   If the Participant fails to accept the Award as specified in this Paragraph 1.2 within the 90-day period immediately following the Grant Date, the Award shall terminate without consideration and be deemed cancelled upon the expiration of such 90-day period, unless the Committee determines, in its sole discretion, that any delay was for good cause (including the death, disability or other incapacitation of the Participant).  By accepting the Option grant, the Participant irrevocably agrees on behalf of the Participant and the Participant’s successors and permitted assigns to all of the terms and conditions of the Option as set forth in or pursuant to the Notice of Grant, this Agreement, and the Plan (as such may be amended from time to time).

 

1



 

2.                                       Exercisability; Notice of Exercise

 

(a)           The Option shall not be exercisable as of the Grant Date.  After the Grant Date, to the extent not previously exercised and provided that the Participant has not experienced a Termination of Service, and has timely accepted the Grant pursuant to Paragraph 1.2, the Option shall become vested and exercisable on the Vesting Date specified below with respect to a number of shares of Common Stock (rounded to the nearest whole share) equal to the percentage of the total number of shares subject to the Option in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Vesting Date

 

Stock Price Performance
Criteria

 

Percent (%) of Option
Shares Vested &
Exercisable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Later of January 22, 2011 and the date of the achievement of the Stock Price Performance Criteria

 

T he Company’s stock price closing on the New York Stock Exchange at a price for 15 consecutive trading days that is equal to or greater than $26.00 per share

 

50

%

Later of January 22, 2012 and the date of achievement of the Stock Price Performance Criteria

 

T he Company’s stock price closing on the New York Stock Exchange at a price for 15 consecutive trading days that is equal to or greater than $35.00 per share

 

100

%

 

(b)           The vesting period and/or exercisability of the Option set forth in Paragraph 2(a) may be adjusted by the Committee to reflect the decreased level of employment during any period in which the Participant is on an approved leave of absence or is employed on a less than full time basis.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 2, the Option shall be subject to earlier acceleration of exercisability and/or expiration of the Option as otherwise provided in any other written agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company and, to the extent not inconsistent with any such written agreement, as expressly provided elsewhere in this Agreement and under the Plan (for example, in connection with a Company Transaction under Section 15.3 of the Plan).

 

(c)           To the extent then exercisable, the Option may be exercised, from time to time prior to its expiration, in whole or in part by notifying the Company or its designee of such exercise in such manner as the Company may from time to time require, which notice shall specify the number of shares of Common Stock for which the Option is to be exercised and be accompanied by evidence satisfactory to the Committee of such person’s right to exercise the Option if the person exercising the Option is not the Participant, and which notice shall provide for payment of the Option Exercise Price in accordance with Section 7.5 of the Plan.

 

2



 

(d)           In the event, at any time or from time to time, a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, distribution to shareholders other than a normal cash dividend, or other change in the Company’s corporate or capital structure results in (a) the outstanding shares of Common Stock, or any securities exchanged therefore or received in their place, being exchanged for a different number or kind of securities of the Company or any other company or (b) new, different or additional securities of the Company or any other company being received by the holders of shares of Common Stock, then the Committee shall make proportional adjustments in the Stock Price Performance Criteria set forth in Paragraph 2(a).

 

3.                                       Non-Transferability of Option

 

Except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan, the Option is not transferable and the Participant may not make any disposition of the Option or any interest therein.  (Section 14 of the Plan permits transfers by will and by the laws of descent and distribution and permits the Participant to designate one or more beneficiaries on a Company-approved form who can exercise an Option following the Participant’s death.  The Committee, in its sole discretion, may also permit the Participant to assign or transfer an Option, to the extent permitted under the Plan.)  As used herein, “disposition” means any sale, transfer, encumbrance, gift, donation, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition, whether similar or dissimilar to those previously enumerated, whether voluntary or involuntary, and whether during the Participant’s lifetime or upon or after the Participant’s death, including, but not limited to, any disposition by operation of law, by court order, by judicial process, or by foreclosure, levy, or attachment.  Any attempted disposition in violation of this Paragraph 3 and Section 14 of the Plan shall be void.

 

4.                                       Status of Participant

 

The Participant shall not be deemed a shareholder of the Company with respect to any of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option, except to the extent that such shares shall have been purchased and transferred to him or her.  The Company shall not be required to issue or transfer any certificates for shares of Common Stock purchased upon exercise of the Option until all applicable requirements of law have been complied with and such shares shall have been duly listed on any securities exchange on which the Common Stock may then be listed.

 

5.                                       No Effect on Capital Structure

 

The Option shall not affect the right of the Company or any Related Company to reclassify, recapitalize or otherwise change its capital or debt structure or to merge, consolidate, convey any or all of its assets, dissolve, liquidate, windup, or otherwise reorganize.

 

6.                                       Exercisability and Expiration of Option

 

The right to purchase Common Stock under the Option shall expire on the date specified in the Notice of Grant, which is seven years from the Grant Date, provided however, that upon a Termination of Service the Option shall expire on the earlier of such date and (unless a later date is otherwise expressly provided in any other written agreement

 

3



 

between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company) the date described below in this Paragraph 6 and as otherwise provided under the Plan (for example, in connection with a Company Transaction under Section 15.3 of the Plan).

 

(a)           Termination of Service without Cause.   Upon a Termination of Service without Cause, (i)  any part of the Option that is unexercisable as of such termination date shall remain unexercisable and shall terminate as of such date, and (ii) the Participant shall have the right for 12 months after the date of such Termination of Service to exercise only that portion of the Option that has become exercisable as of the date of such Termination of Service, and thereafter the Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable.

 

(b)            Termination of Service for Cause.  Upon a Termination of Service for Cause, the portion, if any, of the Option that remains unexercised at the time the Participant is notified of such Termination of Service shall terminate and cease to be exercisable as of such time.

 

(c)           Retirement as Employee or Director.  Upon a Termination of Service for any reason other than for Cause, at or after age 55 with ten years of service as an employee or with five years of service as a member of the Board of Directors, the Participant shall have the right, until the fifth anniversary of the date of such Termination of Service, to exercise only the portion of the Participant’s Option that has become exercisable as of the date of such Termination of Service, and thereafter the Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a Termination of Service for any reason other than for Cause, at or after age 65 (age 72 for Board directors), the Option shall become exercisable in full as of the date of such Termination of Service and the Participant shall have the right for 12 months after the date of such Termination of Service (or until the fifth anniversary of the date of such Termination of Service, in the case of a Participant with ten years of service as an employee or with five years of service as a member of the Board of Directors) to exercise the Option.  Thereafter, the Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable.

 

(d)            Disability.  Upon a Termination of Service by reason of Disability, (i) the Option shall become exercisable in full as of the date of such Termination of Service and (ii) the Participant shall have the right for 12 months after the date of such Termination of Service to exercise the Option.  Thereafter, the Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable.

 

(e)           Death.  Upon a Termination of Service by reason of death, (i) the Option shall become exercisable in full as of the date of such Termination of Service and (ii) the Option shall be exercisable by the Participant’s legal representatives, heirs, legatees, or distributees for 12 months after the date of such Termination of Service.  Thereafter, the Option shall terminate and cease to be exercisable.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant dies after a Termination of Service but while an Option is otherwise exercisable, the portion of the Option that is exercisable as of the date of such Termination of Service shall expire 12 months after the date of death, unless the Committee determines otherwise.

 

4



 

The Participant’s attention is directed to the discussion in Paragraph 8 below of the potential loss of incentive stock option tax treatment if an Incentive Stock Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the Participant ceases to be employed by the Company or a Related Company.

 

It is the Participant’s responsibility to be aware of the date the Option terminates.

 

7 .                                       Committee Authority

 

Any question concerning the interpretation of this Agreement or the Plan, any adjustments required to be made under the Plan, and any controversy that may arise under the Plan or this Agreement shall be determined by the Committee (including any person(s) to whom the Committee has delegated its authority) in its sole and absolute discretion.  Such decision by the Committee shall be final and binding.

 

8.                                       Stock Option Tax Treatment

 

 (a)          To the extent that the Notice of Grant specifies that the Option is intended to be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option, the Option shall not be subject to tax treatment as an Incentive Stock Option.  To the extent that the Notice of Grant specifies that the Option is intended to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option, the Option is intended to qualify to the greatest extent possible as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, and shall be so construed; provided, however, that nothing in the Notice of Grant, this Agreement or the Plan shall be interpreted as a representation, guarantee or other undertaking on the part of the Company that the Option is or will be determined to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.  Moreover, t he Code provides that Option shares do not qualify for incentive stock option treatment if and to the extent that (i) the aggregate Exercise Price for shares that could be purchased under the Option in the year the Option first became exercisable as to such shares, plus (ii) the aggregate exercise price for shares under any of the Participant’s other concurrently or previously granted incentive stock options that first became exercisable in that same calendar year, exceeds $100,000.  Therefore, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if and to the extent that any shares are issued under a portion of this Option that exceeds the foregoing $100,000 limitation, such shares shall not be treated as issued under an incentive stock option. In such an event, the Participant shall be subject to the tax withholding provisions of Section 13 of the Plan for the portion of the Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option, and to all other Plan provisions that apply to Nonqualified Stock Options with respect to such portion of the Option.  To the maximum extent possible, the portion of an Option intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option that expires upon a Termination of Service shall be the portion (if any) that does not so qualify, so as to preserve incentive stock option treatment for the Option to the greatest extent possible.  Certain decisions, amendments and interpretations by the Committee of this Option may cause the Option to cease to qualify as an incentive stock option pursuant to the Code and by accepting this Option the Participant agrees in advance to such disqualifying action.

 

(b)           In order to obtain the tax treatment provided for incentive stock options by Sections 421 and 422 of the Code:

 

5



 

(i)            The Participant must exercise any Incentive Stock Option within three (3) months after the Participant ceases to be employed by the Company or a Related Company, unless the Participant ceased to be employed due to death or Disability, and within one (1) year after the Participant ceases to be employed by the Company or a Related Company on account of disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), and

 

(ii)           The Participant must not sell the shares of Common Stock received upon exercising any Incentive Stock Option within two (2) years from the date of the grant of the Option nor within one (1) year from the date of exercise of the Option.

 

With respect to any Option that is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option in full or as to any portion of the shares issuable thereunder, the Participant’s exercise notice delivered pursuant to Paragraph 2 of this Agreement with respect to such Option shall indicate whether the Participant intends to satisfy the foregoing requirements.  The Participant is advised to consult with his or her own tax advisor on any questions related to the tax treatment of the Option.

 

9.                                       Notice of Disqualifying Disposition

 

To the extent that the Option is designated in the Notice of Grant as being intended to be an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant shall notify the Company of his or her intent to dispose of any of the shares of Common Stock purchased pursuant to the Option within two (2) years from the date of the grant of the Option or one (1) year from the date of exercise of the Option, and promptly after such disposition the Participant shall notify the Company of the number of shares of Common Stock disposed of, the dates of acquisition and disposition of such shares, and the consideration, if any, received on such disposition.  If in connection with any such disposition the Company becomes liable for withholding taxes and has no amounts owing the Participant with which it may offset and discharge its withholding obligation, the Participant shall pay over to the Company with the amount needed to discharge the Company’s withholding obligation and shall indemnify the Company against any penalties it may incur if it does not satisfy such obligations as a result of Participant failing to pay the Company the amount of such withholding obligation.  The Company will report this disposition on Form W-2.  Nothing in this Paragraph shall give the Participant any right to dispose of shares of Common Stock in a manner that is inconsistent with any provision of this Agreement, the Plan, or any stock transfer restriction agreement entered into by the Participant.

 

10.                                Plan Controls

 

The terms of the Notice of Grant and this Agreement are governed by the terms of the Plan, as it exists on the date of the grant and as the Plan is amended from time to time.  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Notice of Grant or this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control, except as expressly stated otherwise.  The term “Section” generally refers to provisions within the Plan; provided, however, the term “Paragraph” shall refer to a provision of this Agreement.

 

6



 

11.                                Limitation on Rights; No Right to Future Grants; Extraordinary Item

 

By entering into this Agreement and accepting the Option, Participant acknowledges that: (i) Participant’s participation in the Plan is voluntary; (ii) the value of the Option is an extraordinary item which is outside the scope of any employment contract with Participant; (iii) the Option is not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including without limitation for calculating any benefits, severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments, and Participant will not be entitled to compensation or damages as a consequence of Participant’s forfeiture or expiration of any unvested portion of the Option as a result of Participant’s Termination of Service with the Company or any Related Company for any reason; and (iv) in the event that Participant is not a direct employee of Company, the grant of the Option will not be interpreted to form an employment relationship with the Company or any Related Company and the grant of the Option will not be interpreted to form an employment contract with the Participant’s employer, the Company or any Related Company.  The Company shall be under no obligation whatsoever to advise the Participant of the existence, maturity or termination of any of Participant’s rights hereunder and Participant shall be responsible for familiarizing himself or herself with all matters contained herein and in the Plan which may affect any of Participant’s rights or privileges hereunder.

 

12.                                Agreement Not To Solicit Personnel

 

In consideration for the granting of the Option and Participant’s access as an employee of the Company or a Related Company to employees, contractors and consultants of the Company and Related Companies, Participant agrees that, during Participant’s employment with the Company or a Related Company, and for a period of one year following Termination of Service for Cause or Termination of Service voluntarily, Participant will not in any manner, directly or indirectly, solicit, encourage, induce, or recruit any person who is then an employee, contractor, or consultant of the Company or a Related Company, and whom Participant worked with, supervised, or had access to confidential information about while employed by Company or a Related Company, to seek or accept employment or a contractual or consulting engagement with any business that competes with or provides services comparable to those provided by the Company.  Should Participant breach the agreement set forth in this Paragraph 12, in addition to any other remedy available to the Company, the portion, if any, of the Option that remains unexercised shall terminate and cease to be exercisable; and, for any portion of the Option already exercised, Participate shall immediately pay to the Company any difference between the fair market value of the Option shares on the date of exercise and the Exercise Price.  The parties agree that, to the extent the restrictions set forth in this Paragraph 12 are found to be unenforceable in any respect; this Paragraph shall be construed to be enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

13.                                Intellectual Property Ownership

 

Washington Mutual will own all rights to the results of Participant’s work, including inventions and other intellectual property developed using Company equipment, supplies, facilities or trade secret information.  It will also own all rights to the results of any other effort of Participant (outside of Participant’s performance of Washington Mutual work) that

 

7



 

relate directly to Participant’s work or to the Company’s business or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development.  Washington Mutual’s rights extend to anything that is authored, conceived, invented, written, reduced to practice, improved or made by Participant, alone or jointly with others, during the period of Participant’s employment by the Company or a Related Company.  To the extent that the results of Participant’s work or other effort constitute a “work made for hire” as defined under U.S. copyright law, the copyright shall belong solely to the Company.  Otherwise, to the extent that such results are legally protectable, then Participant hereby irrevocably assigns all copyrights, patent rights, and other proprietary rights therein to the Company, and no further action by Participant is required to grant ownership to Washington Mutual.  Participant will assist in preparing and executing documents, and will take any other steps requested by Washington Mutual, to vest, confirm or demonstrate its ownership rights, and Participant will not at any time contest the validity of such rights.  Participant understands that the termination of Participant’s employment will not terminate or invalidate any of Participant’s obligations, or Washington Mutual’s rights, as described above.

 

Participant understands that the above commitments are in furtherance of the WaMu Intellectual Property Policy (a copy of which Participant has had an opportunity to review and is also found on wamu.net), which is incorporated herein but not set forth in full due to space limitations.  If Participant lives or works in Washington, California, Illinois, or in any other state mentioned in the Invention Notice section of the policy, then the above assignment does not apply to inventions described in the Invention Notice for Participant’s state.

 

14.                                General Provisions

 

14.1        Notice

 

Whenever any notice is required or permitted hereunder, such notice must be in writing and delivered in person or by mail (to the address set forth below if notice is being delivered to the Company) or electronically.  Any notice delivered in person or by mail shall be deemed to be delivered on the date on which it is personally delivered, or, whether actually received or not, on the third business day after it is deposited in the United States mail, certified or registered, postage prepaid, addressed to the person who is to receive it at the address that such person has theretofore specified by written notice delivered in accordance herewith.  Any notice given by the Company to the Participant directed to Participant at Participant’s address on file with the Company shall be effective to bind the Participant and any other person who shall have acquired rights under this Agreement.  The Company or the Participant may change, by written notice to the other, the address previously specified for receiving notices.  Notices delivered to the Company in person or by mail shall be addressed as follows:

 

Company:

 

Washington Mutual, Inc.

 

 

Attn: Leadership Rewards, Stock Administrator

 

 

Mail Stop WMC 0705

 

 

1301 Second Avenue

 

 

Seattle, WA 98101

 

8



 

14.2        No Waiver

 

No waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be valid unless in writing and signed by the person against whom such waiver is sought to be enforced, nor will failure to enforce any right hereunder constitute a continuing waiver of the same or a waiver of any other right hereunder.

 

14.3        Undertaking

 

Participant hereby agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Company may deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or affect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either the Participant or the Option pursuant to the express provisions of this Agreement.

 

14.4        Entire Contract

 

This Agreement, the Notice of Grant and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof.  This Agreement is made pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and will in all respects be construed in conformity with the express terms and provisions of the Plan.

 

14.5        Successors and Assigns

 

The provisions of this Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and be binding on, the Company and its successors and assigns and Participant and Participant’s legal representatives, heirs, legatees, distributees, assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or not any such person will have become a party to this Agreement and agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms and conditions hereof.

 

14.6        Securities Law Compliance; Restrictions on Resales of Option Shares

 

The Company may impose such restrictions, conditions or limitations as it determines appropriate as to the timing and manner of any exercise of the Option and/or any resales by the Participant or other subsequent transfers by the Participant of any shares of Common Stock issued as a result of the exercise of the Option, including without limitation (a) restrictions under an insider trading policy, (b) restrictions that may be necessary in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the Option and/or the Common Stock underlying the Option and (c) restrictions as to the use of a specified brokerage firm or other agent for exercising the Option and/or for such resales or other transfers.  The sale of the shares underlying the Option must also comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the sale of such shares.

 

14.7        Information Confidential

 

As partial consideration for the granting of the Option, the Participant agrees that he or she will keep confidential all information and knowledge that the Participant has relating to the manner and amount of his or her participation in the Plan; provided, however, that

 

9



 

such information may be disclosed as required by law and may be given in confidence to the Participant’s spouse, tax and financial advisors, or to a financial institution to the extent that such information is necessary to secure a loan.

 

14.8        Data Privacy

 

As an essential term of this Option, the Participant consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this Agreement for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.

 

By entering into this Agreement and accepting the Option, Participant acknowledges that the Company holds certain personal information about the Participant, including, but not limited to, name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, taxpayer identification number, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, tax rates and amounts, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all options or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding, for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”).  Participant acknowledges that Data may be transferred to any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, that these recipients may be located in jurisdictions that may have different data privacy laws and protections, and Participant authorizes the recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom the Participant or the Company may elect to deposit any shares of stock acquired upon exercise of the Option. Participant acknowledges that Data may be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan as determined by the Company, and that Participant may request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, provided however, that refusing or withdrawing Participant’s consent may adversely affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan.

 

14.9        Electronic Delivery

 

The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to any options granted under the Plan by electronic means or to request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and, if requested, to agree to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company, and such consent shall remain in effect throughout Participant’s term of employment or service with the Company and thereafter until withdrawn in writing by Participant.

 

10



 

14.10      Governing Law

 

Except as may otherwise be provided in the Plan, the provisions of the Notice of Grant and this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of Washington, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement dated below.

 

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

 

 

Daryl David

 

Chief HR Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

employee’s Signature

 

 

 

Date Signed:

 

 

11




Exhibit 10.2(c)

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

(3-Year Vesting with Performance Threshold)

 

Washington Mutual, Inc. (the “ Company ”), by action of the Board and approval of its shareholders established the Washington Mutual, Inc. Amended and Restated 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).  The Participant is employed by the Company or a Related Company and the Company desires to encourage the Participant to own Common Stock for the purposes stated in Section 1 of the Plan.  In consideration of the foregoing, the parties have entered into this Restricted Stock Award Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) to govern the terms of the Restricted Stock Award (as defined below) granted by the Company.  Defined terms in the Plan shall have the same meaning in this Agreement, except where the context otherwise requires.

 

1.              Grant of Restricted Stock

 

1.1          Award of Restricted Stock

 

On the grant date (the “ Grant Date ”) set forth in the paper or electronic Notice of Grant (“ Notice of Grant ”) provided to the Participant named therein, the Company has granted to the Participant a Restricted Stock Award (the “ Award ”) in accordance with the terms of the Plan and subject to the conditions set forth in the Notice of Grant, this Agreement and the Plan (as amended from time to time).  The Award represents the right to receive up to the number of shares of Common Stock (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 15 of the Plan, the “ Shares ”) of the Company subject to the fulfillment of the vesting conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

1.2          Acceptance of Restricted Stock

 

The Participant shall not be entitled to any of the benefits under this Award unless and until the Participant accepts the Award through the electronic grant notification system maintained by or on behalf of the Company or by signing and returning to the Company (at the address set forth in Paragraph 15.1) the paper Notice of Grant, in each case, no later than the 90th day following the Grant Date.  If the Participant fails to accept the Award as specified in this Paragraph 1.2 within the 90-day period immediately following the Grant Date, the Award shall terminate without consideration and be deemed cancelled upon the expiration of such 90-day period, unless the Committee determines, in its sole discretion, that any delay was for good cause (including the death, disability or other incapacitation of the Participant).  By accepting the Award, the Participant irrevocably agrees on behalf of the Participant and the Participant’s successors and permitted assigns to all of the terms and conditions of the Award as set forth in or pursuant to the Notice of Grant, this Agreement, and the Plan (as such may be amended from time to time) .

 

2.              Transfer Restrictions; Vesting

 

(a)           Participant’s rights in and to the Shares shall not be vested as of the Grant Date and shall be forfeitable unless and until otherwise vested pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.  Participant’s rights in and to the Shares shall be subject to both time and performance-based vesting criteria.  The number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Award that shall be eligible for vesting under this Agreement shall be based upon the achievement of the Performance Goals set forth on Attachment A hereto (such Shares are

 

1



 

referred to as the “ Earned Shares ”).  Any shares of Common Stock subject to the Award that do not become Earned Shares pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be cancelled and surrendered to the Company without payment of any consideration to the Participant immediately upon the determination of the number of Earned Shares pursuant to Attachment A.  Provided that the Participant has not experienced a Termination of Service and has timely accepted the Award pursuant to Paragraph 1.2, the Award shall become vested on the Anniversary date of the Grant Date as specified below with respect to a number of Earned Shares (rounded to the nearest whole share) equal to the percentage of the total number of Earned Shares in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Vesting Date

 

Percent (%) of
Shares Vested

 

Performance Goals to Be
Attained by 12/31/2008

 

2 nd Anniversary

 

50

%

[ See Attachment A ]

 

3 rd Anniversary

 

100

%

[ See Attachment A ]

 

 

The foregoing performance goals shall be based on and interpreted consistent with one or more business criteria set forth in Section 11.1 of the Plan.  Shares that have vested and are no longer subject to forfeiture are referred to herein as “ Vested Shares .”  Shares that are not vested and remain subject to forfeiture are referred to herein as “ Unvested Shares .”

 

(b)           The vesting period of the Award set forth in Paragraph 2(a) may be adjusted by the Committee to reflect the decreased level of employment during any period in which the Participant is on an approved leave of absence or is employed on a less than full time basis.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 2, the Award shall be subject to earlier acceleration of vesting and/or forfeiture and transfer as provided in this Agreement and the Plan.

 

(c)           Any sale, transfer, assignment, encumbrance, pledge, hypothecation, conveyance in trust, gift, transfer by bequest, devise or descent, or other transfer or disposition of any kind, whether voluntary or by operation of law, directly or indirectly, of Unvested Shares shall be strictly prohibited and void; provided, however, that the Committee, in its sole discretion, may permit the Participant to assign or transfer an Award to the extent permitted under the Plan, provided that the Award shall be subject to all the terms and condition of the Plan, this Agreement and any other terms required by the Committee as a condition to such transfer.

 

3.              Status of Participant

 

From and after the Grant Date, Participant will be recorded as a shareholder of the Company with respect to the Shares and shall have voting rights with respect to the Shares unless and until any Shares are forfeited or transferred back to the Company.

 

4.              Dividends

 

From and after the Grant Date and unless and until Shares are forfeited or otherwise transferred back to the Company, the Participant will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to the Shares.  Dividends payable by the Company to its public stockholders in cash shall, with respect to any Unvested Shares, be automatically reinvested in additional Shares at a purchase price per share equal to the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date such dividend is paid.  Any additional Shares accrued for

 

2



 

Participant through dividends on Unvested Shares, whether through reinvestment or through a dividend paid in Shares, shall be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and risk of forfeiture as the Unvested Shares with respect to which they were distributed.

 

5.                                       Treatment of Award upon Termination of Employment; Company Transaction

 

5.1          Termination of Employment

 

Except as provided in Paragraph 5.2 below, upon Termination of Service for any reason other than death, Disability or retirement, the Unvested Shares shall be forfeited by the Participant and cancelled and surrendered to the Company without payment of any consideration to the Participant.  Upon Termination of Service because of death, Disability or retirement (as defined in the following sentence), the service requirements upon vesting of the Shares shall be waived and the Shares subject to this Award shall become Vested Shares if and to the extent that the performance goals described in Paragraph 2 have been or thereafter are satisfied.  For purposes of this Paragraph 5.1, “retirement” shall mean Termination of Service for any reason other than for Cause at or after attainment of age sixty-five (65).

 

5.2          Company Transaction

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Paragraph 5.1, the Vesting and forfeiture of Shares under this Award shall be subject to any other written agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company and, to the extent not otherwise addressed in any such written agreement, shall be treated as expressly provided under the Plan (for example, in connection with a Company Transaction under Section 15.3 of the Plan).

 

6.              Section 83(b) Election for Restricted Stock Award; Independent Tax Advice

 

Under Section 83(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “ Code ”), the Participant will be taxed on the Shares on the date the Shares vest and the forfeiture restrictions lapse as set forth in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement, based on their fair market value on such date, at ordinary income rates subject to payroll and withholding tax and tax reporting, as applicable.  For this purpose, the term “forfeiture restrictions” means the right of the Company to receive back any Unvested Shares upon a Termination of Service. Under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Participant may elect to be taxed on the Shares on the Grant Date, based upon their fair market value on such date, at ordinary income rates subject to payroll and withholding tax and tax reporting, rather than when and as the Unvested Shares cease to be subject to the forfeiture restrictions.  If Participant elects to accelerate the date on which he or she is taxed on the Shares under Section 83(b), an election (an “ 83(b) Election ”) to such effect must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days from the Grant Date of the Award and applicable withholding taxes must be paid to the Company at that time.

 

There are significant risks associated with the decision to make an 83(b) Election.  If the Participant makes an 83(b) Election and the Unvested Shares are subsequently forfeited to the Company, the Participant will not be entitled to recover the taxes paid by claiming a deduction for the ordinary income previously recognized as a result of the 83(b) Election.  If the Participant makes an 83(b) Election and the value of the Unvested Shares subsequently declines, the 83(b) Election may cause the Participant to recognize more compensation income than otherwise would have been the case.  On the other hand, if the value of the Unvested Shares increases

 

3



 

and the Participant has not made an 83(b) Election, Participant may recognize more compensation income than otherwise would have been the case.

 

The foregoing is only a summary of the federal income tax laws that apply to the Shares under this Agreement and does not purport to be complete.  The actual tax consequences of receiving or disposing of the Shares are complicated and depend, in part, on the Participant’s specific situation and may also depend on the resolution of currently uncertain tax law and other variables not within the control of the Company.  THEREFORE, THE PARTICIPANT SHOULD SEEK INDEPENDENT ADVICE REGARDING THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE FEDERAL TAX LAW AND THE INCOME TAX LAWS OF ANY MUNICIPALITY, STATE OR FOREIGN COUNTRY TO WHICH THE PARTICIPANT IS SUBJECT.   By accepting this Agreement, Participant acknowledges and agrees that he or she has either consulted with a competent tax advisor independent of the Company to obtain tax advice concerning the Shares in light of the Participant’s specific situation or has had the opportunity to consult with such a tax advisor and has chosen not to do so.

 

The form for making an 83(b) Election is available from the Company.  If the Participant determines to make an 83(b) Election, it is the Participant’s responsibility to file such an election with the Internal Revenue Service within the 30-day period after the Grant Date, to deliver to the Company a signed copy of the 83(b) Election, to file an additional copy of such election form with the Participant’s federal income tax return for the calendar year in which the Grant Date occurs and to pay applicable withholding taxes to the Company at that time.

 

7.              Book Entry Registration of the Shares; Delivery of Shares

 

The Company may at its election either (i) after the Date of Grant, issue a certificate representing the Shares subject to this Agreement and place a legend on and stop transfer notice describing the restrictions on and forfeitability of such Shares, in which case the Company may retain such certificates unless and until the Shares represented by such certificate have vested and may cancel such certificate if and to the extent that the Shares are forfeited or otherwise required to be transferred back to the Company, or (ii) not issue any certificate representing Shares subject to this Agreement and instead document the Participant’s interest in the Shares by registering the Shares with the Company’s transfer agent (or another custodian selected by the Company) in book entry form in the Participant’s name with the applicable restrictions noted in the book entry system, in which case no certificate(s) representing all or a part of the Shares will be issued unless and until the Shares become Vested Shares.  The Company may provide a reasonable delay in the issuance or delivery of Vested Shares as it determines appropriate to address tax withholding and other administrative matters.

 

8.              Stop-Transfer Notices

 

The Company will not be required to (a) transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or transferred in violation of the provisions of this Agreement or (b) treat as the owner of the Shares, or otherwise accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to whom the Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Agreement.

 

4



 

9.              Withholding and Disposition of Shares

 

9.1          Generally

 

The Participant is liable and responsible for all taxes owed in connection with the Award, regardless of any action the Company takes with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with the Award.  The Company does not make any representation or undertaking regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the grant or vesting of the Award or the subsequent sale of Shares issuable pursuant to the Award.  The Company does not commit and is under no obligation to structure the Award to reduce or eliminate the Participant’s tax liability.

 

9.2          Payment of Withholding Taxes

 

Prior to any event in connection with the Award (e.g., vesting) that the Company determines may result in any domestic or foreign tax withholding obligation, whether national, federal, state or local, including any social tax obligation (the “Tax Withholding Obligation”), the Participant is required to arrange for the satisfaction of the minimum amount of such Tax Withholding Obligation in a manner acceptable to the Company.

 

(a)           By Withholding Shares .  Unless Participant elects to satisfy the Tax Withholding Obligation by an alternative means in accordance with clause (b) below, Participant’s acceptance of this Award constitutes Participant’s instruction and authorization to the Company to withhold on the Participant’s behalf the number of Shares from those Shares issuable to the Participant at the time when the Award becomes vested as the Company determines to be sufficient to satisfy the Tax Withholding Obligation.

 

(b)           By Other Payment .  At any time not less than five (5) business days before any Tax Withholding Obligation arises (e.g., before a Vesting Date), Participant may notify the Company of Participant’s election to pay Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation by wire transfer, check or other means permitted by the Company.  In such case, the Participant shall satisfy his or her tax withholding obligation by paying to the Company on such date as it shall specify an amount that the Company determines is sufficient to satisfy the expected Tax Withholding Obligation by (i) wire transfer to such account as the Company may direct, (ii) delivery of a check payable to the Company, Attn: Leadership Rewards, Stock Administrator, Mail Stop WMC0705, 1301 Second Avenue, Seattle, WA 98101, or such other address as the Company may from time to time direct, or (iii) such other means as the Company may establish or permit.   Participant agrees and acknowledges that prior to the date the Tax Withholding Obligation arises, the Company will be required to estimate the amount of the Tax Withholding Obligation and accordingly will require the amount paid to the Company under this Paragraph 9.2(b) to be more than the minimum amount that may actually be due and that, if Participant has not delivered payment of a sufficient amount to the Company to satisfy the Tax Withholding Obligation (regardless of whether as a result of the Company underestimating the required payment or Participant failing to timely make the required payment), the additional Tax Withholding Obligation amounts shall be satisfied in the manner specified in Paragraph 9.2(a) above.

 

5



 

10.                                Plan Controls

 

The terms of the Notice of Grant and this Agreement are governed by the terms of the Plan, as it exists on the date of the grant and as the Plan is amended from time to time.  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Notice of Grant or this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control, except as expressly stated otherwise.  The term “Section” generally refers to provisions within the Plan; provided, however, the term “Paragraph” shall refer to a provision of this Agreement.

 

11.                                Limitation on Rights; No Right to Future Grants; Extraordinary Item

 

By entering into this Agreement and accepting the Award, Participant acknowledges that: (i) Participant’s participation in the Plan is voluntary; (ii) the value of the Award is an extraordinary item which is outside the scope of any employment contract with Participant; (iii) the Award is not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including without limitation for calculating any benefits, severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments, and Participant will not be entitled to compensation or damages as a consequence of Participant’s forfeiture of any unvested portion of the Award as a result of Participant’s Termination of Service with the Company or any Related Company for any reason; and (iv) in the event that Participant is not a direct employee of Company, the grant of the Award will not be interpreted to form an employment relationship with the Company or any Related Company and the grant of the Award will not be interpreted to form an employment contract with the Participant’s employer, the Company or any Related Company.  The Company shall be under no obligation whatsoever to advise the Participant of the existence, maturity or termination of any of Participant’s rights hereunder and Participant shall be responsible for familiarizing himself or herself with all matters contained herein and in the Plan which may affect any of Participant’s rights or privileges hereunder.

 

12.                                Committee Authority

 

Any question concerning the interpretation of this Agreement or the Plan, any adjustments required to be made under the Plan, and any controversy that may arise under the Plan or this Agreement shall be determined by the Committee (including any person(s) to whom the Committee has delegated its authority) in its sole and absolute discretion.  Such decision by the Committee shall be final and binding.

 

13.                                Agreement Not To Solicit Personnel

 

In consideration for the granting of the Award and Participant’s access as an employee of the Company or a Related Company to employees, contractors and consultants of the Company and Related Companies, Participant agrees that, during Participant’s employment with the Company or a Related Company, and for a period of one year following Termination of Service for Cause or Termination of Service voluntarily, Participant will not in any manner, directly or indirectly, solicit, encourage, induce, or recruit any person who is then an employee, contractor, or consultant of the Company or a Related Company, and whom Participant worked with, supervised, or had access to confidential information about while employed by Company or a Related Company, to seek or accept employment or a contractual or consulting engagement with any business that competes with or provides services comparable to those provided by the Company.  Should Participant breach the agreement set forth in this Paragraph 13, in addition to any other remedy available to the Company, Participate shall forfeit any

 

6



 

Unvested Shares, which shall be cancelled and surrendered to the Company without payment of any consideration to the Participant; Participant shall return to the Company any Vested Shares without payment of any consideration to the Participant; and, for any Vested Shares sold or otherwise transferred by Participant, Participant shall immediately pay to the Company the fair market value of those Vested Shares as of the date they were sold or otherwise transferred by Participant.  The parties agree that, to the extent the restrictions set forth in this Paragraph 13 are found to be unenforceable in any respect, this Paragraph shall be construed to be enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

14.                                Intellectual Property Ownership

 

Washington Mutual will own all rights to the results of Participant’s work, including inventions and other intellectual property developed using Company equipment, supplies, facilities or trade secret information.  It will also own all rights to the results of any other effort of Participant (outside of Participant’s performance of Washington Mutual work) that relate directly to Participant’s work or to the Company’s business or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development.  Washington Mutual’s rights extend to anything that is authored, conceived, invented, written, reduced to practice, improved or made by Participant, alone or jointly with others, during the period of Participant’s employment by the Company or a Related Company.  To the extent that the results of Participant’s work or other effort constitute a “work made for hire” as defined under U.S. copyright law, the copyright shall belong solely to the Company.  Otherwise, to the extent that such results are legally protectable, then Participant hereby irrevocably assigns all copyrights, patent rights, and other proprietary rights therein to the Company, and no further action by Participant is required to grant ownership to Washington Mutual.  Participant will assist in preparing and executing documents, and will take any other steps requested by Washington Mutual, to vest, confirm or demonstrate its ownership rights, and Participant will not at any time contest the validity of such rights.  Participant understands that the termination of Participant’s employment will not terminate or invalidate any of Participant’s obligations, or Washington Mutual’s rights, as described above.

 

Participant understands that the above commitments are in furtherance of the WaMu Intellectual Property Policy (a copy of which Participant has had an opportunity to review and is also found on wamu.net), which is incorporated herein but not set forth in full due to space limitations.  If Participant lives or works in Washington, California, Illinois, or in any other state mentioned in the Invention Notice section of the policy, then the above assignment does not apply to inventions described in the Invention Notice for Participant’s state.

 

15.                                General Provisions

 

15.1        Notices

 

Whenever any notice is required or permitted hereunder, such notice must be in writing and delivered in person or by mail (to the address set forth below if notice is being delivered to the Company) or electronically.  Any notice delivered in person or by mail shall be deemed to be delivered on the date on which it is personally delivered, or, whether actually received or not, on the third business day after it is deposited in the United States mail, certified or registered, postage prepaid, addressed to the person who is to receive it at the address that such person has theretofore specified by written notice delivered in accordance herewith.  Any notice given by the Company to the Participant directed to Participant at Participant’s address on file with the Company shall be effective to bind the Participant and any other person who shall have acquired rights under this Agreement.  The Company or the Participant may change, by written

 

7



 

notice to the other, the address previously specified for receiving notices.  Notices delivered to the Company in person or by mail shall be addressed as follows:

 

Company:

 

Washington Mutual, Inc.

 

 

Attn: Leadership Rewards, Stock Administrator

 

 

Mail Stop WMC0705

 

 

1301 Second Avenue

 

 

Seattle, WA 98101

 

15.2        No Waiver

 

No waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be valid unless in writing and signed by the person against whom such waiver is sought to be enforced, nor will failure to enforce any right hereunder constitute a continuing waiver of the same or a waiver of any other right hereunder.

 

15.3        Undertaking

 

Participant hereby agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Company may deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or affect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either the Participant or the Award pursuant to the express provisions of this Agreement.

 

15.4        Entire Contract

 

This Agreement, the Notice of Grant and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof.  This Agreement is made pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and will in all respects be construed in conformity with the express terms and provisions of the Plan.

 

15.5        Successors and Assigns

 

The provisions of this Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and be binding on, the Company and its successors and assigns and Participant and Participant’s legal representatives, heirs, legatees, distributees, assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or not any such person will have become a party to this Agreement and agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms and conditions hereof.

 

15.6        Securities Law Compliance

 

The Company may impose such restrictions, conditions or limitations as it determines appropriate as to the timing and manner of any resales by the Participant or other subsequent transfers by the Participant of any Shares issued as a result of or under this Award, including without limitation (a) restrictions under an insider trading policy, (b) restrictions that may be necessary in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the Award and/or the Shares underlying the Award and (c) restrictions as to the use of a specified brokerage firm or other agent for such resales or other transfers.  Any sale of the Shares must also comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the sale of such shares.

 

8



 

15.7        Information Confidential

 

As partial consideration for the granting of the Award, the Participant agrees that he or she will keep confidential all information and knowledge that the Participant has relating to the manner and amount of his or her participation in the Plan; provided, however, that such information may be disclosed as required by law and may be given in confidence to the Participant’s spouse, tax and financial advisors, or to a financial institution to the extent that such information is necessary to secure a loan.

 

15.8        Data Privacy

 

As an essential term of this Award, the Participant consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this Agreement for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.

 

By entering into this Agreement and accepting the Award, Participant acknowledges that the Company holds certain personal information about the Participant, including, but not limited to, name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, taxpayer identification number, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, tax rates and amounts, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all awards or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding, for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”).  Participant acknowledges that Data may be transferred to any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, that these recipients may be located in jurisdictions that may have different data privacy laws and protections, and Participant authorizes the recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom the Participant or the Company may elect to deposit any shares of stock acquired under the Award. Participant acknowledges that Data may be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan as determined by the Company, and that Participant may request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, provided however, that refusing or withdrawing Participant’s consent may adversely affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan.

 

15.9        Electronic Delivery

 

The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to any awards granted under the Plan by electronic means or to request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and, if requested, to agree to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company, and such consent shall remain in effect throughout Participant’s term of employment or service with the Company and thereafter until withdrawn in writing by Participant.

 

9



 

15.10      Governing Law

 

Except as may otherwise be provided in the Plan, the provisions of the Notice of Grant and this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of Washington, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement dated below.

 

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

 

 

Daryl David

 

Chief HR Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

employee’s Signature

 

 

 

Date Signed:

 

 

10



 

Attachment A

 

Washington Mutual, Inc. Restricted Stock Award Agreement

 

Performance Goals

 

Vesting is subject to the Company attaining one of the following performance measures for 2008(1):

 


 (1) Net interest margin for 2008 as reported in the 4th quarter 2008 earnings release.  The customer loyalty measurement for 2008 is determined based on the final month’s rolling average 3-month score for the 12-month period December, 2007 – November, 2008.

 

Net Interest Margin of at least 2.50 or

 

Customer Loyalty score of at least 50.0

 

The Human Resources Committee will certify the results at its January 2009 meeting.

 

11



 

EXHIBIT A

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND STATEMENT OF DECISION REGARDING SECTION 83(b) ELECTION

 

The undersigned, a recipient of                shares of common stock of Washington Mutual, Inc., a Washington corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to a restricted stock award granted under the Washington Mutual Inc Amended and Restated 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), hereby states as follows:

 

1.             The undersigned acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement and the Plan relating to the offering of such shares.  The undersigned has carefully reviewed the Plan and the Restricted Stock Award Agreement pursuant to which the award was granted.

 

2.             The undersigned either ( check and complete as applicable )

 

(a)                                   has consulted, and has been fully advised by, the undersigned’s own tax advisor,                                                 , whose business address is                                                   , regarding the federal, state and local tax consequences of receiving shares under the Plan, and particularly regarding the advisability of making an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and pursuant to the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law, or

 

(b)                                  has knowingly chosen not to consult such a tax advisor.

 

3.             The undersigned hereby states that the undersigned has decided (check as applicable)

 

(a)                                   to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, and is submitting to the Internal Revenue Service  with a copy to the Company (together with the undersigned’s executed Restricted Stock Award Agreement) an executed form entitled “Election Under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986”.  The undersigned hereby elects to pay the applicable withholding taxes resulting from the 83(b) election (25% federal, state, if applicable, 1.45% Medicare and 6.2% Social Security, if applicable) in the following manner:

 

                                                (i)            Withheld from payroll.

 

(ii)           Submission of a personal check to the Company.

 

(b)                                  not to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code.

 

4.             Neither the Company nor any subsidiary or representative of the Company has made any warranty or representation to the undersigned with respect to the tax consequences of the undersigned’s acquisition of shares under the Plan or of the making or failure to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law.

 

 

 

 

 

Dated

Recipient

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

12



 

EXHIBIT B

 

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

 

 

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, to include in taxpayer’s gross income for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below:

 

1.                                        The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:

 

NAME OF TAXPAYER:

 

ADDRESS:

 

 

IDENTIFICATION NO. OF TAXPAYER:

 

TAXABLE YEAR:  2008

 

2.                                        The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:                         shares of the Common Stock of Washington Mutual, Inc., a Washington corporation (the “Company”).

 

3.                                        The date on which the property was transferred is:  January 22, 2008 (grant date)

 

4.                                        The property is subject to the following restrictions:

 

The property is subject to a forfeiture right pursuant to which the Company can reacquire the shares if for any reason other than for death or Disability taxpayer’s services with the Company are terminated.  The Company’s right to receive back the shares lapses 50% on January 22, 2010 and 50% on January 22, 2011 if performance criteria has been met.

 

5.                                        The aggregate fair market value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse, of such property is:   $14.77

 

6.                                        The amount (if any) paid for such property is:  $0.00

 

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property.  The undersigned is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

 

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner of Internal Revenue.

 

 

 

 

 

Dated

Taxpayer

 

Taxpayer is required to submit this Exhibit B directly to the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days from the Grant Date and a copy is to be sent to Washington Mutual, Inc., Stock Administration fax number 206-377-1455.

 

13




Exhibit 10.2(d)

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

(3-Year Vesting)

 

Washington Mutual, Inc. (the “ Company ”), by action of the Board and approval of its shareholders established the Washington Mutual, Inc. Amended and Restated 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”).  The Participant is employed by the Company or a Related Company and the Company desires to encourage the Participant to own Common Stock for the purposes stated in Section 1 of the Plan.  In consideration of the foregoing, the parties have entered into this Restricted Stock Award Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) to govern the terms of the Restricted Stock Award (as defined below) granted by the Company.  Defined terms in the Plan shall have the same meaning in this Agreement, except where the context otherwise requires.

 

1.              Grant of Restricted Stock

 

1.1          Award of Restricted Stock

 

On the grant date (the “ Grant Date ”) set forth in the paper or electronic Notice of Grant (“ Notice of Grant ”) provided to the Participant named therein, the Company has granted to the Participant a Restricted Stock Award (the “ Award ”) in accordance with the terms of the Plan and subject to the conditions set forth in the Notice of Grant, this Agreement and the Plan (as amended from time to time).  The Award represents the right to receive up to the number of shares of Common Stock (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 15 of the Plan, the “ Shares ”) of the Company subject to the fulfillment of the vesting conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

1.2          Acceptance of Restricted Stock

 

The Participant shall not be entitled to any of the benefits under this Award unless and until the Participant accepts the Award through the electronic grant notification system maintained by or on behalf of the Company or by signing and returning to the Company (at the address set forth in Paragraph 15.1) the paper Notice of Grant, in each case, no later than the 90th day following the Grant Date.  If the Participant fails to accept the Award as specified in this Paragraph 1.2 within the 90-day period immediately following the Grant Date, the Award shall terminate without consideration and be deemed cancelled upon the expiration of such 90-day period, unless the Committee determines, in its sole discretion, that any delay was for good cause (including the death, disability or other incapacitation of the Participant).  By accepting the Award, the Participant irrevocably agrees on behalf of the Participant and the Participant’s successors and permitted assigns to all of the terms and conditions of the Award as set forth in or pursuant to the Notice of Grant, this Agreement, and the Plan (as such may be amended from time to time) .

 

2.              Transfer Restrictions; Vesting

 

(a)           Participant’s rights in and to the Shares shall not be vested as of the Grant Date and shall be forfeitable unless and until otherwise vested pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.  Participant’s rights in and to the Shares shall be subject to both time and performance-based vesting criteria.  The number of shares of Common Stock subject to the

 

1



 

Award that shall be eligible for vesting under this Agreement shall be based upon the achievement of the Performance Goals set forth on Attachment A hereto (such Shares are referred to as the “ Earned Shares ”).  Any shares of Common Stock subject to the Award that do not become Earned Shares pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be cancelled and surrendered to the Company without payment of any consideration to the Participant immediately upon the determination of the number of Earned Shares pursuant to Attachment A.  Provided that the Participant has not experienced a Termination of Service and has timely accepted the Award pursuant to Paragraph 1.2, the Award shall become vested on the Anniversary date of the Grant Date as specified below with respect to a number of Earned Shares (rounded to the nearest whole share) equal to the percentage of the total number of Earned Shares in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Vesting Date

 

Percent (%) of
Shares Vested

 

Performance Goals to Be
Attained

 

2 nd Anniversary

 

50

%

N/A

 

3 rd Anniversary

 

100

%

N/A

 

 

The foregoing performance goals shall be based on and interpreted consistent with one or more business criteria set forth in Section 11.1 of the Plan.  Shares that have vested and are no longer subject to forfeiture are referred to herein as “ Vested Shares .”  Shares that are not vested and remain subject to forfeiture are referred to herein as “ Unvested Shares .”

 

(b)           The vesting period of the Award set forth in Paragraph 2(a) may be adjusted by the Committee to reflect the decreased level of employment during any period in which the Participant is on an approved leave of absence or is employed on a less than full time basis.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 2, the Award shall be subject to earlier acceleration of vesting and/or forfeiture and transfer as provided in this Agreement and the Plan.

 

(c)           Any sale, transfer, assignment, encumbrance, pledge, hypothecation, conveyance in trust, gift, transfer by bequest, devise or descent, or other transfer or disposition of any kind, whether voluntary or by operation of law, directly or indirectly, of Unvested Shares shall be strictly prohibited and void; provided, however, that the Committee, in its sole discretion, may permit the Participant to assign or transfer an Award to the extent permitted under the Plan, provided that the Award shall be subject to all the terms and condition of the Plan, this Agreement and any other terms required by the Committee as a condition to such transfer.

 

3.              Status of Participant

 

From and after the Grant Date, Participant will be recorded as a shareholder of the Company with respect to the Shares and shall have voting rights with respect to the Shares unless and until any Shares are forfeited or transferred back to the Company.

 

2



 

4.                                       Dividends

 

From and after the Grant Date and unless and until Shares are forfeited or otherwise transferred back to the Company, the Participant will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to the Shares.  Dividends payable by the Company to its public stockholders in cash shall, with respect to any Unvested Shares, be paid in cash on or about the date such dividends are payable to public stockholders, subject to any applicable tax withholding requirements.

 

5.                                       Treatment of Award upon Termination of Employment; Company Transaction

 

5.1          Termination of Employment

 

Except as provided in Paragraph 5.2 below, upon Termination of Service for any reason other than death, Disability or retirement, the Unvested Shares shall be forfeited by the Participant and cancelled and surrendered to the Company without payment of any consideration to the Participant.  Upon Termination of Service because of death, Disability or retirement (as defined in the following sentence), the service requirements upon vesting of the Shares shall be waived and the Shares subject to this Award shall become Vested Shares if and to the extent that the performance goals described in Paragraph 2 have been or thereafter are satisfied.  For purposes of this Paragraph 5.1, “retirement” shall mean Termination of Service for any reason other than for Cause at or after attainment of age sixty-five (65).

 

5.2          Company Transaction

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Paragraph 5.1, the Vesting and forfeiture of Shares under this Award shall be subject to any other written agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Related Company and, to the extent not otherwise addressed in any such written agreement, shall be treated as expressly provided under the Plan (for example, in connection with a Company Transaction under Section 15.3 of the Plan).

 

6.              Section 83(b) Election for Restricted Stock Award; Independent Tax Advice

 

Under Section 83(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “ Code ”), the Participant will be taxed on the Shares on the date the Shares vest and the forfeiture restrictions lapse as set forth in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement, based on their fair market value on such date, at ordinary income rates subject to payroll and withholding tax and tax reporting, as applicable.  For this purpose, the term “forfeiture restrictions” means the right of the Company to receive back any Unvested Shares upon a Termination of Service. Under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Participant may elect to be taxed on the Shares on the Grant Date, based upon their fair market value on such date, at ordinary income rates subject to payroll and withholding tax and tax reporting, rather than when and as the Unvested Shares cease to be subject to the forfeiture restrictions.  If Participant elects to accelerate the date on which he or she is taxed on the Shares under Section 83(b), an election (an “ 83(b) Election ”) to such effect must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days from the Grant Date of the Award and applicable withholding taxes must be paid to the Company at that time.

 

There are significant risks associated with the decision to make an 83(b) Election.  If the Participant makes an 83(b) Election and the Unvested Shares are subsequently forfeited to the

 

3



 

Company, the Participant will not be entitled to recover the taxes paid by claiming a deduction for the ordinary income previously recognized as a result of the 83(b) Election.  If the Participant makes an 83(b) Election and the value of the Unvested Shares subsequently declines, the 83(b) Election may cause the Participant to recognize more compensation income than otherwise would have been the case.  On the other hand, if the value of the Unvested Shares increases and the Participant has not made an 83(b) Election, Participant may recognize more compensation income than otherwise would have been the case.

 

The foregoing is only a summary of the federal income tax laws that apply to the Shares under this Agreement and does not purport to be complete.  The actual tax consequences of receiving or disposing of the Shares are complicated and depend, in part, on the Participant’s specific situation and may also depend on the resolution of currently uncertain tax law and other variables not within the control of the Company.  THEREFORE, THE PARTICIPANT SHOULD SEEK INDEPENDENT ADVICE REGARDING THE APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF THE FEDERAL TAX LAW AND THE INCOME TAX LAWS OF ANY MUNICIPALITY, STATE OR FOREIGN COUNTRY TO WHICH THE PARTICIPANT IS SUBJECT.   By accepting this Agreement, Participant acknowledges and agrees that he or she has either consulted with a competent tax advisor independent of the Company to obtain tax advice concerning the Shares in light of the Participant’s specific situation or has had the opportunity to consult with such a tax advisor and has chosen not to do so.

 

The form for making an 83(b) Election is available from the Company.  If the Participant determines to make an 83(b) Election, it is the Participant’s responsibility to file such an election with the Internal Revenue Service within the 30-day period after the Grant Date, to deliver to the Company a signed copy of the 83(b) Election, to file an additional copy of such election form with the Participant’s federal income tax return for the calendar year in which the Grant Date occurs and to pay applicable withholding taxes to the Company at that time.

 

7.              Book Entry Registration of the Shares; Delivery of Shares

 

The Company may at its election either (i) after the Date of Grant, issue a certificate representing the Shares subject to this Agreement and place a legend on and stop transfer notice describing the restrictions on and forfeitability of such Shares, in which case the Company may retain such certificates unless and until the Shares represented by such certificate have vested and may cancel such certificate if and to the extent that the Shares are forfeited or otherwise required to be transferred back to the Company, or (ii) not issue any certificate representing Shares subject to this Agreement and instead document the Participant’s interest in the Shares by registering the Shares with the Company’s transfer agent (or another custodian selected by the Company) in book entry form in the Participant’s name with the applicable restrictions noted in the book entry system, in which case no certificate(s) representing all or a part of the Shares will be issued unless and until the Shares become Vested Shares.  The Company may provide a reasonable delay in the issuance or delivery of Vested Shares as it determines appropriate to address tax withholding and other administrative matters.

 

8.              Stop-Transfer Notices

 

The Company will not be required to (a) transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or transferred in violation of the provisions of this Agreement or (b) treat as the owner of the Shares, or otherwise accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to whom the Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Agreement.

 

4



 

9.              Withholding and Disposition of Shares

 

9.1          Generally

 

The Participant is liable and responsible for all taxes owed in connection with the Award, regardless of any action the Company takes with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with the Award.  The Company does not make any representation or undertaking regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the grant or vesting of the Award or the subsequent sale of Shares issuable pursuant to the Award.  The Company does not commit and is under no obligation to structure the Award to reduce or eliminate the Participant’s tax liability.

 

9.2          Payment of Withholding Taxes

 

Prior to any event in connection with the Award (e.g., vesting) that the Company determines may result in any domestic or foreign tax withholding obligation, whether national, federal, state or local, including any social tax obligation (the “Tax Withholding Obligation”), the Participant is required to arrange for the satisfaction of the minimum amount of such Tax Withholding Obligation in a manner acceptable to the Company.

 

(a)           By Withholding Shares .  Unless Participant elects to satisfy the Tax Withholding Obligation by an alternative means in accordance with clause (b) below, Participant’s acceptance of this Award constitutes Participant’s instruction and authorization to the Company to withhold on the Participant’s behalf the number of Shares from those Shares issuable to the Participant at the time when the Award becomes vested as the Company determines to be sufficient to satisfy the Tax Withholding Obligation.

 

(b)           By Other Payment .  At any time not less than five (5) business days before any Tax Withholding Obligation arises (e.g., before a Vesting Date), Participant may notify the Company of Participant’s election to pay Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation by wire transfer, check or other means permitted by the Company.  In such case, the Participant shall satisfy his or her tax withholding obligation by paying to the Company on such date as it shall specify an amount that the Company determines is sufficient to satisfy the expected Tax Withholding Obligation by (i) wire transfer to such account as the Company may direct, (ii) delivery of a check payable to the Company, Attn: Leadership Rewards, Stock Administrator, Mail Stop WMC0705, 1301 Second Avenue, Seattle, WA 98101, or such other address as the Company may from time to time direct, or (iii) such other means as the Company may establish or permit.   Participant agrees and acknowledges that prior to the date the Tax Withholding Obligation arises, the Company will be required to estimate the amount of the Tax Withholding Obligation and accordingly will require the amount paid to the Company under this Paragraph 9.2(b) to be more than the minimum amount that may actually be due and that, if Participant has not delivered payment of a sufficient amount to the Company to satisfy the Tax Withholding Obligation (regardless of whether as a result of the Company underestimating the required payment or Participant failing to timely make the required payment), the additional Tax Withholding Obligation amounts shall be satisfied in the manner specified in Paragraph 9.2(a) above.

 

5



 

10.                                Plan Controls

 

The terms of the Notice of Grant and this Agreement are governed by the terms of the Plan, as it exists on the date of the grant and as the Plan is amended from time to time.  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Notice of Grant or this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control, except as expressly stated otherwise.  The term “Section” generally refers to provisions within the Plan; provided, however, the term “Paragraph” shall refer to a provision of this Agreement.

 

11.                                Limitation on Rights; No Right to Future Grants; Extraordinary Item

 

By entering into this Agreement and accepting the Award, Participant acknowledges that: (i) Participant’s participation in the Plan is voluntary; (ii) the value of the Award is an extraordinary item which is outside the scope of any employment contract with Participant; (iii) the Award is not part of normal or expected compensation for any purpose, including without limitation for calculating any benefits, severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, end of service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or similar payments, and Participant will not be entitled to compensation or damages as a consequence of Participant’s forfeiture of any unvested portion of the Award as a result of Participant’s Termination of Service with the Company or any Related Company for any reason; and (iv) in the event that Participant is not a direct employee of Company, the grant of the Award will not be interpreted to form an employment relationship with the Company or any Related Company and the grant of the Award will not be interpreted to form an employment contract with the Participant’s employer, the Company or any Related Company.  The Company shall be under no obligation whatsoever to advise the Participant of the existence, maturity or termination of any of Participant’s rights hereunder and Participant shall be responsible for familiarizing himself or herself with all matters contained herein and in the Plan which may affect any of Participant’s rights or privileges hereunder.

 

12.                                Committee Authority

 

Any question concerning the interpretation of this Agreement or the Plan, any adjustments required to be made under the Plan, and any controversy that may arise under the Plan or this Agreement shall be determined by the Committee (including any person(s) to whom the Committee has delegated its authority) in its sole and absolute discretion.  Such decision by the Committee shall be final and binding.

 

13.                                Agreement Not To Solicit Personnel

 

In consideration for the granting of the Award and Participant’s access as an employee of the Company or a Related Company to employees, contractors and consultants of the Company and Related Companies, Participant agrees that, during Participant’s employment with the Company or a Related Company, and for a period of one year following Termination of Service for Cause or Termination of Service voluntarily, Participant will not in any manner, directly or indirectly, solicit, encourage, induce, or recruit any person who is then an employee, contractor, or consultant of the Company or a Related Company, and whom Participant worked with, supervised, or had access to confidential information about while employed by Company or a Related Company, to seek or accept employment or a contractual or consulting engagement with any business that competes with or provides services comparable to those provided by the Company.  Should Participant breach the agreement set forth in this Paragraph 13, in addition to any other remedy available to the Company, Participate shall forfeit any

 

6



 

Unvested Shares, which shall be cancelled and surrendered to the Company without payment of any consideration to the Participant; Participant shall return to the Company any Vested Shares without payment of any consideration to the Participant; and, for any Vested Shares sold or otherwise transferred by Participant, Participant shall immediately pay to the Company the fair market value of those Vested Shares as of the date they were sold or otherwise transferred by Participant.  The parties agree that, to the extent the restrictions set forth in this Paragraph 13 are found to be unenforceable in any respect, this Paragraph shall be construed to be enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

14.                                Intellectual Property Ownership

 

Washington Mutual will own all rights to the results of Participant’s work, including inventions and other intellectual property developed using Company equipment, supplies, facilities or trade secret information.  It will also own all rights to the results of any other effort of Participant (outside of Participant’s performance of Washington Mutual work) that relate directly to Participant’s work or to the Company’s business or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development.  Washington Mutual’s rights extend to anything that is authored, conceived, invented, written, reduced to practice, improved or made by Participant, alone or jointly with others, during the period of Participant’s employment by the Company or a Related Company.  To the extent that the results of Participant’s work or other effort constitute a “work made for hire” as defined under U.S. copyright law, the copyright shall belong solely to the Company.  Otherwise, to the extent that such results are legally protectable, then Participant hereby irrevocably assigns all copyrights, patent rights, and other proprietary rights therein to the Company, and no further action by Participant is required to grant ownership to Washington Mutual.  Participant will assist in preparing and executing documents, and will take any other steps requested by Washington Mutual, to vest, confirm or demonstrate its ownership rights, and Participant will not at any time contest the validity of such rights.  Participant understands that the termination of Participant’s employment will not terminate or invalidate any of Participant’s obligations, or Washington Mutual’s rights, as described above.

 

Participant understands that the above commitments are in furtherance of the WaMu Intellectual Property Policy (a copy of which Participant has had an opportunity to review and is also found on wamu.net), which is incorporated herein but not set forth in full due to space limitations.  If Participant lives or works in Washington, California, Illinois, or in any other state mentioned in the Invention Notice section of the policy, then the above assignment does not apply to inventions described in the Invention Notice for Participant’s state.

 

15.                                General Provisions

 

15.1        Notices

 

Whenever any notice is required or permitted hereunder, such notice must be in writing and delivered in person or by mail (to the address set forth below if notice is being delivered to the Company) or electronically.  Any notice delivered in person or by mail shall be deemed to be delivered on the date on which it is personally delivered, or, whether actually received or not, on the third business day after it is deposited in the United States mail, certified or registered, postage prepaid, addressed to the person who is to receive it at the address that such person has theretofore specified by written notice delivered in accordance herewith.  Any notice given by the Company to the Participant directed to Participant at Participant’s address on file with the Company shall be effective to bind the Participant and any other person who shall have acquired rights under this Agreement.  The Company or the Participant may change, by written

 

7



 

notice to the other, the address previously specified for receiving notices.  Notices delivered to the Company in person or by mail shall be addressed as follows:

 

Company:

 

Washington Mutual, Inc.

 

 

Attn: Leadership Rewards, Stock Administrator

 

 

Mail Stop WMC0705

 

 

1301 Second Avenue

 

 

Seattle, WA 98101

 

15.2        No Waiver

 

No waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be valid unless in writing and signed by the person against whom such waiver is sought to be enforced, nor will failure to enforce any right hereunder constitute a continuing waiver of the same or a waiver of any other right hereunder.

 

15.3        Undertaking

 

Participant hereby agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Company may deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either the Participant or the Award pursuant to the express provisions of this Agreement.

 

15.4        Entire Contract

 

This Agreement, the Notice of Grant and the Plan constitute the entire contract between the parties hereto with regard to the subject matter hereof.  This Agreement is made pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and will in all respects be construed in conformity with the express terms and provisions of the Plan.

 

15.5        Successors and Assigns

 

The provisions of this Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and be binding on, the Company and its successors and assigns and Participant and Participant’s legal representatives, heirs, legatees, distributees, assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or not any such person will have become a party to this Agreement and agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms and conditions hereof.

 

15.6        Securities Law Compliance

 

The Company may impose such restrictions, conditions or limitations as it determines appropriate as to the timing and manner of any resales by the Participant or other subsequent transfers by the Participant of any Shares issued as a result of or under this Award, including without limitation (a) restrictions under an insider trading policy, (b) restrictions that may be necessary in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the Award and/or the Shares underlying the Award and (c) restrictions as to the use of a specified brokerage firm or other agent for such resales or other transfers.  Any sale of the Shares must also comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the sale of such shares.

 

8



 

15.7        Information Confidential

 

As partial consideration for the granting of the Award, the Participant agrees that he or she will keep confidential all information and knowledge that the Participant has relating to the manner and amount of his or her participation in the Plan; provided, however, that such information may be disclosed as required by law and may be given in confidence to the Participant’s spouse, tax and financial advisors, or to a financial institution to the extent that such information is necessary to secure a loan.

 

15.8        Data Privacy

 

As an essential term of this Award, the Participant consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this Agreement for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.

 

By entering into this Agreement and accepting the Award, Participant acknowledges that the Company holds certain personal information about the Participant, including, but not limited to, name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, taxpayer identification number, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, tax rates and amounts, nationality, job title, any shares of stock or directorships held in the Company, details of all awards or any other entitlement to shares of stock awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding, for the purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan (“Data”).  Participant acknowledges that Data may be transferred to any third parties assisting in the implementation, administration and management of the Plan, that these recipients may be located in jurisdictions that may have different data privacy laws and protections, and Participant authorizes the recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the purposes of implementing, administering and managing the Plan, including any requisite transfer of such Data as may be required to a broker or other third party with whom the Participant or the Company may elect to deposit any shares of stock acquired under the Award. Participant acknowledges that Data may be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan as determined by the Company, and that Participant may request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, provided however, that refusing or withdrawing Participant’s consent may adversely affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan.

 

15.9        Electronic Delivery

 

The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to any awards granted under the Plan by electronic means or to request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and, if requested, to agree to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company, and such consent shall remain in effect throughout Participant’s term of employment or service with the Company and thereafter until withdrawn in writing by Participant.

 

9



 

15.10      Governing Law

 

Except as may otherwise be provided in the Plan, the provisions of the Notice of Grant and this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state of Washington, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement dated below.

 

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

 

 

Daryl David

 

Chief HR Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

employee’s Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Date Signed:

 

 

10



 

EXHIBIT A

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND STATEMENT OF DECISION REGARDING SECTION 83(b) ELECTION

 

The undersigned, a recipient of                shares of common stock of Washington Mutual, Inc., a Washington corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to a restricted stock award granted under the Washington Mutual Inc Amended and Restated 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), hereby states as follows:

 

1.             The undersigned acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement and the Plan relating to the offering of such shares.  The undersigned has carefully reviewed the Plan and the Restricted Stock Award Agreement pursuant to which the award was granted.

 

2.             The undersigned either ( check and complete as applicable )

 

(a)                                   has consulted, and has been fully advised by, the undersigned’s own tax advisor,                                                 , whose business address is                                                   , regarding the federal, state and local tax consequences of receiving shares under the Plan, and particularly regarding the advisability of making an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and pursuant to the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law, or

 

(b)                                  has knowingly chosen not to consult such a tax advisor.

 

3.             The undersigned hereby states that the undersigned has decided (check as applicable)

 

(a)                                   to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, and is submitting to the Internal Revenue Service  with a copy to the Company (together with the undersigned’s executed Restricted Stock Award Agreement) an executed form entitled “Election Under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986”.  The undersigned hereby elects to pay the applicable withholding taxes resulting from the 83(b) election (25% federal, state, if applicable, 1.45% Medicare and 6.2% Social Security, if applicable) in the following manner:

 

(i)                                      Withheld from payroll.

 

(ii)           Submission of a personal check to the Company.

 

(b)                                  not to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code.

 

4.             Neither the Company nor any subsidiary or representative of the Company has made any warranty or representation to the undersigned with respect to the tax consequences of the undersigned’s acquisition of shares under the Plan or of the making or failure to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law.

 

 

 

 

 

Dated

Recipient

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 

11



 

EXHIBIT B

 

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

 

 

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, to include in taxpayer’s gross income for the current taxable year the amount of any compensation taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below:

 

1.                                        The name, address, taxpayer identification number and taxable year of the undersigned are as follows:

 

NAME OF TAXPAYER:

 

ADDRESS:

 

 

IDENTIFICATION NO. OF TAXPAYER:

 

TAXABLE YEAR:  2008

 

2.                                        The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:                         shares of the Common Stock of Washington Mutual, Inc., a Washington corporation (the “Company”).

 

3.                                        The date on which the property was transferred is:  January 22, 2008 (grant date)

 

4.                                        The property is subject to the following restrictions:

 

The property is subject to a forfeiture right pursuant to which the Company can reacquire the shares if for any reason other than for death or Disability taxpayer’s services with the Company are terminated.  The Company’s right to receive back the shares lapses 50% on January 22, 2010 and 50% on January 22, 2011.

 

5.                                        The aggregate fair market value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse, of such property is:   $14.77

 

6.                                        The amount (if any) paid for such property is:  $0.00

 

The undersigned has submitted a copy of this statement to the person for whom the services were performed in connection with the undersigned’s receipt of the above-described property.  The undersigned is the person performing the services in connection with the transfer of said property.

 

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner of Internal Revenue.

 

 

 

 

 

Dated

Taxpayer

 

Taxpayer is required to submit this Exhibit B directly to the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days from the Grant Date and a copy is to be sent to Washington Mutual, Inc., Stock Administration fax number 206-377-1455.

 

12




Exhibit 10.3

 

 

 

 

Washington Mutual, Inc
Notice of Cash Long-Term Incentive Award

 

Date:      February 1, 2008

 

To:

 

From:   Leadership Rewards, Stock Administration

 

We are pleased to inform you that on January 22, 2008 you were awarded a Cash Long-Term Incentive Award (“Cash LTI Award”) in the amount of $XX.XX as a reward for your continued service to Washington Mutual (the “Company” or “WaMu”). The Cash LTI Award is subject to the terms and conditions of this agreement (the “Agreement”).

 

Terms of Award

 

To earn the Cash LTI Award and receive a payment, you must remain continuously employed by the Company through each applicable anniversary date

 

If you fulfill these requirements the Cash LTI Award will be made in cash and will vest and become payable in three equal installments on the anniversary date of the Award over a three year period.   Payment will be made in cash.  You must be employed on each anniversary date in order to receive each portion of the Award.  The installments are as follows:

 

Anniversary Date

 

Dollar Amount Payable

 

January XX, 2009

 

$

XX.XX

 

January XX, 2010

 

$

XX.XX

 

January XX, 2011

 

$

XX.XX

 

 

Subject to your continued employment with the Company, the Cash LTI Award will be paid in accordance to the above schedule, less taxes and withholding, in the pay cycle immediately following the applicable anniversary date.

 

You will continue to be subject to all Company policies and management directives. Your employment will continue to be terminable by you or the company at will, without cause or advance notice.   Nothing in this letter is intended to suggest any guaranteed period of continued employment or any guarantee that you will be paid the Cash LTI Award. This letter merely sets forth the terms of the Cash LTI Award that may be paid to you for achievement of the stated criteria.

 



 

Acceptance of the Cash LTI Award

 

You will not be entitled to any of the benefits under this Cash LTI Award unless and until you accept this Award agreement no later than the 90 th day following the date hereof.  If you fail to accept the Cash LTI Award as specified above by April 21, 2008 the Cash LTI Award shall terminate without consideration and be deemed cancelled upon the expiration of such 90-day period, unless the Committee determines, in its sole discretion, that any delay was for good cause (including your death, disability or other incapacitation). By accepting the Cash LTI Award, you irrevocably agree on behalf of yourself and your successors and permitted assigns to all the terms and conditions of the Cash LTI Award as set for the in or pursuant to this Agreement .)

 

Termination of the Award

 

You must be employed on each applicable anniversary date in order to receive each portion of the Award. Vesting and payment of the Award will accelerate upon a Change in Control (as defined in the form of Change in Control Agreement for Senior Leaders), a Termination of Service by reason of death or Disability, or a Termination of Service other than for Cause at or after age 65.  In case of death, disability or retirement, your payment will be processed as soon as administratively practical after we receive notice of your death, disability or retirement.

 

Committee Authority

 

Any question concerning the interpretation of this Agreement or the Plan, and any controversy that may arise under the Plan or this Agreement shall be determined by the Committee (including any person(s) to whom the Committee has delegated its authority) in its sole and absolute discretion.  Such decision by the Committee shall be final and binding

 

Agreement Not to Solicit Personnel

 

As a condition of this Cash LTI Award, you agree that you will not solicit WaMu personnel for a period of one year after your employment here ends. This means that, regardless of the reason for termination of your employment, you will not directly or indirectly solicit, encourage, induce, or enter into any arrangement with any person who is then a WaMu employee or a contractor or consultant whom you have worked with, supervised, or been exposed to confidential information about while associated with the Company to terminate or diminish his or her relationship with the company, or to seek or accept employment or a similar relationship with any other business or entity including, but not limited to, one that competes with or provides services comparable to those provided by WaMu.  If you violate this obligation, you agree to return the Cash LTI Award promptly, and agree that the Company shall also be entitled to pursue whatever other remedies are available to it.

 

Intellectual Property Ownership

 

WaMu will own all rights to the results of your work, including inventions and other intellectual property developed using Company equipment, supplies, facilities or trade secret information.

 



 

It will also own all rights to the results of any other effort by you (outside of your performance of WaMu work) that relate directly to your work or to the Company’s business or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development. WaMu’s rights extend to anything that is authored, concelved, invented, written, reduced to practice, improved or made by you, alone or jointly with others, during the period of your employment by the Company or a Related Company. To the extent that the results of your work or other effort constitute a “work made for hire” as defined under U.S. copyright law, the copyright shall belong solely to the Company. Otherwise, to the extent that such results are legally protectable, then you hereby irrevocably assigns all copyrights, patent rights, and other proprietary rights therein to the Company, and no further action by you is required to grant ownership to WaMu. You will assist in preparing and executing documents, and will take any other steps requested by WaMu, to vest, confirm or demonstrate its ownership rights, and you will not at any time contest the validity of such rights. You understand that the termination of your employment will not terminate or invalidate any of your obligations, or WaMu’s rights, as described above. You understand that the above commitments are in furtherance of the WaMu Intellectual Property Policy (a copy of which you have had an opportunity to review and is also found on wamu.net), which is incorporated herein but not set forth in full due to space limitations.  If you live or work in Washington, California, Illinois, or in any other state mentioned in the Invention Notice section of the policy, then the above assignment does not apply to inventions described in the Invention Notice for your state.

 

Notice

 

Whenever any notice is required or permitted hereunder, such notice must be in writing and delivered in person or by mail (to the address set forth below if notice is being delivered to the Company) or electronically.  Any notice delivered in person or by mail shall be deemed to be delivered on the date on which it is personally delivered, or, whether actually received or not, on the third business day after it is deposited in the United States mail, certified or registered, postage prepaid, addressed to the person who is to receive it at the address that such person has theretofore specified by written notice delivered in accordance herewith.  Any notice given by the Company to you directed to you at your address on file with the Company shall be effective to bind you and any other person who shall have acquired rights under this Agreement.  You or the Company may change, by written notice to the other, the address previously specified for receiving notices.  Notices delivered to the Company in person or by mail shall be addressed as follows:

 

Company:

Washington Mutual, Inc.

 

 

 

Attn: Leadership Rewards, Stock Administrator
Mall Stop WMC 0705
1301 Second Avenue
Seattle, WA 98101

 



 

Other Terms

 

This letter sets forth all of the terms and conditions upon which the Cash LTI Award may be paid to you, and it supersedes any other representations about this bonus opportunity.  No one at the Company has the authority to make any promises to you that are different from those set forth in this letter on the subject of this Cash LTI Award.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement dated below.

 

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

 

 

Daryl David

 

Chief HR Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee’s Signature

 

 

 

Date Signed:

 

 




Exhibit 10.8.1

 

THIRD AMENDMENT

 

WAMU SAVINGS PLAN

(As Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2006)

 

The WaMu Savings Plan is hereby amended effective January 1, 2007 by replacing Section 8.2 in its entirety with the following:

 

8.2            Forfeiture of Contingent Interests

 

(a)            Timing of Forfeitures

 

Matching Contributions and Profit Sharing Contributions allocated to a Participant’s Account, including any earnings or losses thereon, that are not vested shall be forfeited on the earlier of the following dates:

 

(i)             The last day of the fifth consecutive one year break in Years of Vesting Service, or

 

(ii)            As soon as practicable after the date on which the Participant receives a distribution of the value of his vested Account balance, (including a deemed cashout of $0).

 

(b)           Allocation of Forfeitures

 

Amounts forfeited pursuant to this Section shall be used first to pay Plan expenses in accordance with Section 11.6, then to reduce the Company’s Matching Contributions and Profit Sharing Contributions for the current or succeeding Plan Years, and lastly to restore Accounts subject to the terms of the Plan as provided below or as required by law.

 

(c)           Restoration of Non-Vested Accounts

 

If a Participant incurs a forfeiture by reason of Section 1.1(a)(ii) and returns to Service prior to incurring five consecutive Breaks in Service, the amount of the forfeiture shall be restored (unadjusted for any gains or losses) as part of such Participant’s Account if the Participant repays to the Plan the full amount of the distribution prior to the earlier of

 

(iii)           The Plan’s termination, or

 

(iv)           The lapse of five years following the Participant’s reemployment by the Employer or a Related Employer (provided that the Participant must be an Employee at the time of repayment).  If the Participant received a deemed cashout of $0, he shall be deemed to have repaid the distribution upon reemployment.

 



 

As of the Valuation Date immediately following such repayment, and prior to any allocation of Trust earnings, forfeitures, or Employer Contributions specified in Article V, the amount of a Participant’s previous forfeiture (the “Restoration Amount”) shall be allocated to his Account.

 

The Restoration Amount shall be credited first against forfeitures arising for the Plan Year, and if such forfeitures are not sufficient to satisfy the Restoration Amount in full, the remainder of such amount shall be satisfied out of Employer Contributions for the Plan Year.  The Restoration Amount shall not be deemed an Annual Addition.  In addition, the Employer may make an Employer Contribution for the purpose of restoring a forfeiture even though the Employer has no profits.

 

Any rehired Employee who is eligible to make a repayment, shall be notified of his right to make such repayment before the expiration of the periods of the occurrence of the events specified above, and such notice shall also include an explanation of the consequences of not making such repayment.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Third Amendment to be adopted and executed this                               day of                              , 2007.

 

 

 

 

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Daryl D. David

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Human Resources Officer

 




Exhibit 10.8.2

 

FOURTH AMENDMENT

 

WAMU SAVINGS PLAN
(As Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2006)

 

WHEREAS, Washington Mutual, Inc. (the “Company”) sponsors and maintains the WaMu Savings Plan, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2006 and as subsequently amended (the “Plan”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company has the right to amend the Plan pursuant to Section 13.1 of the Plan; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan to permit non-spousal death beneficiaries to transfer amounts from qualified plans directly to an individual retirement account as permitted by the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (the “PPA”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan to include as eligible compensation post-severance payments made no later than the first day of the second calendar month following a termination of employment to be treated as eligible compensation and as compensation within the meaning of Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), as permitted by final regulations promulgated by the Department of Treasury pursuant to Code Section 415; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan to permit Participants to make Roth elective deferrals to the Plan; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan to automatically enroll new employees hired or rehired on or after January 1, 2008; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan to extend the time period in which Participants may consider distribution notices, as permitted by the PPA; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan to reflect that Participants are provided with quarterly benefit statements.

 

NOW THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended effective as of January 1, 2008, as follows:

 

1.             Section  2.12, Compensation , is amended to add the following sentence at the end of subsection (b):

 

Compensation shall also include post-severance payments paid no later than the first day of the second calendar month following termination of employment if (a) the payment was for services rendered which an Employer would have paid if employment had continued, (b) the payment was for unused accrued sick leave, vacation pay, or other

 



 

leave which the Employee could have taken if employment had continued, or (c) the payment was from an unfunded nonqualified deferred compensation plan, if the payment would have been paid to the Employee at the same time if the Employee had continued in employment with an Employer and only to the extent that the payment is includible in the employee’s gross income.

 

2.               Section 2.12, Compensation , is amended to add a new subsection (viii) following subsection (c)(vii) as follows:

 

(viii)   Any post-severance payment that does not satisfy the conditions set forth in subsection (b) above, such as severance pay, parachute payments, or payments from an unfunded deferred compensation plan that are triggered by termination of employment, or any payment paid later than the first day of the second calendar month following termination of employment.

 

3.               Section 2.51, Salary Deferral Contribution , is amended to add the following at the end of Section 2.51:

 

Unless specifically stated otherwise, “Roth Elective Deferrals,” as described in Section  4.1(e), will be treated as Salary Deferral Contributions.

 

4.               Section 3.1, Eligibility to Participate in the Plan , is amended to add a new subsection (iii) following subsection (a)(ii) as follows:

 

(iii)     Each Eligible Employee hired or rehired on or after January 1, 2008, will automatically become a Participant in the Plan on the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date or, if later, the date the Employee becomes an Eligible Employee.

 

5.               Section 4.1, Salary Deferral Contributions , is amended to add a new subsection (d) and new subsection (e) as follows:

 

(d)       If an Eligible Employee hired or rehired on or after January 1, 2008 has not affirmatively elected a percentage of his or her Considered Compensation to defer by the 60 th day after his or her Employment Commencement Date, the Eligible Employee shall be treated as having elected to defer an amount equal to three percent (3%) of his or her Considered Compensation (referred to hereinafter as Automatic Deferrals). An Eligible Employee who is subject to this subsection (d) shall receive an automatic enrollment notice, within a reasonable period of time before any Automatic Deferral is made and within a reasonable period of time before each Plan Year, which shall explain (i) the Eligible Employee’s right to affirmatively elect to make elective deferrals at a different percentage or to not make elective deferrals, (ii) that if the Eligible Employee does not make an affirmative election within a reasonable period of time, such Eligible Employee will be treated as having elected to defer an amount equal to three percent (3%) of his or her Considered Compensation, and (iii) how Automatic Deferrals will be invested in the absence of any investment election by the Eligible Employee.

 



 

(e)       Effective as of January 1, 2008, a Participant may designate all or a portion of his or her Salary Deferral Contributions as Roth Elective Deferrals. A Roth Elective Deferral is an elective deferral that is:

 

(i)        designated irrevocably by the Participant at the time of the cash or deferred election as a Roth elective deferral that is being made in lieu of all or a portion of the pre-tax elective deferrals the Participant is otherwise eligible to make under the Plan; and

 

(ii) treated by the employer as includible in the Participant’s income at the time the Participant would have received that amount in cash if the Participant had not made a cash or deferred election.

 

A Participant’s Roth Elective Deferrals will be allocated to a separate account maintained for such deferrals. Contributions and withdrawals of Roth Elective Deferrals will be credited and debited to the Roth Elective Deferral Account maintained for each Participant. The Plan will maintain a record of the amount of Roth Elective Deferrals in each Participant’s Account. Gains, losses, and other credits or charges must be separately allocated on a reasonable and consistent basis to each Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account and the Participant’s other Accounts in the Plan. No contributions other than Roth Elective Deferrals and properly attributable earnings will be credited to each Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account.

 

6.                           Section  4.4, Rollover Contributions and Trust Transfers , is amended to add a new subsection (c) as follows:

 

(c)                 Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, the Plan will accept a Rollover Contribution to a Roth Elective Deferral Account only if it is a direct rollover from another Roth elective deferral contribution account under an applicable retirement plan described in Code Section 402A(e)(l) and only to the extent the rollover is permitted under the rules of Code Section 402(c).

 

7.                  Section 8.13, Direct Rollovers , is amended so that the second paragraph of Section 8.13 reads as follows:

 

A surviving spouse Beneficiary or a former spouse who is an Alternate Payee, pursuant to a QDRO under Section 15.12, may direct a rollover under the same terms and conditions as a Participant. A non-spouse designated beneficiary (as defined by Code Section 401(a)(9)(B)) may direct a rollover of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to an individual retirement plan established on behalf of the designated beneficiary that will be treated as an inherited IRA within the meaning of Code Section 408(d)(3)(C).

 

8.                           Section 8.13, Direct Rollovers , is amended so to add a new paragraph following subsection (a)(iii) as follows:

 



 

Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, a direct rollover of a distribution from a Roth elective deferral contribution account under the Plan will only be made to another Roth elective deferral contribution account under the applicable retirement plan described in Code Section 402A(e)(l) or to a Roth IRA described in Code Section 408A, and only to the extent the rollover is permitted under the rules of Code Section 402(c).

 

9.                                       Section 8.13, Direct Rollovers , subsection (c) is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

(c)                Notice to Participants

 

In accordance with Code Section 402(f), the Committee or Trustee shall furnish each Participant, spousal Beneficiary or Alternate Payee eligible for a directed rollover under this Section 8.13 with an explanation of the directed rollover opportunity and related withholding consequences of not choosing a directed rollover within a reasonable period (at least 30 but not more than 180 days) prior to the Participant’s distribution. The explanation shall clearly indicate that the Participant, spousal Beneficiary or Alternate Payee has a right to a 30 day waiting period to consider the election. A Participant, Beneficiary or Alternate Payee may waive the 30 day period by affirmative election on forms provided by (or by other methods approved by) the Committee or Trustee.

 

10.                                  Section 9.3, Account Statement , is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

Each Participant shall be provided with a statement of his Accounts under the Plan showing the Account values on a quarterly basis. Account statements may be delivered electronically as provided by the Committee.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Fourth Amendment to be adopted and executed this 2 nd day of January, 2008

 

 

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daryl D. David

 

 

 

 

Its:

EVP HR

 




Exhibit 10.11

 

Washington Mutual, Inc.

 

Deferred Compensation Plan

 

Current Provision

 

Proposed Amendment

 

Eligible Employee:

 

Levels 1-5 and all who earned $200,000 in previous year.

 

Eligible Employee:

 

·    Levels 1-5 and

 

·    Top 250 earners based on eligible compensation as of the most recent Sept. 30

 

·    Once eligible, participants will continue to be eligible as long as eligible earnings are at lease $200,000 as the most recent Sept. 30 payroll data.

 

 

 

 

 

Terminated participants may begin receiving distribution at any time.

 

Participants must receive payments beginning at age 65 unless they remain employed.

 

 

 

 

 

Participants may elect to receive distributions any time after termination.

 

Participants with small balances (less than $10,000) will receive automatic lump sum distributions upon termination.

 

 




Exhibit 10.24

 

CONFIDENTIAL           

 

EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE AND
MUTUAL RELEASE AGREEMENT

 

This Executive Severance and Mutual Release Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered between Fay Chapman (“Executive”) and Washington Mutual, Inc. (“Employer”) and is in consideration of the mutual undertakings set forth below.

 

Executive has decided to retire, and Executive and Employer mutually desire to end Executive’s employment.  In order to assist Executive in her transition, and acknowledge past contributions, Employer has decided to offer Executive the benefits described below.  To clearly set forth the terms and conditions of Executive’s departure, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.             The purpose of this Agreement is to set forth the mutual understanding of the parties.  This Agreement shall not be construed as an admission by Employer that it acted wrongfully with respect to Executive, nor shall it be construed as an admission by Executive of any misconduct or impropriety.

 

2.             Executive’s employment with Employer shall end for all purposes on June 30, 2008 (“Separation Date”).  For the period from December 10, 2007 to and including June 30, 2008, Executive shall be placed on paid administrative leave.  Effective January 1, 2008, Executive’s annual salary shall be increased to $1,062,000.00 for purposes of calculating payments of salary to be made by Employer to Executive for the period from January 1, 2008 through the Separation Date.  With respect to Executive’s 2007 bonus to be paid in 2008, Employer shall pay her target bonus of $310,000.00.  On or before January 20, 2008, Employer shall remove the performance conditions from the terms of Executive’s 2005 and 2007 Restricted Share Grants.  Following the Separation Date, Executive shall be eligible to participate in Employer’s retiree health insurance plan.

 

3.             Executive understands that taxes that may become due and are owed by Executive as a result of any payment or transaction contemplated by this Agreement are Executive’s sole responsibility, and Executive agrees to hold Employer harmless on account thereof.  In addition, Executive agrees that such taxes which are due and are owed by Executive but are unpaid may be setoff against any sums due under this Agreement to the maximum extent allowed by law.

 

4.             On or before the Separation Date, Employer shall enter into a consulting agreement with Executive, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Consulting Agreement”), which shall be effective as of July 1, 2008.  Employer’s entry into the Consulting Agreement is expressly conditioned upon Executive signing a release in substantially the form of paragraph 5 after the Separation Date and not revoking same.  Executive acknowledges and agrees that Employer’s entry into the Consulting Agreement with Executive and other undertakings in this Agreement are not required by any Employer policy, procedure or contract, nor by any applicable law, but are given solely in consideration of this Agreement.

 

5.             In exchange for the benefits contained in this Agreement, Executive releases and discharges Employer, all subsidiary, parent, and affiliated entities, and any Employer-sponsored

 



 

benefit plans in which Executive participates, and all of their respective owners, officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, employees, agents, attorneys, and insurers from any and all claims, actions, causes of action, rights, benefits, compensation, or damages, including costs and attorneys’ fees, of whatever nature, whether known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, matured or unmatured, now existing or arising in the future from any act, omission, event, occurrence, or non-occurrence prior to the date Executive signs this Agreement arising out of or in any way related to Executive’s employment with Employer.  This release includes but is not limited to any claims under any federal, state, or local laws prohibiting discrimination in employment, including Title VII, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, and the Americans with Disabilities Act; based upon any employment agreement, severance plan, compensation plan, or change in control agreement; based upon any alleged legal restriction on Employer’s right to terminate its employees; or based upon ERISA.  This Agreement shall not affect Executive’s entitlement to receive any 401(k), stock option, or pension plan benefits that shall have vested as of the Separation Date.

 

6.             In exchange for the benefits contained in this Agreement, Employer releases and discharges Executive from any and all claims, actions, causes of action, rights, benefits, compensation, or damages, including costs and attorneys’ fees, of whatever nature, whether known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, matured or unmatured, now existing or arising in the future from any act, omission, event, occurrence, or non-occurrence prior to the date Employer signs this Agreement arising out of or in any way related to Executive’s employment with Employer.

 

7.             Employer agrees to indemnify Employee to the fullest extent permitted by Employer’s Bylaws, which includes independent representation where appropriate.  Nothing in this Agreement shall modify, or be interpreted to modify, the application or applicability of any law, document, or authority relating to indemnification.

 

8.             Executive agrees that she will not make any disparaging or untruthful remarks about or concerning Employer, its officers, directors, employees or agents, whether acting in their individual or representative capacity.  Employer shall not make any disparaging or untruthful remarks concerning Executive and shall use reasonable efforts to cause its officers, directors, employees and agents, to not make any disparaging or untruthful remarks concerning Executive.  Nothing in this Paragraph shall in any way limit the ability of Executive or Employer or its officers, directors, employees or agents to respond to or cooperate with any government inquiry or investigation or to give truthful testimony as required by law.

 

9.             Executive agrees that, as a result of her employment by Employer, she has been exposed to confidential information that is not generally known to the public, all of which information is owned by Employer.  This includes information developed by Executive, alone or with others, or entrusted to Employer by customers or others.  Employer’s confidential information includes, without limitation, information relating to its finances, business and strategic plans, unannounced acquisition and/or investment prospects, trade secrets, know-how, procedures, purchasing, accounting, marketing, sales, customers and employees.  Executive agrees that, during her remaining employment by Employer and for all time thereafter, as long as such information is not made public by Employer, Executive shall hold such information in strict confidence and not disclose or use it except as specifically authorized by Employer and for Employer’s benefit.

 



 

10.           Employer and Executive each agree that the consideration provided to Executive under this Agreement and the Consulting Agreement is confidential and that neither shall disclose said consideration to persons outside Employer, except that Executive may show the Agreement and the Consulting Agreement to her spouse, attorneys and tax consultants, who have agreed to be bound by these provisions; provided , however , that nothing herein shall prohibit or restrict Employer or Executive (or their respective attorneys) from making disclosures related to this Agreement and the Consulting Agreement as required by law, from responding to any inquiry, or providing testimony, about the fact or terms of this Agreement or the Consulting Agreement, the consideration provided to the Executive, or the facts and circumstances underlying this Agreement and the Consulting Agreement before the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal or state regulatory or law enforcement agency or as required by law, or prohibit or restrict Employer or Executive from disclosing the terms of this Agreement or the Consulting Agreement in any litigation brought to enforce any obligations created by this Agreement or the Consulting Agreement.

 

11.           Executive agrees to fully and reasonably cooperate with Employer with respect to any and all business issues, claims, internal investigations (including any internal investigation relating to any claims by Executive of wrongdoing by Employer’s senior management), inquiries and/or investigations by the Government or by a regulator, administrative charges, and litigation related to Employer or its business interests.  This would include, but not be limited to, responding to questions, providing information, attending meetings, depositions, administrative proceedings, and court hearings, and assisting Employer, its counsel and any expert witnesses.  Executive agrees not to communicate with any party, its legal counsel, or others adverse to Employer in any pending or threatened claims or litigation except with the prior consent of the Employer.  Should Executive receive notice of a subpoena or other attempt to communicate with or obtain information from Executive in any way relating to Employer or its business interests, Executive agrees to notify counsel for Employer and to provide a copy of any such subpoena or request within two (2) calendar days of receipt of such notice. Nothing in this agreement restricts the ability of the Employee to appropriately respond to a subpoena or other request from the Government or regulators.

 

12.           Executive agrees that, as a condition of and before the Company enters into the Consulting Agreement with the Executive, she will return to Employer all of Employer’s property, including all physical property (personal digital assistants, computer disks, access cards, etc.) as well as any and all documents, data, plans, or other information, whether on paper or in electronic form.

 

13.           Executive represents that she has not filed any claim against Employer or any of the individuals or entities released in paragraph 5, and that she will not do so at any time in the future concerning any of the claims released in this Agreement.

 

14.           Executive and Employer shall cooperate to coordinate appropriate internal and external communications concerning Executive’s separation and to designate individuals to whom any questions shall be directed.  Employer shall have final approval on all such communications.

 

15.           The confidentiality and non-disparagement provisions set forth in Sections 8, 9

 



 

and 10 of this Agreement are material terms, which if breached could cause the parties to this Agreement to suffer irreparable harm for which damages would be an inadequate remedy.  Therefore, upon any such breach or threat thereof, either party to this Agreement shall be entitled to injunctions and other appropriate equitable relief in addition to whatever remedies such party may have at law.

 

16.           Executive understands and acknowledges the significance and consequences of this Agreement and agrees that it is voluntary, and that she is not signing as a result of any coercion.  Executive has been encouraged to seek the advice of an attorney and, to the extent desired, has availed herself of that opportunity.  Executive acknowledges that she has been given at least twenty-one (21) days after receipt of this Agreement during which to consider it.

 

17.           Executive understands and acknowledges that she has seven (7) days after signing this Agreement in which to revoke it.  This Agreement will become effective after that period has expired.

 

18.           This Agreement is binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and to those individuals and entities released in paragraph 5, as well as to all of their heirs, successors, and assigns.

 

19.           This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington.

 

20.           If any of the provisions of the Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions will nevertheless continue to be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

21.           In the event of any dispute concerning the validity, interpretation, enforcement or breach of this Agreement or in any way related to Executive’s employment by Employer or the termination of such employment, the dispute shall be resolved by arbitration within King County, Washington, and the parties waive their right to trial by jury.  Executive and Employer will submit the dispute to a mutually acceptable arbitration service or arbitrator, or, if they cannot agree to an arbitration service or arbitrator, the dispute will be submitted to the JAMS.  The procedural rules of the selected arbitration service shall apply, provided that during the time the arbitration proceedings are ongoing, Employer will advance any required administrative and/or arbitration fees.  The party who substantially prevails shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs, and disbursements from the other party. Judgment upon any arbitration award may be entered and enforced by any state or federal court having jurisdiction.

 

22.           This Agreement represents and contains the entire understanding between the parties in connection with its subject matter, and supersedes any prior written or oral agreements or understandings.  No modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Executive and an authorized representative of Employer.  Executive acknowledges that in signing this Agreement she has not relied upon any representation or statement not set forth in this Agreement made by Employer or any of its representatives.

 



 

Washington Mutual, Inc.

 

 

Executive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/S/ DARYL D. DAVID

 

 

/S/ FAY CHAPMAN

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

EVP HR

 

 

Date: 

December 10, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

December 10, 2007

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

CONSULTING AGREEMENT

 

This Consulting Agreement is entered between Fay Chapman (“Consultant”) and Washington Mutual, Inc. (the “Company”) and is in consideration of the mutual undertakings set forth below.

 

1.             SERVICES OF THE CONSULTANT

 

For the compensation and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Consultant shall supply expert consulting services to the Company.

 

2.             INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

 

The Consultant is an independent contractor and not an employee of the Company and shall receive no other compensation or benefits for services herein beyond those specified in the Consulting Agreement.  The Consultant is responsible for the payment of all taxes arising from his performance of this contract.

 

3.             SPECIFIC DUTIES

 

Commencing July 1, 2008, the Consultant shall render consulting services to the Company at such mutually agreeable times and places as may be required from time to time by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, or his designee, for a period of two years.  The specific requirements for consulting services will from time to time be jointly agreed to by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, or his designee, and the Consultant.  The parties agree that if the opportunity arises for Consultant to perform other work during the term of the Consulting Agreement that does not conflict with or impair the performance of consulting services, and Consultant obtains consent from the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, Consultant may perform such other work.

 

4.             TERM

 

This Consulting Agreement shall commence for a term of two years on July 1, 2008.

 

5.             COMPENSATION

 

The Company shall pay the Consultant Two Million Six Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($2,650,000.00) as a retainer for her availability and in consideration of the performance of the services described herein.  The retainer shall be paid in two payments as follows: a) one payment in the amount of $1,325,000.00 will be made on July 1, 2008, and b) one payment in the amount of $1,325,000.00 will be made on January 1, 2009.  The parties’ expectation is that the services under this Consulting Agreement would not exceed 1,000 hours per year.  In the event time spent by Consultant on authorized projects exceeds 1,000 hours per year, the additional time will be paid on an hourly basis mutually agreed by the parties.  If Consultant dies during the term of the Consulting Agreement, the Company shall pay the compensation which would otherwise be payable to Consultant under the Consulting Agreement at the times specified in the Consulting Agreement to the spouse of Consultant or, if she is not survived by her spouse, then to

 



 

Consultant’s heirs in equal shares or, if there are no such surviving heirs, to the estate of Consultant.

 

6.             CONFIDENTIALITY

 

Executive agrees that, as a result of her performance of the consulting services, she will be exposed to confidential information that is not generally known to the public, all of which information is owned by the Company.  This includes information developed by Consultant, alone or with others, or entrusted to the Company by customers or others.  Company’s confidential information includes, without limitation, information relating to its finances, business and strategic plans, unannounced acquisition and/or investment prospects, trade secrets, know-how, procedures, purchasing, accounting, marketing, sales, customers and employees.  Consultant agrees that, during her consulting work for the Company and for all time thereafter, as long as such information is not made public by Company, Consultant shall hold such information in strict confidence and not disclose or use it except as specifically authorized by Company and for Company’s benefit.

 

7.             ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

This Consulting Agreement constitutes the entire understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.  This Consulting Agreement shall not be modified in any respect, except in writing executed by both parties.

 

8.             GOVERNING LAW

 

This Consulting Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Washington.

 

9.             TERMINATION

 

Upon material breach of this Consulting Agreement, this Consulting Agreement may be terminated by the nonbreaching party at any time upon fifteen days’ written notice.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties reserve all rights and remedies available to them by law in the event of breach of this agreement by the other party.

 

10.           ARBITRATION

 

In the event of any dispute concerning the validity, interpretation, enforcement or breach of this Agreement or in any way related to the services performed pursuant to this Consulting Agreement, the dispute shall be resolved by arbitration within King County, Washington, and the parties waive their right to trial by jury.  Consultant and Company will submit the dispute to a mutually acceptable arbitration service or arbitrator, or, if they cannot agree to an arbitration service or arbitrator, the dispute will be submitted to the JAMS.  The procedural rules of the selected arbitration service shall apply, provided that during the time the arbitration proceedings are ongoing.  Company and Consultant shall split any required administrative and/or arbitration fees, except that the party filing the demand for arbitration shall pay the initial administrative fee for initiating the process.  The party who substantially prevails shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs, and disbursements from the other party. Judgment upon any arbitration award may be entered and enforced by any state or federal court having jurisdiction.

 



 

11.          NOTICES

 

All notices or other communications required or permitted by this Consulting Agreement, including invoices, shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently given if sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

If to Consultant, to:

Ms. Fay Chapman
2003 E. Eaton Pl.
Seattle, WA  98112

If to Company:

Mr. Kerry Killinger
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Washington Mutual
1301 Second Ave.
Seattle, WA 98101

 

Any such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been given as of the date mailed.  Any address may be changed by giving written notice of such change in the manner provided herein for giving notice.

 

 

CONSULTANT

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

Date:

 

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 12.1

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
  2004
  2003
 
 
  (dollars in millions)
 
Earnings, including interest on deposits (1) :                                
Income from continuing operations before income taxes   $ 309   $ 4,770   $ 5,379   $ 3,931   $ 5,993  
Fixed charges     11,480     11,967     7,871     4,403     4,687  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 11,789   $ 16,737   $ 13,250   $ 8,334   $ 10,680  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed charges (1) (2) :                                
  Interest expense   $ 11,312   $ 11,786   $ 7,702   $ 4,234   $ 4,534  
  Estimated interest component of net rental expense     168     181     169     169     153  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 11,480   $ 11,967   $ 7,871   $ 4,403   $ 4,687  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges     1.03     1.40     1.68     1.89     2.28  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Earnings, excluding interest on deposits (1) :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes   $ 309   $ 4,770   $ 5,379   $ 3,931   $ 5,993  
Fixed charges     4,870     5,704     4,143     2,360     2,522  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 5,179   $ 10,474   $ 9,522   $ 6,291   $ 8,515  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed charges (1) (2) :                                
  Interest expense   $ 11,312   $ 11,786   $ 7,702   $ 4,234   $ 4,534  
  Less: interest on deposits     (6,610 )   (6,263 )   (3,728 )   (2,043 )   (2,165 )
  Estimated interest component of net rental expense     168     181     169     169     153  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 4,870   $ 5,704   $ 4,143   $ 2,360   $ 2,522  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges     1.06     1.84     2.30     2.67     3.38  
   
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
As defined in Item 503(d) of Regulation S-K.

(2)
Fixed charges exclude interest expense on uncertain tax positions which is included as a component of income taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Income.



QuickLinks

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 12.2

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
AND PREFERRED DIVIDENDS

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2007
  2006
  2005
  2004
  2003
 
 
  (dollars in millions)

 
Earnings, including interest on deposits (1) :                                
Income from continuing operations before income taxes   $ 309   $ 4,770   $ 5,379   $ 3,931   $ 5,993  
Fixed charges     11,480     11,967     7,871     4,403     4,687  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 11,789   $ 16,737   $ 13,250   $ 8,334   $ 10,680  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred dividend requirement   $ 31   $ 8   $   $   $  
Ratio of income from continuing operations before income taxes to income from continuing operations     N/M     1.53     1.58     1.61     1.59  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred dividends   $ 31   $ 12 (2) $   $   $  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed charges (1) (3) :                                
  Interest expense   $ 11,312   $ 11,786   $ 7,702   $ 4,234   $ 4,534  
  Estimated interest component of net rental expense     168     181     169     169     153  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      11,480     11,967     7,871     4,403     4,687  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Fixed charges and preferred dividends   $ 11,511   $ 11,979   $ 7,871   $ 4,403   $ 4,687  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends     1.02     1.40     1.68     1.89     2.28  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings, excluding interest on deposits (1) :                                
Income from continuing operations before income taxes   $ 309   $ 4,770   $ 5,379   $ 3,931   $ 5,993  
Fixed charges     4,870     5,704     4,143     2,360     2,522  
   
 
 
 
 
 
    $ 5,179   $ 10,474   $ 9,522   $ 6,291   $ 8,515  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred dividends   $ 31   $ 12 (2) $   $   $  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed charges (1) (3) :                                
  Interest expense   $ 11,312   $ 11,786   $ 7,702   $ 4,234   $ 4,534  
  Less: interest on deposits     (6,610 )   (6,263 )   (3,728 )   (2,043 )   (2,165 )
  Estimated interest component of net rental expense     168     181     169     169     153  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      4,870     5,704     4,143     2,360     2,522  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Fixed charges and preferred dividends   $ 4,901   $ 5,716   $ 4,143   $ 2,360   $ 2,522  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred dividends     1.06     1.83     2.30     2.67     3.38  
   
 
 
 
 
 

N/M = Not meaningful

(1)
As defined in Item 503(d) of Regulation S-K.
(2)
The preferred dividends were increased to amounts representing the pretax earnings that would be required to cover such dividend requirements.
(3)
Fixed charges exclude interest expense on uncertain tax positions which is included as a component of income taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Income.



QuickLinks


EXHIBIT 21

 

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC. DIRECT AND INDIRECT SUBSIDIARIES

 

Company Name

 

Jurisdiction of Formation

 

110 East 42nd Operating Company, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

620-622 Pellhamdale Avenue Owners Corporation

 

New York

 

Accord Realty Management Corporation

 

New York

 

ACD2

 

California

 

ACD3

 

California

 

ACD4

 

California

 

Ahmanson Developments, Inc.

 

California

 

Ahmanson GGC LLC

 

California

 

Ahmanson Insurance, Inc.

 

California

 

Ahmanson Land Company

 

California

 

Ahmanson Marketing, Inc.

 

California

 

Ahmanson Obligation Company

 

California

 

Ahmanson Residential 2

 

California

 

Ahmanson Residential Development

 

California

 

Bryant Financial Corporation

 

California

 

California Reconveyance Company

 

California

 

CCB Capital Trust IV

 

Delaware

 

CCB Capital Trust IX

 

Delaware

 

CCB Capital Trust V

 

Delaware

 

CCB Capital Trust VI

 

Delaware

 

CCB Capital Trust VII

 

Delaware

 

CCB Capital Trust VIII

 

Delaware

 

Clayton Blackbear, Inc.

 

New York

 

Commercial Loan Partners L.P.

 

Nevada

 

CRP Properties, Inc.

 

California

 

Dime Capital Partners, Inc.

 

New Jersey

 

Dime Commercial Corp.

 

New York

 

Dime CRE, Inc.

 

New York

 

Dime Mortgage of New Jersey, Inc.

 

New York

 

ECP Properties, Inc.

 

Texas

 

The E-F Battery Accord Corporation

 

New York

 

F.C. LTD.

 

New York

 

FA California Aircraft Holding Corporation

 

California

 

FA Out-of-State Holdings, Inc.

 

California

 

Flower Street Corporation

 

California

 

Great Western FS Corporation

 

Virgin Islands

 

Great Western Service Corporation Two

 

California

 

H.F. Ahmanson & Company

 

Nevada

 

H.S. Loan Corporation

 

California

 

Harmony Agency, Inc.

 

New York

 

HCP Properties Holdings, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

HCP Properties, Inc.

 

California

 

HFC Capital Trust I

 

Delaware

 

HHP Investment, LLC

 

Delaware

 

HMP Properties, Inc.

 

Utah

 

Home Crest Insurance Services, Inc.

 

California

 

HS Loan Partners LLC

 

California

 

Irvine Corporate Center, Inc.

 

California

 

Ladue Service Corporation

 

Missouri

 

Long Beach Securities Corp.

 

Delaware

 

Marion Insurance Company, Inc.

 

Vermont

 

Marion Street, Inc.

 

Washington

 

Mid Country Inc.

 

New York

 

Murphy Favre Housing Managers, Inc.

 

Washington

 

Murphy Favre Properties, Inc.

 

Washington

 

 



 

Company Name

 

Jurisdiction of Formation

 

NAMCO Securities Corp.

 

Delaware

 

Nickel Purchasing Company, Inc.

 

New York

 

Norstar Mortgage Corp.

 

New York

 

North Properties, Inc.

 

New Jersey

 

Pacific Centre Associates LLC

 

California

 

Pacoima Investment Fund LLC

 

Delaware

 

PCA Asset Holdings LLC

 

California

 

Pike Street Holdings, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

Plainview Inn, Inc.

 

New York

 

Providian Bancorp Services

 

California

 

Providian Leasing Corporation

 

Delaware

 

Providian Mauritius Investments LTD

 

Mauritius

 

Providian Services Corporation

 

Delaware

 

Providian Services LLC

 

Delaware

 

Providian Technology Services Private Limited

 

India

 

Reverse Exchange Corporation

 

California

 

Rivergrade Investment Corp.

 

California

 

Riverpoint Associates

 

California

 

Robena Feedstock LLC

 

Delaware

 

Robena LLC

 

Delaware

 

Savings of America, Inc.

 

California

 

Seafair Securities Holdings Corp.

 

Delaware

 

Second and Union LLC

 

Delaware

 

Seneca Funding (UK) Limited

 

United Kingdom

 

Seneca Funding LLC

 

Delaware

 

Seneca Funding Management LLC

 

Delaware

 

Seneca Funding Trust

 

Delaware

 

Seneca Holdings, Inc.

 

California

 

Seneca Newco LLC

 

Delaware

 

Seneca Street, Inc.

 

Washington

 

Sivage Financial Services LLC

 

Delaware

 

Snohomish Asset Holdings LLC

 

Nevada

 

SoundBay Leasing LLC

 

Delaware

 

Stockton Plaza, Incorporated

 

Florida

 

Strand Capital LLC

 

Delaware

 

Sutter Bay Associates LLC

 

California

 

Sutter Bay Corporation

 

California

 

Thackeray Funding Corp.

 

Delaware

 

Thackeray Funding Partners

 

Delaware

 

Thackeray Holdings Corp.

 

Washington

 

University Street, Inc.

 

Washington

 

WaMu 1031 Exchange

 

California

 

WaMu Asset Acceptance Corp.

 

Delaware

 

WaMu Capital Corp.

 

Washington

 

WaMu Insurance Services, Inc.

 

California

 

WaMu Investments, Inc.

 

Washington

 

Washington Mutual Asset Securities Corp.

 

Delaware

 

Washington Mutual Bank

 

Federal

 

Washington Mutual Bank fsb

 

Federal

 

Washington Mutual Brokerage Holdings, Inc.

 

California

 

Washington Mutual Capital Trust 2001

 

Washington

 

Washington Mutual Community Development, Inc.

 

California

 

Washington Mutual Finance Group LLC

 

Delaware

 

Washington Mutual Life Insurance Company of California, a Stock Insurer

 

California

 

Washington Mutual Mortgage Securities Corp.

 

Delaware

 

 



 

Company Name

 

Jurisdiction of Formation

 

Washington Mutual Preferred Funding LLC

 

Delaware

 

Washington Mutual Trade Service Limited

 

Hong Kong

 

Washington Mutual-Seattle Art Museum Project Owners Association

 

Washington

 

Western Service Co.

 

Oregon

 

WM Aircraft Holdings LLC

 

Delaware

 

WM Asset Holdings Corp.

 

Delaware

 

WM Citation Holdings, LLC

 

Delaware

 

WM Enterprises & Holdings, Inc.

 

Washington

 

WM Funds Disbursements, Inc.

 

Nevada

 

WM Marion Holdings LLC

 

Delaware

 

WM Mortgage Reinsurance Company, Inc.

 

Hawaii

 

WM Specialty Mortgage LLC

 

Delaware

 

WM Winslow Funding LLC

 

Delaware

 

WMB St. Helens LLC

 

Washington

 

WMBFA Insurance Agency, Inc.

 

California

 

WMFS Insurance Services, Inc.

 

California

 

WMGW Delaware Holdings LLC

 

Delaware

 

WMHFA Delaware Holdings LLC

 

Delaware

 

WMI Investment Corp.

 

Delaware

 

WMI Rainier LLC

 

Washington

 

WMICC Delaware Holdings LLC

 

Delaware

 

WMRP Delaware Holdings LLC

 

Delaware

 

Yellowstone Venture, Inc.

 

New York

 

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-23221, 333-52785, 333-81221, 333-47308, and 333-68524 on Form S-4, Registration Statement Nos. 033-86840, 333-40928, 333-69503, 333-87675, 333-74646, 333-76834, 333-106672, and 333-126353 on Form S-8, and Registration Statement Nos. 333-63976, 333-67988, and 333-130929 on Form S-3 of our reports dated February 28, 2008, relating to the financial statements of Washington Mutual, Inc., and the effectiveness of Washington Mutual, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting, appearing in and incorporated by reference in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Washington Mutual, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2007.

GRAPHIC

Seattle, Washington
February 28, 2008




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION

I, Kerry K. Killinger, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Washington Mutual, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 29, 2008   /s/   KERRY K. KILLINGER       
Kerry K. Killinger
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
of Washington Mutual, Inc.



QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION

I, Thomas W. Casey, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Washington Mutual, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 29, 2008   /s/   THOMAS W. CASEY       
Thomas W. Casey
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
of Washington Mutual, Inc.



QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 32.1

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

        Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Kerry K. Killinger, the Chief Executive Officer of Washington Mutual, Inc., does hereby certify that this report on Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in this report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Washington Mutual, Inc.

Date: February 29, 2008   By:   /s/   KERRY K. KILLINGER       
Kerry K. Killinger
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
of Washington Mutual, Inc.

        A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Washington Mutual, Inc. and will be retained by Washington Mutual, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.




QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


EXHIBIT 32.2

WASHINGTON MUTUAL, INC.
CERTIFICATION OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

        Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Thomas W. Casey, the Chief Financial Officer of Washington Mutual, Inc., does hereby certify that this report on Form 10-K fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in this report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Washington Mutual, Inc.

Date: February 29, 2008   By:   /s/   THOMAS W. CASEY       
Thomas W. Casey
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
of Washington Mutual, Inc.

        A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Washington Mutual, Inc. and will be retained by Washington Mutual, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.




QuickLinks